professional development & learningpdf.informa-mea.com/image/upload/training/course...115 &...
TRANSCRIPT
www.informa-mea.com
Professional Development & Learning
Course Catalogue 2019
HISTORY OF INFORMA MIDDLE EAST
2018 marks the 25th year of operations in the MENA region. Hundreds of thousands of professionals have boosted their careers, through our public and in-company training programmes. With our carefully screened instructors and our specialised teams, we have shaped a superior learning experience that has been a privilege to share with top tier institutions all over the MENA Region.
1852
1998Informa is formed with the merger of IBC Group plc and Lloyd’s of London Press.
Informa acquires IIR Holdings and becomes the world’s largest publicly-owned event, conference and training business with a presence in the MENA region.
Taylor & Francis Publishers R.Taylor, a publisher and
Dr.W.Francis, a chemist join forcesto create a publishing company for
scholarly information, theforerunner to Informa’s Academic
Publishing Division
Informa acquires UBM in June 2018 to becomes the leading
B2B Information Services Group
1734Lloyd’s List began when Edward Lloyd pinned his list of shipping insurance rates to the wall of a London coffee shop.Lloyd’s today covers all information, analysis, and knowledge relevant to the shipping industry and is part of Informa’s Business Intelligence Division
1973The Institute for International Research (IIR)
is founded, producing newsletters and specialist conferences.
2018
2016Informa enters FTSE 100which is a share index of the 100 companies listed on the London
Stock Exchange with the highest market capitalisation 2005
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WELCOME ..................................................................................................................................................... 4ABOUT OUR TRAINING .........................................................................................................................5IN-COMPANY TRAINING ......................................................................................................................6OUR CLIENTS ............................................................................................................................................... 7INFORMA SELECT PROGRAMME ................................................................................................. 8CERTIFIED AND SPECIALISED COURSES ...................................................................................9GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 12
13 Audit, Risk & Governance
57 Finance
85 Healthcare
99 Human Resources
Compensation & Benefits 115
Learning & Development121
131 Talent Management & Recruitment
163 Leadership & Management
183 Legal
193 Marketing, Sales & Communications
213 Procurement & Supply
227 Professional Development
269 Real Estate
279 Strategy Management
145 Information Technology
27 Business Operations
247 Project Management
4 4
WELCOME
Dear Colleague,
Welcome to Informa and our portfolio of programmes for 2019.
Working with some of the leading businesses in the MENA region and around the globe, Informa provides you with a wide-ranging portfolio of programmes and solutions to meet the L&D needs of your organisation.
From traditional classroom-based programmes, distance and blended learning to cutting-edge game based learning; the Informa portfolio of solutions can be delivered face to face via our public training programmes, at your offices, or online to fit your requirements and objectives.
With a comprehensive portfolio of programmes covering the critical areas of business, our programmes are delivered by renowned industry experts and thought leaders with extensive practical experience and knowledge.
Certification has become the benchmark for committed learners and informa has partnered with internationally renowned associations, to provide you with world class programmes that are adapted to meet the requirements of the MENA region (see pages 9 to 11). Our partnerships with these industry associations allows us to offer in-depth sector expertise and enables your employees to become fully certified business professionals.
Whether you have one person, a specific department, or a long term large-scale development programme for your organisation, we believe our programmes will be able to meet the objectives of your organisation. Our programmes are stimulating, comprehensive and well structured, allowing learners to enhance their professional skills and build capability that is tailored to their chosen fields and your organisation’s objectives.
A synopsis of each of these programmes can be found in the pages that follow. For the most updated offers please visit our website www.informa-mea.com or simply get in touch with a member of our committed team, who would be delighted to address any queries you may have.
Warmest regards,
Leigh Kendall
Divisional Director – Professional Development & [email protected]
5
By Seniority
40% CEO/ Vice President
25% General Manager/MD
16% Head of Department
14% Middle Management
5% Non-Managerial
14
25
40
165
ABOUT OUR TRAINING
Informa conducts over a thousand public and customised in-house programmes annually making us the leading provider of professional development and learning across the region. The Informa learning experience promises a superior solution with renowned industry experts and leaders in their field. Our aim is to enable you and your organisation to thrive.
OUR EXPERTISE COVERS:
WHO ATTENDS OUR TRAINING SEMINARS
• Audit, Risk & Governance• Business Operations
o Business Lawo Innovation
• Finance• Healthcare• Human Resources
o Compensation & Benefitso Learning & Developmento Talent Management & Recruitment
• Information Technology• Leadership & Management• Legal
• Marketing, Sales & Communicationso Customer Serviceo Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)o Marketingo Public Relations & Communicationso Sales
• Procurement & Supplyo Contract Management
• Professional Developmento Administration & Support
• Project Management• Real Estate• Strategy Management• Telecoms
As the rate of skills change accelerates across both old and new roles in all industries, proactive and innovative skill-building and talent management is an urgent issue.
World Economic Forum
6
Your learning outcomes will be the guiding principle behind any In-Company solution. This ensures your human capital stays ahead of the curve and continues to develop new skills.
Informa experts, combined with key association and awarding body content, means that you are given access to cutting-edge content and recognised certification to drive improved performance and boost employee morale.
IN-COMPANY TRAINING
1-on-1 Coaching For your leaders, executive team and future talent of your organisation, a tailored individual development solution is designed around development needs and busy schedules, to ensure maximum outcome with minimal work disruption.
ConsultancyInforma is also a specialised management consulting firm offering hands-on, deep functional knowledge spanning strategy formulation and execution, business process management and information technology services.
Customised Training The Informa portfolio of programmes and solutions outlined in this catalogue can be adapted to suit your business need, operational demand and training timelines. Every customised solution begins with stakeholder interviews and leads towards a collaborative design approach. This ensures that your custom programme is designed to meet your needs with a business-outcome context.
Blended Solutions By combining offline and online training methods, we enhance traditional face to face delivery methods by incorporating discussions, guided practice, mix media, reading, games, case study and simulations to maximize the learning experience for your organisation. A focused needs-assessment is essential before a blended solution is designed, to best address your organisations learning and development needs.
OUR APPROACH INCLUDES:
We are proud to be the leading provider of choice in the region, and we would welcome an opportunity to discuss your development requirements.
+971 4 407 2624 [email protected] www.informa-mea.com/cts
7
OUR CLIENTS
Over the 25 years of our presence in the MENA region, hundreds of thousands of professionals have benefitted from our training through our public courses and in-company programmes.
We are privileged to work with most of the leading organisations in the region, covering all aspects of development from strategic leadership to patient flow to financial modelling. Below is a selection of our clients:
Abu Dhabi Commercial BankAbu Dhabi Distribution CoAbu Dhabi Education CouncilAbu Dhabi Gas Development CoAjman Executive CouncilAl Hosn GasAbu Dhabi Gas Liquefaction LtdAbu Dhabi Investment CouncilAbu Dhabi Investment AuthorityAbu Dhabi National Oil CoAbu Dhabi PoliceAbu Dhabi Polymers Co Ltd Borouge PTEAbu Dhabi PortsAbu Dhabi Quality & Conformity CouncilAbu Dhabi Retirement Pensions & BenefitAbu Dhabi Systems & Information CentreAbu Dhabi Tourism & Culture AuthorityADASIADCOADNOC DistributionAl Ain Distribution CoAl Naboodah Group EnterprisesBank Al BiladALDAR PropertiesAMERICANAARASCOBahrain CreditBanque Saudi FransiBatelcoBupa ArabiaCapital Markets AuthorityDar Al Riyadh ConsultantsDHLDepartment of Transport Abu DhabiDragon OilDubai Properties GroupDP World
DuDubai Electricity & Water AuthorityDubai MunicipalityDubai World Trade CenterElmEmirates Diplomatic AcademyEmirates LNGEmirates National Oil Co (ENOC) LLCEmirates Nuclear Energy CorpEtisalatExpo 2020Federal Authority for Nuclear RegulationFederal Demographic CouncilGASCOGCC ServicesGen Sec Of The Executive CouncilHaya WaterHealth Authority Abu DhabiHigher Colleges of Technology (HCT)International Petroleum InvestmentInternational Schools GroupJumeirah GroupJamjoom PharmaceuticalsJohnson & JohnsonKing Abdulaziz City for Science & TechKing Faisal Specialist & RCKuwait Finance HouseKuwait International Banking StudiesKuwait Oil CoKuwait Petroleum Corporation andsubsidiariesMajid Al FuttaimMinistry of Defence OmanMinistry Of FinanceMinistry Of InteriorMinistry of LabourMTN
MubadalaMunicipality of Abu Dhabi CityMVP TechNakheel PJSCNational Commercial BankNational Drilling CoNational Lottery AuthorityOman LNG LLCOman ShippingOmantelPetroleum Development Oman LLCPrice Waterhouse CooperRabigh Refining & Petrochemical Co.Riyad BankRoyal Commission For YanbuSalalah Methanol CoSaline Water Conversion CorporationSaudi Arabian AirlinesSaudi Arabian Monetary AuthoritySaudi Aramco OOC GroupSaudi Basic Industries CorporationSaudi British BankSaudi Electricity CompanySEHASharpSupreme Council for NationalThe Executive CouncilTawazun Offset Program BureauTRATadawul (Saudi Stock Exchange)Tamkeen BahrainTakreerWasl Asset ManagementZakum Development CoZAMIL Group
8
INFORMA SELECT PROGRAMME
+971 4 407 2553 [email protected] www.informa-mea.com/cts
Our clients rely on our dedication to service, flexibility and passion for quality as they focus on building aperformance culture that matches the region's commitment to progressive growth.
In support of these efforts, lnforma introduces the lnforma Select Programme.
lnforma Select is designed for companies and organisations that are looking to obtain maximum value fromtheir training budget with greater cost savings and incentives through a formal partnership with lnforma.
YOUR ORGANISATION COULD BENEFIT FROM:
Discounts on published course prices - Save up to 40%Complimentary passes for multiple bookingsCustomised Learning Needs AssesmentsDedicated Account Manager on call to maximise your Select status benefitsFace-to-face reviews to ensure you have that personal touchIndividual assessment reports on your delegatesExclusive Networking Sessions with your peers and subject matter expertsFlexible invocing an credit termsIncentives for flight and accomodationAssistance with hotel reservations and bookingsFirst option on sold out and best-seller events
The lnforma Select Programme consists of 3 tiers to ensure you can obtain maximum value within your annualscope:
Tier 1 : 61 + learners per yearTier 2 : 60 learners per yearTier 3 : 20 learners per year
For more information on membership costs and how a partnership with lnforma can benefit your company,please contact the lnforma Select team on:
9
CERTIFIED AND SPECIALISED COURSES
ATD - Association for Talent Development
ATD is the world’s largest association dedicated to those who develop talent in organizations.
For 70 years, ATD’s educational mission has been to empower learning and development professionals with the knowledge and skills they need to be successful and competitive.
AIPMM - Association of International Product Marketing and Management
AIPMM is the world’s largest professional organisation of product managers, brand managers, product marketing managers and other individuals who manage the entire product life-cycle throughout any industry.
AIPMM currently has over 8,000 members globally.
The Balanced Scorecard Institute
The Balanced Scorecard Institute provides training, certification and consulting services to commercial, government, and non-profit organizations in applying best practice in Balanced Scorecard, strategic performance management and measurement, and transformation and change management.
Across its various platforms, the main driver of the institute is to provide information and tools used by executives, managers and analysts to transform their organizations into “performance excellence” organizations.
G L O B A L P A R T N E R
ACCA - Association of Chartered Certified Accountants
Founded in 1904, the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) is the global professional accounting body offering the Chartered Certified Accountant qualification (ACCA or FCCA). In March 2018, ACCA recorded that it has 208,000 members and 503,000 students in 179 countries. ACCA’s headquarters are in London with principal administrative office in Glasgow. ACCA works through a network of over 100 offices and centres and more than 7,300 Approved Employers worldwide, who provide employee development.
CPD - Continuing Professional Development
The CPD Certification Service is an independent accreditation centre working across all sectors, disciplines and further learning applications and supports policies of institutional and professional organisations globally.
CPD is the term used to describe the learning activities professionals engage in to develop and enhance their abilities and keep skills and knowledge up to date. CPD Units are only awarded to programmes after each programme is scrutinised to ensure integrity and quality according to CPD standards and benchmarks.
CIPS - The Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply
CIPS is an international organisation serving the purchasing and supply profession that has grown since 1932 to become the central reference for industry best practice and code of conduct around the world.
CIPS exists to promote and develop high standards of professional skill, ability and integrity among all those engaged in purchasing and supply chain management.
10
CERTIFIED AND SPECIALISED COURSES
CXO Transform
CXO Transform is an online education platform designed to better equip transformation managers and leaders throughout the world.
It enables them to have their transformation expertise verified and position themselves as experts in their field – and it improves their ability to orchestrate successful digital business transformation for medium to large organisations.
FranklinCovey Middle East
FranklinCovey Co. is a global company specializing in performance improvement with expertise in 7 key areas: leadership, execution, productivity, trust, sales performance, customer loyalty and education.
FranklinCovey helps organizations and individuals achieve results that require a change in human behaviour. Clients included 90 percent of the Fortune 100, 75 percent of the Fortune 500, thousands of small and mid-sized businesses, as well as numerous government entities and educational institutions.
Edinburgh Napier University
Edinburgh Napier University is one of the largest higher education institutions in Scotland, UK with over 17,000 students from 109 countries.
The University is the largest provider of event management education in Scotland and offers degree and masters level programmes as well as strong research, consultancy and professional development programmes such as the Executive Certificate in Festival and Event Management.
The Global Academy of Finance and Management® (GAFM)®
GAFM® International Board of Standards (IBS) Accreditation Council regulates the standards for certification, accredited education and defines the criteria for qualified training and degree programmes which are a direct path to the certifications. In alliance with the ACBSP National Business Accreditation Agency for Certification Standards worldwide and is a CHEA founding member of the of the International Quality Group. GAFM® is recognised and accredited regionally by : • TUV Austria and• ISO 9001 Quality & ISO 29990 Training• Arab League’s (20 Nations)• Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority (ESCA)
PMI - Project Management Institute
Informa Middle East is an approved Registered Education Provider (REP) with the Project Management Institute (PMI). As an REP Informa Middle East is approved by PMI to issue Professional Development Units (PDU) for our training courses.
The REP programme has been designed to enhance the ongoing professional development of PMI’s members, those credentialed through PMI and others in the project management profession.
The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered service and collective mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.
ILMILM is the UK’s leading provider of leadership, management and coaching qualifications, and a City & Guilds Group Business. ILM offers a specialist suite of qualifications ranging from Level 2 to Level 7, which are awarded by The City and Guilds of London Institute. ILM also specialises in assessment, learning content, recognition and the accreditation of high quality training in the fields of leadership, management and coaching.
ILM offers leadership and management qualifications through our network of accredited centres worldwide. Not only are ILM’s qualifications industry-standard, ranging from team leading programmes to diplomas for senior directors, but they help retain and motivate staff too.
11
CERTIFIED AND SPECIALISED COURSES
Strategy Execution
Strategy Execution, the global authority in project leadership training, equips your people with the complete package of technical and leadership skills — the mindset, adaptability, and expertise to lead and execute projects in any context.
With curricula in adaptive strategic execution, project management, business analysis, contract management, and more, Strategy Execution partners with your organization to build skill sets and change mindsets. It’s time to declare a new standard ofperformance. For more information, visit strategyex.com.
SHRM - Society for Human Resource Management
SHRM is the world’s largest association devoted to human resource management with over 275,000 members in over 160 countries. SHRM serves the needs of HR professionals and advances the interests of the HR profession driven by the motto, leading people, leading organisations.
Professional development programs offered by SHRM are created using proven global standards of best practice with an applied focus. A SHRM learning experience delivers the confidence of value and brand recognition that can only come from the world’s largest HR association.
Working Voices
Informa’s Business eLearning portal specialises in online leadership and professional development skills courses. Our e-learning courses provide a flexible and versatile learning system that enables a high level of tailoring to fit with your specific circumstances and objectives. Delivered in short bite sized videos that are packed with notes, tips, techniques and exercises, the learning content can be viewed from a desktop, tablet, or mobile device so learning can take place anywhere, anytime and at a pace to suit busy schedules. Furthermore, when our business e-learning is coupled with instructor-led training, it can brings additional dimensions and enhance the experience for modern learners.
Strategy Management Group (SMG)
Strategy Management Group (SMG), in association with the GWUCoPS developed the KPI Professional Certification program as a comprehensive program for leaders, managers, or analysts who want to learn how to build, deploy, and sustain KPIs to improve organizational strategic or operational performance.
12
+971 4 408 2864
www.informa-mea.com
Informa Middle East, PO Box 9428, Dubai, UAE
We are on Social Media and you can now continue networking, discussing and sharing insights with delegates and speakers online.
GET CONNECTED
informaMEA
Informa Middle East
informaMEA
informaMEA
+InformaMiddleEast
informa_mea
HOW TO CONNECT WITH INFORMA
BE PART OF OUR
COMMUNITY!
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
13Email: [email protected]
+971 4 408 2864
www.informa-mea.com
Audit, Risk & Governance
Audit, Risk & Governance
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
15
Table of Contents
Advanced Governance, Risk Management & Compliance (GRC) ............................................................................................................16
Advanced Risk Based Auditing ..........................................................................................................................................................................16
Auditing of Projects & Contracts ........................................................................................................................................................................17
Anti-Money Laundering .....................................................................................................................................................................................17
Certificate in Advanced Corporate Governance ..........................................................................................................................................18
Certificate in Advanced Enterprise Risk Management ............................................................................................................................18
Certificate in Board Secretarial Practice .......................................................................................................................................................19
Certificate in Building High Performance Boards ......................................................................................................................................19
Certificate in Compliance Management ....................................................................................................................................................... 20
Certificate in Corporate Governance Best Practice ................................................................................................................................... 20
Certificate in Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) ....................................................................................................................................21
Certificate in Risk Management .......................................................................................................................................................................21
Corporate Ethics, Governance & Social Responsibility ............................................................................................................................. 22
Essentials of Internal Audit ............................................................................................................................................................................. 22
Governance, Risk Management & Compliance (GRC) ................................................................................................................................23
Improving Your Audit Reports & Delivering Added Value ................................................................................................................................23
Internal Audit for Non-Audit Professionals ................................................................................................................................................. 24
Internal Audit for the Board & Audit Committee ........................................................................................................................................ 24
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Internal Audit ...............................................................................................................25
Measuring & Managing Government Performance ....................................................................................................................................25
Professional Certificate in Investor Engagement & Shareholder Relations ...................................................................................... 26
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
16 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Advanced Governance, Risk Management & Compliance (GRC)
Course OverviewThe Advanced GRC course will provide participants with a practical understanding of how the components of a strategically-aligned governance framework can be integrated with value-creation and preservation concepts from globally accepted frameworks.
A stakeholder-inclusive approach toward an integrated GRC framework supports business performance and improved short, medium- and long-term business sustainability. Based on the governance framework, this course will also provide an understanding how governance operating models are developed to support business management environment and to improve organisational performance.
Course Content• The fundamental concepts and guiding principles of
strategic GRC frameworks• Strategy mapping based on an integrated approach to risk • Strategy Mapping – Opportunity management, governance
and compliance• Assessing business environment• Key stakeholder needs and their influence on the GRC
framework• Reviewing the key components of a governance framework• Key organisational value drivers• Strategic objectives, influencing factors, impacts and
opportunities • Governance operating model• Governance and reporting mechanism• Implementing governance at job-responsibility level• Implementing governance operating models
Who Should Attend• Board and board sub-committee members• Executive managers• Human Resource executives• Strategic planners• Divisional managers• Risk managers• Compliance managers• Senior managers involved in managing risks and driving
business performance
Benefits of Attending1. Align your GRC structures based on an understanding of the
key organisational value drivers2. Adopt a stakeholder inclusive approach in considering the
organisation’s GRC requirements3. Integrate and strategically align GRC through adopting
effective methods4. Create linkages between the organisation’s strategic
objectives and its adopted GRC framework5. Develop governance operating models based on key
organisational value drivers
Advanced Risk Based Auditing
Credits: 30 CPEs
Course OverviewMost Heads of Internal Audit (IA) would say that their functions have adopted a risk based approach, however, has this process been fully embedded?
This course is designed to cover all the significant challenges of the modern risk based audit role and will help you plan your risk based assignments efficiently and effectively.
Course Content• The Modern Risk Based Audit (RBA) approach• RBA And Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)• Auditing strategic risks• Risk identification and evaluation• Assessment of risk mitigation• Auditing the ERM process• Strategic audit planning• Tactical audit planning• Planning a risk based audit• The risk based audit step by step• The RBA deliverables• Risk based auditing of complex activities• Risk based auditing of projects and joint ventures• Auditing other complex business areas
Who Should Attend• Heads of Audit, Audit Managers and Senior Auditors• Auditors responsible for developing or implementing a risk
based approach• Assurance professionals such as those in Compliance and
QA functions who are wanting to develop their risk based approach
• Managers and directors of business functions – to aid their knowledge of a risk based audit approach
• This course will be beneficial as a development aid for delegates who have attended our other audit courses
Benefits of Attending1. Fully embed the Risk Based Audit approach2. Advise management on the reality of controls and risk
management effectiveness3. Challenge management’s evaluation of risks and sell the
benefits of proactive risk management4. Audit major and complex areas of risk for your business with
confidence5. Add measurable value to your organisation by the application
of risk based audit services
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
17Email: [email protected]
Auditing of Projects & Contracts
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewResearch indicates that many project risks are identified and analysed in a random, uncoordinated way, resulting in unexpected risks arising, and the true impact of risks not being fully appreciated.
This course examines how a risk based approach to auditing through the project life cycle can be introduced to facilitate the delivery of the project on time, on budget and fully meeting stakeholder needs.
Course Content• Understanding project risk• The major project risks• The top 10 mistakes in project management• The 10 golden rules of project risk management• Risk identification and evaluation• The Risk Based Audit (RBA) approach for projects• Risk identification and evaluation• What is project audit?• Risk and Internal Audit• The Project RBA approach• The contract management framework• Auditing of procurement• Auditing of JVs and partnership contracts• Cost control and accounting• Handover and post-audit• Audit of building projects• Audit of other projects (including IT projects)
Who Should Attend• Heads of Audit, Audit Managers and Senior Auditors• Project Managers and Project Programme Managers• Auditors responsible for undertaking project audits
assignments• Other professionals who need to understand the risks
impacting complex projects• Managers and Directors of business functions – to aid their
knowledge of a risk based audit approach to projects
Benefits of Attending 1. Apply the concepts of a risk based approach to project
reviews2. Identify, mitigate and control project risks effectively3. Separate the keqy risks from the lesser threats and manage
the priorities4. Sell the benefits of proactive risk based audits of key projects5. Audit major projects, including joint ventures, with
confidence6. Utilise proven techniques to ensure that more projects meet
their agreed objectives
Anti-Money Laundering
Course OverviewMoney Laundering is increasingly gaining momentum and attention, both nationally and internationally; adding an accelerated pressure on financial institutions to comply with regulations and take effective steps to combat the challenges faced.
This intensive course is a guide to designing an effective anti-money laundering programme that is compliant with globally-recognised regulations and standards. Packed with case studies and examples, this course provides a holistic overview of money laundering issues; including schemes, effects, and the wide gamut of techniques for combatting it.
Course Content• Money-Laundering (ML) processes• ML Mechanisms• Financing typologies• International initiatives for combatting ML• AML policies and procedures, and systems• Red Flags Checklist• AML risk-based approach• Reputational risk
Who Should Attend• Board of Directors• Senior Bank Management Members• Central Bankers (Supervision Department)• Regulators• Government Policy Makers• Compliance and Governance Officers• Private Bankers and Wealth Managers• Risk Managers• Chief Finance Officers• Finance Directors and Comptrollers• Securities Analysts• Investment Professionals• Law Enforcement Agencies• MIS and Operations Executives
Benefits of Attending1. Design an effective AML programme compliant with AML
and financial crime regulations2. Improve the efficiency of your AML systems by adopting
best practice and guidelines designed to detect, investigate, report, and resolve red flags
3. Draft internal policies and directives related to AML and financial crime regulations
4. Apply a risk-based approach to avoid regulatory and reputation risks
5. Comprehend the Customer Due Diligence (CDD) processes and tools and construct a CDD Framework
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
18 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Advanced Corporate Governance
Course OverviewBuilding upon the general concepts of Corporate Governance, this course is designed to focus more deeply on specific topics which are of regional or international concern, and subjects which are starting to rise on the governance agenda of regulators and other stakeholders. Attention will be paid to how the Board’s effectiveness can be enhanced when working with dilemmas and ethical issues.
We will cover international developments with cross-border impacts, and resultant changes in director liability, workload and risk discussions. Discussions will cover how a multitude of regulators are starting to focus on corporate typologies, often creating inconsistent compliance effects which are compounded by the international operations of corporate groups.
Course Content• Changes in international standards and regulations • Major Corporate Governance failures/challenges in the last
two years• Changes in internal governance structures • Ethics• Technology advancements in governance practice• Subsidiary governance • Family governance issues• Sustainability and integrated reporting • Investor relations
Who Should AttendThis unique course is designed for the Board Director and senior corporate professional who champions or is responsible for good Corporate Governance in their organisation, or is faced with major governance issues. The course will be delivered at a level which assumes a solid knowledge of general Corporate Governance principles and the international business environment.
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop an advanced approach to Corporate Governance
dilemmas2. Learn how Corporate Governance assists in managing
complex corporate cultures3. Understand how the Corporate Governance environment
continues to evolve4. Discover a broader range of guidelines and resources
available to suit your corporation’s profile5. Understand how Corporate Governance interacts with other
control functions6. Discuss how stakeholders impact the development of
Corporate Governance programmes
Certificate in Advanced Enterprise Risk Management
Credits: 30 CPEs
Course OverviewIn many organisations, risks have been identified as a result of control failures or as a result of pressure from regulators or government. The primary intent has often been to tick the box and avoid criticism. Thankfully many organisations have realised that much more is needed and have developed an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) approach. This has ensured that risks that were previously managed in isolation can be aggregated and prioritised across the entire business.
Advanced ERM goes one step further. Risks are scored based on business materiality with each risk being evaluated and compared by its financial, legal, reputational, and regulatory impact, and classified by the effect they could have on the business. New understandings of risk emerge, and efficient controls can be implemented to tackle what really matters to the business, and drive competitive advantage.
Course Content• Characteristics of an advanced ERM process• Exploring global ERM scenarios• Risk attitude• The ERM roadmap• Risk measurement methods and workshops• Delphi (expert analysis)• Ishikawa (fishbone) analysis• Failure mode and root cause analysis• Scenario planning• Fault tree analysis• Monte Carlo simulations• Bayesian networks• Emergent risks• Key risk indicators (KRIs)• The risk register challenges• ERM in projects and joint ventures• Risk appetite and risk tolerance
Who Should Attend• Chief Risk Officers and Risk Managers• Managers and Directors responsible for the risk
management function or process• Heads of Internal Audit• Heads of Assurance functions• Senior Finance professionals• This course will be particularly useful for delegates who have
previously attended the Certificate in ERM course – although this is not a prerequisite
Benefits of Attending 1. Implement appropriate and varied techniques for the
identification and assessment of risks2. Engage the Board in the analysis of enterprise risk scenarios3. Implement Key Risk Indicators (KRIs) for each line of
business4. Develop risk appetite statements and apply risk tolerance
techniques
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
19Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Board Secretarial Practice
Course OverviewThis course is designed to introduce you to the key concepts and practical elements of performing the governance management of your organisation. It covers a wide range of activities from annual reporting and meetings, to Board and committee meetings and events, regulatory compliance, and daily dilemmas and practices.
This interactive course will create knowledge by performing and assessing key activities in groups and as individuals.
Course Content• Role of the Company/Board Secretary or Governance Officer• Introduction to Corporate Governance• Corporate Governance framework• Appointing a Company Secretary• Interaction with the Board and Management• Company Secretary toolkit• Board documents and processes• Board meetings• Board minutes and corporate registers• Shareholder meetings• Other shareholder issues• Regulatory compliance issues• Implementing a Corporate Governance Framework
Who Should Attend• Appointed and aspiring Company/Board Secretaries or
Governance Managers• Board Directors who sponsor reform and improvements of
governance practices• Managers responsible for performing or assessing
governance procedures, such as CFO, Internal Audit,• Investor Relations, Risk Managers• Managers and staff responsible for supporting governance
roles and corporate documentation activities
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the key role played by the Board Manager for
board support and effective organisational practices2. Be able to interpret the necessary rules and regulations
which impact upon the governance environment of your firm3. Develop an understanding of how to deal with Corporate
Governance dilemmas4. Understand how to practically introduce and maintain a
sound governance regime in your organisation
Certificate in Building High Performance Boards
Course OverviewThe Board’s selection and success in adopting governance styles, practices and actions is highly contingent on the company or entity’s maturity, development stage, crisis situations and future strategic plans.
Covering the range of entities from listed, government owned, family and not-for-profit businesses, the seminar is designed to create a forum for information sharing, discussion, debate and development of new thought processes and tools for the Board. Delegates will progress through a Board lifecycle which is representative of a common Board or director’s experience, from formation/renewal, performance, assessment and succession.
Each section considers appropriate models, tools, practices and actual case studies which provide examples, provoke discussion and create awareness of broader issues. Whilst it is expected that delegates have a broad knowledge of governance concepts, key governance models will be reviewed in light of local business and regulatory conditions and standards.
Course Content• Corporate Governance – Introduction• Refresher on Corporate Governance concepts• Recent reports, guidance notes and consultation papers• Board appointment/renewal• Identifying the Board’s requirements• Recruiting new Directors• Dilemmas and issues of the new Director• Rules and regulations• Director duties – Regulatory change and the legal
environment• Ownership issues• The Boardroom• Committees and subsidiary Boards• Working with management• Post investment process• Common evaluation models and processes• Evaluation results• Board succession• Setting the parameters• Preparing the next generation of Directors
Who Should AttendThis seminar is specifically designed for Chairmen, Boards, company owners, institutional shareholders, CEOs and senior management (legal, audit, accounting, compliance and risk), and governance professionals who are involved with and contributing to the formation and performance of Boards, committees and Directors.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand key aspects and models affecting a Board’s
formation, evaluation and succession2. Analyse good and poor performing Directors and Boards3. Debate issues of family companies, state owned enterprises,
nominee Directors, etc.
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
20 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Compliance Management
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewThis course ties international compliance requirements with recommended compliance frameworks designed to strengthen the compliance culture of the organisation. The course also takes an in-depth look into how to set and enhance compliance culture in an organisation through policies, procedures and organisational relationships.
This course takes a deeper look at the common indicators of fraud and market misconduct, and ways to mitigate these risks within an organisation. With the current advancements in technology, a pertinent look at the risks of cybercrime, social media and electronic banking fraud will be included.
Participants will gain knowledge on how to develop and implement these compliance programs which also includes Board reporting and other control functions (like audit). The importance of corporate governance in monitoring and implementing a compliance program will give the participants an insight into the importance of senior management reporting and top-down approach in the implementation of the organisation’s compliance culture.
Course Content• Compliance Regulatory Frameworks• Corporate Compliance Frameworks• Compliance functions• Compliance culture• Compliance programs• Current corporate compliance themes and issues • Link between Compliance and Corporate Governance • Emerging Compliance issues
Who Should AttendCompliance Managers and Compliance Officers Anti-Money Laundering Officers and the DeputiesDirectors and senior managers Company Secretaries and Corporate Governance Officers
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn essential compliance concepts and frameworks2. Understand the importance of compliance culture and
implementation of compliance policies 3. Acquire key concepts in order to mitigate fraud and other
compliance risks4. Define the role of key players and corporate governance in
implementing compliance frameworks5. Identify and discuss emerging compliance issues and trends
Certificate in Corporate Governance Best Practice
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewIn recent years, regulators and legislators have intensified their focus on how businesses are being run. New Corporate Governance measures that are beneficial for both stakeholders and controllers have been brought forth. This course will help you adopt a mechanism for effective governance in your organisation. You will be able to implement best practice on corporate management.
The course will explore the issues pertaining to the Board of Directors and Management.
Course Content• Regulatory framework• International standards• An introduction to governance frameworks• IFC governance models• Corporate Governance and Islamic financial services• Corporate failures• Essential elements of Corporate Governance• Roles and responsibilities• The Audit Committee• Audit responsibilities• Other Board committees• Enterprise risk management• Fraud risk management• Fraud, corruption and bribery• Management assessment of internal controls• The Company Secretary toolkit• Board evaluation• Investor relations• A strategy for Corporate Governance implementation• Implementing your strategy
Who Should AttendThis unique course is designed for those professionals whose responsibility is to introduce good Corporate Governance into an organisation. This encompasses many different levels of seniority as well as various business functions.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand why good governance is important2. Be able to measure your organisation’s Corporate
Governance status and key gaps3. Define and interpret the roles and responsibilities for key
players4. Develop an understanding of how to deal with Corporate
Governance dilemmas5. Understand how to practically introduce a sound governance
regime in your organisation
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
21Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)
Credits: 30 CPEs
Course OverviewIn the ever-changing Middle East business environment, encountering risk is inevitable. The ability to manage these increasingly significant risks now represents the difference between a thriving organisation and one that is struggling to deal with the challenges facing it.
Many businesses in the region have realised that misunderstanding risk can lead to disaster. The organisations that have dealt with the recession most effectively have realised that this requires extensive knowledge of risk management tools and techniques. This is exactly what you will find in this course.
Course Content• Understanding Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)• Risk measurement• Risk standards• The link between ERM and strategic objectives• Establishing an embedded risk management process• Risk identification and evaluation• Dealing with risks• Assessment of risk mitigation• Linking the output from risk workshops into the business
planning process• The converging roles of the assurance providers under the
risk umbrella• People and process risks• Managing complex risks• Reputation risk• Corporate social responsibility and ethics• Corporate governance risk• Reporting and cascading risks• Cascading the process
Who Should Attend• Risk Managers• Managers and Directors responsible for the risk
management function or process• Senior Internal Auditors and Audit Managers, other
assurance professionals such as those in Compliance and QA functions who are being asked to review the risk process
• Finance Managers and insurance professionals who need knowledge of the wider approach to risk management
Benefits of Attending 1. Apply the concepts of enterprise risk management2. Explain to management the benefits of an enterprise – wide
approach to risk3. Embed an ERM approach4. Apply the different techniques for identifying risks and
implement effective risk mitigation5. Link risk management into the business planning process6. Deliver practical techniques for the assessment of people,
process and reputation risks7. Record the risk process effectively
Certificate in Risk Management
Course OverviewThis course will arm you with the knowledge that confronts top level strategic challenges and will help you identify the opportunities from governance to stakeholder assessment. It offers you the techniques to manage executive level support and implement operational-level risk management strategies.
You will understand the critical importance of cultural and behavioural factors by recognising how organisational complexity and matrix reporting structures serve to make Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) implementation a challenge. Apply KRA’s, KPI’s, effective recording, reporting, communicating and incentive frameworks and systems to ensure resource allocation and embedding of ERM. You will learn real-life lessons through global case studies and understand the steps to embed ERM systems in emerging countries.
Market risk, credit risk and operational risk areas are all explored with tools and techniques on this intensive course.
Course Content• Enterprise risk management in context• Establishing the context: stage I• Risk identification: stage II• Risk analysis: stage III• Risk evaluation: stage IV• Risk treatment: stage V• Monitoring and review: stage VI• Communication and consultation: stage VII• Financial risk management
Who Should AttendSenior executives, Financial Analysts/Mmanagers, Bankers, Strategic Planners, financial decision-makers, Corporate Accountants, financial management consultants, market regulators and risk and compliance advisory professionals and those executives responsible for governance.
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain the knowledge, understanding and skills to confidently
identify, treat and manage risks across your organisation2. Comprehensively address alternate risk management
frameworks including the COSO and the ISO 310003. Plan and run a risk management workshop that galvanises
interested stakeholders and elicits the best opportunity for risk identification, assessment and treatment strategies
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
22 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Corporate Ethics, Governance & Social Responsibility
Course OverviewWith current economical pressure, companies face a variety of changes and challenges that will have a profound impact on organisational dynamics and performance. In many ways, these changes will decide who will survive and prosper into the next decade and who will not.
While these challenges must all be met by organisations and managers are concerned about survival and competitiveness in the future, this course will focus on the challenge of ethical behaviour.
Course Content• Overview of business ethics• General issues in business ethics• International business ethics• Business ethics in the field • Business ethics for effective leadership• Corporate ethical codes• Fraud and abuse• Ethical dilemmas • Workplace ethics and business stakeholders
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for people from various disciplines including finance, accounting, marketing, sales, HR, IT, product development and logistics. The attendants will learn practical skills that can be easily applied to their day-to-day work thus, minimising the risks of unethical behaviours across the organisation.
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn about the general ethical issues in business2. Develop an understanding of your organisation’s ethical
codes and business conduct3. Learn how to handle ethical dilemmas
Essentials of Internal Audit
Credits: 30 CPEs
Course OverviewThis course covers everything you need to know as a newcomer to Internal Audit (IA) regarding the most effective audit practices. People are joining Internal Audit from a variety of backgrounds and the function is becoming much more operational, rather than financial based.
The course will introduce you to the worldwide best practice and how to apply it.
Course Content• What is Internal Audit?• The professional standards• How does the role differ from other assurance providers?• Audit skills• The modern approach to IA• Preparing for an audit• The need for a risk based approach• Meeting management expectations• Marketing your services• Internal Audit and the external relationship• Developing team relationships• The audit manual• Audit interviews• Audit programmes and testing• The challenges of audit reporting
Who Should Attend• New entrants to Internal Audit• Internal Auditors with up to 18 months’ experience• Those returning to or already working in Internal Audit who
need practical guidance on the changing role of the function• Personnel in other functions who need a better
understanding on the modern Internal Audit role
Benefits of Attending1. Practise the skills required by a modern auditor2. Apply the professional standards of the Institute of Internal
Auditors3. Plan and complete an effective audit4. Develop and deliver successful audit programmes
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
23Email: [email protected]
Governance, Risk Management & Compliance (GRC)
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewThe Governance, Risk Management and Compliance (GRC) course will provide participants with an understanding of globally accepted GRC frameworks and how they can be applied to drive higher levels of business performance and improved short, medium and long-term business sustainability.
The course will also guide you in understanding how GRC aspects can be incorporated into your business management environment and teach you how to improve organisational performance through an understanding of key topics.
Course Content• What Is GRC?• GRC stakeholders• The value and benefits of GRC• Risk and GRC• GRC framework• GRC and the link to organisational strategy• What is Corporate Governance?• Drivers of Corporate Governance• Managing Corporate Governance• United Nations principles for responsible investment• OECD Principles of Corporate Governance• Business ethics• Integrating ESG metrics to executive pay• Risk governance, risk management and value creation• Measuring value – risk-adjusted value• Managing risk – enterprise approaches• Creating value from risk-taking risk management process• Risk assessment• Defining risk appetite and risk tolerance• ERM framework
Who Should AttendWhile this course is designed for professionals in audit, risk management and compliance, it is also suitable for business leaders, and Members of Board. This course will benefit Enterprise Risk Managers, PMO Managers, Risk and Quality Control Managers, Senior Audit Managers, Risk Officers, Product Control Managers, Compliance Managers, Value Managers, Business Strategy Managers and managers addressing the complex external and internal influences of businesses that need to ensure a balance between governance, risk management and compliance.
Benefits of Attending 1. Adopt an integrated approach toward GRC to support
business strategy and sustainability2. Improve business performance by implementing systems
and structures that support effective risk management3. Formulate meaningful reports that promote compliance
within your organisation4. Integrate and strategically align GRC through adopting
effective methods
Improving Your Audit Reports & Delivering Added Value
Credits: 30 CPEs
Course OverviewWriting effective audit reports is the main deliverable and the only written information audit customers receive. Specifically targeting significant areas of business opportunities in the audit programme can deliver major measurable benefits to the organisation whilst at the same time reducing the associated risks.
This five-day course is designed to challenge your thinking about the whole approach to writing and reviewing audit reports and to understand the benefits of a focussed Value For Money (VFM) audit process and how to effectively measure the value added.
Course Content• The problems with audit reports• Analysis of actual reports• Best practice internal audit reports• Writing the Executive Summary• Writing reports with impact• Finalising reports• What Is VFM auditing?• VFM audit techniques• Performance measures• Performing the VFM assignment• Key steps in completing a VFM review
Who Should Attend• This course will be particularly useful for delegates that have
previously attended the – Essentials of Internal Audit• It will also be very beneficial to any auditor or other
assurance professional who need to significantly improve their reports or implement value for money audits
• Personnel in other functions who need a wider understanding on the modern internal audit role and how it can add business value
Benefits of Attending 1. Significantly enhance the impact of your reports2. Improve the acceptance and implementation of your
recommendations3. Benchmark your audit reports against worldwide best
practice4. Plan VFM assignments effectively and develop testing plans
to ensure optimum coverage5. Provide overall assurance on the VFM assignment
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
24 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Internal Audit for Non-Audit Professionals
Course OverviewAs organizations in the world, the operate in becoming more complex, so IA is gaining a steadily higher profile. Internal auditors, along with executive management, non-executive management and the external auditors are a critical part of the top level governance of any organisation.
An internal auditor’s knowledge of the management of risk enables them to act as consultant and catalyst for improvement in an organisation’s practices. By reporting to senior management that important risks have been evaluated and highlighting where improvements are necessary, the internal auditor helps senior management to demonstrate that they are managing the organisation effectively on behalf of their stakeholders.
This course will explain everything you need to know about modern internal audit, in order that you can benefit from and contribute to the work carried out by this key function.
Course Content• The modern Internal Audit function• Perceptions of Internal Audit• What is Internal Audit?• How does the role differ from other assurance providers?• The Internal Audit basis• Meeting with functional management to discuss the audit• The risk based approach and the importance to business• Steps in an audit• Risk based auditing requirements• Risk based audit step-by-step• Consultancy assignments• The audit process and links• Audit programmes and testing• The clearance or closing meeting• IA relationship with the board and audit committee• Meeting stakeholder expectations• The audit report• Getting commitment to action
Who Should Attend• Business Managers and their senior staff• Finance professionals• Managers in cross-cutting functions such as HR and IT• Personnel in other assurance functions who need a better
understanding on the modern internal audit role
Benefits of Attending 1. Appreciate the key aspects of the Internal Audit (IA) role2. Understand why auditors are not the police3. Develop better working relationships with IA4. Recognise the differences between the IA, external audit and
quality audit roles5. Benefit from the work carried out by IA6. Ask IA for their advice more easily7. Know how IA can help you get decisions made
Internal Audit for the Board & Audit Committee
Course OverviewThe Board and Audit Committee provide governance oversight to stakeholders. As organisations and the world they operate in become more complex, more assurance is required by regulators and other stakeholders. Internal Audit, working alongside, but independently from executive management, are a critical part of the top level governance of any business.
The profession of internal audit is fundamentally concerned with evaluating an organisation’s management of risk and providing assurance to top management. An internal auditor’s knowledge of the management of risk enables them to act as consultant and catalyst for improvement in an organisation’s practices.
This seminar will explain everything you need to know about the modern internal audit role, and its key role as the eyes and ears of the Board and the Audit Committee.
Course Content• Relationships with the board and Internal Audit (IA)• The audit committee and Internal Audit relationship• The need for IA to engage senior management• Meeting stakeholder expectations• The role of IA in risk and governance• Corporate governance and the IA role• Risk management and Internal Audit• Risk attitude• IA and the consultancy role
Who Should Attend• Board Members• Audit Committee• Senior Management
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain an enhanced level of knowledge about the benefits
Internal Audit (IA) can deliver2. Obtain a better level of assurance from your IA function3. Challenge the IA team to provide a broader coverage of key
risks4. Better utilise the ‘second pair of eyes’ in that function5. Obtain an independent view from IA on key issues6. Appreciate how IA can assist you in meeting stakeholder
requirements
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
25Email: [email protected]
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Internal Audit
Course OverviewLeadership Excellence for Internal Auditors, is a set of three independent courses which cover the full range of skills required by Internal Auditors to deliver high-quality and effective assurance to modern organisations.
This programme will drive success by developing confidence and credibility in three key areas of leadership:• Internal Audit Leadership • Organisational Leadership, and• Ethical LeadershipAs these are key areas of the Qualification in Internal Audit (QIAL) examination, these courses are structured to help prepare those who wish to appear for the Qualification in Internal Audit Leadership (QIAL) examinations.
These interactive courses will be delivered through a mix of theory and practical sessions and theexercises and feedback will assist delegates in reinforcing their learning skills and confidence in answering case study questions in the QIAL exams.
Course ContentPlease note that these courses cover the full range of skills required by internal audit leaders to deliver high-quality and effective assurance in their organisations.
The benefits from this programme are transferable and will enhance leadership skills, abilities andcompetencies to enable improved value add to the organisations, whether, or not, the attendees intend to sit the QIAL exams.
Who Should Attend• Chief Audit Executives• Heads of Internal Audit• Directors of Internal Audit, Senior Audit Managers, Senior
Internal Auditors• Internal Auditors
Benefits of Attending 1. Demonstrate skills, competencies and abilities as an internal
audit leader to maximise the value-add to your organisation2. Maximise your impact to ensure your team is resourced
effectively to deliver the correct level of assurance to their senior stakeholders
3. Understand the role of the modern internal audit leader in adopting both, assurance and consultancy services to improve organisational performance
4. Gain an in-depth understanding of how governance, risk, control, strategy and ethical approaches in your organisation can provide the opportunity to improve your organisation’s bottom line
5. Develop and improve your ability to apply your learning to addressing practical case study situations to the benefit of your organisation’s performances
Measuring & Managing Government Performance
Course OverviewGovernments around the world have increasingly come to realise the value of setting goals, measuring performance and using the resulting data as a core management tool to improve societal outcomes.
This management approach is often referred to as “performance management” or “managing for results.” Experience has shown that, when well used, goals and measurement can greatly improve the operation and understanding of government programmes and priorities.
Course Content• Performance management – definition and rationale• The future of programme performance• Predictions and projections for governance in government• The specific organisation’s environment and values• What works – some lessons and some directions• The future of performance-based financial management• The future of people performance• The future of personal performance• Problem solving and critical thinking• Creating a formula for success• Strategy deployment for government• Performance management framework for government
agencies• Leadership development• Performance assessment and feedback• Approaches and trends in rewards and recognition• Performance and governance• Limitations and tensions
Who Should AttendGovernment leaders, as well as those who are pursuing a career in the public sector, such as: Strategic Planners/Senior Executives/Project Managers/Program Managers/Analysts/Performance Managers/Human Resources Managers/ Financial Analysts/Directors/Ceos/Contract Officers/Chiefs of Staff/Budget Officers/ Auditors and Accountants.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand how evaluation affects programmes’
assessment and contributes to Performance Management2. Know what Performance Management means in the public
and non-profit sectors and understand the basics of how to design a Performance Management System
3. Practice how to develop measurement frameworks, outline the measures that define results and assess the ultimate benefit to customers and stakeholders
AU
DIT
, RIS
K &
GO
VE
RN
AN
CE
26 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Professional Certificate in Investor Engagement & Shareholder Relations Credits: 18 CPEs
Course OverviewInvestor Relations (IR) is the communication of market intelligence between a company and the investment community, by which the company and its investing stakeholders share information and describe the investment proposition of the company.
IR is a critical part of corporate strategic management, having a direct impact on the company’s ability to present itself within an environment of rapidly increasing information, and to compete for investment resources. Many IR practitioners are multidisciplinary professionals combining finance, communication, marketing and legal skills.
Course Content• Introduction to Investor Relations (IR)• The business case for an IR programme• The investment process• Key investor expectations and strategies• The Investor Relations role• Establishing the IR function• Understanding the portfolio and value• Structuring an IR programme• Rules and regulations• IR related rules, regulations and standards• Special corporate actions• Shareholders’ rights and responsibilities• Investment process• Evaluating information sources and their relevance• Building the brand value• Financial analysis key points• Developing strategies for short and long term investor
relationships• Post investment process• Crisis communication and disaster management• Investment exit strategies• Future developments• Technology• Increased regulatory pressures
Who Should Attend• CEOs, CFOs, Managing Directors, Board Members, Boards of
Directors• Investors/Shareholders• Board Secretaries• Financial Communications, PR, Internal Communications,
Corporate Communications professionals• Corporate, financial and investment personnel from all listed
companies on stock exchanges/financial markets• Fund Managers and Directors from investment management
firms and securities research organisations• Corporate Governance, CSR and Compliance professionals
Benefits of Attending 1. Determine and promote best practice in Investor
Relations (IR)2. Structure and implement a strategic IR programme3. Disseminate messages to the investment community
effectively
BusinessOperations
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
29
Table of Contents
5-Day Innovation Mini MBA ................................................................................................................................................................................31
Analysing & Documenting Policies & Procedures ........................................................................................................................................31
Benchmarking .........................................................................................................................................................................................................32
Best Practice in Business Analysis ..................................................................................................................................................................32
Beyond ISO 9001 ......................................................................................................................................................................................................33
Budgeting & Forecasting for Business Professionals .................................................................................................................................33
Business Process Modelling Management ................................................................................................................................................... 34
Business Analysis (CBAP & PMI-PBA) Certification Preparation Boot Camp.................................................................................... 34
Big Data Analytics for Managers & Business Leaders ...............................................................................................................................35
Certificate in Achieving Organisational Goals ............................................................................................................................................35
Certificate in Advanced Business Process Analysis, Mapping & Modelling ................................................................................... 36
Certificate in Advanced Data Analysis .......................................................................................................................................................... 36
Certificate in Building an Innovative Organisation ..................................................................................................................................37
Certificate in Business Data Modelling ...........................................................................................................................................................37
Certificate in Business Process Management & Improvement .............................................................................................................38
Certificate in Data Analysis Skills ...................................................................................................................................................................38
Certificate in Delivering Service Excellence .............................................................................................................................................. 39
Certificate in Essential Business Process Analysis, Mapping & Modelling ...................................................................................... 39
Certificate in Operations Management ......................................................................................................................................................... 40
Certificate in Operations Strategy for Directors .......................................................................................................................................... 40
Certificate in Quality Management & Business Performance ...............................................................................................................41
Certificate in Root Cause Analysis ....................................................................................................................................................................41
Certificate in Strategic Business Intelligence ............................................................................................................................................. 42
Certified Business Analyst Professional - CBAP® ...................................................................................................................................... 42
Complaints Management .................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
Corporate Responsibility & Sustainability Reporting ................................................................................................................................ 43
Crisis & Emergency Management ....................................................................................................................................................................44
Data Analysis & Dashboard Reporting in Excel ........................................................................................................................................... 44
Designing & Developing an Effective Policy & Procedure System ........................................................................................................ 45
Developing & Implementing a Successful CSR Strategy........................................................................................................................... 45
Developing a Business Case .............................................................................................................................................................................. 46
Developing Use Cases .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 46
Effective Knowledge Management .................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Effectively Managing & Implementing Policies & Procedures................................................................................................................ 47
EFQM - Journey to Excellence (J2E) ............................................................................................................................................................... 48
EFQM - Leaders for Excellence (L4E) .............................................................................................................................................................. 48
Emergency Response Planning ........................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Tel: +971 4 408 2864 30
Facilitation Techniques for Requirements Development ......................................................................................................................... 49
Finance & Accounting for Lawyers .................................................................................................................................................................. 50
Foundations of Business Analysis ................................................................................................................................................................... 50
How to Gather & Document User Requirements ...........................................................................................................................................51
Innovation Excellence: Design Thinking for Problem Solving ...............................................................................................................51
Maximising Benefits Delivered Through Change .......................................................................................................................................52
Negotiation Skills for Project Managers .........................................................................................................................................................52
Public Private Partnership (PPP) .......................................................................................................................................................................53
Strategic Enterprise Analysis .............................................................................................................................................................................53
Streamlining Business Processes for Improved Profitability ................................................................................................................ 54
Tender Preparation & Evaluation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 54
Telecoms Mini MBA ...............................................................................................................................................................................................55
The EFQM Assessor Training – Assessed Version ......................................................................................................................................55
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
31Email: [email protected]
5-Day Innovation Mini MBA
Certificate Partner: Innovation Academy /CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThis fully immersive learning experience, focused on unlocking and commercialising digital innovation is supported by Google, and created exclusively for the region by London Tech Week Academy.
This strong innovation curriculum, is brought to life by Market Gravity, a global proposition design consultancy, and backed by deep dive sessions with innovation experts. The agenda is packed with exercises based on real case studies such as ‘Post-it® to Prototype’ and culminates in a team pitch to a leading industry panel.
Course Content• Innovation and why does it matter• Commercial and consumer context• Innovation models in action• Identify relevant and compelling insights and ideas• Insight generation, tools and tricks• Ideation• Articulate ideas with strong business purpose• Proposition development and generate feedback• Customer testing• Build and deliver a compelling internal pitch
Who Should AttendThis learning experience is for individuals with the drive and ambition to move their careers to the next level and help change how their organisation innovates.• Aimed at the future C-Suite of an organisation• Individuals seeking to accelerate their knowledge of
innovation principles and practices • Executives tasked with driving lasting and commercially
successful change in their company, at all levels • Product and digital leaders who desire to map their ideas
better to the company’s strategy• Cross-disciplinary course, for people in product, digital, sales,
marketing, finance, commercial and operations roles• 5 or more years’ experience in business or more .
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn about innovation approaches and practices, from
industry leaders and practitioners, 2. Experience first-hand some of the world’s most innovative
companies, products and technologies 3. Absorb fully the challenges of innovation by creating a
working prototype while working collaboratively in a small team
4. Create a strong pitch and sell a new concept internally or to any audience
5. Benefit from immediate commercial impact, validating ideas and turning them into viable products and services
6. Bring industry leading and tested processes for innovation into your organisation
Analysing & Documenting Policies & Procedures
Course OverviewBy attending this course, you will learn how to create realistic policies and procedures, allowing your organisation to operate effectively, efficiently and with reduced risk. This includes establishing the scope of policies and procedures using the MoSCoW rules, which are a method to ensure that the high priority requirements are identified and met, whilst lesser needs are also taken into account, where time and resources allow.
You will also learn how to create policy and procedure documents in formats that are recognised as good practice and to write clearly and accurately.
Course Content• The organisational context of policies and procedures• Establishing requirements for policies and procedures• Designing forms and managing them• Establishing a format for documents• Developing an appropriate writing style• Managing the development of documents• Methods for promulgating policies and procedures• Managing changes arising from new policies• Implementing new policies and procedures• Managing revisions to documents• Dealing with online documents• Using the internet, intranets and extranets
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for anyone who wishes to gain a working knowledge of how to prepare policies and procedures. This includes Strategists, Business Analysts, HR Practitioners, Supply Chain Managers, IT Managers and Specialists, Technical Authors, General Managers and administrative employees.
Benefits of Attending 1. Describe how policies and procedures enable organisations
to turn visions into reality and decide the best approach to creating policies and procedures, including setting formats and key measures
2. Establish the scope of policies and procedures, using MoSCoW rules to ensure that all requirements are met and develop clear document formats and an appropriate writing style
3. Assess potential changes to policies and procedures, creating an impact analysis to demonstrate the effects, a benefit case for the changes and a risk management plan
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
32 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Benchmarking
Course OverviewThe process of “Benchmarking’ is defined as “the continuous process of measuring products, services and practices against the toughest competitors or those companies recognised as industry leaders;” the purpose of benchmarking at a business level is improvement. The “toughest competitors or recognised industry leaders” serve as “the Benchmarks.”
During this three-day course you will be able to explore all aspects of Benchmarking to enable you to select the best approach or approaches for your organisation – those that offer you the best opportunity to improve business performance. In addition, you will also learn how to follow the universally accepted process for Benchmarking with a partner.
Course Content• Types of benchmarking and the advantages and challenges
of each type• Identify critical success factors for your business• Constructing a value stream map to identify further process
metrics • Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) in the benchmarking
process• Tools to measure and monitor business performance in key
areas• How to build and deploy a scorecard to monitor
improvement trends • Outline a reporting system to monitor improvement trends• The Benchmarking process – Steps and activities in each
phase• Data collection and analysis to identify performance gaps• The relationship of benchmarking to other quality tools and
key business processes• Identify potential benchmarking opportunities
Who Should AttendDirectors, senior managers and business improvement professionals from all sectors who wish to learn world class approaches from others.
Benefits of Attending 1. Define, describe and understand the different types of
benchmarking and explain the advantages and challenges of each type
2. Identify potential benchmarking opportunities3. Prioritise improvement opportunities and set performance
expectations4. Monitor company performance and manage change 5. Gain perspective about business performance when
compared to other companies
Best Practice in Business Analysis
Certificate Partner: PMI/CPD UKCredits: 30 PDUs and 30 CPDs
Course OverviewAligned with the latest global standards in Business Analysis, this course introduces you to best practice in the industry.
On this practical, interactive course, you will gain the fundamental knowledge of the Business Analysis lifecycle, activities, processes and the overall big picture of your role in helping your organisation/business unit achieve its strategic goals.
Course Content• Introduction to Business Analysis (BA)• Business analysis planning• Business analyst skills/competencies baseline• Vision and mission statement articulation• Business needs/problem statement articulation• Requirements elicitation, and requirements management
and analysis• Scope modelling• Business use case model creation• Business process modelling• System use case creation• Working with stakeholders• Solution evaluation and assessment• Role of the Business Analyst• Tips on technical writing
Who Should Attend• Business and System Analysts• Software Developers and Engineers• It Teams and Team Leaders• Project and Program Managers• Requirements Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the role of a Business Analyst and the overall
picture of the Business Analysis lifecycle2. Learn the fundamental skills/competencies required for a
successful Business Analyst3. Understand the major functions of Business Analysis and
work with stakeholders to define proper solution(s) for a need (problem/opportunity)
4. Work efficiently with project teams in requirements management, implementation and testing
5. Appreciate the differences between Business Analysis practice within traditional and Agile environments
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
33Email: [email protected]
Beyond ISO 9001
Course OverviewThis course focuses on managing for the sustained success of an organisation by going beyond ISO 9001 to improve the satisfaction of all stake holders. The ‘sustained success’ of an organisation is the result of its ability to not only survive, but to regularly achieve its long-term objectives. To achieve this consistently, organisations need to be well-managed, well-led and have the ability to continually re-invent themselves as the environment changes, and the needs and expectations of customers change; in short, they need to become a learning organisation.
This course will use a range of learning interventions including: presentations from expert practitioners, case studies and exercises based on real-life experience.
Course Content• ‘Best practice’ within the framework of ISO9001• Corrective and preventive actions• Risk management• Using the Grand Prix method • The Balanced Scorecard • Business planning and policy deployment • Business Excellence models• Lean Thinking • Complaints handling
Who Should AttendDirectors, Senior Managers, Middle Managers, Operations Managers, Quality Managers, Business Improvement Specialists and anyone with an interest in business improvement from a strategic and operational level. This course is relevant to all sectors of the economy, including local and national government departments.
Benefits of AttendingAttending this course will introduce you to a range of improvement methodologies that take ISO9001 accreditation to new levels of effectiveness.
The programme is designed to help you achieve sustained success by: 1. Adopting a quality management approach using a range of
methodologies, tools and techniques that can be used by any organization, regardless of size, type and activity
2. Using a diagnostic tool for the review of the maturity level of your organization; the tool helps you to assess your level of maturity against several benchmarks for: leadership, strategy, partnerships, employees, resources and processes. The process is designed to reveal areas of strength, weakness and opportunities for improvement
3. Developing a wider focus on quality management than outlined in ISO 9001 by addressing the needs and expectations of all relevant interested parties and providing tools and techniques for the systematic and continual improvement of your organisation’s overall performance
Budgeting & Forecasting for Business Professionals
Course OverviewThe Budgeting and Forecasting for Business Professionals course will help demystify the world of budgeting and forecasting, and provide you with the techniques and confidence to manage and control your areas of responsibility effectively. Financial terms and budgeting tools will be explained in a way that is understandable to non-financial people and enable them to relate these to their areas of responsibility. You will gain practical knowledge of basic accounts which will support your confidence levels in preparing budget.
The course will also guide you in designing effective models to formulate, monitor and report on budgets and forecasts for your organisation and teach you how to improve organisational performance through an understanding of key topics.
Course Content• Organisational strategy• Linking budgets to the organisational strategy• Financial perspective – understanding the basic financial
reports• Understanding the basics of financial ratio analysis and how
it is used to enhance budgets and forecasts• Analysing the various types of costs• Understanding how various types of costs influence cost
analysis• Working capital• The budgeting process• Types of budgets• The relationship between operating budgets and financial
budgets• Financial budgets• Capital budgets• Budgeting techniques• Forecasting• Budget modelling
Who Should AttendThe course will be useful for:• Non-finance executives at various functional divisions
responsible for developing and presenting budgets• Finance executives and support staff responsible for
collating and consolidating them into a budget
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the link between the business strategy and the
budgeting and forecasting processes2. Acquire the knowledge necessary to actively participate in
business planning, budgeting and forecasting based on an understanding of the link with key strategic objectives
3. Adopt effective methods to continuously measure business performance
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
34 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Business Process Modelling Management
Certificate Partner: PMI/CPD UKCredits: 24 PDUs and 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThe importance of the business analyst’s role in defining requirements during the planning phases of a project continues to gain recognition across all industries. The business analyst, working in conjunction with the project manager, facilitates the solution of business challenges.
However, when gathering requirements for a new or existing project, business analysts must be mindful that any project may require the development and redesign of accompanying processes. In fact, the business analyst must act as a change agent to help ensure that the newly implemented processes not only enhance the success of a project, but also increase the project’s chance of meeting the organisation’s business goals.
Course Content• Describe the Process Modelling Management (PMM)
framework• Define key PMM terms and concepts• Conduct major activities performed during each phase of
PMM, including workflow modelling• Perform the business analyst’s role and responsibilities in
PMM• Apply PMM methodologies and techniques specific to the
business analyst’s role and responsibilities• Create process benchmarks and develop metrics to track the
effectiveness of new processes
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Perform the four phases of a process improvement project-
define, analyse, implement and control which have been derived from the leading process improvement models in the industry
2. Focus on the competencies necessary to perform workflow modelling to ensure you have the core tool required to document the processes
3. Develop the competencies required to create new process benchmarks and measurements for new processes
Business Analysis (CBAP & PMI-PBA) Certification Preparation Boot Camp
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 35 PDUs
Course OverviewThis boot camp will expose you to the best practice in business analysis and prepare you to write and pass the exams of most recognised business analysis certificates globally:1. IIBA Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP)®
2. IIBA Certification of Capability in Business Analysis (CCBA)®
3. PMI Professional in Business Analysis (PMI-PBA)®
The boot camp will equip you with the required number of training hours to apply for any BA certificate you choose either from IIBA or PMI.
Course Content• Introduction to the basics of Business Analysis (BA)• BA planning and monitoring• Elicitation and collaboration• Traceability and requirements management• Strategy analysis and needs assessment• Requirements analysis and solution definition• Solution evaluation (assessment) and validation• Review of the BABOK content• Most common techniques in BABOK• IIBA-CBAP® simulation exam• Review of the PMI Guide to Business Analysis content• Most common techniques in PMI Guide to Business Analysis• PMI-PBA® simulation exam
Who Should Attend• Project Managers and Business Analysts interested to earn
either one of these credentials: IIBA-CBAP®, IIBA-CCBA® and PMI-PBA®
• IIBA-CBAP®, IIBA-CCBA® and PMI-PBA® candidates who have registered to sit the exams and are in the middle of their studying/preparation process
• Business Analysts with three to five years of experience• Strategic Planners• Experienced and intermediate Business Analysts• Project Managers and Leaders• System Analysts• Solution Architects• Testers and QA teams
Benefits of Attending1. Identify Business Analysis (BA) principles, activities, tasks
and techniques2. Understand the role of BA within and beyond projects
lifecycles3. Anticipate the four general types of questions that appear
on the IIBA-CBAP® and PMI-PBA® exams and learn how to answer them
4. Measure your ability to successfully complete your exam through sample questions in each domain
5. Develop a personal test preparation strategy, employing proven tactics
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
35Email: [email protected]
Big Data Analytics for Managers & Business Leaders
Course OverviewThis course goes beyond the hype that Big Data is, and will set foundation for your journey to advanced decision-making and business benefits by giving you the tools to leverage Big Data. This course will enable you to use cutting-edge techniques to recognise trends and explore what those trends mean in turn for your organisation.
This hands-on interactive learning experience will provide you with a rich toolset for data analysis to help you make better decisions and recommendations, thus building your capability and confidence in using Big Data analysis as part of your job role.
Course Content• Data lifecycle – From cradle to grave • From data generation, data processing and data analysis to
data-driven insights• Translating data insights into business insights• Role of each stakeholder in the data landscape – Data
Analysts vs. Data Scientists vs. Big Data Engineers• Four dimensions of Big Data – Volume, Velocity, Variety,
Veracity• Overview of Hadoop, Mapreduce, YARN and Spark and some
of the other key components of the Big Data world• Building an analytics layer for Big Data problem statements• Data analytics for Big Data• Delivering business benefit from Big Data• Data governance and cybersecurity• Data flow management and data pipelines• Governance, policies, processes, standards and tools
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for anyone who needs to parse through data and use data analysis in their job role. This includes strategists, programme/project managers, analysts, business process managers, etc. Whether you want to start from scratch or want to extend your Big Data knowledge, this is an essential and unmissable course.
Benefits of Attending1. Increase your understanding of the data lifecycle from
source to destination2. Understand the nature of Big Data and technologies in place
for storing Big Data3. Immerse yourself in hands-on course projects on Big Data
analysis for decision-making4. Recognise patterns in data and choose the best tools for
analysis5. Leverage your Big Data understanding to formulate business
strategy6. Build your confidence in dealing with day-to-day challenges
in Big Data analysis
Certificate in Achieving Organisational Goals
Course OverviewThe ability to achieve organisational goals and to effectively manage strategic and operational missions and initiatives are some of the most important competencies that organisations expect from their executives, managers and employees. This course is designed to meet the needs of those who wish to increase their skills in managing and achieving organisational goals.
This interactive course positions initiatives in the business context and examines the key components needed to achieve business goals.
Course Content• Management of strategic and operational initiatives• Key steps in planning and implementing projects of change• Engaging stakeholders• Leading the transition• Understanding people’s reaction to a new environment• Managing resistance
Who Should AttendThis course is designed to meet the needs of those who wish to increase their skills in managing initiatives and projects, and is invaluable to all executives from CEO to business/functional managers and decision makers who seek a pragmatic understanding and application on how to address the key issues and opportunities for effective management of the transition to meet organisational goals.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your comprehension of how best to achieve
organisational goals2. Understand how to lead and manage organisational
initiatives, from continual improvement to phased change3. Acquire tools and techniques for planning and implementing
solutions
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
36 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Advanced Business Process Analysis, Mapping & Modelling Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThe beauty of considering BPM methodologies and the supporting tools and technology environments currently available cannot be overstated. This advanced-level course covers the business perspective for BPM and attempts to align this with the technology perspective to offer a merger between the two key roles. During the course there will be interactive discussions about key factors to consider when setting up the governance structure, and its importance, for project success.
The course leads you to explore BPM available tools and techniques. This course should prove useful when you consider this BPM route for your own enterprise structures. You will gain advanced insights into BPM methodologies and guidelines into what research should be conducted before embarking on the implementation project for BPM.
Course Content• Business modelling and enterprise architecture• Transformation and change management• The process enterprise and performance measurement• Enterprise process management and waste minimisation• Technology support and capability as enablers to BPM
Who Should AttendAnyone who is responsible for how an organisation gets things done will benefit from attending this course.
Some job titles include:• Business Process Analyst, Business Process Engineer,
Business Process Designer, Business Process Architect, Business Process Manager, Business Process Consultant and Business Process Owner
• Business Analyst and Business Systems Analyst• Manager or Director of Business Performance Improvement• Manager or Director of Business Process Innovation• Process Owner and Process Officer• Quality Assurance Analyst and Manager• Enterprise Architect• Business Planner
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the latest business process management
approaches and how these are relevant to the modern enterprise
2. Instil a supporting change management culture using BPM methodologies
3. Familiarise yourself with the types and variety of evolving technology tools to manage your organisation’s processes
Certificate in Advanced Data Analysis
Course OverviewThe modern organisational manager or specialist is expected to work with the masses of data available from organisation-wide IT systems and to be able to provide precise analysis and recommendations for senior managers/executives or to make decisions supported by facts.
To do this effectively means recognising patterns and analysing these using the best tools for the job, often in the form of computer spreadsheets and associated add-ins. This involves recognising trends and what these mean for the organisation, as well as being able to predict the sensitivity of decisions to changes in attributes, for example the cost of fuel to a transportation form.
This engaging and interactive course will provide you with a rich toolset to help you make better decisions and recommendations, thus building your capability and confidence in using data analysis as part of your job role.
Course Content• Overview of data analysis• Classic tools and techniques• Correlation and dependence• Regression analysis• Sensitivity analysis in decision making• Computer aided simulation• Cognitive bias in analysis and decision making• Evaluating alternatives• Using decision trees• Using Expected Monetary Value (EMV)• Using influence diagrams• Value stream analysis• Simulated analysis of case study
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for anyone who needs to use data analysis in their job role, including Strategists, Programme/Project Managers, Business Analysts, Business Process Managers, etc.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your awareness of techniques to provide
quantitative support for management decisions2. Recognise patterns in data and choose the best tools to
analyse these3. Develop your understanding of trends and sensitivity4. Gain tools to make better recommendations and decisions5. Build your confidence in influencing decisions, through
quantitative analysis
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
37Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Building an Innovative Organisation
Course OverviewCourse One: World-Class Innovation and Co-creation StrategiesInnovation must be sought internally, requiring a motivated and engaged workforce with systems in place externally through proven crowdsourcing techniques which will be discussed in detail during the course. Collaboration with suppliers and competitors are key ingredients in building a robust innovation roadmap to ensure your success in the future.
This course is designed to cover all the key aspects of building an innovative organisation and will leverage Fortune 500 case studies, videos, interviews and the direct and varied experience of the trainer.
Course Two: Building a Comprehensive Business Model for InnovationCountless successful businesses today are leveraging innovative business models, creating entirely new industries and in doing so are redefining how value from the consumer’s perspective is created. The scale and speed at which innovative business models are transforming the business world today are unprecedented. It’s critical for business leaders to understand and to methodically address Business Model Innovation.
Building a comprehensive Business Model Masterclass will provide you with the knowledge and toolset, using a single Business Model Canvas, to systematically invent, design and implement new business models, allowing your company to deliver value to your clients and to society in the future.
Who Should Attend• Top Management: General Manager, MD, CEO, COO, CTO• Middle Management: Head of Engineering, Head of R&D,
Head of Design, Head of Marketing, Head of Sales• Leaders who wish to drive Innovation right through their
business• Executives who have direct responsibility for Innovation
(CTO, R&D, Head of Innovation)• Senior leaders/managers who are involved in innovating with
suppliers, customers, in new markets• Marketing Executives who are working on new product
innovations
Benefits of Attending Both Courses1. Learn about world-class innovation and co-creation
strategies, and their potential for cash generation, rapid product go-to-market, service expansion, customer engagement and retention
2. Evaluate strategies that generate the greatest return for your business and develop a comprehensive Innovation Strategy spanning the entire ecosystem of your business while ensuring a constant stream of innovation
3. Understand the steps involved in bringing multidisciplinary teams together to share knowledge, to challenge status quo and invent the future through prototypes, customer pilots, and other approaches. Apply these steps as soon as you return to your organization
4. Assess tools available to assist in making the innovation journey a successful one
Certificate in Business Data Modelling
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewAs a business analyst, your ability to communicate business processes and information needs is central to the success of any software development project. The business analyst who can use structured modelling to address and communicate requirements has a distinct advantage. Business Data Modelling explores business rules, policies and procedures and how they can be modelled effectively without being limited by technology or organizational structure.
You will learn entity relationship diagramming, super and sub-types, attributive and associative entities, and documenting data constraints.
Course Content• Data Flow Diagrams (DFDs) and Functional Decomposition
Diagrams (FDDs)• Identifying and describing the conceptual data model• The Logical Data Model• Context-Level Data Flow Diagrams• The transition to OO/UML
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending 1. Create logical data models to define business and project
requirements2. Describe the elements of data-flow diagrams and functional
decomposition diagrams, and their relationship to logical data models
3. Apply logical data modelling to the overall software development life-cycle and respond to business management issues
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
38 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Business Process Management & Improvement
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewA highly interactive, high-energy, practical course explaining the value of Business Process Management and Improvement (BPMI) as a differentiator to your business. You will acquire the knowledge and skills to accurately model business processes at both, the enterprise as well as detailed workflow levels.
The course provides a step-by-step approach to effectively analyse processes to ensure that business process models accurately reflect reality and include stakeholder requirements.
Course Content• The need for Business Processes Management (BPM) • The process model• Techniques for process mapping • Refining your process maps• Continuously improving your business processes • Optimising business processes effectively• Six Sigma as a process improvement tool • Implementing a culture of BPMI
Who Should AttendThis course will benefit anyone who wishes to learn how to improve their organisation’s performance through the tools and techniques of Business Processes Management & Improvement (BPMI).
• Business Process Manager/Consultant/Owner/Specialist/ Executive
• BPM Project Leader• Business Systems Analyst/Manager• Quality Assurance Analyst/Manager• Enterprise Architect• Business Planner• Project Manager
Benefits of Attending1. Understand of the value of Business Processes
Management & Improvement (BPMI) and the main concepts of business process analysis, mapping and modelling
2. Produce business process models to aid analysis, readability and understanding
3. Learn the best practice techniques and methods to coherently map, accurately measure and thoroughly analyse business processes and work activities across your organisation
Certificate in Data Analysis Skills
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewBy attending this course, you will learn how to apply data analysis techniques to improve your operational and project based work. You will be able to review a range of tools and choose the right ones for the particular application and produce analyses and diagrams that make your reports and business cases easier to read and more effective.
By applying a probability based approach, you will be able to manage uncertainty in decision making and enhance organisational performance measurement.
Course Content• Overview• Data analysis and synthesis• Developing and testing hypotheses• Working with decision variables and optimising solutions• Statistics basics• Introduction to probability• Analytical tools• Using Goal Seek® and Solver® in Excel®• Setting measures for organisational performance• Data Analysis Applications – Value Stream Analysis• Using graphics to present data• Simulated analysis using a case study
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for anyone who wishes to gain a basic working knowledge of data analysis techniques. This may include Managers, Strategists, Business Analysts, HR Practitioners, Supply Chain Managers, IT Managers and Specialists, Technical Authors, General Managers and administrative employees.
Benefits of Attending 1. Describe how data analysis can help to develop more
effective operations and projects2. Choose the right tools to analyse different data sets and
produce sensitivity analyses and Tornado charts to enhance business cases
3. Manage uncertainty through statistical methods and create effective strategic and operational organisational performance measures
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
39Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Delivering Service Excellence
Course OverviewIn order to develop a reputation for Service Excellence organisations need to become customer-centric. They need to put their customers at the heart of everything they do whether it is financial control, investment, marketing, recruitment, training, sales, decision-making, process design, organisation design, procurement, innovation, and strategic planning.
The aim of this course is to help delegates establish a framework within which their organisation can develop a service excellence strategy.
Course Content• Explore the difference between customer satisfaction and
customer loyalty• Use a domain map to help identify all stakeholders and their
relationships• Employees and the importance of service excellence• The role of your corporate communications function• Demonstrating commitment to service excellence• Managing the development of service delivery employees• Recognition systems to acknowledge superior service• Exploring a range of tools for capturing customer feedback
and tracking satisfaction
Who Should AttendThis course is highly recommended for all executives, senior managers and others in all sectors of the economy that have a need to lead and embed a service excellence culture in their organisation.
Benefits of Attending1. Demonstrate personal commitment to service excellence2. Outline a number of business transformation strategies to
deliver service excellence in your organisation3. Embed a culture of service excellence4. Assess the service levels achieved in your organisation5. Plan a strategy for defending your service excellence
strategy
Certificate in Essential Business Process Analysis, Mapping & Modelling
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewBusiness Process Management is a combination of the application of business management concepts, the building of appropriate governance and culture within an organisation, and making the best use of technology solutions available today.
All this put together should enable us to dynamically define, deploy, iterate and analyse our enterprise activities. The latter must be capable to evolve in synchronisation with the changes constantly taking place around us.
Course Content• The essentials of business processes• Introduction to Business Process Management (BPM)• The benefits of BPM• Organisational views: functional vs. process• Continual process improvement and process maturity• Process modelling and mapping• Approaches for mapping and modelling a business process• Validating and simulating the process model• Process analysis and optimisation• Value adding and non-value-adding work• Identifying waste streams within the process• Essentials to process design• Process evolution – avoiding the concrete cast approach
Who Should AttendAnyone responsible for how an organisation gets things done will benefit from this course. Some job titles include:• Business Process Analyst, Business Process Engineer,
Business Process Designer, Business Process Architect, Business Process Manager, Business Process Consultant and Business Process Owner
• Business Analyst and Business Systems Analyst• Manager or Director of Business Performance Improvement• Manager or Director of Business Process Innovation• Process Owner and Process Officer• Quality Assurance Analysts and Manager• Enterprise Architect• Business Planner
Benefits of Attending 1. Familiarise yourself with latest process modelling and
mapping methods and techniques2. Analyse processes – distinguish between value-adding
activities as against process waste3. Develop streamlined future state process designs,
eliminating waste and process flow inhibitors
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
40 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Operations Management
Course OverviewThis course will cover all aspects of operations management from basic definitions, through strategies, concepts, approaches and processes to help manage and improve operations.
A case study will be used as the core of the programme to illustrate practical applications of the subject matter; this case study is based on the course leader’s personal experience as an Operations Manager in a UK Bank. As this Banking Operation was modelled on the Toyota Production System the course leader is confident that the lessons learned on the course will be appropriate for most businesses across most sectors.
As with all public courses it is expected that delegates who attend this programme will come from many sectors of the economy with a wide variety of personal experience; this will enrich the experience of those attending.
Course Content• Operations management• Strategic role of operations management• The human side of operations management• Job design and workplace organisation• Quality planning and control• Operations improvement• Strategic quality management• Lean operations• Just In Time (JIT)• Capacity planning and control• Inventory planning and control• Supply chain planning and control
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for:• Delegates with some experience of the operations function
who wish to extend their career into operations management• Current Operations Managers who wish to extend their skills
range• Functional support managers who wish to explore how to
improve the operations element of their function
This course is developed for, and will benefit Managers, Assistant Managers, Superintendents, Supervisors, Team Leaders, Coordinators, Officers and Specialists responsible for: operations, procurement, purchasing, supply chain, logistics, production, manufacturing, warehousing, inventory, quality, R&D, project, business improvement, process improvement, plant, utilities, applications, performance.
Benefits of Attending1. Describe a general model of operations and define the
purpose of operations management2. Describe how to develop effective approaches to managing
the supply chain, minimising inventory and planning capacity3. Deploy a range of tools and techniques to deliver continuous
improvement of operations processes
Certificate in Operations Strategy for Directors
Course OverviewOperational Excellence is paramount to C-Suite credibility. This seminar will provide a platform to exchange ideas on developing and improving operations strategies to maximise business value, with a strong focus on ‘beating the competition’.
This seminar will feature presentations, exercises and case studies designed to create constructive and effect-learning, with an opportunity to help you understand how an operations strategy can be developed, deployed, reviewed and improved.
Course Content• What is operations management?• The strategic role of operations management• Job design and work organisation• The nature of planning and control• Capacity planning and control• Inventory planning and control• Supply chain planning and control• Lean operations• Just In Time (JIT)• Quality planning and control• Operations improvement
Who Should AttendDirectors who are responsible for developing, deploying and improving their organisation’s Operations Strategy, that may include all non-executive and executive board members from all disciplines.
Benefits of Attending1. Define ‘Operations Strategy’2. Describe the difference between ‘top down’ and ‘bottom up’
strategy3. Describe the difference between ‘market requirements’ and
‘operations resource’ view of operations strategy4. Outline how an operations strategy can be developed,
deployed, reviewed and improved
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
41Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Quality Management & Business Performance
Course OverviewQuality management has the potential to make huge differences to your organisation and to facilitate improvements on a continuing basis – but to achieve this, you must look at it as a strategic initiative – not a short term fix.
This course will deepen your understanding of how you can help transform your organisation to deliver business excellence. The effective implementation of the tools and techniques that you will learn can help secure greater market share and increased profits, as well as reduce costs.
Course Content• Business excellence: a framework for business
management?• A fast-track method of implementing business excellence• Understanding and communicating why your business exists• Determining an approach to fulfilling your business purpose• Identifying what needs to be done to deliver your strategy• Tools and techniques for process improvement• Organising key business processes to effect management
control• Managing the people dimension of your business• Converting vision into reality with a five-year business plan
making• The history and development of the Balanced Scorecard• Measuring and monitoring• Making the Balanced Scorecard a ‘living’ document• Linking the Balanced Scorecard to the business excellence
model• Linking the Balanced Scorecard to performance
management systems• Using the EFQM to conduct self-assessment
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for leaders, executives and managers from all sectors: manufacturing, service, health, financial and governmental organisations who wish to develop strategies to reduce operating costs while simultaneously improving the client/customer experience.
Benefits of Attending 1. Describe the key strategic quality management
methodologies2. Outline the business case for adopting a quality
management strategy3. Determine which of the alternative quality management
strategies would be most appropriate for your organisation4. Produce an implementation plan to embed quality
management methodologies
Certificate in Root Cause Analysis
Course OverviewThis course is designed to introduce the bigger picture of problem solving approaches, geared towards organisations. The course will concentrate on one critical step of the approach, which is finding out “why” the problem occurred and provide links to a subsequent “corrective actions” path.
You will learn how to lead investigations and Root Cause Analysis using various techniques such as Causal Factor Charting, Fault Tree Analysis and Root Cause Charts. This is a “How To” course designed to teach these skills.
By the end of this course, you will understand the overall problem solving methodology used in successful organisations. You will be able to use different tools and techniques for identifying problems, accurately defining them and finding out the cause/causes that if removed will reduce the likelihood of recurrence.
Course Content• Introduction to Root Cause Analysis (RCA)• Benefits of RCA and disadvantages of not using it• The need for RCA• Relationship between RCA, Corrective Action Programmes
(CAP) and Quality• Problems vs. Symptoms• Problem statements as functions of risk• Principles of investigation• Common investigation pitfalls• Data precision and reliability• Barrier analysis• Event and causal factor charting• Histograms• Interrelationship diagraph• Control diagrams and scatter diagrams• Introduction to Corrective Action Programmes (CAP)• Course conclusion and Q&A session
Who Should Attend• Vice Presidents, Directors, General Managers• Operations and Project Managers• Operations Engineers and Staff• Human Resource Professionals• Sales Managers and Sales Personnel• Business Analysis Professionals• Health and Safety Managers and Support Staff
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the big picture of problem solving
methodologies used in successful organisations2. Use a systematic approach and different tools and
techniques to identify problems3. Understand how to select the investigative method most
suitable for your organisation
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
42 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Strategic Business Intelligence
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewIncrease your profitability by using Business Intelligence (BI) and Business Analytics (BA). Many top global companies depend on Business Intelligence and Business Analytics to drive their success and have integrated BI and BA systems to improve their everyday processes and enhance their performance.
Business Intelligence utilises tools, infrastructure, applications, and best practice to access and analyse data–which leads to improvements in optimisation and performance.
Business Analytics (BA) takes this concept to enterprise information management, enterprise performance management, data warehousing, analytic applications, Business Intelligence, risk, compliance, and governance.
Course Content• Business Intelligence – definition, capabilities, components
and benefits• A comparison of BI models• Developing a data warehouse• BI system requirements• Creating a BI framework• The BI project• BI tools• Presenting the results: BI reporting• BI Competency Centers (BICCs), BI Center of Excellence
(BICE) or Business Analytic Teams (BATs)?• Business Intelligence: governance• Business Intelligence: policies and procedures• BI – Driving performance• New trends in BI
Who Should AttendBoard Executives, Presidents and VPs, Corporate Strategists, Marketing and Sales Managers, Directors of Finance, Managers of Quality and Business Performance Management functions, IT Managers, Business Systems and MIS Managers, Data Warehouse Managers and everyone who is interested in Business Intelligence, decision support, executive information, business development, knowledge management, performance reporting and dashboards.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the benefits and risks of implementing Business
Intelligence solutions and learn how the components of Business Intelligence systems fit together
2. Gain insight into the organisation and structure of data for Business Intelligence – and how to analyse it and report actionable results
3. Discover how Business Intelligence can be used for competitive advantage and enterprise performance management
Certified Business Analyst Professional - CBAP®
Course OverviewThis unique e-training course is designed to improve your chances of passing the Certified Business Analysis Professional™ (CBAP®) certification exam on the first attempt. The demand for professionals with the CBAP® certification is growing within industries across the globe as organisations struggle to create disciplined approaches for eliciting and managing requirements.
To earn the CBAP® credential offered by the International Institute of Business Analysis (IIBA®), you must demonstrate the required business analysis experience and pass a 3.5-hour, 150-question exam, covering all knowledge areas of IIBA’s Business Analysis Body of Knowledge® (BABOK)® Guide.
Course Content• Recognise the types of questions on the CBAP® exam • Describe IIBA’s perspective on how business analysis is
conducted • Recognise which terms, concepts, tasks, techniques
and best practices require attention when studying the knowledge areas outlined in the BABOK® Guide
• Practice taking exam questions, giving you confidence in your understanding of the concepts and approach used in the CBAP® exam
• Evaluate many more “best” answers, rather than just “right” answers
• Determine what approach to use when you do not know the answer to an exam question
• Design the study approach best suited for your preparation • Discuss major themes and issues for each topic area • Use online memorisation drills to reinforce key concepts
Who Should AttendThis course is perfect for business analyst wanting to join the business analysis elite with a world-class accreditation.
Benefits of Attending1. Find out exactly what you need to know and how to prepare
yourself to fulfill the requirements for each BABOK® Guide knowledge area, including the business analysis techniques identified in each area
2. Get a chance to explore the rationale behind each answer with your instructor, a certified CBAP®, and take the opportunity to take “real-life” practice exams to put your skills to the test
3. As part of the course, you will be able to download ESI’s BA Techniques Handbook, which is a stand-alone guide that describes in detail each of the business analysis techniques covered by the BABOK® Guide
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
43Email: [email protected]
Complaints Management
Course OverviewEffective management of customer complaints offers a strategic opportunity to enhance your reputation and further develop your business. In order to do so you need to create the right culture, develop an effective complaints handling process and become a learning organisation, accepting that a complaint is a gift of feedback on your performance.
This course will help you develop an organisational competency to manage complaints successfully. You will have the opportunity to understand the nature and practice of complaints management and be presented with a range of learning experiences including presentations, case studies, exercises and simulations.
Course Content • Consumer rights and the dissatisfied customer• Regulating complaints handling• Turning a complaint to our strategic advantage• Identifying and evaluating the benefits of effective
complaints handling• The role of top management• Monitoring and auditing the complaints-handling process• Customer feedback• Effective process for receiving a customer complaint• Conducting the investigation • Initial analysis and corrective action• Tracking the complaint resolution process • Further analysis of the complaint and the response to the
customer• Analyse and learn from complaints data• How to stop complaints arising in the first place• Tools to analyse where customer-delivery processes fail• Turning corrective action in to preventive action• Developing a plan to translate learning into actions at the
workplace• ISO 10002:2004 Quality Management Guidelines for
Complaints Handling
Who Should AttendThis course is highly recommended for all executives, senior managers and others in all sectors of the economy that have a need to lead and embed a service excellence culture in their organisation.
Relevant industries include healthcare, government services/ministry, hospitality, airlines/travel, retail, insurance, IT & technical support, legal customer services such as paralegals, automobile management staff, contact center/call center management, help desk, data services, and online customer support.
Benefits of Attending1. Acquire an understanding on the causes of customer
complaints2. Develop a plan for effective complaints-handling process
from receipt to resolution3. Demonstrate an ability to analyse and resolve complaints
with a strategic opportunity to enhance your reputation and further develop your business
Corporate Responsibility & Sustainability Reporting
Course OverviewThe global community is becoming acutely aware that business has not been shouldering the true costs of its social and environmental impacts. Progressive business leaders are embracing the principles of corporate responsibility and sustainability, and taking steps to embed them throughout their organisations.
Regardless of mounting best practice and numerous standards, guidelines and initiatives, confusion still abounds regarding what this all means in practice. Many concepts are being used – CSR, sustainability, triple bottom line, corporate citizenship, business ethics, community investment, philanthropy and so on. This course will strike to the heart of the matter by bringing clarity to the confusion. This course is not about one off, non-business aligned ‘nice to do’ initiatives but about a change in the way business itself is conducted.
The course will focus on two key aspects of designing a solid corporate level programme: how to manage and how to report.
Course Content• Concept, drivers and strategy – What are they? Why should
we bother? What should we do?• High-level concepts of corporate responsibility and
sustainability• Internal and external drivers• Articulating the business case• Programme design and implementation• How to design a robust and value-adding corporate
programme• Cascading high level commitments to practical actions• Global best practice, key standards and practical case
studies • Getting the maximum value out of your CR commitment• Understanding Global Reporting Initiative’s G4.0 standard
and how to make the most out of it• Leveraging your reporting in wider corporate
communications, advertising and PR activities
Who Should Attend• CSR Managers• Sustainability Managers• Environmental Managers• Internal and External Communication Executives• Marketing, PR and Branding professionals• HR Managers• Governance and Risk Management Executives• Corporate philanthropists and Foundation Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Build a Corporate Responsibility (CR) programme that adds
genuine value to your business and inspires your stakeholder2. Build your operational and reputational assets by cutting
costs without cutting corners3. Gain insights into local and international best practice
from a pioneering CR leader with hands-on Middle Eastern experience
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
44 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Crisis & Emergency Management
Course OverviewCrisis Management is part of good governance. Don’t let a crisis manage your company, but learn how to design strategy and build the team that can successfully manage the crisis. In this seminar the latest standards in the field will be reviewed and new and innovative techniques will be demonstrated.
You will systematically learn and practice ways to create, train and exercise a Crisis Management Team (CMT) in your organisation.
Course Content• The nature of an incident• Planning and procedures• Plan structure• The emergency management centre• People• Coordination with public authorities• Business continuity• Public relations and media management• Testing and exercising• Pandemics• Crisis management standards
Who Should AttendThis highly practical and interactive course has been specifically designed for:• Business Continuity Managers• Emergency Managers• Operational Risk Managers• Technical Support Managers and Staff• Security Managers and Planners• Fire Officers• Health and Safety Professionals• IT/Marketing/Financial/Facilities Managers• Auditors
Benefits of Attending1. Build a corporate responsibility and sustainability
programme that adds value to your bottom line and enjoys wide stakeholder acceptance
2. Enhance your reputation and cut costs by embedding the principles of corporate responsibility and sustainability in your organisation
3. Leverage your commitment through sustainability reporting using international standards (for example, Global Reporting Initiative)
Data Analysis & Dashboard Reporting in Excel
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewThis course will help you appreciate the fundamentals of key data analysis, using excel as a data analysis tool.
You will learn how to combine and condense information and data into a logical framework. You will be able to use visual effects to enhance your presentations and reports.
Course Content• Data analysis principles and data relationships• Tools• Using excel as a data analysis tool• Chart and table design• Dashboard reporting• Understanding dashboards• Common mistakes in dashboard design• Charting review• Adding icons and images to dashboards• Using colour and logos effectively• Making dashboards dynamic• Essential tools and techniques• Formulas you simply can’t live without• Charting for dashboards• Bullet-proofing your dashboard• Essential advanced tools
Who Should Attend• System Analysts• Business Analysts• Finance Managers• Reporting Analysts• Financial Analysts• Management Accountants• Commercial Managers• Financial Controllers• Business Intelligence Analysts• Any staff member involved in data analysis or creating a
dashboard
Benefits of Attending1. Appreciate key data analysis fundamentals2. Learn how to combine and condense information and data
into a logical framework3. Be able to enhance your presentations and reports, using
visual effects4. Present and communicate your data effectively and
graphically5. Differentiate between good dashboard designs and the
inefficient ones6. Analyse data and develop reports using your existing Excel
capabilities
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
45Email: [email protected]
Designing & Developing an Effective Policy & Procedure System
Course OverviewThis seminar brings together several different perspectives and components of designing and deploying a policies and procedures system for an enterprise. Organisations today range from having extensive P&P systems to fragmented pieces pulled together with custom software. More efficient organisation of the P&P components and the proper tools can make for a more reliable and ‘compliant easy’ P&P structure.
Lectures, exercises and tool demonstrations provide you with a rich learning experience.
Course Content• Overview – procedures and processes today• The changing world of procedures – new formats and use• Policies, processes, procedures and workflow• Determining P&P system• Defining a P&P taxonomy• Deploying a P&P system• Reverse engineering procedures • Business impact and touch point analysis• P&P system governance• Assuring P&P compliance• Auditing policies and procedures• Suggested tools for managing the P&P environment
Who Should AttendBusiness Process Teams, Procedure Analysts, Technical Writers, Personnel Officers, Procurement Managers, Administrative Managers, Job Analysts, Business Analysts and IT Documentation Specialists.
Benefits of Attending1. Define the requirements for a P&P system along with the
need for new ways of looking at policies and procedures2. Extract a process from an existing procedure and reorganise
the procedure into one of the newer formats3. Define a structure for organising policies and procedures
that is easy to use and meaningful to the organisation
Developing & Implementing a Successful CSR Strategy
Course OverviewThis course will help you begin your journey towards world-class CSR reports using the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI-G3) guidelines.
You will understand the principles of CSR from foundations to international best practice, and learn about the new international guidelines in the ISO 26000 Social Responsibility Standards.
Course Content• CSR foundations and stakeholder engagement• CSR foundations – concepts and frameworks• Stakeholder mapping and engagement• The new international social responsibility standard – ISO
26000• ISO 26000 basics• The ISO 26000 guidelines• Communicating and reporting CSR to international
standards• Basic CSR reporting• Introduction to CSR reporting using the GRI-G3 standard• CSR reporting II: maximising impact using international
frameworks• The GRI-G3 international gold standard for CSR reporting• Advanced CSR reporting to GRI-G3 standards• Finishing-off the report• Social Return on Investment (SROI)• Understanding the social impact of your CSR programmes• Real life SROI
Who Should AttendThis course is specifically designed for business professionals with responsibility for developing and implementing Corporate Social Responsibility programmes and initiatives. It will also be useful for business professionals who wish to develop their skills in social and community investment and CSR reporting.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the principles of CSR from foundations to
international best practice2. Learn about the new international guidelines in the ISO
26000 Social Responsibility Standards3. Evaluate the real impact of your CSR programmes using
Social Return on Investment (SROI) analysis
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
46 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Developing a Business Case Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewProject managers and business analysts must be able to develop and defend a business case by justifying their projects. Additionally, program managers are asked to verify the benefits realisation stated in a business case against their programs.
Developing a Business Case provides the program manager, project manager and/or business analyst with hands-on practice developing and documenting a project business case. As part of the course, participants receive detailed templates for developing a business case document and the associated economic spreadsheets. Participants then use the templates to develop a business case based on a robust case study.
This course also provides participants with the necessary skills for evaluating, comparing and prioritising business cases for the purposes of building an annual project portfolio.
Course Content• Purpose of the business case• Issuing the business case• Discretionary and non-discretionary projects• Project portfolio development
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Prepare and document a business case for a discretionary or
non-discretionary project 2. Evaluate business cases using quantitative and qualitative
criteria Compare business cases based on cost/benefits 3. Prioritize business cases for the purpose of building a project
slate
Developing Use Cases Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewAs a fundamental component to identifying requirements for a new system, business analysts must be able to illustrate how “actors”, such as end users, stakeholders, or related systems, will be affected once the new system is implemented.
This process, also known as Developing Use Cases provides business analysts with a powerful tool for documenting functional requirements and the interactions between these requirements in a manner that can be easily communicated to designers, programmers, project managers, and other project stakeholders.
Course Content• Employ use cases to elicit, analyse, document and
communicate functional requirements for software• Use the Unified Modelling Language (UML) to create use
case diagrams• Determine when to employ use case modelling• Priorities use cases based on their importance to the
business and on technical considerations• Describe ways to develop consistent vocabulary between
use cases and objects• Analyse and document detailed requirements using an
object model• Read a class diagram
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain the required competencies for creating use cases and
use case diagrams, which serve as a vehicle for eliciting, analysing, documenting and communicating functional requirements
2. To fully gain the benefits of UML, you will create use case diagrams through an object-oriented approach, which enables business analysts to sift through the complexity of a system by breaking it down into smaller units
3. Gain the ability to integrate use case modelling within the software development life cycle to ensure that project requirements are accurate, complete, and map to the objectives of the business
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
47Email: [email protected]
Effective Knowledge Management
Course OverviewThis course will offer an introduction to the terminology and concepts of Knowledge Management (KM) and provide an understanding of why Knowledge Management is important. Presentations and teaching will be supplemented with exercises and discussions, which will provide you with experience in actually using some of the techniques covered during the course.
Course Content• Introduction to Knowledge Management• Understanding Knowledge Management • Ways to do Knowledge Management • Goals of Knowledge Management• Knowledge Management strategies• Organisational learning and KM • KM approaches methods and tools
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for delegates with little experience in the field of Knowledge Management but with a good understanding of business. Delegates from an information background will find the course of value as it will enable them to explain how information management is an important component of an effective knowledge management. Delegates from a project and programme management background will find the course of value as it will enable them to explain how knowledge management can improve learning and results from business processes.
Human resources and L&D professionals background will find the course of value as it will enable them to explain how their activities help to create an organisational environment which enables knowledge to be created, shared and replenished. Professionals from IT and developer backgrounds will find the course of value as it will enable them to explain how their technical solutions support and enrich knowledge management courses.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the scope of the field – the know why and what 2. Deliver realistic value with knowledge management in your
business 3. Gain ideas and practical action plans to move forward into
implementation – the know where and when
Effectively Managing & Implementing Policies & Procedures
Course OverviewFrom the CEO to the front line worker, everyone needs to know how to execute the key processes of the enterprise. Workflow, process flow, policies and procedures all need some form of documentation and communication to the enterprise workforce. With all the changes in today’s business environment, keeping these updated, current, complete and relevant has become much more significant.
This course brings together different perspectives and components of organising and managing policies, procedures and processes in the enterprise. Key questions in managing and implementing are answered.
Course Content• Managing P&P today• How policies drive procedures• The relationship of processes, procedures and workflow• Managing P&P needs and performance• The changing world of procedures – New formats and use• Determining procedures needs – Requirements• Auditing P&P• Implementing P&P: Assessment techniques• Developing processes from procedures• Aligning policies, procedures with business direction• Aligning procedures with operations• Implementing the P&P system for efficiency• Organising P&P for efficiency• Policy, governance and management of procedures• Achieving procedure compliance
Who Should AttendThis cutting edge course is designed for: Business Process Teams, Procedure Analysts, Technical Writers, Personnel Officers, Procurement Managers, Administrative Managers, Job Analysts, Business Analysts and IT Documentation Specialists.
Benefits of Attending 1. Define and understand the relationship between processes,
procedures, policies, people and jobs2. Understand why processes are being extracted from
procedures today3. Use the life cycle concept to manage policies and
procedures
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
48 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
EFQM - Journey to Excellence (J2E)
Course OverviewDuring the Journey to Excellence (J2E) training you will learn to identify where you are on your journey to excellence, where you would like to be and how to get there. At the end of the course, you will better appreciate what is required to set out on the journey, not just in terms of tools and techniques but also in cultural development.
The Journey to Excellence training is a good preparation for your organisation to apply for the “Committed to Excellence” recognition.
Course Content• What is excellence? • Phases on the road towards excellence • Self-assessment • The EFQM Excellence Model • RADAR logic as a management tool • Prioritising the output of self-assessment• Prioritisation tools • Managing improvement projects• Taking a systematic approach • The importance of a team based approach • RADAR Logic as an assessment tool • Evolving self-assessment
Who Should AttendThe Journey to Excellence training is open to any individual who would like to start implementing the EFQM Excellence Model and self-assessment in their organisation. Middle and upper level managers who want to understand and apply EFQM Excellence model within their working environment, and quality managers who wish to use EFQM as an assessment tool to drive improvement.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand and use self-assessment as an improvement
tool2. Discover how to prioritise improvement actions3. Understand EFQM’s Levels of Excellence and develop a
roadmap for your organisation’s action plan
EFQM - Leaders for Excellence (L4E)
Course OverviewLeaders for Excellence (L4E) is designed for managers who want to understand and apply the EFQM Excellence Model within their working environment. Using real application documents, from either the public or private sector and simple, effective tools, participants will learn how to identify areas for improvement and adopt a structured approach to effectively address them.
The Leaders for Excellence training has two levels of accreditation. Individuals who pass the course, will receive the official EFQM certification as “EFQM Leader for Excellence – Level 1”. An additional certification, “EFQM Leader for Excellence – Level 2”, will be given to participants who, within a year of the training, successfully complete within their organisation: a DMAIC improvement project or a self-assessment using the Business Excellence Matrix. The Leaders for Excellence training is a good preparation for your organisation to apply for the “Recognised for Excellence” recognition.
The “Leaders for Excellence” training is designed to get people in an organisation actively involved in using the EFQM Excellence Model to drive improvements. Following the training, you should be able to start applying the skills you have learned to drive improvement teams or participate in a self-assessment.
Course Content• What is EFQM Excellence Model? • The 9 boxes• The RADAR logic• Understanding the feedback• Fundamental concepts of Excellence• Prioritising the improvements • DMAIC Improvement Methodology• BEM self assessment tool
Who Should AttendMiddle and upper level managers who want to understand and apply EFQM Excellence model within their working environment, and quality managers who wish to use EFQM as an assessment tool to drive improvement.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to interpret an assessment feedback report2. Understand how to use the DMAIC approach to pinpoint and
address the root cause of improvement areas identified3. Understand how to use the Business Excellence Matrix
approach to develop an Enabler Map for your organisation and complete a self-assessment
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
49Email: [email protected]
Emergency Response Planning
Course OverviewThis course will give you a greater understanding of the emergency response planning process. It is ideal for middle to senior managers or new employees who may, in the course of their normal duties, be called upon to take up a position in their company’s emergency response organisation.
Alternatively, the course would suit anyone within the company who wishes to understand the principles of emergency response as it applies to their industry.
Course Content• Identify hazards• Producing a framework for managing crisis• Identifying and managing hazards• Fires and explosions• Total fire hazard management• Natural disasters• Organising for emergencies• Route to successful emergency response• The emergency organisation• Emergency response teams• Putting things together• Emergency response exercises• Crisis command and control• Incident command hierarchy• Incident command system principles• Mobilisation and documentation• Taking command• Forward control tactics• Emergency response centre• Emergency response centre design• Software for emergencies• Incident investigation• HR issues and communications• Mission bow tie diagrams
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for either senior managers or new employees who may, in the course of their normal duties, be called upon to take up a position in their company’s emergency response organisation. Alternatively, the course would suit anyone within the company who wishes to understand the principles of emergency response as it applies to industry.
Benefits of Attending 1. Know how to prepare, write and test emergency plans that
are appropriate to the risk that your organisation is exposed to
2. Learn how to identify hazards and prepare a comprehensive hazard register
3. Establish an incident command system and ensure your communication lines between your team and external support groups are perfect
Facilitation Techniques for Requirements Development Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewThe business analyst spends a significant amount of time facilitating requirements. Yet, many business analysts lack formal training on this vital skill. A successful facilitation session results in requirements that you can begin to analyse and work with.
Facilitation Techniques for Requirements Development focuses on teaching the facilitation skills necessary to elicit and analyse requirements on a project.
Course Content• Identify the use of facilitation in business analysis• Explain the role and responsibilities of a business analysis
facilitator• Plan a facilitation session• Use the appropriate facilitation techniques for a given
session• Conduct a facilitation session using best practices• Manage conflict during a session• Identify facilitation opportunities in business analysis
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to effectively help stakeholders define their needs
and form these needs into quantifiable requirements through facilitation
2. As a facilitator, you will learn how to prepare for and conduct both face-to-face and remote group sessions
3. Practice new skills in a safe environment with a trained facilitator to guide you through various activities. You will leave the class with the confidence to prepare for a session, including creating a facilitation plan, motivating a group’s participation, building consensus, managing conflict, maintaining session focus and evaluating results for lessons learned
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
50 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Finance & Accounting for Lawyers
Course OverviewThe goal of the course is to provide financial and accounting language to legal practitioners who would in turn be able to understand, communicate, structure, and document a variety of transactions and concepts.
The materials encompass a range of financial topics and try to inter-mix the legal concepts or concerns that may be related to the topics. The lectures will be interactive and there is a general aim to employ one financial case for the class to read, comment, and work on.
Course Content • Fundamentals of financial accounting• Interest rates• Fundamentals of finance• Time adjustment• Risk adjustment• Modern portfolio theory• Corporate finance three fundamental topics• Case assignment: Marriott and cost of capital• Option structures• Valuation methods• Profits, economic rents, and the law• Case assignment: Netscape – going public• Case assignment: MCI – 1983• Special finance topics
Who Should AttendThis course has been specially designed for Corporate In-House Lawyers, Solicitors and Partners from law firms and legal practices as well as professionals with the following titles:
Lawyers, Senior Lawyers, Solicitors, Senior Solicitors, Attorneys, Legal Counsels and Counsellors, Advocates, Arbitrators, Notaries, Legal Advisors, Consultants and Partners in fields including: mergers and acquisitions, commercial law, real estate and construction law, employment law and tax law as well as tax advisors.
Benefits of Attending1. Enhance your financial knowledge and understanding to
enable you to better and more productively interact with accountants and clients
2. Gain a thorough understanding of corporate finance theory and practice from a financial perspective
3. Discover how to identify and value a potential target acquisition
Foundations of Business Analysis Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewFoundations of Business Analysis is designed to provide you with a basic understanding of the benefits, functions and impact of this critical role. The target audience for this course includes those who are new to the business analyst role or those who supervise and/or work with business analysts.
This course provides a special focus on the business analysis function as it relates to developing information technology solutions, given that such an understanding is essential for project success.
Course Content• Identify the roles and responsibilities of the business analyst• Define requirements• Explain the importance of managing risk• Define the solution vision and scope• Plan the requirements elicitation process• Recognise the importance of analysing and documenting
requirements• Explain the role of modelling for documenting and
communicating requirements• Perform requirements validation and traceability
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how a business analyst supports the project
throughout the solution development life cycle, from establishing the solution vision and scope in the analysis phase to validating that requirements have been met in the testing phase
2. Understand why and when to involve the business analysis function
3. Have a working vocabulary to enable you to communicate effectively with those who perform that role
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
51Email: [email protected]
How to Gather & Document User Requirements Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewIncomplete requirements are often cited as the number-one reason projects or systems fail. Accurately identifying the requirements and staying on course from the beginning is key to success in today’s business world.
This “how-to” course introduces the roles of the business analyst as they relate to the analysis and documentation of requirements. It familiarizes participants with the core knowledge and skills required to identify and document user requirements. It also addresses how these requirements are managed throughout the life cycle.
Course Content• Roles, definitions and key principles• Types of requirements• Vision, scope and quality• Introduction to modelling• Creating a requirements work plan• Elicitation techniques• Documenting requirements• Managing consensus• Validating requirements
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Define the role of the business analyst in the requirements
process2. Effectively document a solution’s vision and scope and
develop a Requirements Analysis Work Plan3. Elicit, structure, analyse, validate and document business
requirements
Innovation Excellence: Design Thinking for Problem Solving
Course OverviewDesign Thinking is an effective and a creative process to tackle problems with multi-faceted aspects and come up with innovative solutions. It offers a way to create solutions that affect our global society especially relevant to human-centered focus.
The main goal is to address the user’s needs using empathy as the main basis of designing a solution. The Design Thinking process is an iterative one and consists of 6 phases: Understand, Observe, Point-of-View (POV), Ideate, Prototype, and Test. The process combines a set of approaches found in design and ethnography with technology and business skills.
Course Content• Introducing Design Thinking (DT) and its effect• How to understand the user• Go out and practice• The doing phase• Framing the findings• Tools for different kind of findings• Create the design stance• Create as many ideas – for possible solutions – as possible• How to rapidly prototype your ideas• The testing phase• Know what features you are testing• Incorporating feedback• How to use Design Thinking in your company
Who Should AttendThis course is relevant to professionals from all industries, for example Team Leaders, Project Managers, Managers, CIOs, CTOs, Directors, Heads of Departments, Analysts, Data Scientists, Designers, Engineers, Senior Administrators, Specialists, Deputy Directors, Government Officials and more.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn Design Thinking processes, principles, and tools2. Understand user needs to reach the most desirable solution3. Interact with users and get insights from observations4. Create an innovative winning solution5. Prototype and test your solutions before production and
deployment
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
52 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Maximising Benefits Delivered Through Change
Course OverviewBenefits Management is the ‘business end’ of change management i.e. it is the delivery of the value the change initiative was conceived to deliver. This practical detailed course will enable you to manage the benefit and value process from identification through to delivery, ensuring that you maximise the benefits delivered and the return on your investment in change.
This course will start with the wider context and challenges of change management and the business case for change, and then focus in detail on the tools and techniques to maximise the benefits delivered through the benefits management process.
Course Content• Change management and the business case • The wider context and challenges for maximising benefits• Benefits management fundamentals• Benefit definition and types• The benefits management process• Benefit identification• Developing a benefit map• Use tools and techniques for planning for successful delivery• Understand the benefits realisation plan and programme
plan – the linkage/alignment between them• Benefits delivery/realisation phase and clinic• Tools and techniques for tracking the delivery/realisation of
benefits• Tools and approaches for reviewing and making adjustments
to the plan
Who Should Attend• Change management professionals• Programme/project managers• Programme Management Office (PMO) managers/members• Business case owners• Senior Responsible Owners (SRO)• Business Change Managers (BCM)• Departmental managers• Senior managers within organisations
Benefits of Attending 1. Implement practical benefit management tools and
approaches to maximise the benefits and returns on investment on change and improvement initiatives
2. Embed effective benefits management processes by using the right knowledge, skills and tools
3. Understand the challenges for maximising benefits in the real world and learn approaches to overcome these challenges
Negotiation Skills for Project Managers Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewNegotiation is an invaluable skill for any project manager. Not only do you negotiate agreements with vendors and contractors, but you must effectively negotiate with stakeholders, customers and team members throughout the life of a project.
This four day, highly interactive experience covers the dynamics, processes and techniques of internal and external negotiation situations faced by project managers. Short on lecture and long on practice, this course provides you with the opportunity to experience one-on-one negotiations.
Course Content• Use competitive and collaborative negotiation strategies
with success• Recover a stalled negotiation using breakthrough techniques• Adjust your negotiating style to match the preferences of the
other party• Deactivate the impact emotions and focus on finding
agreement• Apply negotiation skills for efficient cost and schedule
performance• Plan strategies to effectively develop and manage
collaborative relationships critical to your project
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to analyse your own and the other party’s
negotiation style, diffuse conflict and turn it into an advantage, and negotiate more effectively
2. Learn how to negotiate for efficient cost and schedule performance and achieve successful results on time
3. Explore the dynamics of both the competitive and collaborative models of negotiation as well as some of the implications of team negotiations
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
53Email: [email protected]
Public Private Partnership (PPP)
Course OverviewWorldwide, growing populations and demands for economic development combined with falling commodity prices have produced an enormous appetite for infrastructure and social development projects, ranging from airports and ports, roads and railways, to schools and hospitals that can only be met by mobilising private finance. These are the most challenging and important investment opportunities anywhere in the world.
Although there are substantial funds available for co-investment, most countries are now engaged in examining PPP and other infrastructure finance models for these infrastructure investments. This course is about how private finance is and will be used: the logic, financial structure, risk analysis, legal background, contracts and scope of a national infrastructure programme is examined in great depth with a range of relevant local case studies and plenty of group work and participation. Finally, delegates examine PPP models which are the core of the financial aspect of any PPP.
Course Content• Origin and background to private finance in infrastructure• Structures in PPP/PFI projects• Key issues in PPP/PFI• PPP/private finance project evaluation• Comparative PPP procedures• Sources and types of funding• Drafting and negotiation of PPP contracts• Specific contract issues• Overview of risk and risk allocation• Additional factors• Future prospects• How PPP models work• Equity valuation
Who Should AttendReal Estate Developers, construction companies, Planners, Regulators, Lawyers, Accountants, Bankers – people who work in sectors like construction, project management, and all professionals associated with government, budgeting and investment, project finance.
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn how countries intend to mobilise private finance for
infrastructure2. Compare Gulf, Western, and Asian Public Private Partnership
(PPP) projects and be able to appreciate the different structures for PPP and other styles of private finance investment
3. Review PPP financing structures and financial models by examining PPP contracts in detail
Strategic Enterprise Analysis
Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewSenior business analysts are increasingly involved in pre-project activities to ensure that solutions to business problems reflect the organisation’s business strategy. Through strategic enterprise analysis, the senior business analyst becomes a vital contributor to helping the organisation determine sound investments and enhance its project portfolio. These activities ensure the organisation can maximise the return on investment, minimise duplication of efforts across the organisation, and realign business operations to meet executive management’s strategy.
Strategic Enterprise Analysis is an advanced course designed to provide you with the knowledge you need to begin working as part of a strategic enterprise analysis team. In particular, the course covers the major activities of strategic enterprise analysis that must be conducted to study the enterprise architecture.
Course Content• Identify core competencies for the organisation• Model the As-Is and To-Be enterprise architecture• Perform customer value analysis• Plan for process management• Identify the To-Be IT architecture• Recognise the importance of service-oriented architecture• Manage the project portfolio• Recognise the importance of impact analyses, risk analyses
and feasibility studies• Identify the components of the decision package
Who Should AttendBusiness Analysts, Systems Analysts, IT Business Analysts, Technical Business Analysts, Requirements Managers, Project Managers, Project Leaders, Project Directors, Program Managers, Program Directors, Senior Project Managers, Project Advisors, PMO Managers, Business Managers, Business Process Managers and Business Excellence Managers will all benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Analysing core competencies, performing customer value
analysis, performing process management2. Examining the IT architecture, and evaluating the project
portfolio. Examines the impact of service oriented architecture (SOA) on the enterprise architecture
3. Understand the steps for modelling the As-Is and To-Be enterprise architectures and how the To-Be enterprise architecture contributes to the overall project portfolio
4. Understand the importance of conducting an impact analysis, risk analysis and feasibility study
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
54 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Streamlining Business Processes for Improved Profitability
Course OverviewThis course gives you an insight into methodologies to identify and prioritise opportunities for improvement within the business environment while positively impacting the profitability of your organisation. This course also highlights the implications of different business strategies and the process of aligning these strategies with the operating framework. Furthermore, you will be able to identify critical processes in an organisation and address them by streamlining these processes with a competitive business advantage.
With the introduction of a simple diagnostic toolkit you will be able to evaluate the performance of your current critical processes and identify those which need improvement; in particular, those which have a significant impact on the overall profitability of the organisation as a whole.
Course Content• Strategy, organisational structure and links to functional
performance• Measuring organisational and process performance• Business process governance and planning• Business process reengineering • Managing change and culture for implement process
transformation
Who Should AttendThis course is intended for top executives, senior managers and similar executive positions at the top and/or decision-making roles within their organisation. The nature of the material and concepts presented within this course make this fit for organisations from any sector: service, commercial, industrial, manufacturing or hospitality.
Benefits of Attending1. Motivate senior managers to take an objective look at their
business processes with the scope of enabling the route for improved performance
2. Analyse process metrics, open up to constructive criticism, and identify relevant and priority areas worth attention
3. Diagnose key process metrics, embark on establishing potential root causes and set out a path for leading improvement initiatives
4. Reviewing, rethinking and reengineering business processes to identify operational opportunities and set the plan to bring about any necessary changes
Tender Preparation & Evaluation
Course Overview In today’s business environment the drive to obtain value and cut cost is overwhelming. Many organisations believe that tendering is the key to achieving this. Inevitably, the process is not always fully understood by those charged with the duty to implement it.
If the tender is incorrectly prepared or executed, it will lead to buying the wrong goods or services and therefore creating high levels of risk and additional costs.This course is designed to develop the necessary understanding and skills to gain the advantages of tendering and avoid the pitfalls.
Course Content• An overview of the processes and procedures• Understanding procurement and purchasing• Strategic tools and how they impact on tendering• Understanding documentation and its uses• Planning the tender• The importance of specification• Using terms of contract• Designing evaluation methods• Selecting the best method• Supplier sourcing and appraisal• Methods of sourcing• What and how to appraise• Tender procedures and evaluation• Best practice for tendering procedures• Evaluation of bids• Working with frameworks and mini-competitions
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Managers, Coordinators, Supervisors, Engineers, Assistants, Officers and Administrators responsible for tenders, contracts, procurement, purchasing, supply, projects/project management, planning, operations, construction, and technical support. It will be invaluable to salespeople wishing to understand the buyers’ mindset.
Benefits of Attending 1. Equip yourself with the tools to assess procurement
objectives for the tender process, and successfully predict future risks or conflicts
2. Learn the skills to ensure robust governance throughout the tender process, and combat potential probity issues while guaranteeing a high response rate
3. Confidently construct a bid and tender evaluation process that will ensure the selection of the best and most salient offer for the good of your organisation
4. Diagnose which particular approach to the market will be the right one to achieve your procurement objectives, and draft the appropriate documents to ensure a successful outcome
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
55Email: [email protected]
Telecoms Mini MBA
Certificate Partner: Telecoms Academy
Course OverviewThis course focuses on developing strategic business opportunities, making better investment choices and aligning competencies for organisational success.
The intense curriculum has been developed for those whose time is limited and who work in critical roles or situations where a lengthy period away for study is not possible. It also provides an ideal opportunity to develop the organisation’s talent pool and support succession planning.
Course Content• Build value and greater efficiency within your organisation
through greater innovation• Practically apply and implement best practice within your
own business• Impact strategic debate at senior level• Contribute more actively to strategic, technology, financial,
management and marketing decisions• Identify key technologies and fully recognise their impact
including limitations, capabilities, implementation options and business opportunities
• Develop new business models and competitive advantage in order to maximise profit and return on investment
• Evaluate and critically appraise your organisation’s position in the market and potential future growth strategies
• Discuss with confidence current and emerging dynamics of the telecoms market
• Effectively communicate confidently complex ideas to ensure consistency throughout the organisation
• Confidently develop strategic business opportunities and make better investment choices
Who Should AttendThis programme is designed for mid to senior managers, future managers, specialists, identified talent and directors from all functions within the telecommunications sector.
Benefits of Attending1. Achieve a better understanding of your people, your
products, and your business – giving you an unparalleled view of where your organisation stands, its strengths and future growth opportunities
2. Have a solid platform on which to make strategic, technical, financial and management decisions that are reliable, well-grounded and commercially viable
3. Get fully versed in fixed, mobile and convergent network technology and the reasons behind its adoption, its strengths, weaknesses and limitations
4. Learn best practice leadership techniques and how they an be applied within the telecoms industry
5. Get equipped to take on new challenges and progress within your organisation
6. Gain lifetime membership to our Telecoms Mini MBA Alumni Network. You will join an exclusive club, in which you can readily share ideas and expertise with like-minded colleagues via our online networking tool
The EFQM Assessor Training – Assessed Version
Certificate Partner: EFQM
Course OverviewThe course enables you to understand the EFQM Excellence Model and assess all areas of your organisation; leadership, strategy, people management and development, product development and delivery, customer management and resource management.
Passing the assessment formally qualifies you as an international EFQM Excellence Assessor and enables you to potentially act as an EFQM Award Assessor. It will demonstrate to your colleagues and peers that you have acquired the skills and knowledge required to effectively assess an organisation as part of a high performing international assessment team, as well as to develop and practice managerial skills.
Course Content• Forming assessor teams • What is Excellence?• The fundamental concepts of Excellence• The EFQM Excellence model• Understanding RADAR as an assessment tool• EFQM management document • The assessment process• Conducting site visits• Conducting interviews• Assessing and Scoring• Site visit interviews• Consolidation – Preparing the feedback• Final preparation of feedback reports• Contents of feedback reports• Review of presentation to management• Assessment process – key learning points
Who Should AttendThe EFQM Assessor Training is open to anyone who has a deep interest in the EFQM Excellence Model and the Assessment. This course is a prerequisite for those who would like to participate as an EFQM Award Assessor.
Benefits of Attending1. Fully understand the assessment process, and work in
teams to assess and score using the EFQM Excellence Model
2. Gain key learning points on the assessment process3. Complete final preparations for site visits and conduct
effective site visit interviews
BU
SIN
ESS
OP
ER
AT
ION
S
56 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Finance
FIN
AN
CE
59
Table of Contents
Advanced Budgeting ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 60Advanced Excel: Spreadsheet Techniques & Financial Applications .................................................................................................. 60Advanced Financial Statement Analysis ......................................................................................................................................................61Aligning Budgeting with Strategy .....................................................................................................................................................................61Anti-Money Laundering ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 62Certificate in Back & Middle Office Management ...................................................................................................................................... 62Budgeting & Forecasting for Non-Finance Managers .............................................................................................................................. 63Certificate in Cash Flow & Forecasting Management .............................................................................................................................. 63Certificate in Cash Flow Management .......................................................................................................................................................... 64Certificate in Cost Control & Management ................................................................................................................................................... 64Certificate in Due Diligence ...............................................................................................................................................................................65Certificate in Financial Analysis ......................................................................................................................................................................65Certificate in Financial Control ....................................................................................................................................................................... 66Certificate in Financial Monitoring & Analysis for Business Professionals ..................................................................................... 66Certificate in Investor Relations ...................................................................................................................................................................... 67Corporate Finance Masterclass ....................................................................................................................................................................... 67Corporate Valuation ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 68Credit Risk Modelling ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 68Data Analysis & Dashboard Reporting in Excel ........................................................................................................................................... 69Developing Organisational Resilience ............................................................................................................................................................ 69Excel VBA Programming for Financial Professionals ............................................................................................................................... 70Fast Quality Close of Month & Year End Accounts ..................................................................................................................................... 70Finance Managers Certification Bootcamp ..................................................................................................................................................71Financial Budgeting & Monitoring for Projects ............................................................................................................................................71Financial Instruments & Risk Management in IFRS – IFRS 7 & 9 & IAS 32 & 39............................................................................... 72Financial Risk Management .............................................................................................................................................................................. 72Financial Skills for the Board .............................................................................................................................................................................73IFRS 9 & Expected Credit Loss ............................................................................................................................................................................73IFRS – International Financial Reporting Standards ................................................................................................................................ 74Improving Credit Management & Collections ............................................................................................................................................. 74ISO 31000 – Global Risk Framework .................................................................................................................................................................75(Includes One Day on Basel III) ...........................................................................................................................................................................75Leading Financial Sustainability ..................................................................................................................................................................... 76Mergers & Acquisitions ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 76Options & Derivatives .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 77Professional Certificate in Due Diligence & Business Valuation .......................................................................................................... 77Professional Certificate in Financial Modelling ...................................................................................................................................... 78Project Budgeting & Cost Management .......................................................................................................................................................... 78Project Finance Modelling ................................................................................................................................................................................. 79Public Private Partnerships (PPP) ................................................................................................................................................................... 79Reinsurance ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 80Retail Credit Risk Measurement, Management & Control ....................................................................................................................... 80Senior Executive Finance ...................................................................................................................................................................................81Strategic Finance for Non-Finance Managers .............................................................................................................................................81Strategic Financial Planning, Analysis & Monitoring for Senior Executives .................................................................................... 82Three Day Financial Month End ....................................................................................................................................................................... 82Trading, Custodial Services & International Payment & Settlement Systems ....................................................................................83Value Added Tax (VAT) in the GCC – An Introduction ...............................................................................................................................83Working Capital Management Using Excel Modelling ............................................................................................................................ 84
FIN
AN
CE
60 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Advanced Budgeting
Course OverviewThis course will help you understand the differences between traditional and modern approaches of budgeting so that you can develop an appropriate approach that would suit your environment. You will explore approaches and metrics in a simple and practical manner.
The course will conclude with the group solving a case study on developing a comprehensive budget. Course Content• The process of budgeting• What is wrong with how we budget?• Beyond budgeting • Activity Based Budgeting (ABB)• Zero based budgeting• The forecasting process – a step beyond mere budgeting• Rolling forecasts• Balanced Scorecard • Flex budgets• Budgeting for capital expenditure• Cash budgeting• Consolidating detailed budget into financial statements• Budgetary variance analysis• Budgetary control audit
Who Should Attend• Managing Directors• Financial Controllers/Finance Managers• Business Development Managers• Business Planning Managers/Business Unit/Operational
Managers• Management Accountants• Business Analysts/Financial Analysts• Capital Planning/Treasury
Benefits of Attending1. Develop and implement a successful budgetary control
system2. Understand the differences between traditional and modern
approaches of budgeting 3. Develop a realistic budget and conduct variance analysis
explaining the differences between projection and achievement
Advanced Excel: Spreadsheet Techniques & Financial Applications
Course OverviewThis course provides a complete, high-level education which will teach delegates the skills that they need to respond to the challenges presented by the manipulation of financial data. They will not only learn practical, advanced skills which will help increase their productivity; they will also be enhancing their value as finance professionals.
Course Content• Importing data into a spreadsheet• Naming cells and adding comments• Summarising data using pivot tables• Linking data in spreadsheets• Formatting spreadsheets• Using excel macros, and reference and mathematical
functions• Customising charts• Using statistical and database functions, financial functions
and logical functions• Using data tables and scenarios• Auditing spreadsheets• Sharing and protecting spreadsheets• Financial analysis• Cost of capital, capital budgeting techniques and valuations• Gearing and capital structure• Risk analysis• Advanced pivot tables• Conditional formatting and data validation
Who Should AttendThis course has been specifically designed for all finance professionals who are looking to use advanced Excel techniques to improve their computing efficiency and their ability with financial applications.
Benefits of Attending 1. Work efficiently with related worksheets and workbooks2. Benefit from new reporting and presentation techniques3. Use spreadsheet skills effectively for advanced financial
applications
FIN
AN
CE
61Email: [email protected]
Advanced Financial Statement Analysis
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewThis course aims to give delegates the opportunity to examine the various means to assess the operational and financial performance of their organisations as well as their competitors, suppliers and clients. Ensuring that the basics are in place, this course will quickly go on to look at some of the more advanced ratios for assessing the financial health of an organisation – both from an internal perspective as well as an external ‘asset valuation’ perspective. We will consider industry specific ratios during the course and consider what information they give us.
Delegates are encouraged to bring with them the financial statements of their own organisations, their competitors, their suppliers and/or their clients to ensure that the concepts covered can be applied to their own specific companies.
The course is essential for all those who have to read, understand and analyse financial statements. The tools and techniques you will gain from this highly informative course will be easily transferable to the workplace, enhanced through a combination of interactive case studies, exercises and examples.
Course Content• Understanding money• The role of banks• The financial statements• Stakeholder analysis• Core financial analysis• Shareholder analysis• Altman Z scores• DuPont analysis• Off balance sheet• Cash flow• 5 keys to valuation• Lending decisions• Industry specific ratios• Why not to rely on ratios
Who Should Attend• Accountants• Financial Analysts• Evaluation Officers• Appraisal Executives• Corporate Finance Executives• Mergers and Acquisitions Officers• Project Managers
Benefits of Attending 1. Focus on the assessment of business performance through
the analysis of financial statements as well as the valuation of off-balance sheet obligations and commitments
2. Understand the different approaches for pricing a company’s fair value for a variety of purposes
3. Analyse the different problems and risk variables that a company might encounter via the proper analysis of its financial statements
Aligning Budgeting with Strategy
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis course focuses on the need for managers with directional and management responsibility to gain a solid understanding of management control techniques and the ability to achieve high levels of performance.
This course will provide you with the operational and management proficiency to promote motivational understanding within the organisation. This advanced course maintains the balance between business strategy, tactical and people development, financial frameworks and operational needs.
The course is designed to help you implement improvements in the alignment of business strategy and financial budgets, recognised as being a weak link in the successful execution of company strategies.
Course Content• Set the strategy scene and outline the direction• Strategy and strategic management• Business strategy to activity management• Tools and techniques to support strategic management and
budgeting• Benchmarking and its place in the strategy to budget story• Business accounting and the budgeting process• Business patterns, and the risk assessment process• Budgeting and its alignment to strategy• Budgetary applications and shareholder value• Performance indicators and their importance in budgeting• Activity-based management• Rolling budgeting• Capital expenditure budgeting• Post audit and post project evaluation
Who Should Attend• This course is designed for directors, senior managers,
operational managers, middle managers, division heads, and experienced functional managers
• This course is also beneficial for managers who have recently taken up a more senior position and managers who are responsible for restructuring or implementing change
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand how business strategy links with activity based
management and budgets2. Expand your strategic management perspective and improve
your competitive advantage3. Apply modern budgeting techniques and support strategic
cost management4. Develop a more active role in your company strategy,
planning and decision-making
FIN
AN
CE
62 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Anti-Money Laundering
Course OverviewMoney Laundering is increasingly gaining momentum and attention, both nationally and internationally; adding an accelerated pressure on financial institutions to comply with regulations and take effective steps to combat the challenges faced.
This intensive course is a guide to designing an effective anti-money laundering programme that is compliant with globally-recognised regulations and standards. Packed with case studies and examples, this course provides a holistic overview of money laundering issues; including schemes, effects, and the wide gamut of techniques for combatting it.
Course Content• Money-Laundering (ML) processes• ML Mechanisms• Financing typologies• International initiatives for combatting ML• AML policies and procedures, and systems• Red Flags Checklist• AML risk-based approach• Reputational risk
Who Should Attend• Board of Directors• Senior Bank Management Members• Central Bankers (Supervision Department)• Regulators• Government Policy Makers• Compliance and Governance Officers• Private Bankers and Wealth Managers• Risk Managers• Chief Finance Officers• Finance Directors and Comptrollers• Securities Analysts• Investment Professionals• Law Enforcement Agencies• MIS and Operations Executives
Benefits of Attending1. Design an effective AML programme compliant with AML
and financial crime regulations2. Improve the efficiency of your AML systems by adopting
best practice and guidelines designed to detect, investigate, report, and resolve red flags
3. Draft internal policies and directives related to AML and financial crime regulations
4. Apply a risk-based approach to avoid regulatory and reputation risks
5. Analyse the SAR (Suspicion Activity Report) activities; including cheque fraud and kiting, computer intrusion, counterfeiting credit/debit cards, defalcation and embezzlement, offshore banking, Hawala and Zakat Activities, Money Trail, and Penny Stock manipulation
6. Comprehend the Customer Due Diligence (CDD) processes and tools and construct a CDD Framework
Certificate in Back & Middle Office Management
Course OverviewThis course is focused on managing back office operations with treasury, trading books and internal funds transfer pricing used as examples. The procedures and principles discussed may be applied to all types of back offices in banks and financial institutions.
The emphasis is on a proactive management style to continuously improve quality throughout back offices while at the same time, establishing efficient processes and delivering cost-effective services. Operational risk and operations management procedures will be discussed in detail and from the perspectives of the treasury, Asset Liability Management (ALM) and trading functions.
Course Content• Operational risk categories, factors, issues and sources• Organisational structures of financial institutions, operational
event and loss databases• Operational risk assessment, identification and
measurement• Fraud detection and prevention• Asset liability management, funds transfer pricing systems
and economic transfer prices• Managing a trading book from the perspective of the back
office• OPVaR forecasting, stress testing and scenario analysis• Modelling operational regulatory capital charges under
BASEL II
Who Should AttendDelegates attending this course should have a basic understanding of back office management and operations. From Back Office Managers and Operations Managers to Middle Office Managers and Treasury Managers, this course is for managers that want to learn best practice in operational risk management, with a special focus on back office management and operations.
Benefits of Attending1. Examine issues and effective solutions in managing back
office staff, transaction volumes, new products and third party suppliers
2. Learn how back office operations can improve the performance of the treasury function and internal funds transfer pricing system of the asset/liability management function
3. Build and maintain an effective and efficient relationship with the front and middle offices
FIN
AN
CE
63Email: [email protected]
Budgeting & Forecasting for Non-Finance Managers
Course OverviewThe Budgeting and Forecasting for Business Professionals course will help demystify the world of budgeting and forecasting, and provide you with the techniques and confidence to manage and control your areas of responsibility effectively.
Financial terms and budgeting tools will be explained in a way that is understandable to non-financial people and enable them to relate these to their areas of responsibility. You will gain practical knowledge of basic accounts which will support your confidence levels in preparing budget.
The course will also guide you in designing effective models to formulate, monitor and report on budgets and forecasts for your organisation and teach you how to improve organisational performance through an understanding of key topics.
Course Content• Organisational strategy• Linking budgets to the organisational strategy• Financial perspective – understanding the basic financial
reports• Understanding the basics of financial ratio analysis and how
it is used to enhance budgets and forecasts• Analysing the various types of costs• Understanding how various types of costs influence cost
analysis• Working capital• The budgeting process• Types of budgets• The relationship between operating budgets and financial
budgets• Financial budgets• Capital budgets• Budgeting techniques• Forecasting• Budget modelling
Who Should AttendThe course will be useful for:• Non-finance executives at various functional divisions
responsible for developing and presenting budgets• Finance executives and support staff responsible for
collating and consolidating them into a budget
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the link between the business strategy and the
budgeting and forecasting processes2. Acquire the knowledge necessary to actively participate in
business planning, budgeting and forecasting based on an understanding of the link with key strategic objectives
3. Adopt effective methods to continuously measure business performance
Certificate in Cash Flow & Forecasting Management
Course OverviewProper cash flow management is critical to the success or failure of any business model. On this course, you will examine in detail the relationship between the income statement, statement of financial position and the cash flow statement.
You will also examine budgeting techniques, and in particular, how to prepare revised budgets. The complexities of cash flow management will be discussed and you will identify the various risks involved, as well as appropriate hedging techniques.
Course Content• Cash flow management• Published accounts• Sources of finance• Liquidity analysis• Banks and budgeting• Long vs short term sources of finance• Derivative instruments• Collateral• Cash flow and international financial reporting standards• Basel accord• Dealing with volatility of sales revenue• Excel models
Who Should Attend• Financial Controllers and Managers• Managing Directors• Working Capital Managers• Auditors• Financial Analysts and Business Analysts• Business Development Managers• Management Accountants• Treasury Professionals• Capital Planning Professionals• Portfolio Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Understand how budgeting contributes to the success of
any organisation2. Develop spreadsheets for cash flow and forecasts3. Create concrete targets and objectives for strategic plans4. Develop revenue generating opportunities for excess cash5. Reduce liquidity risk by anticipating liquidity requirements in
advance
FIN
AN
CE
64 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Cash Flow Management
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewThe course will explain the critical role cash plays in determining eventual success or failure of a business model. You will define the contact points of business and the cash cycle. The course will integrate the business process flow with cash flow and accentuate the critical success factors which will help your organisation do more with a limited cash resource. You will recognise the calibrating issues in a cash flow which will reduce dependence on banks.
The course will also take you through the complexities of cash management with reference to risks of being exposed to foreign currency, and will explain the working of cash flow hedges.
Course Content• Role of the cash flow manager• Cash and profit – striking a balance between cash, payments
and profits • Cash flow cycle – Receipt Cycle and Disbursement Cycle • Float management • Linking balance sheet, profit and loss, and cash • Cash flow statements • Fund flow statements • Preparing cash flow statements• Cash from operating, investing and financing activities• Cash flow forecasts and cash budgets • Master budgets and cash flow • Optimal cash holding • Liquidity analysis • Cash-focused performance analysis • Financing cash flow • Short-term financing alternatives • Foreign exchange markets
Who Should AttendThis course will be useful for executives responsible for cash flow in their organisations. Financial Controllers, Chief Finance Officers, Cash Controller, Cash Flow Managers, Treasury Managers, Finance Managers, Accountants, Budget Managers, and Financial Analysts will find the course particularly useful.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand how cash flow affects profitability and growth2. Analyse and maximise the performance of your cash
management function 3. Compute your own cash cycle and improve its design
Certificate in Cost Control & Management
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewUncertainties in the global economy are making revenue maintenance increasingly difficult. Faced with a competitive market with virtually no price advantage, the only way to succeed and survive is by managing costs. Cost management brings with it a trap wherein managers fail to identify the costs that can be controlled without harming the bottom line.
This course will take you through a journey of developing an in-depth understanding of the components and behaviour of cost. You will also be introduced to contemporary tools to decide on achievable cost reduction targets.
Course Content• Cost management and strategic decisions• Components of cost• Cost accumulation and reporting• Cost accumulation methods• Cost reports and decision making• Control and management• Managing cost of capital • Budgets and standards• Cost reduction tools and strategies• Balanced Scorecard• Identifying cost reduction targets• Decision tree• Designing a decision dashboard
Who Should AttendGeneral Managers, Financial Controllers, Budgeting Managers, Cost Managers, Business Development Managers, Business Planning Managers, Sales Managers, Production Managers, Business Unit Managers, Engineering Managers, Project Managers.
Benefits of Attending 1. Identify cost rationalisation opportunities2. Understand the nature and behaviour of cost and be able to
set up targets for cost reduction3. Learn effective Excel-based tools for cost control4. Effectively design your own cost control dashboard
FIN
AN
CE
65Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Due Diligence
Course One: Financial and Commercial Due DiligenceCourse Two: Legal Due Diligence
Who Should AttendThese courses have been designed for those working within finance, investment and legal departments of medium to large corporates who are entrusted with the task of Due Diligence and reorganisation and wish to consolidate their knowledge to make investment decisions and transactions. Course One: Financial and Commercial Due DiligenceCourse OverviewCourse One will provide you with an understanding of the concepts and practices of Due Diligence. Due Diligence is critical for a whole range of corporate finance transactions: acquisitions, disposals and investments in companies. Course Content• When is Due Diligence required? • The phases of Due Diligence• Sell Side Due Diligence• Due Diligence in public offerings and private offerings • Review of important judicial interpretations of Due Diligence
Benefits of Attending1. Identify and verify worthwhile investment opportunities2. Analyse the financial and commercial aspects of an entity3. Identify and overcome common Due Diligence pitfalls
Course Two: Legal Due DiligenceCourse OverviewThis course covers legal issues specific to the Middle East. You will understand the essential tools you need to control even the most complex of deals, and will also gain first-hand insight into key issues in legal matters including acquisitions and financing, ownership of assets and pending and threatened litigations. Course Content• Transactions commonly involving Due Diligence• Due Diligence tasks• Sources of Due Diligence data• Due Diligence processes• Key issues in legal Due Diligence
Benefits of Attending1. Analyse the legal aspects of an entity2. Minimise the risk to your company throughout investment
deals3. Identify which transactions require Due Diligence UK
Certificate in Financial Analysis
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewThis course helps you analyse your corporations’ financial decisions and performance, and focuses on the information content of financial reports as well as what they represent for the future of the entity. Failures of mega corporations underline the importance of understanding the events behind the reports.
This course will take you through the entire process of defining a financial statement, unravelling the mysteries and myths of finance on the way, enabling you to unearth the hidden interpretations of these statements.
Course Content• Framework for analysis• Business as a financial system• Financial analysis: key strategic areas• Financial statement analysis• Dynamics of a business system• Analysis of financing choices• Leverage analysis• Break-even analysis• Operating strategy analysis• Key to valuation: long-term investment decision analysis• Valuation• Risk and forecast• Forecasting techniques• Unravelling accounting tricks
Who Should Attend• The course will be highly beneficial for all those who are
involved in the understanding of financial statements or those who decide on performance improvement as well as for those who enter into financial relationships
• The course will be particularly helpful for finance professionals, bankers, portfolio managers, auditors, management advisors, compliance staff and corporate analysts
Benefits of Attending 1. Relate financial reports to performance2. Develop an analytical framework for financial statement
analysis3. Recognise how financial decisions improve performance and
operations4. Conduct a value analysis of the entity5. Analyse long term decisions
FIN
AN
CE
66 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Financial Control
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewEffective control is a management tool that no organisation working under resource constraint can ignore. This means you have to focus not only on increasing profit but also on dividend decisions. In the ultimate analysis, it is the administration of control that influences effectiveness of business decisions.
This course will allow you to explore the entire range of control process – from identification of the need of control to eventual implementation of a designed control.
Course Content• Control environment analysis• Analytical review of financial statements• Assessing the value of the company• Value generation cycle management• Capital structure and impact on valuation• Dividend decisions• Accounting flexibility and impact on financial performance• Variance management• Value maintenance cycle management• Forecasting financial failures• Corporate risk profiling• Risk based internal audit
Who Should AttendThis course will be useful for Directors, Chief Finance Officers, Finance Managers, Financial Controllers, Financial Advisors, Corporate Strategists, and Analysts.
The design of the course is focused more on strategy level than on operational level and would allow the delegates to understand hidden implications of financial performance and triggers to influence them.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the control environment and identify control
parameters2. Improve profitability and performance3. Identify asset related control areas4. Preserve the value of the organisation5. Integrate control and risk management
Certificate in Financial Monitoring & Analysis for Business Professionals
Course OverviewThis course is all about evaluating the actual financial performance of an organisation, against what was originally planned and seeking explanations for any deviations in such performance in the process. It will help you make some sense of the financial maze in order to become critical consumers of financial information. This will lead to a better understanding of your performance and improve your decision making with impact on the bottom line.
Course Content• Getting to grips with the basic concepts• Presentation of financial statements for individual
companies• Presentation of financial statements for a group of
companies• Preparing and computing ratio analysis• Reporting and evaluating the financial performance of an
organisation using CORE analysis• Understanding cost behaviour• Perform basic variance analysis• Advanced variance analysis• Evaluating departmental performance
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for senior and middle managers who are involved in managing investment, profit or cost centres for their organisation and therefore have an interest in evaluating the overall financial performance achieved by the function for which they are responsible:
• Business Managers who are responsible for a functional department with control over budgets but who have had limited training in finance and accounting
• Managing Directors, General Managers, Vice Presidents and Senior Department Managers, Functional Managers and Divisional Managers with direct responsibility for a cost, profit or investment centre
Benefits of Attending1. Gain in depth understanding of financial statements and how
to interpret their results2. Develop analysis of financial performance of the
organisation and/or function of financial statements3. Undertake a variance analysis and provide explanations for
deviations from planned performance
FIN
AN
CE
67Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Investor Relations
Course OverviewInvestor Relations (IR) is the communication of market intelligence between a company and the investment community, by which the company and its investing stakeholders share information and describe the investment proposition of the company.
IR is a critical part of corporate strategic management, having a direct impact on the company’s ability to present itself in within an environment of rapidly increasing information, and to compete for investment resources. Many IR practitioners are multidisciplinary professionals combining finance, communication, marketing and legal skills.
Course Content• Introduction to Investor Relations (IR)• The business case for an IR programme• Traditional and social/new media trends• Understanding the portfolio and value• Building an IR community• Linking IR with other management functions• Structuring an IR programme• Communication techniques and tools• Rules and regulations• Developing Corporate Governance issues that impact
investors• Investment process• Post-investment process• Future developments
Who Should Attend• CEOs, CFOs, Managing Directors, Board Members, Boards of
Directors• Investors/Shareholders• Board Secretaries• Financial Communications, PR, Internal Communications,
Corporate Communications professionals• Corporate, financial and investment personnel from all listed
companies on stock exchanges/financial markets• Fund Managers and Directors from investment management
firms and securities research organisations• Corporate Governance, CSR and Compliance professionals
Benefits of Attending1. Determine and promote the best practice in Investor
Relations, and structure and implement a strategic IR programme
2. Develop effective skills to disseminate messages to the investment community
3. Understand IR’s role in Corporate Governance and manage IR dilemmas, crisis management and regulatory change effectively
Corporate Finance Masterclass
Course OverviewThis course provides a solid introduction to the fundamentals of corporate finance, emphasising their application to a wide variety of real-world situations spanning personal finance, corporate decision-making, and financial intermediation.
Key concepts and applications include: time value of money, risk-return tradeoff, cost of capital, interest rates, retirement savings, mortgage financing, capital budgeting, asset valuation, discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis, net present value, internal rate of return, hurdle rate, payback period.
Course Content• Scope of corporate finance• Financial statement and cash flow analysis• Cost of capital• Capital budgeting• Capital structure: theory and practice• Dividend policy• Valuation • Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)• Private placements• Private equity and venture capital• Mergers and acquisitions• Derivatives and risk management
Who Should Attend• Corporate Finance Officers/Credit Managers• Treasurers/Assistant Treasurers• Finance Directors/Investment Managers• Mutual and Pension Fund Managers/Hedge Fund Managers• Traders/Dealers• CEOs/CFOs/COOs• Lawyers/Accountants/Systems Analysts• Product Development Managers/Product Designers• Financial Engineers/Derivatives’ Executives• Operations or Back Office Executives• Internal Auditors/External Auditors
Benefits of Attending1. Get a hands-on perspective about the growing role of
corporate finance2. Review the effects of corporate financing decisions on value
and risk3. Illustrate the effect of gearing and leverage on the cost of
capital4. Understand the modus operandi of Mergers and Acquisitions
(M&As), divestitures and corporate restructurings, and other corporate finance advisory services
FIN
AN
CE
68 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Corporate Valuation
Course OverviewOn this course, you will learn that the determinants of value are a company’s ability to generate cash and the timing and risk of those cash flows. You will be introduced to multiples-based approaches that come in handy to quickly and roughly evaluate a business. In addition, the course will expose you to advanced valuation.
Techniques that sophisticated companies are using to value managerial flexibility inherent in many business situations, and which traditional cash flow techniques fail to account for. The course will cover the latest in corporate valuation including: Relative valuation, DCF valuation, the cost of capital and its implications for you, APV valuation, valuation for M&A, and EVA valuation.
Course Content• Overview of valuation techniques• Fundamentals of corporate finance• Relative valuation; valuation using multiples• Discounted cash flow valuation• Adjusted Present Value (APV) method• Economic Value Added (EVA) valuation approach• Valuation issues in mergers and acquisitions• Introduction to real options valuation
Who Should AttendThis course has been formulated specifically for executives with significant strategic responsibility including:• Heads of Business Units• Equity Analysts• Financial Analysts• Corporate Advisors• Investment Managers• Finance Directors• Corporate Financiers• Corporate Planners and Development Directors
Benefits of Attending 1. Have a clear comprehension of what drives valuation and
be able to choose a valuation method appropriate for your organisation and region
2. Make more profitable investment decisions to enhance the value of your business
3. Understand the most widely-practiced and robust valuation techniques
Credit Risk Modelling
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewCredit risk modelling is the cornerstone of credit assessment and is no longer an exclusive domain of banks and financial institutions. Increased competition and statutory disclosure requirements have forced non-financial institutions to take note of the need of credit risk modelling. Be it a bank or a consumer goods manufacturer, the need for credit assessment is necessary for all.
This course is designed in a manner that it develops the concept of credit risk modelling from simple balance sheet based analytics and extends it to modelling that can eventually grade your credit customers.
Course Content• Credit risk• Basel accord – capital adequacy for financial institutions• Designing credit risk models and credit scorecards• Building blocks of risk modelling and integrating with Excel• Predicting credit losses, credit VaR• Application of credit risk models• Optimising credit portfolio
Who Should AttendThe course will be specifically useful for asset/liability mangers, accounts receivable and collection managers, fund managers, back and middle office managers involved in credit risk management, credit portfolio risk managers, financial analysts, executives of credit department, external and internal auditors, balance sheet managers, and credit risk analysts. Any enterprise seeking and extending credit will find the course most useful.
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn about various approaches of credit risk modelling2. Recognise the data requirement for credit risk modelling3. Know how to design various credit risk models4. Learn about the regulatory requirement for credit risk
modelling5. Integrate credit risk modelling with pricing6. Design simple models using spreadsheets
FIN
AN
CE
69Email: [email protected]
Data Analysis & Dashboard Reporting in Excel Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewOn this course you will learn to identify and sort various data into a useful business presentation (Dashboard). You will understand what data is and why it is important and maximise its value using analytic applications. From this course you will improve your decision making processes via analytic and predictive analysis.
You will learn about the visual displaying of data, combining aesthetics, data visualisation, charts, structure, functionality and “real-life” examples of good and bad designed dashboards.
Course Content• Data analysis theory and data relationships• Data analysis tools• Using excel as a data analysis tool• Charting in Excel• Chart and table design• Dashboard reporting • What is a dashboard?• Common mistakes in dashboard design• Charting review• Adding icons and images to dashboards• Making dashboards dynamic• Must-know tools and techniques• Charting for dashboards• Bullet-proofing your dashboard
Who Should Attend• Business Analysts• Finance Managers• Reporting Analysts• Financial Analysts• Management Accountants• Commercial Managers• Financial Controllers • Business Intelligence Analysts • Any staff member involved in data analysis or creating a
dashboard
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the principles of data analysis2. Learn to synthesise and summarise information into a
logical framework3. Explore how to summarise, present and communicate data
clearly and concisely
Developing Organisational Resilience
Course Overview In a changing world, the economic outlook has never looked more uncertain since 2008 and the financial crisis. As China moves from manufacturing to services, the price of oil remains far from its peak. Continued uncertainty over Europe’s debt, Japan’s extreme monetary policies, and the ever shifting political machinations across the Middle East and the world, means that life is becoming more uncertain for many organisations.
Organisations must be prepared to weather the storm and need to have a number of strategies and practical action plans to face these uncertainties and survive.
This practical course will examine some of the forces at work in the global economy. Looking at the causes and effects of the 2008 crises it will examine some of the lessons to be learned and identify how the current environment differs.
The course will focus on practical strategies – business, operational and financial – that organisations might like to consider to survive a downturn.
Course Content• The global macro-economic environment• Trend analysis and future predictions• Practical action plans to build resilience to business risk• Strategic thinking frameworks for developing solutions• Practical action plans to build resilience to financial risks• Strategies to enhance liquidity• Practical action plans to build resilience to operational risk• Developing the right KPIs for a challenging environment• The human element• Negotiating skills: pushing back on suppliers
Who Should Attend• Middle and Senior Managers• Vice Presidents, EVPs• Business Unit Leaders, Heads of Departments• Directors• CEOs, CFOs, COOs• HR and Administration Managers• Heads of Projects and Procurement• Business Analysts• Corporate Performance and Information Analysts• Business Development Managers• Financial Analysts• Executive Managers, General Managers• Head of Operations
Benefits of Attending 1. Assess the strength of your organisation and relative
position in the market2. Examine various strategic options, defend your position and
identify opportunities3. Learn how to build financial resilience for your organisation4. Learn the successful character traits of leadership in times
of adversity
FIN
AN
CE
70 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Excel VBA Programming for Financial Professionals
Course OverviewThis exercise-based course will give you an understanding of the fundamental Excel VBA principles you need to improve the efficiency of financial business processes. You will use Excel programming to save time and reduce errors through automating manual instructions.
The aim of the course is for you to improve your productivity and enhance your business investment in the Excel software.
Course Content• Gain an understanding of VBA basics and how VBA is
implemented in Excel • The Visual Basic Editor (VBE)• The Excel macro recorder• The Excel object model• VBA procedures• Gain an understanding of the programming concepts
applicable to VBA• VBA language elements• Range objects• Worksheet functions• Controlling programme flow• Automatic procedures and events• VBA errors and debugging• Custom dialogue boxes and user forms to communicate
with your spreadsheet users
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for financial professionals who use Microsoft Excel 2003 and above. The course will benefit intermediate to advanced Excel users who want to improve the efficiency of their spreadsheets through using the VBA platform.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain insight into the benefits of using Excel VBA and the
concepts applicable to programming to enhance financial spreadsheet applications
2. Improve your productivity and enhance your business investment in the Excel software application
3. Understand how Excel programming can save you time and reduce errors through automating manual instructions
4. Formulate structured VBA codes using objects and functions5. Improve the usability of your financial spreadsheet
applications through creating an improved user interface
Fast Quality Close of Month & Year End Accounts
Course OverviewBy attending this course you will develop an in-depth understanding of fast close processes, policies and systems and how to improve your current close processes and systems to achieve world class fast close goals. You will improve data quality and free up your finance staff to focus on activities that add greater value to your organisation, such as business partnering, focusing on business forecasting and budgeting and participating in new project initiatives.
The course is comprehensive across the whole supply chain of information needed to achieve consolidated financial results. It will cover both fast close principles applied to the closure of your company’s local ledgers as well as the process of consolidation across the multiple companies making up your group. You will also cover the appropriate best practices in quality control in recording transactions in the subsidiary, closing the books monthly and performing the group wide consolidation.
Course Content• Fast closing as a project and a methodology for
improvement• Understanding the internal and external benefits and
advantages of fast close• Setting up and managing a fast close project• The diagnostic process – understanding the “as-is” and
identifying the opportunities for improvement• The tools and techniques needed to improve the close cycle
during the diagnosis phase• Design and implementation approaches• Developing the road map for achieving excellence in fast
close and group reporting• Implementing the new process• Systems and how they can be used to support fast close• General ledger and local transaction systems• Group reporting and consolidation systems• Inter-company and the last mile of finance and how systems
can help
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for those involved in finance, accounting, financial control, finance and information systems, financial accounting, administration, financial consolidation and external reporting.
Benefits of Attending 1. Improve the quality of the financial data in your company,
subsidiaries and group finance function2. Adopt best practice for local financial close group reporting
and consolidation3. Improve your processing ability, particularly on inter-group
transactions and allocations
FIN
AN
CE
71Email: [email protected]
Finance Managers Certification Bootcamp
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewThis course will provide delegates with the fundamental building blocks to enable them to read and interpret the financial data relating to their organisation. Starting with how a company is financially structured, how it trades and how it is funded, the course will go on to look at the primary financial statements. We will then look at some of the key ratios that will allow delegates to read and interpret the financial information for their organisations. The course will examine in detail some of the financial concepts in use within companies such as opex, capex, accruals, prepayments and depreciation before translating these concepts into budgeting and forecasting techniques.
Finally we will look at the concepts of investment appraisal (including DCF, NPV, IRR and the WACC) and the fundamentals of asset valuation and the generation of goodwill. Delegates are encouraged to bring the financial statements and their management accounts for their organisations to the course to enable them to relate the concepts covered.
Course Content• Financial overview• Understanding money• Funding• The role of banks• Return on investment• Operating gearing• Financial gearing• Leverage• Liquidity• What is strategy?• Budgeting and forecasting• Financial concepts• Management information• Asset valuation• Building the business case
Who Should AttendProject managers and team leaders, divisional and department heads, IT heads and managers, HR heads, heads of strategy and planning will benefit from the course.The course will also benefit experienced managers and directors with a limited formal financial background. Rising stars and managers moving into roles with financial accountability as well as managers with responsibility for the financial performance of a team, department or organisation, will benefit from attending.
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain a thorough understanding of the wide range of financial
terms and concepts2. Apply the financial concepts and policies behind the
management decision processes3. Recognise the impact of effective working capital
management on company cash flow
Financial Budgeting & Monitoring for Projects
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course places an emphasis on a variety of tools and techniques used for the purpose of preparing a financial budget for projects and monitoring variances over a period of time in the process.
This course begins with defining the project and the various elements involved through the Work Breakdown Structure. It provides a walkthrough of the process in developing a project plan and a milestone plan which determine the project budget.
The content expands further and delves into the complexities of formulating the project budget using the time and material system leading to the creation of a capital budget. Once the budget is determined, the course focuses on a variety of methods that could be deployed in raising project financing including the basic concepts of Angel and Venture Capital Financing, as well as aspects associated with Public PrivatePartnerships.
The course further undertakes a walkthrough of the process involved in carrying out a basic capital investment appraisal of the project and considers basic aspects of risk and sensitivities associated with the actual project results.
The course concludes with an overview on monitoring the actual financial performance of the project with reference to the Stage of Completion Method and how variances are determined and reported to senior management in the process.
Course Content• Budgeting a project• Evaluating the feasibility of a project• Deriving the cost of capital• Accounting for project risk• Financing a project• Monitoring the financial performance of a project
Who Should Attend• Financial Directors and Financial Managers• Banks, Lenders and Project Investors• Government Officials involved in PPP initiatives• Programme Directors and Project Managers• Programme Sponsors
Benefits of Attending1. Gain insight on how to appraise the attractiveness of
investments in projects2. Determine the weighted average cost of capital of a project3. Understand key forms of Public Private Partnerships in
project finance initiatives4. Learn to manage and account for financial risk of projects
FIN
AN
CE
72 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Financial Instruments & Risk Management in IFRS – IFRS 7 & 9 & IAS 32 & 39
Credits: 24 CPEs
Course OverviewThe recent recession in the world economy has highlighted the importance of risk management as a subject and more specifically the importance of identifying and measuring on balance sheet risk. Financial instruments are one of the most critical components of risk. They are on one hand risk mitigants and also an identifier of existence of risk. Understanding the complexities of financial instruments allows every corporate to be geared up to face the risks in the new financial order.
Course Content• IAS 32 – financial instruments • Financial Instruments – recognition and measurement – IAS
39• Hedge accounting• Derivatives• IFRS 7 – Financial instruments: disclosures• IFRIC• IFRS 9• Risk management primer• Implementation issues
Who Should AttendThe course will be beneficial for those who are responsible for the emergence and management of financial assets and liabilities on a balance sheet. This course will be particularly helpful for:• Chief Accountants• Group Finance Directors• Heads of Finance• Finance Managers and Accountants• Financial Controllers• Management Accountants• Executive Directors of Finance• Managers of Financial Accounts• Heads of Accounting and Administration• Finance and Information System Managers• Portfolio Managers• Financial Analysts• Auditors• Corporate Analysts
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the issues and opportunities for the first time
adoption of IFRS by managing the critical regulatory issues2. Select and design effective risk management policies for
financial instruments that best suit your organisation in the current financial system
3. Successfully overcome the IFRS 9 migration challenges
Financial Risk Management
Course OverviewRisk management has become the cornerstone and essence of all financial and investment decisions. It occurs every day in the financial world. Sound investments and disciplined trading are always required to be implemented within a well-defined risk management framework.
This course will help you gain a comprehensive understanding of the mechanics of risk management on macro and micro levels and recognise the value of good risk controls.
Course Content• Risk management concepts and evaluation techniques• Developing a risk management strategy• Analytical techniques• Currency exposure management• Managing risk exposures of swap and option portfolios and
bond and equity portfolios• Use of options in hedging• Value-at-Risk (VaR) and risk management• Uses of derivatives in financial risk management• Derivative risks and Operational Risk (OR)• Credit risk issues and quantification of credit risk• Coping with credit risk• Use of derivatives in hedging credit risk
Who Should Attend• Risk Managers• Portfolio Managers• Financial Analysts• Equity Analysts• CFOs/Strategists• Traders• Treasurers/Assistant Treasurers• Brokers• Accountants• Regulators/Policy Makers• Lawyers• Finance Directors
Benefits of Attending1. Gain a comprehensive understanding of the mechanics of
risk management on macro and micro levels and recognise the value of good risk controls
2. Identify, quantify and assess all aspects of interest rate risk as well as foreign exchange rate risk exposures
3. Assess credit risk exposure and the methodologies risk managers use to hedge credit risk
FIN
AN
CE
73Email: [email protected]
Financial Skills for the Board
Course OverviewDemystify the jargon of the financial world from an executive perspective. The overall aim of this event is to equip Board and C-level executives to better manage their responsibilities and decision-making; in particular to understand the internal and external financial issues that ultimately determine the success of their organisations.
Delegates will deepen and strengthen their financial management acumen. Special focus will be placed on helping delegates to analyse and interpret the many financial reports that are presented to them.
Course Content• Overview and jargon• Basic principles of finance• Aligning finance and business strategy• Using the Balanced Scorecard• Key financial reports and statements• Overview of the annual report and accounts • Understanding the key financial ratios• Funding the business• Cash Is King: cash flow and working capital• Capital management: investment and returns• The investor’s perspective• The market, including IPO issues
Who Should Attend• The seminar is designed for non-accountant directors and
executives who need to understand better the world of finance, and the financial implications of the decisions that they make
• Board Directors• C-level Executives• Vice Presidents and other senior executives
Benefits of Attending1. Recognise the financial impact of business decisions made
at the Board level2. Analyse and interpret summary financial reports effectively
and efficiently 3. Gain a top-down executive overview of the key components
of finance and remove the mystique of financial jargon
IFRS 9 & Expected Credit Loss
Credits: 18 CPEs
Course OverviewThis course provides an in-depth analysis, application methodology and strategy for implementing IFRS 9 on financial instruments, including hedge accounting and the treatment for expected credit loss.
Delegates will focus on implementation issues and challenges and discuss case studies on practical application of the standard.
Course Content• Classification of financial instruments• Financial assets• Reclassification • Derivatives and embedded derivatives• Categories for financial liabilities• Accounting for credit risk• The key differences between IFRS 9 and IAS 39• Understanding derivatives• Hedge accounting, qualifying criteria and documentation • Options and hedge accounting• Fair valuation – credit and debit valuation adjustment• Hedging foreign exchange risk• Hedging foreign subsidiary• Hedging interest rate risk• Expected credit loss – a deep dive into impairment • Impairment of financial assets • Implementing IFRS 9 – impairment of financial assets:
expected credit loss• Reconciliation of loss allowance
Who Should AttendThis well-researched course will benefit executives who are responsible for the finance and accounting functions in their organisation. Finance Directors, Head of Finance, Chief Finance Officers, Accounts Managers, Accountants, Auditors, and Analysts will find the course particularly useful. Organisations consider this course as a great opportunity to train their young officers in the complexities of accounting in the industry.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to implement the financial reporting standards on
financial instruments – IFRS 92. Understand the classification and measurement
methodology for financial assets and financial liabilities3. Comprehend the expected credit loss model and how to
implement it in your organisation4. Grasp the concept of hedge accounting5. Identify the changes and their impact on financial
statements
FIN
AN
CE
74 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
IFRS – International Financial Reporting Standards
Course OverviewIFRS are the global accounting standards for all business sectors. Therefore, learning to apply these standards properly is no more a luxury but a necessity for every accountant, auditor, financial analyst and financial professional.
The correct adoption of IFRS promises organisations many benefits, including enhanced investor confidence, greater consistency and transparency of financial reporting, as well as the ability to compare financial information from companies around the world. This course will ensure you are fully aware of all the recent developments in international accounting, by offering complete information on how to successfully implement IFRS in your organisation.
Course Content• General principles and balance sheet related standards• Presentation of accounting statements• Asset accounting• Balance sheet related standards• Leases • Inventories• Investment property and intangible assets• Financial instruments• Profit and loss related standards and fair value measurement• Revenue accounting• Share based payment• Earning per share• Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities• Fair value measurement• Group accounting standards and first time adoption• Consolidations• Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates
Who Should Attend• Chief Accountants• Group Finance Directors• Heads of Finance• Finance Managers• Financial Controllers• Accountants• Management Accountants• Heads of Accounting and Administration• Finance and Information Systems Managers• Financial Analysts• Auditors• Portfolio Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the latest developments in the growing
worldwide use of IFRS2. Discuss the latest IFRS, Exposure Drafts (ED) and the
International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation (IASCF) improvement project
3. Learn about real world challenges to applying IFRS and strategies to overcome them
Improving Credit Management & Collections
Course OverviewCollecting money is an important part of business. Timely collections ensure good cash flow, minimise the need for bank borrowing, lessen the possibility of crippling bad debts and maximise profits.
This course will excite, inspire, and enthuse you, arming you with tools to improve your cash collection skills and make commercially-minded credit decisions to help maximise sales, profit and cash flow.
Course Content• Aims and importance of good and effective credit
management• Influencing customers to pay you sooner• Assertiveness and influencing factors• Using the telephone, emails and letters as powerful tools for
collection• Effective communication and negotiation • Query management• Policy and procedures• Sales and credit working as a team• Gathering the right information for making credit decisions• Understanding financial statements• Working with the balance sheet and profit & loss account• Ongoing risk assessment• New businesses• Getting behind the figures – items that do not appear on
balance sheets and profit & loss accounts• Understand why and how businesses fail
Who Should AttendThe course is geared to a wide range of relevant and topical issues relating to credit management. Keeping in mind that good, effective credit management starts at the front-end with sales people, the course is relevant for sales people in addition to credit professionals, credit controllers, finance managers, business owners and anyone else who needs to understand the importance of efficient credit management.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand credit and appreciate the importance of credit
management and its policies and procedures 2. Improve collection techniques as well as the impact of your
emails and letters3. Manage commercial credit risk and maximise sales with
commercially minded credit decisions4. Understand the importance of gathering the right
information about your customers 5. Understand financial statements and in-depth accounts
analysis to make informed decisions on higher commercial risk and justify higher/lower credit limits/ratings
6. Carry out credit scoring and risk assessments to highlight your customers’ strengths and weaknesses to decide on initial and long-term credit limits/credit ratings on your customers
FIN
AN
CE
75Email: [email protected]
International Compliance
Course OverviewThe goal of this course is to provide compliance officers and managers with skills that can be immediately used upon return to the organisation.
You will learn to appreciate the extent to which organisations and their public officers are exposed to in the ever-increasing regulatory environment, how to identify the compliance issues that have the most significance for you and how to introduce a compliance management programme within your organisation.
Course Content• Introduction to compliance • Regulatory drivers of compliance • Compliance and business ethics • Compliance and the role of Corporate Governance • Developing a corporate compliance programme • Implementation of corporate compliance • BASEL II and compliance
Who Should AttendThis course is designed to provide a holistic overview of compliance. All professionals with responsibility for compliance will benefit by attending, specifically:• Directors and Senior Managers• Company Secretaries• Compliance Professionals• Risk Managers• Legal Advisers and Lawyers• In-House Corporate Counsel• Auditors and Audit Managers• Compliance Officers and Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Define the meaning of compliance for your organisation and
be capable of developing an organisational response to its demands
2. Appreciate the relationship between corporate ethics, governance and compliance, including the market expectation of that relationship
3. Know what drives your compliance exposure both at home and abroad and understand the risk consequences of non-compliance
ISO 31000 – Global Risk Framework(Includes One Day on Basel III)
Course OverviewA management course designed to provide a practical understanding of the new global framework for risk management. It covers five major subject areas from the standard and utilises a variety of training techniques.
The key areas of the curriculum include understanding the evolution of the standard, the standards core risk principles, the risk framework design and application, a detailed understanding of the components of the standard and how they work and an understanding of the attributes of enhanced risk management. Emphasis is on practical and pragmatic approaches, rather than theoretical.
Course Content• Principles for managing risk • ISO 31000 value proposition • 11 core principles • Framework for managing risk • Process for managing risk • Attributes of enhanced risk management • Risk management through the setting of organisational
performance goals • Accountability for risk • Risk reporting • Governance performance
Who Should Attend• Senior management exposed to risk and compliance issues • Risk Managers • Money Laundering Reporting Officers • Fraud Managers • Compliance Officers and staff • Operations Managers • Operational Risk Managers • AML Project Managers and AML Systems development staff • Auditors and Internal Control Officers • Regulators and Consultants
Benefits of Attending1. Obtain a thorough understanding of the ISO31000 eleven
principles of risk management2. Understand the nature of all five components of the new
ISO31000 risk framework3. Gain knowledge and be confident to apply the five core
processes for managing risk
FIN
AN
CE
76 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Leading Financial Sustainability
Course OverviewThere is historical evidence that every economy faces cycles of boom and bust. Whether one likes it or not the every business has to tide over the ups and downs of the economic cycle and the way to succeed is to recognise the signs of the impending phases of a cycle.
The question is do we have a known set of tools to understand the cycles and their impact on our business? The answer, unfortunately, is that there is no such indicator available straight out of the book. This is an ability that we all acquire from a lot of empirical evidence and match patterns from the past with that of the present and the future.
This is where the course will help you. Led by resources experienced and collated in the field of risk management, this course will not only explain how to read the signs of an economic slowdown but will also share how corporations around the world have successfully faced the challenge. We welcome you to a journey to understand the uncertain.
Course Content• Understanding economic indicators• Understanding your business and economy• Understanding consumers• Evolution of a meltdown: a bird’s eye view• Understanding financial crises• Four pillars of financial sustainability• Strategy and competition• Financial sustainability ratios• Financial strategy• Sustainability through systemic risk management
Who Should AttendGeneral Managers, Financial Controllers, Budgeting and Cost Managers, Business Development Managers, Business Planning Managers, Sales Managers, Production Managers, Business Unit Managers, Project Managers, Directors, Heads of Finance, Financial Advisors, Finance Officers, CFOs, COOs, Chief Accountants, Heads and Managers of Accounting and Administration, Auditors, Accounts Managers, Accountants, Financial Analysts.
Benefits of Attending1. Recognise various economic indicators2. Analyse the current scenario at a firm and an economic level
to recognise a potential meltdown3. Learn how companies survived the previous meltdown and
recession4. See how financial ratios can indicate your sustainability
Mergers & Acquisitions
Course OverviewThis intensive course aims to help you understand the elements of a good M&A strategy. It is designed to allow you to develop, design and implement a successful M&A strategy, which will help you turn the activity into a value creating exercise, not a value destroying one.
It will use case studies, discussion and presentations to illustrate the linkages between the strategic, financial and human aspects of the M&A process.
Course Content• Types of takeovers • Market perspective (buyer and seller) • M&A value creation • Valuation issues • M&A governance issues • M&A processes • Due Diligence • Management Buyouts (MBOs)/Leveraged Buyouts (LBOs) • Securities laws pertaining to takeovers • Cross-border (international) M&A
Who Should AttendSenior Executives, Financial Analysts/Managers, Bankers, Strategic Planners, Financial Decision-makers, Corporate Accountants, Financial Management Consultants, Market Regulators and Risk and Compliance Advisory professionals and those executives responsible for governance.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the key drivers of an M&A decision2. Identify all the elements of an M&A strategy and implement
it successfully for competitive advantage3. Know how to modify your corporation’s M&A strategy
FIN
AN
CE
77Email: [email protected]
Options & Derivatives
Course OverviewThis course consists of a combination of training, discussion and exercises. Delegates are not expected to have a detailed knowledge of derivatives but should have an understanding of the concepts.
The course will focus on the principles and pricing of derivatives with valuations being done on Excel, accounting and application.
Course Content• Financial Mathematics• The yield curve and the concept of forward rates• Interest rate futures• NPV calculations and Internal Rate of Return• Bootstrapping Mathematics• Bond equivalent yield• Concepts of probability• Event diagrams and total probability rules• Probability and normal distributions• Equity derivatives• Financial futures• Foreign exchange • Interest rate swaps• Cross currency swaps and equity swaps• Credit default swaps• Equity options• Equity index options and stock options • Options as a hedge and trading instrument• Volatility – Implied versus historic• Delta and gamma• Accounting for options• Commodity derivatives• Application of derivatives
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Accountants and Auditors, Financial Directors, Financial Managers, Bankers and Traders.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain a working knowledge of the principles of derivatives,
including pricing and accounting2. Gain an understanding of the application of futures, swaps
and options3. Appreciate the key concept of yield curve and its use, apply
and use interest rate derivatives effectively, including the swaps market
Professional Certificate in Due Diligence & Business Valuation
Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewEquip yourself with the tools, skills, knowledge and experience to identify and verify worthwhile investment opportunities. The process of gathering data, checking, investigating and verifying it to know when, where and how to explore further to uncover what has not been disclosed, will be addressed in detail on this course.
You will explore alternative methods of business valuation and gain the skills to know which method to use when. You’ll also learn to appreciate the importance of understanding cost of capital and how this impacts business valuation. .
Course Content• Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A)• An introduction to the terms of due diligence and a review of
how due diligence has evolved• When is due diligence required?• The phases of due diligence• Types of due diligence• Due diligence checklists• Sell side due diligence and data rooms• Business valuations• Valuation methods• Underlying data
Who Should AttendThis course has been designed for those working within finance, investment and legal departments of medium to large corporates who are entrusted with the task of Due Diligence and/or Valuation and wish to consolidate their knowledge to make intelligent and successful investment decisions and transactions to add value to their organisation.
Benefits of Attending1. Identify and verify worthwhile investment opportunities2. Analyse the financial and commercial aspects of an entity3. Identify and overcome the most common Due Diligence
pitfalls4. Understand the concepts of business valuation and
appreciate valuation drivers5. Appreciate the importance of understanding cost of capital
and how this impacts valuation
FIN
AN
CE
78 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Professional Certificate in Financial Modelling
Course OverviewIn this course you will understand the essence of financial models and analyse their applications. You will also discover how to construct reliable and realistic financial models that work and are easy to review.
The course material includes extensive use of Excel and delegates will gain the maximum benefit from this course if they are already competent spreadsheet users. It is designed for users who use (or will use) Excel on a regular basis, and are comfortable with using its tools and functions.
Course Content• Essential Excel for finance• Must-know tools and techniques• Formulas you simply can’t live without• Bullet-proofing your model• Charting• Essential advanced tools• Other useful tools• Introduction to financial modelli ng• Financial modelling theory and best practice• Financial modelling for budgeting and forecasting• Practical financial modelling
Who Should AttendThis hands-on course is designed for middle and senior business and finance professionals as well as general managers who need to use financial models to measure business performance, including:• Finance Managers and Controllers• Strategy Directors and Managers• Budget, Corporate, Business and Financial Analysts• Project Managers and Risk Analysts• Investment and Management Accountants• Heads of Business Units and Business Planners• Financial Advisors and Corporate Analysts
Benefits of Attending1. Learn to measure, interpret and predict company
performance using Excel modelling2. Improve your decision making processes and save time on
financial analysis3. Proficiently use Excel as an analytical tool and enhance your
financial abilities
Project Budgeting & Cost Management
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24PDUs
Course OverviewThe course will help delegates learn to manage and account for risks in projects and monitor financial performance of projects. Delegates will be empowered to maximise their ROI whilst minimising variances in deviations from planned performance.
Course Content• Introduction to a project• Budgeting for a project• Evaluating the feasibility of a project• Accounting for project risk• Financing a project• Monitoring the financial performance of a project
Who Should Attend• Financial Directors and Financial Managers• Banks, Lenders and Project Investors• Government Officials involved in PPP initiatives• Programme Directors and Project Managers• Programme Sponsors
Benefits of Attending1. Review the basics of project management and understand
the differences between project and operational management
2. Gain insight into feasibility evaluation of projects and understand techniques used to support capital investment decisions
3. Explore alternative means of accessing and tapping into project finance resources
4. Understand key forms of Public Private Partnerships in project finance initiatives
FIN
AN
CE
79Email: [email protected]
Project Finance Modelling
Course OverviewIn the course you will build and evaluate a range of project finance models, covering projects as diverse as Public-Private Partnerships (PPP), major energy investments and private hospitals.
You will overcome the most complex aspects of building a reliable model, including uncertainty, currency and timescale mismatches, debt amortisation, depreciation, control account waterfall, cost structures, and the ability to easily shift time scales, as well as the ability to identify and control key sensitivities through spreadsheet simulation.
Course Content• Using Excel for modelling• Project cash flow• Project finance models• Equity valuations• Approaches to rating in project finance models
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for professionals who are seeking to improve their technical modelling skills including:• Bankers and financiers involved in project finance• Directors and business development executives from
corporates, equity sponsors and consultancies• Trade finance managers• Accountants and lawyers
Benefits of Attending1. Overcome the most complex aspects of building a reliable
project finance model and explore the role of equity and its rewards
2. Appreciate the structure of a project finance model, its relationship with project contracts and risks it models and be able to produce a detailed model that meets all users’ requirements
3. Understand and model debt, debt covenants, cash waterfalls, inter-creditor relations, restructuring and there scheduling of debt
Public Private Partnerships (PPP)
Course OverviewThe countries of the Gulf have growing populations and the governments’ are looking to create advanced technological societies in a single generation. As a result there is an enormous appetite for infrastructure and social development projects, ranging from airports and ports, roads and railways, to schools and hospitals. These are the most challenging and important investment opportunities anywhere in the world.
Although there are substantial funds available for co-investment, most Gulf countries are seeking private finance for these infrastructure investments. This course is about how private finance is and will be used: the logic, financial structure, risk analysis, legal background, contracts and scope of the Gulf infrastructure programme is examined in great depth with a range of relevant local case studies and plenty of group work and participation.
Course Content• Origin and background to private finance in infrastructure• Structures in PPP/PFI projects • Key issues In PPP/PFI • PPP/Private Finance project evaluation• Comparative PPP procedures• Sources and types of funding• Overview of risk and risk allocation • Reviewing PPP financial models• Contract issues
Who Should Attend• Bankers and financiers involved in major projects• Group Finance staff• CFO/FD• Group Controller• Group Financial Consolidation and Reporting
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how Gulf countries intend to mobilise private finance
for infrastructure2. Compare western and Gulf PPP projects and be able to
appreciate the different structures for PPP and other styles of private finance investment
3. Review PPP financing structures and financial models by examining PPP contracts in detail
FIN
AN
CE
80 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Reinsurance
Course One: Proportional ReinsuranceCourse Two: Non-Proportional (X/L) Reinsurance
Course OverviewReinsurance (or Retrocession) is essential to the well being of virtually all insurers (and reinsurers). The Reinsurance is a two part course that will look at the basics of why reinsurance is critical and review each type, facultative, treaty, proportional, excess of loss.
This course is designed not only to help you understand what reinsurance is, and how it operates but also its importance to organisations operating in the risk transfer market.
Course Content• Buzz words and terminology used by the experts• The impact of losses in recent years on reinsurance product
design• Spill-over, aggregate limits, reverse 2 risk warranty • Various reinsurance tools • The intent and operation of the major clauses in a
reinsurance contract
Who Should AttendIt is particularly targeted at those who will be actively involved in reinsurance whether in buying, selling or where a firm understanding of the varying reinsurance techniques and how they interact is necessary.
Benefits of Attending1. An up-to-date view of reinsurance and its products and the
current market place2. The true cost of reinsurance and pricing techniques3. A detailed understanding on how all the reinsurance
products work and are used
Retail Credit Risk Measurement, Management & Control
Course OverviewAnalytical credit risk in retail lending is the focus of this course with practical examples of scoring systems. Both application scoring and behaviour scoring are covered together with segmentation (pooling). Best practice is examined for the measurement and management of credit risk in the retail area including small business lending, revolving, consumer and card loans and mortgages.
The training explains modern retail banking within the Basel II framework and presents best practice in the areas of identification, measurement and management of retail credit risk.
Course Content• The foundation• Modern scoring techniques• Risk differentiation and pricing• Capital for retail risk• Profitability analysis
Who Should AttendCredit Officers and Managers, Credit Risk Managers, Credit Risk Analysts, Credit Risk Controllers, Credit Auditors, Credit Administrators, Retail Banking Managers, Finance Managers, Financial Controllers, Risk Managers, Portfolio Managers, Auditors, Internal Auditors, Basel II Project Team Members, Compliance Officers, Financial and Systems Analysts.
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn best practice approaches for retail credit risk
management2. Explore the latest quantitative credit measurement and
management techniques for the retail credit sector3. Get familiar with probability of default and loss given default
at the segment level
FIN
AN
CE
81Email: [email protected]
Senior Executive Finance
Course OverviewCompanies today strive to deliver valuable products and services amidst the global recession and they recognise that executives must have a firm grasp of finance to maximise profitability. Every executive whether or not working directly in finance feels the urgent need to be abreast with current trends in financial decision making, latest investment appraisals and risk management techniques.
Senior Executive Finance, will guide you through the latest finance concepts, tools and techniques which will help you to make accurate financial decisions and seize opportunities to drive strategic change at your workplace. The course will prepare you to leverage your organisation’s financial position for maximum corporate success.
Course Content• Maximising shareholder value: risk and return revisited• Business operations, strategic transactions and other risks
faced by organisations• Risk and uncertainty• Project appraisal• Cost of capital and capital structure• Company valuation• Business valuation approaches and methods – discounted
cash flow• Investments and portfolio analysis• Portfolio/fund management• Introduction to asset management• Financing strategies – raising debt and equity• Investments and portfolio analysis• Investment performance monitoring and analysis• Advanced financial techniques• Risk management: derivatives and value maximisation• Forward and future contracts• Credit risk
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for those working as Finance Directors and Managers, Financial Controllers and Analysts, Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents, Accounting Managers, Chief Accountants, Heads of Corporate Planning, and Heads of Business Development.
Benefits of Attending1. Obtain an appreciation of the concept of shareholder value
and its contemporary application to corporate performance2. Understand the different methods of project appraisal in
contemporary use and how they have evolved over recent years
3. Analyse cutting-edge techniques for estimating the cost of capital and capital budgeting
Strategic Finance for Non-Finance Managers
Course OverviewThe course is based primarily on group discussions as well as case studies to reinforce the fundamentals of finance.
You will work in teams to gain experience in:• Preparing income statements and balance sheets• Analysing financial statements and setting a viable
department budget• Forecasting a cash flow model from a budgeted income
statement• Selecting the most profitable project using different financial
parameters• Examining alternative outcomes arising from using different
costing techniques• Understanding the wide range of risk variables affecting a
project
Course Content• Concept of finance• Review of financial terms and concepts• Overview of money and capital markets• Financial accounting, analysis, and interpretation• The income statement• The balance sheet• Analysing and interpreting statements• Cash flow and working capital management• Cash flow statement• Working capital management• Setting and monitoring budgets• Capital budgeting and valuation• Cost of capital• Mergers and acquisitions• Financial markets
Who Should Attend• Project Managers and Team Leaders• Divisional and Department Heads• IT Heads and Managers• HR Heads• Heads of Strategy and Planning
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain a thorough understanding of the wide range of financial
terms and concepts2. Apply the financial concepts and policies behind the
management decision processes3. Recognise the impact of effective working capital
management on company cash flow4. Communicate effectively with financial executives and top
management and be able to interpret and analyse financial statements
FIN
AN
CE
82 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Strategic Financial Planning, Analysis & Monitoring for Senior Executives
Course OverviewThis seminar provides a robust framework for financial strategic thinking, supported by traditional and, new tools and techniques, with an in-depth exploration of practical analytical processes that will help senior managers drive their businesses through continually changing competitive environments.
Throughout this seminar, you will sharpen your ability to merge strategy and finance to better assess and interpret business performance and risks, improve financial and strategic decisions and, refine how you support and communicate objectives and actions for change.
Course Content• The role of finance in strategy• Analysing and interpreting financials• Predicting financial distress and failure• Comparing and benchmarking a business• Financial analysis and reporting processes• Budgets, financial planning and forecasting• Investment appraisal and decisions• Managing risk• Creating value by managing finance • Activity portfolio management
Who Should Attend• Chief Executive Officers, Managing Directors, General
Managers, Vice Presidents and Senior Managers• Divisional, business unit or departmental managers with
control over budgets and strategic implementation• Heads of strategy, corporate investment or business
portfolio management
Benefits of Attending1. Establish coherent and robust inter-relations between
strategic, operational and financial decisions and activities, and develop financial plans that reflect the reality of operations
2. Identify how strategic and operational changes can affect financial performance and anticipate issues, challenges, and risks through a more incisive analysis of financial information
3. Apply a comprehensive range of techniques and tools to assess and monitor business performance and risks
4. Determine, implement and monitor key drivers, performance indicators, and targets for competitive business performance
Three Day Financial Month End
Course OverviewThis course will help develop an in-depth understanding of world class closing processes. The course will include skill building that will allow you to measure the resource needs and the time lines for components of a closing process.
You will identify process improvement opportunities and how to select appropriate improvement measures. You will learn to eliminate non-value added activities and reducing costs in the closing process.
Course Content• Bottlenecks in month-end processes• Property, plant and equipment• Accounts receivable• Cash and banking• Inventory• Liabilities• Payroll• Accounts payable• Provisions
Who Should Attend• Financial controllers• Finance managers (in various functions)• Finance directors• Management accountants• Accountants• Sub-accountants/Assistant accountants
Benefits of Attending1. Streamline processes and interdepartmental interactions
by involving everyone in the organisation in the month-end process
2. Understand why, even though great expense has been incurred in expensive ERP systems, the month-end process can still take up to three weeks to finalise
3. Realise that it is the internal processes and people that cause delays in the month-end programme and not the system
FIN
AN
CE
83Email: [email protected]
Trading, Custodial Services & International Payment & Settlement Systems
Course OverviewThis comprehensive course has been specifically designed to provide delegates with a detailed knowledge of the financial markets, the key participants and their roles, the clearing and settlement processes for major products, risk and regulatory issues and best practice in international markets.
Throughout the course there will be exercises, case studies and tasks plus a comprehensive glossary of terms and supporting material to provide them with a complete learning experience.
Course Content• Anatomy of a trade – the trade life cycle – process• Operational and operations risk categories• Clearing, settlement, custodial services and corporate
actions• National and international payment and settlement systems,
reconciliations, exceptions handling, failed trades, funds transfer pricing and the margining function
• Market structures• Fraud in international payment and settlement processes
Who Should AttendThis is a benchmark course for individuals working in operations and settlements. It is ideal for settlement officers in foreign exchange, securities and derivatives, Operations Officers, Custodians, Clearing House Staff, Compliance Officers, Risk Controllers, Auditors and Accountants.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain a complete understanding of all aspects of clearing and
settlement processes for major products and learn how to manage the process with maximum effectiveness
2. Understand the role of the key participants in the trading and investment environments
3. Develop an appreciation for types of corporate actions, their impact on derivatives positions and how to manage the material for reports
Value Added Tax (VAT) in the GCC – An Introduction
Credits: 12 CPEs
Course OverviewThe course provides an overview of the Value Added Tax (VAT) and its implementation in the GCC. It also provides a detailed discussion on the implementation aspects of VAT.
Delegates will not only learn about the Value Added Tax law and its operatives but will be specifically sensitised on implementation issues and challenges. The delegates will be able to discuss various case studies on aspects to practically applying the VAT law.
Course Content• Introduction to VAT• Overview of VAT• Types of taxes• How VAT works• Role of the Federal Tax Authority• Compliance requirements of VAT• VAT calculations and VAT accounting• VAT accounting and procedures• VAT calculations and VAT accounting• VAT accounting entries• Common errors in computing VAT• VAT documentation and records• VAT procedures and administration• Transition and other general provisions
Who Should AttendThis well-researched course is useful for executives who are responsible for finance and accounting functions in their organisations. Finance Directors, Heads of Finance, Chief Finance Officers, Accounts Managers, Accountants, Auditors, and Analysts will find the course particularly useful. Organisations consider this course as a great opportunity to train their young officers and other persons involved in VAT implementation.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the concept of VAT and explore an overview of
the VAT law and regulations2. Learn about VAT procedures, administration and
documentation requirements and deal with implementation challenges
3. Work on VAT calculations and accounting issues
FIN
AN
CE
84 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Working Capital Management Using Excel Modelling
Course OverviewThe proper management of cash flow and liquidity needs is essential for the success or survival of any organisation, large or small. Short-term liquidity risk, if not managed properly can often cause otherwise successful firms to fail. This practical, laptop-based course takes delegates through the essentials of cash flow budgeting.
Using case studies ranging from small businesses to financial institutions we look at how entities budget for cash, keep banks informed of their financial requirements, and how they can lower their liquidity costs. Delegates will come away with a number of Excel templates which they can then adapt to their own work environment.
The course will also examine developments in the Basel Accord on intraday liquidity and discuss the optimal way to finance all types of firms.
Course Content• Business lifecycle• Financial reporting• Cash flow statements• Investment analysis• Forecasting techniques• Loan repayment profiles• Interest rate risk management• Foreign exchange hedges• Intraday liquidity for financial institutions• Central bank• Hedging risk
Who Should Attend• Financial Controllers• Accounting functions• Treasury related functions• Business managers and others wanting to become more
knowledgeable about working capital
Benefits of Attending1. Prepare working cash flow statements and examine their
impact on supply management2. Understand cash flow analysis and the link between the cash
flow statements and published accounts3. Identify instances where there is surplus cash flow and
examine short term investment opportunities4. Pre-empt instances where there will be a liquidity squeeze
and take appropriate action5. Develop strategic plans using quantifiable targets
Healthcare
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
87
Table of Contents
Advanced Healthcare Leadership Programme ............................................................................................................................................ 88
Certified Patient Experience LeaderTM ........................................................................................................................................................... 88
Certified Patient Safety ProfessionalTM ......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Developing a Successful Fraud Prevention & Investigation Strategy in Healthcare....................................................................... 89
eCTD Submissions ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 90
Healthcare Cost Control, Productivity & Performance ............................................................................................................................. 90
Healthcare Financial Management .................................................................................................................................................................91
Healthcare Innovation & Change .....................................................................................................................................................................91
Healthcare Leadership & Management ......................................................................................................................................................... 92
Healthcare Marketing & Medical Tourism .................................................................................................................................................... 92
Healthcare Marketing, PR & Communications ........................................................................................................................................... 93
Healthcare Mini MBA ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 93
Healthcare Operations Management ............................................................................................................................................................. 94
Healthcare Quality & Performance Improvement ...................................................................................................................................... 94
Healthcare Strategy & Strategic Planning .....................................................................................................................................................95
Healthcare Supply Chain Management .........................................................................................................................................................95
Introduction to Pharmacovigilance ................................................................................................................................................................. 96
Lean Green Belt for Healthcare Professionals ........................................................................................................................................... 96
Transforming the Recruitment & Retention of Healthcare Talent ........................................................................................................ 97
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
88 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Advanced Healthcare Leadership Programme
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThis IHLM endorsed programme has been designed specifically for senior healthcare executives, managers and clinical leaders who want to review, refresh and renew their leadership style and take their strategic leadership and management skills to the next level.
Participants will receive direction and mentorship in the strategic and personal development issues they face – on how to motivate and inspire others and how to become a force for lasting change in their healthcare organisations.
Course Content• Becoming a transformational healthcare leader • Evidence-based healthcare management• Innovation in healthcare • Transforming healthcare performance
Who Should Attend• Clinical leaders, including doctors, nurses and allied
healthcare professionals, who are either currently in or preparing for senior roles
• Senior divisional, departmental and general managers who already have broad cross-functional responsibilities who need to develop a more strategic outlook
Benefits of Attending1. Widen and build on your existing strengths and place the
right leadership skills and behaviours at your fingertips2. Discover why effective healthcare leaders ensure
their decisions are always based on practices that are demonstrably effective
3. Learn how to harness creativity and spread, adopt and use new ideas
4. Examine how healthcare leaders can renew culture, reinvigorate performance and return their organisation to success
Certified Patient Experience LeaderTM
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewAs patient and family expectations grow, healthcare organisations are becoming more-and-more accountable for delivering care that meets their needs and preferences. IHLM’s Certificate in Patient Experience provides anyone with an interest in, or responsibility for delivering patient-centred care, with an evidence-based framework they can trust to enable them to excel in their role. It also provides a rapid route to qualification as a Certified Patient Experience LeaderTM (CPxL).
This course, the only one of its kind in the region, takes the best practice used by leading healthcare institutes such as Cleveland Clinic, and lessons from non-healthcare organisations such as Disney, and turns it into practical tools and techniques that can be used to transform patients’ experiences.
It enables delegates to study and apply the five themes and fifteen subject areas that together comprise the patient experience body of knowledge and, by completing an assessed patient experience improvement project after the course, to gain the professional recognition of Certified Patient ExperienceLeaderTM (CPxL).
Course Content• An introduction to patient experience – Understand the
expectations of patients and families, and the organisations that regulate and accredit care
• Observing, measuring and understanding the patient experience – Plan and begin a patient experience improvement project for your healthcare institution
• Becoming a patient experience leader – Develop the personal effectiveness and impact that are essential to transforming patient satisfaction
• Transforming the patient experience through people – Improve care through better communication and cultural sensitivity
• Transforming the patient experience through process, place and technology – Transform the caring environment and redesign services to be more patient-centred
Who Should AttendThis course will benefit anyone – whether they are in an informal or a formal role – who has an interest in, or responsibility for delivering patient-centred care. This can include Physicians, Nurses, Allied Healthcare Professionals and staff in administrative or managerial roles who want to improve their understanding of the emerging body of knowledge around patient experience.
The course is also ideal for both established and emerging healthcare leaders who want to demonstrate their expertise through a recognised and regulated professional qualification.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the expectations of patients and families, and
the organisations that regulate and accredit care2. Plan and begin a patient experience improvement project in
your healthcare institution3. Transform the caring environment and redesign services to
be more patient-centred
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
89Email: [email protected]
Certified Patient Safety ProfessionalTM
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThis course provides anyone with an interest in patient safety, or responsibility for delivering safer care, with a comprehensive and detailed body of knowledge that will enable them to lead patient safety teams, investigations and improvement projects.
It enables you to study and apply the four themes and fifteen subject areas that together comprise the patient safety body of knowledge.
Course Content• The foundations of Patient safety – Explore the fundamental
concepts of systems theory, human factors and safety culture
• Managing and leading Patient Safety – Discover the leadership competences, behaviours and practices that make a patient safety leader effective
• Leading Patient Safety investigations – A comprehensive and detailed review of the skills, knowledge and tools that are needed to manage and lead a comprehensive patient safety investigation
• Delivering Patient Safety improvement projects – How to make a big change on a small scale using simple, tried and tested tools and techniques
Who Should AttendThis course will benefit anyone – whether they are in an informal or a formal role – who has an interest in, or responsibility for patient safety. This can include physicians, nurses, allied healthcare professionals and staff in administrative or managerial roles who want to improve their understanding of the emerging body of knowledge around patient safety and risk management.
The course is also ideal for both established and emerging healthcare leaders who want to demonstrate their expertise through a recognised and regulated professional qualification.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the importance of systems thinking, human
factors and culture in improving patient safety2. Lead investigations into the root causes of patient safety
incidents3. Introduce and facilitate best practice with tools and
techniques to support improvement in patient safety4. Discover patient safety improvement initiatives and
innovations from across the world5. Connect with other healthcare professionals who are
passionate about transforming patient safety
Developing a Successful Fraud Prevention & Investigation Strategy in Healthcare
Course OverviewInappropriate billing and inappropriate care provoked by fraud, waste and abuse are major concerns in any healthcare system. This course will discuss the nature and the extent of these anomalies. You will learn how to establish and implement a strategy to effectively control them.
Tackling healthcare fraud, waste and abuse needs a specific organisational approach, making resources available for analysis, detection and investigation. This raises the issue of return on investment. You will learn how to efficiently align rules, tools and resources within an integrated organisational counter-fraud model.
Course Content• Introduction to the “Waste Typology” matrix• Completing the “Waste Typology” matrix• Understanding fraud• Deterrence and prevention of fraud• Detection• Investigation• Sanctioning• Redress• Going the extra mile• Return on Investment (ROI)• Rules• Tools• Professionals• “Investigation is a tool. Control is the objective”
Who Should AttendThis is a must-attend for counter fraud experts (i.e. Investigators, Analysts, Policy Makers, Lawyers, Prosecutors), active in a private or public healthcare setting and by all stakeholders (i.e. Financers, Care Providers, Health Authorities), within the healthcare sector directly or indirectly dealing with the fraud issue. All counter fraud experts and stakeholders from other industries who have a genuine interest in tackling fraud will also benefit from this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the nature and the extent of fraud, waste and
abuse in healthcare and other industries2. Locate, evaluate, synthesise and summarise evidence from
a wide range of relevant international counter fraud cases in health insurance and other industries
3. Apply a range of concepts to prevent, detect, investigate and sanction fraudulent and abusive behaviour
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
90 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
eCTD Submissions
Certificate Partner: PTI/CPD UKCredits: 18 CPDs
Course OverviewMore and more data is gathered and presented to support the quality, safety and efficacy of a drug. The quality and the consistency in the quality needs to be assured during the entire product lifecycle to safeguard patients. Similarly, the benefit-risk ratio of the drug’s usages need to be monitored and evaluated during the product’s lifecycle. Hence, its supporting dossiers are subject to continuous change.
The eCTD allows to reflect the product’s lifecycle, with the documents that support the quality, safety and efficacy of a drug. But how does that eCTD lifecycle work? What is the impact on the document granularity and naming of documents? What do we mean by eCTD-ready documents? How do we create an eCTD? And what does a validation of an eCTD tell us? How can eCTDs for the same product be managed across multiple countries? These are all questions that will be addressed during this three-day workshop.
Course Content• Introduction to the eCTD • ICH e-CTD requirements• GCC region requirements• Lifecycle management• Preparing eCTD-ready documents• Technical valid and business valid e-CTDs in GCC states• Processes for eCTD management• Company accounts for submission portals• Future developments in eSubmissions
Who Should AttendThis is a must-attend workshop for Regulatory Affairs professionals involved in submission procedures. The training will prove particularly helpful to those within the departments of documentation registration, dossier development, and electronic submissions.
The workshop will also benefit those within the pharmaceutical diaspora such as Publishing and Medical Writing, Senior Regulatory Affairs Scientists, Development & Quality Managers, Licence Compliance Officers, QA Pharmacist, Pharmacists, Senior Principle Statistical Programmers, Systems Managers, Certification Officers and Consultants.
Benefits of Attending1. Establish highly efficient processes to build, publish and
deliver your regulatory submissions2. Meet the challenges of managing eCTDs across multiple
countries3. Clarify regulatory ICH and local requirements 4. Identify criteria of technically valid business dossiers, and
learn how to mitigate invalid dossiers5. Consider future developments in the eCTD
Healthcare Cost Control, Productivity & Performance
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewYear after year the demand for healthcare services increases relentlessly, while the supply of skilled healthcare professionals gradually shrinks. These challenges are compounded by the rising cost of treating patients with complex, chronic conditions and steady inflation in the price of medicines and technologies. There has never been a tougher time to be managing healthcare services and today’s healthcare manager has to be able to make substantial improvements in productivity if these challenges are to be met.
This new five-day course from IHLM is designed to equip both clinicians and managers with the skill and knowledge they need to improve their service’s efficiency and reduce costs while protecting the quality of care and the safety of patients. The course combines evidence-based research on the clinical and management practices that yield genuine productiveness with case studies illustrating international best practice.
Course Content• Productivity, efficiency and financial performance in
healthcare organisations• Measuring productivity and financial performance• The productive workforce• The productive workflow• The productive supply chain
Who Should AttendThis course has been designed for any Clinician or Healthcare Manager who wants to make their service, department or organisation more productive or economical. It will be particularly important for: • Anyone who manages or controls a budget, including
Divisional or Departmental Chairs, Directors, Heads and Chiefs
• Executives and Senior Managers who want to develop a strategy for improving their organisation’s ‘bottom line’ performance
• Planners and project managers from healthcare ministries and hospital chains who want to transform the productivity and performance of their health systems
• Management consultants, strategists and others involved in advising healthcare services on how to save money or improve efficiency
Benefits of Attending1. Measure, monitor and benchmark your service’s productivity
and financial performance2. Transform staff efficiency and effectiveness3. Plan and manage a productive healthcare workforce4. Redesign healthcare processes and pathways to be
smoother and leaner5. Reduce the costs of every day consumables, common
medicines and high value medical devices
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
91Email: [email protected]
Healthcare Financial Management
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewHealthcare organisations must excel at many things. They must deliver a high level of quality and safety, excellent clinical outcomes and a superlative patient experience while remaining financially sustainable or profitable. Meeting this latter challenge requires everyone with responsibility for managing money in a healthcare organisation – whether in the public or the private sector – to understand the essential tools and techniques of good financial management.
IHLM’s Certificate in Healthcare Financial Management provides comprehensive coverage of the fundamental concepts, models and methods required for effective financial management by both financial and non-financial managers in all types of healthcare organisation or service. Using case studies from hospitals, clinics, surgical centres and healthcare systems this course delivers the skills, knowledge and competences that will enable clinicians, managers and executives to make the best possible decisions and take the most appropriate actions in practically every financial decision-making scenario they are likely to face.
Course Content• The fundamentals of healthcare finance• Managing money in healthcare services and departments• Managing money in healthcare organisations• Measuring, understanding and reducing healthcare costs• Planning healthcare investments
Who Should AttendThis is a highly practical and interactive course that will benefit anyone who manages or controls money in a healthcare organisation, service or department. It is an ideal course for a Non-Financial Manager or Healthcare Professional who needs to learn tools and techniques for managing healthcare costs, budgets and investments and for transforming financial performance. It is also highly relevant to anyone who already has financial expertise or qualifications and who is seeking a course that provides specialist coverage of financial and management accounting in a healthcare context.
Throughout the course there are allocated timeslots allowing ample opportunities to practice the principles and techniques being taught using interactive exercises and case studies.
Benefits of Attending1. Discover how to diagnose the financial ‘health’ of your
healthcare organisation, service or department2. Understand how to monitor and manage financial
performance and productivity with Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
3. Learn how to create and control departmental and organisational budgets
4. Plan future investments and compare the costs and benefits of alternative healthcare projects
5. Measure, understand and reduce healthcare costs using the techniques that management consultants charge hospitals millions of dollars for!
Healthcare Innovation & Change
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewIn 2012, a team of researchers from Harvard Business School interviewed the CEOs of some of the world’s most successful healthcare organisations. All of them agreed that being able to lead and manage change and innovation were vital to their success, yet were among most healthcare managers’ weakest areas of competence.
This certified course enables both clinicians and managers to get to grips with the dynamic and complex subject of change. You will have your own change leadership style diagnosed, acquire a unique toolkit of over forty change management tools and techniques, practice methods for encouraging staff to be more innovative, and discover how to embed staff expertise and know-how within your organisation so that it doesn’t leave… even if they do!
Course Content• The context for healthcare innovation and change• Step-by-step through the process of change• The change leader’s toolkit• Innovation in healthcare• Knowledge management in healthcare
Who Should AttendThis is a highly practical and interactive course that will benefit everyone who wants to be able to lead change successfully or encourage staff to come up with new ideas. The course provides detailed coverage of what are truly essential tools and competencies and will be particularly relevant for –• Hospital and Healthcare Leaders and Managers• Administrative and Operations Managers• Medical and Clinical Chairs, Chiefs and Heads of
Departments• Nurse Supervisors and Managers and those in allied health
professions• Anyone who wants to become an effective agent of change!
Benefits of Attending1. Discover why change and innovation is vital to the success
of healthcare organisations2. Understand how, why and when people will change, and why
sometimes they won’t!3. Review and practice over forty change management tools4. Learn the latest best practices in healthcare innovation5. Use knowledge management tools to turn staff expertise
into a permanent organisational asset
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
92 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Healthcare Leadership & Management
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewLeadership in healthcare – whether it is frontline leadership in a hospital ward or strategic leadership in the boardroom – challenges both clinicians and managers to nurture a culture committed to quality, safety and patient-centred care. IHLM’s Certificate in Healthcare Leadership and Management takes a uniquely evidence-based approach to developing the transformational healthcare leaders who can deliver these outcomes.
This popular five-day course provides both established healthcare leaders and emerging ‘high potentials’ with insights through which they can better understand themselves, their organisations, the people they lead and the services they deliver.
The course explores the leadership practices and techniques that are proven to deliver high-performing healthcare teams and organisations.
Course Content• Managing yourself and developing as a healthcare leader –
developing your leadership qualities and personal impact• Leading and managing others – by building motivated high
performing teams• Leading and managing healthcare services and
organisations – to deliver high quality, safe, patient-centred care
Who Should AttendThis course will enable you to refine a set of personal leadership skills that can transform your impact and are based on the best available research evidence of the leadership practices that are proven to deliver high quality, safe and patient-centred care. It will therefore benefit both established and emerging healthcare leaders at all levels, including those who are working in positions of professional or clinical leadership as well as staff who are leading managerial or administrative functions in healthcare services and organisations.
Benefits of Attending1. Develop your leadership qualities2. Transform your personal influence and impact3. Motivate and engage healthcare staff4. Build high-performing healthcare teams5. Deliver high quality, safe, patient-centred care
Healthcare Marketing & Medical Tourism Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThis unique programme enables anyone involved in marketing, promoting or advertising healthcare services, including those involved in facilitating medical tourism, to understand how and why prospective patients choose a healthcare provider.
It provides comprehensive and holistic coverage of the entire discipline of marketing in healthcare, with a particular focus on the emerging phenomenon of medical tourism. Highly practical and relevant, the programme demonstrates in depth the tools and techniques with which healthcare facilities can develop and implement marketing plans capable of transforming their reputation and success.
Throughout the programme there are allocated timeslots allowing ample opportunities to practice the principles and techniques being taught using interactive exercises and case studies.
Course ContentThe programme is divided into five modules and includes detailed instruction in:• An introduction to Healthcare Marketing & Medical Tourism
– How effective marketing can raise demand and drive it to your healthcare facility
• Understanding and exploring patient needs and preferences • Developing a marketing plan – A strategic blueprint for
attracting and retaining patients• Implementing a marketing plan – Using a ‘marketing mix’ to
position your healthcare facility in the minds of patients• Advertising your healthcare services – Using mass and
personal communications to grab and keep patients’ attention
Who Should AttendThis programme has been designed for anyone who is involved in marketing, promoting or advertising healthcare services, including those involved in facilitating medical tourism.It will be especially useful for:Healthcare Marketing, Communications, Advertising and PR ManagersDirectors, executives and managers from large healthcare organisationsOwner-managers of independent hospitals, health centres and clinicsPolicy-makers and planners from health ministries and authoritiesMarketing consultants and advisers
Benefits of Attending1. Discover how effective marketing can raise demand and
drive it through the doors of your healthcare facility2. Develop and implement a marketing plan that attracts and
retains patients3. Learn how to use mass and personal communications to
grab patient’s attention4. Use inbound marketing and social media to position your
healthcare brand
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
93Email: [email protected]
Healthcare Marketing, PR & Communications
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThis course will enable healthcare managers and professionals from all types of healthcare organisation to discover and apply the tools and techniques of strategic marketing within healthcare. By the end of the course you will be able to create a compelling strategic marketing plan for your healthcare organisation, understand how to effectively segment and target your healthcare market, position your organisation in the minds of your customers and optimise the impact of your advertising and communications.
Course Content• An introduction to marketing in healthcare• Healthcare market research techniques• The healthcare marketing mix• Advertising and communication in healthcare
Who Should AttendThis course has been designed to enable general healthcare managers and all types of clinicians to build their confidence and effectiveness when marketing, advertising and promoting their healthcare organisation. It will be especially useful for hospital marketing, communication, advertising and PR managers and owner-managers of independent hospitals, clinics and practices.
Benefits of Attending1. Develop deep insights into the region’s healthcare
marketplace and the needs and wants of your patients and customers
2. Understand how to effectively segment and target your customers and markets
3. Create a compelling marketing plan for your healthcare organisation
4. Optimise the impact of your advertising and communications to deliver increased revenues and enhanced patient loyalty.
Healthcare Mini MBA
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThis five-day course immerses participants in the same learning culture and environment as they would encounter in a world-ranked business school and uses Harvard Business School’s famous ‘Case Method’ to apply the core business and management principles taught by the leading MBA programmes to the challenges of managing and leading healthcare services and organisations.
For 2016, the course provides insights into both the fundamentals of healthcare management and the latest thinking on how healthcare organisations can become more competitive and deliver better value for patients.
The course format mixes high energy teaching sessions with dynamic, team-based activities that provide a forum for discussion, debate and social networking with peers from across the Middle East – sharing experiences and collaborating to solve the business and management dilemmas faced by the region’s healthcare leaders on a daily basis.
Course Content• Planning and executing healthcare strategy• Healthcare marketing and customer relations• Managing people and their performance• Managing financial resources• Leadership and change
Who Should AttendThis programme has been designed for any healthcare manager or leader who wants to advance their business and management acumen, including those who:• Are curious about taking an MBA or a master’s degree in
healthcare management and want to experience what it’s really like
• Want to know how the core MBA body of knowledge can be applied to healthcare
• Need to cover all the essentials of healthcare management in one concise and comprehensive course
Benefits of AttendingOn this course, you will master the fundamentals of:1. Strategy, competition and innovation in healthcare2. Healthcare marketing and the patient experience3. Operations management: delivering quality and performance4. The high-performing leader and their team
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
94 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Healthcare Operations Management
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UK Credits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewExcessive waiting times, lack of coordination among different departments, duplicate entry of personal information in multiple forms, unfriendly and poorly designed facilities and a general lack of customer service are attributes often observed in healthcare organisations. While outcome data suggests that the quality of clinical care is improving for most types of treatment, the quality of patients’ actual experiences of healthcare environments has not kept pace.
Choosing the most effective treatment is therefore not always the most important healthcare decision. Equally challenging can be decisions about how to bring together caregivers and the resources they need in the right way so that the right care can be delivered at the right place, and the right time, every time. Doing this properly is the work of healthcare operations management.
Excellent operations management skills are vital for providing safe, effective, efficient, affordable care. This certified IHLM course will guide you through the principles of modern operations management and show you how to apply contemporary techniques, such as ‘Lean Thinking’, to deliver true operations excellence in your healthcare setting.
Course Content• Principles at the heart of practice• Diagnosing operations management problems• Managing healthcare projects• Interventions that work• Enhancing healthcare operations
Who Should AttendThis is a highly practical and interactive course that will benefit everyone involved in day-to-day operational management in a healthcare organisation. It covers what are truly essential skills and will be particularly relevant for:• All Hospital and Healthcare Managers• All administrative and operations staff• Chairs and Heads of Departments• Nurse Supervisors and Managers• All staff involved in patient admissions, appointments and
registrations
Benefits of Attending1. Discover the principles and techniques through which
operations management excellence is achieved in healthcare organisations
2. Learn how to diagnose and solve operations management problems
3. Review best practice in healthcare project management4. Practice strategies for improving patient flow and supply
chains, matching capacity and demand, and controlling queues
5. Understand how to transform operations in clinics, wards and emergency departments
Healthcare Quality & Performance Improvement
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewMore and more healthcare staff are becoming involved in quality and performance improvement – the process of continually evaluating existing processes of care and developing new standards of practice. It is therefore a core competency that every healthcare manager and clinician must understand and practice if they are to have credibility and real impact: be they in primary care clinics, acute hospitals, specialist centres of excellence, occupational health departments or regulatory bodies.
The IHLM Certificate in Healthcare Quality & Performance Improvement enables you to differentiate yourself as a quality leader. It demonstrates your capability in data analytics, performance improvement, risk management, patient safety and much more.
In just one week in Dubai, this course will provide you with the 30 CME/CPD accredited hours of instruction required to receive the IHLM Certification. It will also enable holders of the Certified Professional in Healthcare Quality (CPHQ) qualification – and those who aspire to it – to fully meet the requirements for recertification or prepare for examination through detailed and comprehensive instruction in all elements of the CPHQ syllabus.
Course Content• Quality leadership – and the strategic and operational roles
it entails• Information management – including design and data
collection, measurement and analytics, and communication• Performance measurement and improvement – including
planning, implementation, evaluation and training• Patient safety – managing risk and nurturing a safety culture
Who Should AttendThis is a highly practical and interactive course that will benefit anyone who needs to be able to lead quality and performance improvement activities in a healthcare organisation, or to participate in them. It will be very relevant to:• All healthcare staff, whether in clinical or administrative roles• Everyone involve in quality or performance improvement
activities• Quality, Risk and Patient Safety Managers• Clinical and Medical Directors and heads of department• All nurse supervisors and managers and those in allied
health professions• Anyone with a passion for quality in healthcare!
Benefits of Attending1. Discover how to plan and lead quality improvement projects2. Learn how to inspire and influence others to transform
performance3. Learn new ways to make your healthcare organisation a
safer place for both patients and staff
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
95Email: [email protected]
Healthcare Strategy & Strategic Planning
Certificate Partner: IHLM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewHealthcare managers play a critical role in both formulating and delivering strategic plans – and this role is no longer limited to just top managers and leaders. Both healthcare professionals at the frontline of care delivery, as well as non-clinicians in vital administrative roles, are also expected to understand the strategic position of their organisation or department, write business cases for new services or projects, make sense of a complex and changing healthcare environment, interpret and adjust their organisation’s strategy and champion new ideas.
This course will enable professionals from all types of healthcare organisations and services to understand their current strategic situation, formulate new strategies, and then deliver them successfully. Using case studies from hospitals, clinics and healthcare systems, this interactive course will show you how to deliver plans that can improve your organisation’s performance, determine its future direction, help introduce new services, optimise resource allocation, meet regulatory or accreditation requirements or simply deliver your current vision and mission.
Course Content• Understanding your strategic position – by analysing your
strengths and weaknesses, and the opportunities and threats you face
• Formulating your strategy – by evaluating and choosing properly from the available options
• Making strategy happen – through the practical tasks that have to be undertaken in order to actually implement a strategy or strategic plan successfully
Who Should AttendThis is a highly practical and interactive course that will benefit anyone who needs to be able to plan and direct the strategy of a healthcare organisation, to participate in the strategic planning process, or to develop a strategic plan for their own division, department or service. The course provides detailed coverage of what are truly essential tools and competencies. It will be particularly relevant for:• All healthcare leaders and managers, whether in clinical or
administrative roles• All medical and clinical chairs, chiefs and heads of
departments• All nurse supervisors and managers and those in allied
health professions• Anyone who wants to become an effective strategic planner!
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to write compelling business cases and strategic
plans that get your healthcare service or project funded2. Master the essential skills for formulating and executing
strategy in healthcare organisations3. Understand how to choose and implement the best strategy
for future success
Healthcare Supply Chain Management
Certificate Partner: IHLM
Course OverviewThe pressures on healthcare supply chains are changing. In the past, a hospital that managed its purchasing costs well could operate efficiently. Today, the cost of materials management can exceed 35 percent of a hospital’s operating budget, with nearly 20 to 25 percent attributable to supply costs alone.
This course will show you how you can achieve substantial benefits by not only changing purchasing practices, but also by improving how you manage your labor force, supplies, equipment and facilities. With nearly 80 percent of total hospital expenses accounted for in patient care costs, the impact of this course for hospitals and other healthcare organisations can be truly significant.
Course Content• Planning demand and supply in the healthcare supply chain• Planning and managing inventories in the healthcare supply
chain• Designing a healthcare supply chain and transportation
network• Managing the cross-functional drivers in a healthcare supply
chain
Who Should AttendThis course will benefit all healthcare staff who are involved in managing their healthcare organisation’s supply chain.
Benefits of Attending1. Align your supply chain strategy to your healthcare
organisation’s long term goals2. Optimise your demand forecasting and reduce costs with an
easy-to-use six step forecasting process3. Reduce cycle inventory levels without increasing costs or
harming product availability4. Leverage ‘cross-functional’ drivers – sourcing, pricing and
information – and put them to work to improve co-ordination and efficiency in your hospital’s supply chain
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
96 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Introduction to Pharmacovigilance
Certificate Partner: PTI/CPD UKCredits: 18 CPDs
Course OverviewPharmacovigilance and risk management are essential for drug safety. It is really important that pharmaceutical companies are fully aware of drug safety. Drugs found to be unsafe could lead to huge financial cost if drugs are recalled from the market and costly litigation.
This course will review the regulatory environment in which you operate and will guide you through the requirements. You will be given the chance to work on case study exercises to produce practical advice and develop adequate strategies to handle reporting requirements.
If you need to gain in-depth knowledge on the best way to collect and report adverse events and safety data and manage risk, then this is the course for you. Its format will provide you with the key skills and knowledge needed to operate a fast, effective drug safety programme.
Course Content• The pharmacovigilance system• Management and reporting of adverse events• Periodic safety update reports• Signal detection• Risk management systems• Risk management planning• Implementation of risk minimisation measures post
authorization studies• Evaluation of effectiveness of risk minimization• PV audits and inspection
Who Should AttendSuited to those who have entered this field in the past two years and who need to develop an understanding of pharmacovigilance, such as:• Drug Safety / Pharmacovigilance Staff• Regulatory Affairs Staff• Anyone wishing to build or update their knowledge on
adverse event reporting and drug safety information• Clinical Development Staff• Clinical Research Organisation Staff
Benefits of Attending1. Effectively monitor your drug safety profile and avoid
inspection findings2. Manage risk and post-marketing issues that can adversely
affect your drug sales revenue3. Identify and follow up the key signals over time and take
corrective and preventive action4. Regulatory requirements: What are the local and Global
requirements?5. Compile and present key information in your adverse event
reports in a clear format and reduce errors of interpretation6. Prepare PSURs – when and how to change
Lean Green Belt for Healthcare Professionals
Course OverviewLean is a philosophy aimed at eliminating waste. Waste is all things that do not add value. Lean mostly aims at reduction of lead time.
Successful implementation of Lean thinking improves quality, patient satisfaction, employee satisfaction and lowers cost. Lean management leads to a substantial improvement of performance.
Implementing Lean management is not a very complicated technical thing. It does require profiled training and professional facilitation. In general, it requires quite different thinking. And change management plays a role. For successful implementation of Lean support from management, employees and speaking the same language is of crucial importance.
Course Content• Introduction to lean • Benefits• Lean vision• Features of outstanding service organisations• Lean people: characteristics of “lean people”• Lean elements, rules and tools • Eliminating waste• Value • Value stream mapping • Root cause analysis • Kaizen (rapid team problem solving) and process mapping• Visual workplace • 5s (workplace organization)• Lean metrics • Selection and running of projects
Who Should AttendDepartment Managers, Functional Managers, Divisional Managers and Business Managers who are responsible for a part of the organisation and see opportunities to start up new improvement projects and want to be Lean Green Belt in healthcare. Quality Managers who also see the power of Lean can be applied in their Healthcare organisations and want to be Lean Green Belt in healthcare.
Benefits of Attending1. Successfully deliver Lean projects in your department2. Assist your organisation to radically improve its performance3. Be ready for Certified Lean Healthcare Black Belt program
HE
ALT
HC
AR
E
97Email: [email protected]
Transforming the Recruitment & Retention of Healthcare Talent
Certificate Partner: IHLM
Course OverviewIn the Middle East there is an acute healthcare talent crisis. Employment is growing faster in healthcare than in any other industry sector in the Gulf yet there are critical shortages of clinical leaders, high staff turnover rates and serious difficulties in finding and holding on to physicians, nurses and managers.
Through a mixture of classroom-based lectures, real-life case studies and peer-to-peer collaboration this course will show you how to transform your organisation’s ability to attract, recruit and retain healthcare staff through better workforce management.
Course Content• Aligning your HRM strategy with your strategic mission and
vision• Finding and acquiring healthcare talent• Retaining and engaging healthcare talent• Developing healthcare talent
Who Should AttendThis course has been designed specifically for healthcare executives, managers and clinical leaders at all levels who want to take their strategic Human Resource Management skills to the next level.
Benefits of Attending1. Discover simple, easy-to-use practices that will help you win
the war for healthcare talent2. Develop and sustain a high-performing healthcare workforce
using competency frameworks from the world’s most progressive healthcare systems
3. Retain and engage healthcare staff by understanding what motivates them and drives their loyalty
4. Create a leadership legacy using succession planning to identify and fill the roles that are critical to organisational success
HRHUMANRESOURCES
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
101
Table of Contents
Budgeting & Budget Control of the HR Function/Effective Manpower Planning ............................................................................102
Building the HR Business Case ........................................................................................................................................................................102
Certificate in Developing HR Policy Manuals ...........................................................................................................................................103
Certificate in Finance for Strategic HR ........................................................................................................................................................103
Certificate in HR Administration ...................................................................................................................................................................104
Certificate in HR Audit .......................................................................................................................................................................................104
Certificate in HR Metrics & Workforce Analytics ......................................................................................................................................105
Certificate in HR Policies & Procedures .......................................................................................................................................................105
Certificate in HR Skills I ....................................................................................................................................................................................106
Certificate in HR Skills II ..................................................................................................................................................................................106
Certificate in HR Strategy ................................................................................................................................................................................107
Certificate in Strategic HR: Delivering Business Results .......................................................................................................................107
Developing & Implementing a Dynamic HR Strategy ...............................................................................................................................108
Employee Performance Management Using KPIs .....................................................................................................................................108
HR Boot Camp: Meeting Business Needs ......................................................................................................................................................109
HR for Directors & Senior Managers ...............................................................................................................................................................109
HR Governance ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110
The HR Professional ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 110
Talent Management: The Key to Organisational Success .......................................................................................................................111
SHRM – Master’s Certificate in Human Resource Management ...........................................................................................................111
SHRM Course 1 – Strategic Workforce Planning/HRD ................................................................................................................ 112
SHRM Course 2 – Creating a Talent Acquisition Strategy/Succession Planning .............................................................. 112
SHRM Course 3 – Total Rewards/Employee Engagement & Relations .................................................................................. 113
SHRM Course 4 – Your Role as the HR Business Partner/Strategic HR ................................................................................ 113
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
102 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Budgeting & Budget Control of the HR Function/Effective Manpower Planning
Course OverviewThis course will provide delegates with the skills needed to fully understand the costs involved with HR that allow them to present a realistic case to management. It will feature case studies, business simulation and practical group exercises to show delegates how to prepare, monitor and control the HR budget and, most importantly, understand the link between organisational finance and HR budgets.
The course will involve working in pairs and in teams on case studies together with practical exercises from leading organisations in the Gulf region to gain real hands-on experience of the budget process.
Course Content• What is a budget?• The purpose of budgets• Components of an HR budget• Building an HR budget• Budget metrics for HR• Measuring financial performance• The role of manpower planning within an effective
organisation• Developing a manpower plan• Understanding the link between manpower plans and
business financial plans• Manpower planning and the requirements of localisation• Manpower planning and technology• The role of human resources in manpower planning• The successful manpower plan
Who Should AttendThese courses have been specifically designed for all HR professionals responsible for the budgeting and/or manpower planning of their organisations, including:• HR Managers and Directors• Manpower Planning Managers• HR Officers and Supervisors• HR Analysts• Career Development Managers• Heads of HR• HR Specialists• Training Managers• Personnel Managers• Administration and Office Managers
Benefits of Attending 1. Identify the key components and cost factors in HR and build
an effective HR budget2. Develop advanced professional budgeting techniques which
will help you manage and forecast effectively3. Build, monitor and control your HR budget and understand
how it links to organisational finance
Building the HR Business Case
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewThis course will provide basic financial analysis and planning tools and techniques, including understanding financial structures and responsibilities, how to read, understand and use financial statements and be able to pull this information together to build the HR business case.
You will also learn some basic strategic planning tools to be able to understand the company’s market position. You will also be able to use your corporate strategy to build your HR business case for the resources and initiatives that HR wants to implement.
We also aim to build your individual competence so that you can ask the right business and financial questions and talk the same commercial language as the management team. This will ensure you build your credibility and that of the HR function and you are seen as a major contributor to business success.
Course Content• Key financial statements• Structure of accounts• The income statement and balance sheet• Measuring financial performance• Earnings before Interest, Tax, Deprecations and Amortisation
(EBITDA)• Earnings Per Share (EPS)• How to create value – Return On Investment (ROI)• Budgets, strategic planning and analytical tools• Developing an HR department budget• Strategic tools including SWOT analysis, PESTLE, and
situation analysis• Customers, competitors and competitive advantage• Building the HR business case• Presenting the business case
Who Should Attend• Mid-level HR professionals with three to seven years of HR
experience• HR professionals who need a greater understanding of the
drivers of business performance• HR professionals who want to communicate with business
leaders around financial metrics• HR professionals who support business leaders• HR managers, directors and vice presidents responsible for
working with business leaders
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the financial value of HR and demonstrate how
HR positively impacts corporate performance2. Develop a business case using financial data efficiently3. Understand financial ratios to analyse HR costs and build an
HR business case
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
103Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Developing HR Policy Manuals
Course OverviewThis course will cover the fundamentals of HR policy development from strategy alignment through to policy identification and implementation.
You will learn how to understand organisation culture to ensure that policies are used as a strategic alignment tool – not a policing mechanism.
You will be equipped to carry out an in-depth analysis of your organisation’s HR policy and to benchmark your policies against current best practice and latest thinking.
This course will situate HR policy in the current economic climate and look at ways in which HR can contribute towards your organisation’s sustainability.
Course Content• Fundamentals of policy development• Developing a content outline for a policy manual• Designing and shaping an HR policy• Stakeholder involvement• How to ensure line managers buy-in through good
communication• Recent policy developments• Confidentiality and controlling access• Dealing with sensitive areas of HR policy• How the relationship between employer and employee (the
psychological contract) has changed• HR policy developments in a downturn• Identifying organisational needs• Developing solutions• Policy changes and amendments• Policies for specific strategic initiatives• Developing a supporting user-friendly HR manual
Who Should AttendAll HR practitioners responsible for policy development and implementation, as well as those responsible for employee relations and supervision, HR policy development and analysis, HR advising – policy training and development, HR and personnel administration, organisational change and transformation.
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop skills and expertise to produce clear and coherent
policy documents2. Understand the importance of HR policy and where it fits
into your organisation3. Compare your current policy and handbook design with best
practice4. Evaluate and monitor the effectiveness of your policy
Certificate in Finance for Strategic HR
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewThis course will provide valuable insights into the corporate financial structure, key financial responsibilities and financial statements. Components of the balance sheet and income statement will be described and analysed to gain insight into company performance.
With an understanding of the financial side of business, you can gain valuable insight into your own company’s strategy and can make your HR department an indispensable component of your organisation. A combination of regional and international case studies and examples will be incorporated into the course.
Course Content• Financial information• Key financial statements• Measuring financial performance• The HR department budget• Creating value
Who Should Attend• Mid-level HR professionals with three to seven years of HR
experience • HR professionals who need a greater understanding of the
drivers of business performance• HR professionals who want to communicate with business
leaders around financial metrics• HR professionals who support business leaders• HR managers, directors and VPs responsible for working
with business leaders
Benefits of Attending1. Describe how a business operates and define key financial
terms and concepts2. Determine how to build an HR budget3. Describe the link between financial measures and
shareholder value
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
104 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in HR Administration
Course OverviewHR Administrators often function as the first point of contact for employee enquiries and requests. This course provides a “best practice” approach to key administrative activities and on the practical application of key HR administrative activities.
The Course Leader will provide you with the insight, knowledge and skills to manage potentially sensitive issues and situations with tact, discretion and confidence. Gain an overall understanding of Human Resources, as it relates to an organisation’s goals and strategic objectives. You will also examine the issues of Human Resources Management and its various functions, activities and processes.
Course Content• The role of HR administration in your organisation• Bringing creativity to the HR administration role• Advantages and disadvantages of HR systems• Developing a “can do” attitude for your customers• The stages of recruitment and record keeping
• Stage one: Why should anyone want to work for your organisation?
• Stage two: Job analysis• Stage three: Things to do before and during the interview• Stage four: Interviewing skills• Stage five: Record keeping for recruitment
• Orientation, training and performance appraisal• Developing training databases and building a resource library• Developing interpersonal and effective (face-to-face)
communication skills• How to use feedback to create awareness and growth• Emotional intelligence (EI) and how to use it to give a great
service – Questionnaire • The power of positive thinking
Who Should AttendThis course is especially designed and developed for HR professionals requiring specialised knowledge and skills. The course is intended for individuals who are either new or have little experience in HR, but have a keen interest in developing a career in the Human Resources profession. HR Administrators and Assistants will certainly benefit from attending the course.
Benefits of Attending1. Deliver a high level of service to both the operational HR
team and the wider business2. Design and implement effective HR procedures and
administrative systems to support business needs and deliver business results
3. Provide administrative support concerning employee matters, ensuring alignment with company values and goals
4. Produce all employment related processes including recruitment, selection, training, sickness etc.
5. Develop your interpersonal communication skills so that you can successfully deal with difficult situations
Certificate in HR Audit
Course OverviewOften in assessing a company’s business practices and legal compliance, the emphasis is on the company’s financial records. It is equally important, however to assess HR policies and practices.
This workshop will take you through the various phases of an HR audit, starting from the “Data Collection” phase all the way through to the often neglected “Action Planning” phase.
The process is similar to one that an HR consultant might use in conducting a standard HR audit. However, the structure and presentation of the process will allow you to perform the audit yourself.
Course Content• Audit initiation• HR strategic management• Workforce planning and selection• HRIS and metrics• HR facilities and equipment• HR organisation• Audit preparation• Ranking audit categories (pre-audit)• Audit execution• Developing an audit plan• Selecting the audit team• Collecting data and gathering information• Evaluating responses• Analysing and benchmarking findings • Audit closure• Reporting outcomes
Who Should Attend• HR Generalists• HR Specialists• HR Section Heads• HR Department Managers• OD Specialists
Benefits of Attending1. Investigate your HR policies and practices and identify and
prioritise gaps in your practices2. Measure the effectiveness of your HR procedures and
compare against your organisational objectives3. Ensure compliance with regulatory requirements whilst
satisfying your business needs4. Develop and conduct an HR Audit 5. Achieve and maintain world-class competitiveness in key HR
areas and understand the requirements for an ISO-certified HR department
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
105Email: [email protected]
Certificate in HR Metrics & Workforce Analytics
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewHR professionals will learn how to drive organisational change around human capital activities by linking evidence based data to business strategy and performance. HR professionals will learn to apply HR analytics to a broad spectrum of human capital activities.
From facilitating outcome-based conversations, to interpreting and benchmarking organisational results, this course provides HR professionals a hands-on experience that will help acquire the confidence needed to build consensus and acceptance around human capital measures that support operational goals. Practical equations and analysis of the context and how they assist your business with supporting its strategies and ensure HR is perceived as a credible business partner and adding value overall.
Course Content• Introduction to HR metrics and workforce analytics• The SHRM Human Capital Analytics Model• Assess and plan• Link and align• Identify and build• Implement and execute• Evaluate and enhance• Organisation and HR impacts
Who Should Attend• Mid-level HR professionals with three to seven years of HR
experience• HR professionals who need a greater understanding of the
drivers of business performance• HR professionals who want to communicate with business
leaders around financial metrics• HR professionals who support business leaders
Benefits of Attending1. Describe the importance and potential uses of business
metrics and the role Human Capital Analytics play in evaluating an organisation’s performance
2. Utilise the HR and Workforce Analytics Model to better link human capital results and activities to business performance
3. Design a plan for gathering data and implementing human capital measurement in your organisation
Certificate in HR Policies & Procedures
Course OverviewThis course will guide you to develop and implement HR P&Ps in your organisation. You will ensure that your employment contracts and HR manuals meet your business needs, whilst attracting, retaining, engaging and motivating employees. In an increasingly competitive employment environment, when you want to attract and retain high performers, managing your employee relations and communications are increasingly critical and form part of your overall HR strategy.
This course will cover the key areas of HR Policies and Procedures so that you adopt best practice to compete more effectively in the war for talent. You will learn how to improve employee engagement whilst developing trust and fairness for both parties in the employer-employee relationship.
Course Content• Terms and Conditions of employment (T&Cs)• Human Resources Policies and Procedures (P&Ps)• Sensitive critical policy areas• Employment contracts• Policies and procedures to support wider HR strategies• Human Resources manuals• Policies and procedures for international assignments• Psychological contract of employment• Achieving Work-Life Balance• Implementing HR Policies and Procedures• Review your manual
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for everyone who requires either a generalist understanding or an in-depth knowledge of managing HR Policies and Procedures, and terms and conditions of employment. HR Specialists and other HR Professionals at all career levels working in the areas of HR Policies and Procedures, employee relations, employee communications and personnel administration will benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand how HR Policies and Procedures fit into your
organisation and how they affect employee relations2. Increase business performance and employee effectiveness
through clear, fair and reasonable HR Policies and Procedures which help retain and motivate staff
3. Align your terms and conditions of employment with your remuneration strategy and develop detailed employment contracts to improve employer branding and employee engagement
4. Discover practical steps for developing an effective channel of communication with all employees through your HR Policies and Procedures Manual
5. Develop the skills and expertise needed to produce clear and coherent policy and procedure documents
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
106 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in HR Skills I
Course OverviewThe programme will move in a supportive learning atmosphere by looking at HR needs in various organisations as well as how to audit and evaluate HR, with an additional focus on strategic issues. You will examine the most up-to-date HR concepts which will help you to improve your performance, at the same time enabling you to offer advice to managers regarding HR operations.
There will be time to examine leading edge thinking in HR across a multitude of key topic fields.
The programme will progress in steady steps, covering the technical areas of HR as well as some personal management and supervisory training. You will leave this course fully equipped to excel in your role as a 21st century HR practitioner.
Course Content• Human Resources in context• Defining the HR role today• Leadership in HR• Motivation• Competencies• Problem solving• Reward• Improving communications – staff as customers of HR• Audit of HR• Human Resource audit• Recruitment and placement
Who Should AttendThis programme has been specifically designed to provide background in HRM for HR practitioners in all industries, as well as those wishing to extend and update their knowledge in the basics of HRM and Human Resource Development (HRD). The first course is suitable for new entries to the HR profession and the second course focuses on developing some of the themes highlighted in the first course. The second course is most suitable for HR practitioners with two – three years of experience.
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop effective HR Policies and Procedures, based on a
thorough understanding of HRM, and its impact on your organisation
2. Discover the importance of training and development activities and their impact on the bottom line of having the right staff, with the right skills, in the right place at the right time (and at the right cost)
3. Examine the issues around performance management and its implementation to understand its links to organisational performance and the organisation’s bottom line
Certificate in HR Skills II
Course OverviewThe programme will move in a supportive learning atmosphere by looking at HR needs in various organisations as well as how to audit and evaluate HR, with an additional focus on strategic issues. You will examine the most up-to-date HR concepts which will help you to improve your performance, at the same time enabling you to offer advice to managers regarding HR operations.
There will be time to examine leading edge thinking in HR across a multitude of key topic fields.
The programme will progress in steady steps, covering the technical areas of HR as well as some personal management and supervisory training. You will leave this course fully equipped to excel in your role as a 21st century HR practitioner.
Course Content• Policies and procedures• Why policies change• Policy changed and their effect in the workplace• Contents and suggestions for a basic policy document• Training and development• Applying competency methods to training• Training Needs Analysis (TNA)• Training and its impact on the bottom-line• Performance management• Improving the Quality of Working Life (QWL)• Setting objectives and working to standards• Pay and reward• Financial and non-financial reward• Total reward strategy
Who Should AttendThis programme has been specifically designed to provide background in HRM for HR practitioners in all industries, as well as those wishing to extend and update their knowledge in the basics of HRM and Human Resource Development (HRD). The first course is suitable for new entries to the HR profession and the second course focuses on developing some of the themes highlighted in the first course. The second course is most suitable for HR practitioners with two – three years of experience.
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop effective HR Policies and Procedures, based on a
thorough understanding of HRM, and its impact on your organisation
2. Discover the importance of training and development activities and their impact on the bottom line of having the right staff, with the right skills, in the right place at the right time (and at the right cost)
3. Examine the issues around performance management and its implementation to understand its links to organisational performance and the organisation’s bottom line
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
107Email: [email protected]
Certificate in HR Strategy
Course OverviewAn HR Strategy is not just a document or PowerPoint that is presented to the Board and then filed away; it is a vision, roadmap and plan of action to deliver. Attracting and retaining good people is as much a challenge now, in the global recession, as it was during the boom years.
To attract and retain the best, you have to have all the required HR practices and systems in place, you have to develop the right messages and help create a culture that will drive performance and excellence while managing costs. You cannot achieve this by getting just the basic HR systems in place. You need to develop an HR strategy that will be a roadmap for providing employees with the right skills, motivation and attitude to successfully deliver the business objectives.
The course will outline how to develop an HR strategy taking into account both internal and external considerations. It will show you how to develop frameworks on all the key areas of HR and an overall roadmap against which you can develop an implementation and communication plan.
Course Content• Managing HR in challenging times in the Middle East• Role of HR in business• Role of strategy in business• Carrying out an HR audit• Business and cultural drivers• HR strategy framework• Building the HR strategy• Implementing the new HR strategy
Who Should AttendThis course is for you if you are an HR director, manager or practitioner who wants to understand how to develop and deliver an HR strategy that meets business needs.
Benefits of Attending1. Design a business focused HR strategy, business case and
marketing plan 2. Carry out an HR audit and link HR and people needs with
business requirements3. Develop an HR function and identify the HR skills to deliver
the HR strategy4. Explore global best practice and how this can be applied
in the Middle East, and design an implementation and communication plan to roll out the HR strategy
Certificate in Strategic HR: Delivering Business Results
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewThe purpose of the course is to enable HR professionals to align HR and organisational objectives, and create an implementation plan for executing their strategy. This course will enable you to move from theory to practice, allowing you to not only garner an understanding of theoretical concepts but also understand how to apply those concepts.
Through the use of case studies and class exercises, you will learn how to leverage and create a wholly aligned Human Resource strategy and implementation plan for your organisation.
Course Content• Understanding organisational strategy• Overview of organisational strategy• Strategic plan components and processes• Organisational metrics• Formulating an HR strategy• Major steps in creating an HR strategic plan• Talent acquisition• Performance management• Total rewards• Training and development• Talent engagement• Creating and executing an HR implementation plan
Who Should Attend• This course is intended for mid-level HR professionals who
lead or support the development and execution of an HR strategy
• Director-level HR professionals• HR professionals who are involved in (or lead) strategic
planning efforts• HR professionals with five to seven years of successive
levels of experience in the field
Benefits of Attending1. Define and describe organisational strategy2. Recognise the major components of a good organisational
strategy3. Provide real-world examples of what effective organisational
and HR strategies are comprised of4. Create an HR strategy that is linked to your organisational
strategy5. Develop an HR strategy implementation plan to execute your
strategy
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
108 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Developing & Implementing a Dynamic HR Strategy
Course OverviewHuman resources input is key to managing business and recessionary risk; it is the most important function of an organisation in today’s turbulent economy. Organisations need proactive human resource strategies that ensure long-term sustainability.
This comprehensive course provides insight, depth and understanding into the principles, models and frameworks used for developing and implementing an HR strategy that aligns with organisational strategic objectives.
Course Content• Changing times and your HR strategy• Strategic modelling• Strategic analysis• Analysing the environment • Analysing resources and strategic capability • Analysing cultural and stakeholder expectations • Identifying critical success factors • Strategic choice• Identifying strategic options – generic strategies • Identifying strategic options – alternative directions • Evaluating options • Selecting strategy • Strategic implementation• Managing strategic change• Organisational structure and design
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for middle to senior level HR professionals responsible for developing HR strategies, and for contributing to organisational strategy, and who want to develop their repertoire of strategy analysis tools and techniques.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand HR’s role in organisational strategy development
and implementation and ensure that your organisation’s objectives and critical success factors are supported by a comprehensive, proactive HR strategy
2. Ensure your HR strategy is based on a detailed and comprehensive understanding of the environment through sound strategic analysis and considered evaluation of alternatives
3. Successfully implement your HR strategy by managing the strategic change process appropriately
Employee Performance Management Using KPIs
Course OverviewThis intensive training programme will provide both, managers and employees, with the knowledge, skills and best practice techniques for developing, deploying and managing KPIs and setting targets at the employee’s level.
Participants will gain a comprehensive overview and technical background of the KPI mechanism and tools, specifying the types of employee KPIs and their various uses in measuring the progress achieved on individual objectives.
You will learn to recognise good and meaningful KPIs and how to maintain a balanced measurement approach across cost, quality and timeliness or other strategic core categories.
You will have the opportunity to practice using tools for monitoring KPI thresholds throughout the performance year: actual vs. planned, including final interpretation of the employee’s end-of-year performance appraisal ratings.
Course Content• Organisational strategic context• Employee performance management context• Setting SMART objectives for employees• Competency management and measurement• Developing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)• Using KPIs in different performance contexts• Types of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)• Documenting Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)• Setting employee targets• Target setting sources and approach• Setting employee targets
Who Should Attend• Line managers, regardless of their field of expertise,
interested in measuring employee performance by using• HR professionals, such as HR Consultants, HR Managers
or HR Associates will have exposure to a rigorous approach of developing, deploying and managing KPIs for individual performance management
• Corporate professionals from Strategic Planning, Quality Assurance and Business Process Improvement disciplines (who are involved in such a project) will gain the knowledge required in order to understand the steps to be followed in the implementation process of their projects
• Entrepreneurs, analysts and professionals from any field, interested in measuring employee performance, will acquire the knowledge needed to understand how productivity is impacted when appropriate measurement methods are used and how that could help them improve the employee engagement levels within their companies
Benefits of Attending1. Apply best practice techniques in developing KPIs2. Allocate relevant and balanced KPIs for each objective3. Apply KPI thresholds in employee performance reviews
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
109Email: [email protected]
HR Boot Camp: Meeting Business Needs
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewThis is a certificate course introduced by SHRM. It is based on contemporary research and best practices conducted by SHRM globally. It is a generalist programme that focuses on the application of conceptual knowledge in everyday work. It is facilitated by certified SHRM-trained subject matter experts. The aim of the course is for delegates to fully understand the five main domains of HR within the context of a value-added HR model.
Course Content• Overall roles, functions and importance of HR• Understand the screening process and the selection funnel • Enhance turnovers and productivity at optimal costs• Develop an appreciation of stakeholders’ role and interest in
talent acquisition and management• Awareness of critical legal frameworks that affect acquisition• Apply structured analysis to need assessment, learning
objectives, program design and effectiveness assessment• Appreciate the principles of learning styles, human
behaviour, competencies, knowledge, training methods and development planning processes
• Principles of performance and its assessment• Performance Management System (PMS)• Conceptual framework behind compensation, benefit
structures and their application in the overall business
Who Should AttendHR Boot Camp: Meeting Business Needs is designed for HR professionals with two to five years’ supervisory/managerial level experience, typically in sectors like IT, ITES, banking and financial services, telecom, and retail. It is also ideal for those who have managerial roles, which require a high degree of interface with line functions or businesses. Job titles include: HR Manager, HR Business Partner, HR Advisor, HR Supervisor, HR Consultant. Alternatively, Operational Managers moving into HR who have little-to-no formal HR theoretical studies will also benefit from this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the difference between activity-based personnel
versus outcome-based strategic Human Resources, and why outcome-based HR is a global best practice
2. Apply a structured analysis to assess learning needs and objectives, and programme designs to ensure the effectiveness of your learning and development initiatives
3. Build awareness of the basic principles of performance, its assessment and its development
4. Understand employee engagement, its framework and the role of HR and management in engaging employees
HR for Directors & Senior Managers
Course OverviewWell run and well supportive HR is an integral part of a business, making a direct contribution to efficiency and profit. To be on top of the game, your HR needs to have the necessary management information and ready statistics to keep the business informed. Therefore, it is critical for senior management to understand what HR should be doing for the organisation and what the management should be doing to facilitate effective HR.
This exclusive seminar for the C-suite and Senior Management, covers relevant HR topics, providing solutions to questions based around how to polish your organisation’s performance management to improve efficiency and bottom-line profit.
The seminar offers an excellent opportunity to air views, network and exchange ideas on how to truly understand the role of HR and integrate it into the business and operations of your organisation.
Course Content• Open Forum – An opportunity to set out, share and
exchange views about HR in business today• SWOT analysis of HR now• What is HR and what should HR be achieving for your
business?• What do you want to see more of and what do you want to
see less of?• Building your Corporate Brand• Your image is you – Perception is all• What sort of place have you built for your employees to work
in?• Are your employees your best recruiters?• Management’s role and interaction with HR throughout the
life cycle of an employee• Identifying and retaining ‘deliverers’ – 80:20 principle• Additional concerns• Preparing a ‘Way Ahead’ policy
Who Should AttendManagers and Directors who wish to tear away the mystique of HRM and learn how to profit through mutual cooperation with HR.
Managers and Directors who wish to put some reality behind the over used phrase, ’Our people are our most important asset’.
Benefits of Attending1. Integrate HR into your business to contribute to efficiency
and profit2. Learn to use management information available from HR to
your advantage3. Prepare a ‘Way Ahead’ plan to secure a Return on Investment
(ROI) from your HR4. Meet and exchange views and ideas with like-minded
managers
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
110 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
HR Governance
Course OverviewThe course has been designed to address traditional limitations to Human Resource Management (HRM) thinking.
HR Governance is a relatively new organisational practice which is concerned with enabling the HR function to facilitate the achievement of corporate strategic and operational objectives and performance outcomes, including corporate governance objectives, in a structured and systematic way.
Course Content• Human Resource models and governance • Human Resource Management and the ethical organisation• Governance and the role of Human Resource management• Creating corporate codes of conduct• Human resource and compliance• Human Resource management and intellectual capital • Human Resource management and enterprise risk• Human Resource Adaptive Governance Model (HRAGM)
Who Should AttendThe course is designed for middle to senior level HR Executives, Managers and Directors in both public and private sectors. However as a significant management issue, it is also catering for compliance Executives and Managers, Governance Officers and Managers, including Senior Corporate Managers and Official Company Officers, and Company Directors interested in fulfilling their Corporate Governance obligations.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the concept of Human Resource Governance
(HRG) and its contribution to achieving shareholders value2. Investigate strategic models of Human Resource
Management as sources of sustainable corporate strategic advantage
3. Manage the strategic role of Human Resource Management in achieving Corporate Governance performance
The HR Professional
Course OverviewThis course will cover the complete Human Resources Management necessary to support an employee from before joining the organisation until after departure.
• Building an ‘Employer Brand’• Recruitment to include the use of competency-based
interviewing, an overview of psychometric testing and the use of assessment centres
• Placement: Securing the ‘Five Rights’ – Person – Place – Time – Role – Price
• Psychological contract• Managing performance to secure a return on investment in
people• Learning and development• Management of change in HRM• SWOT analysis – ‘HR in the Middle East today’• Knowledge management, winning the ‘Talent War’ and
succession planning• Auditing the effectiveness of HRM• HR’s central role in reward management• There will be case studies concerning; employee suggestion
schemes, building an employer brand and critical analysis of a paper ‘The Management Challenge’ written by the Course Leader.
Course Content• Human Resources in context• Attraction – “Employer Brand’• Recruitment• Placement• Psychological contract• Discipline and grievance• Performance Management (PM)• Learning and development• Reward• Change• Talent management• Self-criticism
Who Should AttendThis programme has been specifically designed to provide a background in Human Resource Management (HRM) for newly appointed HR practitioners from all industries, as well as those wishing to extend and update their knowledge in the basics of HRM and Human Resource Development (HRD).
Benefits of Attending 1. Establish a thorough understanding of Human Resource
Management (HRM) and its impact on your organisation2. Learn how to develop and adopt effective Policies and
Procedures into your organisation3. Discover the importance of training and development and
its impact on your organisation’s bottom line4. Examine performance management and its links with
improving organisational performance5. Participate in practical exercises to apply your learning
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
111Email: [email protected]
Talent Management: The Key to Organisational Success
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewSuccession planning is a key component for business success, enabling an organisation to recover when critical talent is lost. An effective succession plan includes a focus on development, preparing individuals for future opportunities. Systematic tracking is also critical.
This interactive course forms a framework within which HR professionals can create, develop and implement an in-depth succession plan according to their organisation’s current and future needs. This allows the organisation to move from reactive replacement planning to a proactive strategic solution.
Delegates will also learn how monitoring, developing and retaining critical talent creates a positive impact on the bottom line.
Course Outline• Understanding your organisation• Workforce planning• Employment branding• Recruiting• Sourcing and targeting• Interviewing• Evaluation and selection• Onboarding and retention• Metrics• Understand the organisation and succession planning
relationship• Developing and implementing a succession plan
Who Should Attend• Mid to senior-level HR professionals with three to 14 years of
HR experience• HR professionals who need a greater understanding of the
drivers of business performance• HR professionals who want to communicate with business
leaders around financial metrics• HR professionals who support business leaders• HR managers, directors and vice presidents responsible for
working with business leaders
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the importance of a talent acquisition strategy and
where it fits into the overall HR and business strategies2. Recognise the importance and need for workforce planning3. Appreciate the importance of organisational culture and its
impact on talent acquisition4. Develop and implement a talent acquisition strategy5. Define succession planning and ensure that your succession
plans align with and support the broader organisational strategy, goals and objectives
6. Adopt succession planning approaches that meet the specific needs of your organisation
SHRM – Master’s Certificate in Human Resource Management
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Programme OverviewSHRM is proud to launch its globally recognised, real-world, practitioner-based Master’s Certificate in Human Resource Management (HRM) in the Middle East. A comprehensive, experiential HR Certificate programme derived from the same Body of Competency and Knowledge (SHRM BoCK™) used to develop the world-renowned SHRM-CP™ and SHRM-SCP™ professional HR certifications. This Master’s Certificate is uniquely designed: no prerequisites are required, the learner can enter the programme at any time, and there is an option to earn an Associate’s Certificate.
Programme ContentLevel 2 – Strategic Workforce Planning/HRDLevel 4 – Creating a Talent Acquisition Strategy/Succession PlanningLevel 6 – Total Rewards/Employee Engagement and RelationsLevel 8 – Your Role as the HR Business Partner/Strategic HR
Who Should AttendThis comprehensive HR certificate programme is ideally suited for:• HR generalists or HR specialists• Individuals working in HR who lack a formal academic
qualification in business or HR• Individuals considering transitioning into an HR managerial
role • Individuals holding a professional HR or academic
qualification acquired over 5 years ago • Individuals who believe in competency-based, practical, real-
world learning experiences
Benefits of Attending1. Attain an HR qualification issued by the world’s largest HR
association – SHRM2. Earn up to 60 Professional Development Credits (PDCs)
towards SHRM-CP/SHRM-SCP re-certification
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
112 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
SHRM Course 1 – Strategic Workforce Planning/HRD
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Level OverviewThe Strategic Workforce Planning module outlines a comprehensive, step-by-step approach to designing, implementing, administering, and maintaining an effective strategic workforce plan. This module uses a real-world case study capstone lesson to reinforce the learning objectives.
The Human Resource Development module outlines a comprehensive, step-by-step approach to analysing, designing, developing, implementing, evaluating an effective Human Resource Development (HRD) strategy and plan which is also aligned with both career and leadership development.
Level Content • Understanding the need for workforce planning• Creating a business case for workforce planning• Supply and demand analysis• Gap analysis and solution design• Implementation and evaluation• Understanding the organisational connection• Assessing organisational needs• Learning methodologies• Development activities• Career development• Leadership development
Who Should AttendThis comprehensive HR certificate programme is ideally suited for:• HR generalists or HR specialists• Individuals working in HR who lack a formal academic
qualification in business or HR• Individuals considering transitioning into an HR managerial
role • Individuals holding a professional HR or academic
qualification acquired over 5 years ago • Individuals who believe in competency-based, practical, real-
world learning experiences
Benefits of Attending1. Integrate workforce planning into the strategic plan of your
organisation 2. Describe the key steps to developing a strategic workforce
plan, including analysis, forecasting, strategy development and cost modelling
3. Create or refine a framework for your organisation’s workforce planning strategy
4. Assess the Human Resource Development needs in your organisation
5. Describe how your career development strategy links to organisational needs
6. Describe the role of leadership development in your organisation
SHRM Course 2 – Creating a Talent Acquisition Strategy/Succession Planning
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Level OverviewThis level outlines a comprehensive, step-by-step approach to designing, implementing, administering, and maintaining a modern talent management and succession planning system.
Delegates will use a real-world case study capstone lesson to reinforce the learning objectives.
Level Content• Understanding the organisational connection• Creating a staffing plan• Employment branding• Recruiting• Sourcing and targeting• Interviewing• Evaluation and selection• Understanding the organisation and the succession
planning relationship• Developing and implementing a succession plan• Onboarding• Metrics
Who Should AttendThis comprehensive HR certificate programme is ideally suited for:• HR generalists or HR specialists• Individuals working in HR who lack a formal academic
qualification in business or HR• Individuals considering transitioning into an HR managerial
role • Individuals holding a professional HR or academic
qualification acquired over 5 years ago • Individuals who believe in competency-based, practical,
real-world learning experiences
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the importance of talent acquisition and where
it fits into the overall human resources and business strategies
2. Describe how to develop and implement a talent acquisition strategy
3. Identify how to effectively source, interview, and evaluate candidates through interviewing, testing, and background investigations
4. Describe succession planning and how it aligns and supports broader organisational and HR strategies, goals, and objectives
5. Identify current and future organisational needs that are critical for success
HU
MA
N R
ES
OU
RC
ES
113Email: [email protected]
SHRM Course 3 – Total Rewards/Employee Engagement & Relations
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Level OverviewThe Total Rewards module encompasses direct and indirect remuneration approaches that employers use to attract, recognise, and retain workers. You will outline a comprehensive, step-by-step approach to designing, implementing, administering, and maintaining a compensation system.
Employee Engagement solidifies the connection and relations among employee, manager, and the organisation’s mission, vision, values, and goals.
This module will help you enable HR to demonstrate value by understanding and leveraging the employer-employee relationship from both, individual, and organisational perspectives, developing effective strategies to address appropriate expectations for performance and behavior from employees at all levels.
Level Content • Understanding total rewards• Designing a compensation structure• Implementing, administering, and maintaining a
compensation system• Incentive pay• Benefits• The influence of culture on business• Connecting culture and employee engagement• Work-life balance and flexible work arrangements• Ethics and values• Total rewards for critical business needs• Total rewards communication
Who Should Attend• HR generalists or HR specialists• Individuals working in HR who lack a formal academic
qualification in business or HR• Individuals considering transitioning into an HR managerial
role • Individuals holding a professional HR or academic
qualification acquired over 5 years ago • Individuals who believe in competency-based, practical,
real-world learning experiences
Benefits of Attending1. Identify compensation and non-compensation elements of
total rewards2. Define job evaluation and its use to develop internally
equitable compensation systems3. Identify the implications of using salary surveys to ensure
externally equitable and fiscally responsible compensation systems
4. Describe voluntary and involuntary types of benefits and how those are incorporated into a total rewards system
5. Define your engagement HR strategy based on organisational vision and goals
SHRM Course 4 – Your Role as the HR Business Partner/Strategic HR
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Level OverviewDevelop the necessary skills to become an effective HR business partner and maximise the value of HR in your organisation. Explore the positive impact of the HR business partner role and how the use of an HR business partner structure improves HR services across an organisation.
Enable HR to demonstrate value by contributing its perspective and expertise to development of the enterprise strategy, and by developing, implementing, and evaluating an HR strategy aligned with the organisation’s goals, values, and tactics, as defined in the enterprise strategy.
Level Content• Understanding the organisational connection to the HR
business partner role• Developing business and financial acumen• Developing an effective business case• Building the business relationship with effective consulting
skills• Workforce analytics and the Balanced Scorecard• Understanding organisational strategy• Formulating an HR strategy• Creating and executing an HR implementation plan
Who Should AttendThis comprehensive HR certificate programme is ideally suited for:• HR generalists or HR specialists• Individuals working in HR who lack a formal academic
qualification in business or HR• Individuals considering transitioning into an HR managerial
role • Individuals holding a professional HR or academic
qualification acquired over 5 years ago • Individuals who believe in competency-based, practical, real-
world learning experiences
Benefits of Attending1. Identify key leadership skills for HR Business Partners2. Demonstrate business acumen and an understanding of the
financial drivers of company performance3. Align your recommendations with the strategic direction of
the organisation4. Create an HR strategy that is linked to an organisational
strategy, and HR strategy implementation plan in order to execute the strategy
HRCOMPENSATION & BENEFITS
CO
MP
EN
SA
TIO
N &
BE
NE
FIT
S
117
Table of Contents
Certificate in Advanced Compensation & Benefits ................................................................................................................................... 118
Certificate in Compensation & Reward Management .............................................................................................................................. 118
Managing Pay & Incentives for the Sales Force.......................................................................................................................................... 119
Managing Pay for Employees ........................................................................................................................................................................... 119
Responsibilities of the Board & RemCo on Managing Pay ...................................................................................................................120
CO
MP
EN
SA
TIO
N &
BE
NE
FIT
S
118 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Advanced Compensation & Benefits
Course OverviewMany organisations seek new and advanced ways to motivate and retain their top talent and best performers while maintaining control on compensation budgets. This requires new approaches for highly selective compensation practices to balance the short-term need to manage costs and meet growth objectives with the long-term imperative to retain key performers and grow potential talent.
The aim of this advanced course is to enable delegates to get a better understanding of the latest advanced best practice approaches for performance-related-pay and retention plans. You will get practical guidance to achieve better business results through an effective approach to designing pay-for-performance remuneration plans, including both SIPs (Sales Incentive Plans) and LTIPs (Long-Term Incentive Plans).
Course Content• Advanced concepts for Pay-For-Performance (P4P)• Managing performance ratings and performance distribution
curves• Managing the annual merit-pay review process and linking
salary reviews with performance• Retention programmes to retain top performers• Sales Incentive Programmes (SIPs) and schemes• Understanding the different types of sales employees• Managing the risk-reward ratio and understanding employee
motivational psychology• The importance of “build-up” and “pay-out”• Designing scheme rules and terms-sheets for SIPs• Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIPs) and Executive
Compensation• Types of LTIPs (cash or equity, including share-options and
share-gifts)• Understanding the impact of LTIP awards on share dilution
(the 10-10 rule)
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for everyone who requires an in-depth advanced knowledge of working with and managing salary structures and compensation and reward issues, including both HR generalists and Compensation and Benefits (C&B) specialists, and professionals who work in HR at all career levels.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your business performance and employee
effectiveness by implementing advanced compensation and reward systems that attract, retain and motivate staff
2. Discover practical steps to implement advanced compensation techniques for market pay benchmarking, managing pay-for-performance, SIPs (Sales Incentive Plans) and LTIPs (Long-Term Incentive Plans)
3. Develop solutions for your compensation and reward issues and challenges based on practical case studies and interactive course and clinic discussions
Certificate in Compensation & Reward Management
Certificate Partner:: CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewFundamental components of compensation and reward management and HR are grade and basic salary structures, and these are often taken for granted. Rather than make changes, HR and reward professionals try to fit the ever changing needs of their employees into a system that may not have been reviewed for many years.
This course will touch on all areas of compensation and reward management, including grading structures, salary structures and payscales, allowances, pay reviews, bonus and incentive schemes, benefits and non-financial reward opportunities such as recognition and retention schemes.
It will provide delegates with the information and guidance to ensure their salary and grading structure meets business needs, while allowing the company to attract and retain employees in an increasingly competitive market.
Course Content• Defining a pay policy for employee compensation• Matching pay structures to organisational objectives• Developing grading and salary structures• The role of job evaluation and salary surveys• Integrating pay structures with other HR initiatives• Implementing new grading and salary structures• Managing performance and linking pay with performance via
merit pay• The role of variable pay schemes• The role of recognition programmes
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for all everyone who requires an in-depth knowledge of working with, and managing, salary structures and reward issues, including all professionals who work in human resources at all career levels and all specialists who work in compensation and benefits.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your business performance and employee
effectiveness through implementing reward systems that attract, retain and motivate staff
2. Align basic salary structures, grades and reward systems to a business’ objectives and human resources strategy, and discover practical steps to implement a grading system with a basic salary structure and pay scheme or update existing structures
3. Find practical solutions to your own reward issues and challenges through analysis of case studies and interactive course and clinic discussions
CO
MP
EN
SA
TIO
N &
BE
NE
FIT
S
119Email: [email protected]
Managing Pay & Incentives for the Sales Force
Course OverviewWith many markets in the region aiming to invigorate and motivate their sales force, many employers are facing a challenge of aligning compensation and benefits for their sales employees with business and revenue strategies.
The aim of this course is to enable you to get a better understanding of the latest and most effective best practice approaches for managing the pay and incentives for all employees in the sales department. You will receive practical guidance to implement your own plans, and achieve better business results in designing compensation techniques for your employees in sales.
Course Content• The Golden Triangle of Reward Management – jobs, people
and performance, and pay markets• Pay for sales employees• The four ingredients for managing pay and designing
compensation• Defining a pay strategy and pay philosophy• Benchmarking on “total cash package” and on each
component – salary, bonus, allowances, etc.• Knowing when a sales employee is over-paid or under-paid• Sales Incentive Schemes (SIPs), Short-Term Incentive Plans
(STIPs), and bonuses• Managing the risk-reward ratio and understanding employee
motivational psychology• Setting performance targets – the “build-up” stage• Expressing SIPs as a “percentage commission” scheme
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Line Managers who manage employees involved in sales and selling, including Sales Directors and Sales Managers, and professionals in the commercial or sales functions who manage the compensation packages and Sales Incentive Plans (SIPs) for an organisation’s sales force.
This course is also designed for anyone in the Human Resources function responsible for the compensation packages of employees in the sales department, including both HR Generalists and Compensation and Benefits (C&B) Specialists.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your sales and revenue performance and
effectiveness of your sales force by implementing effective compensation and reward systems that attract, retain, motivate and incentivise your sales staff
2. Discover practical steps for implementing a range of advanced compensation techniques including method of market pay benchmarking, managing basic salary and compa-ratios, and tools for designing and managing Sales Incentive Plans (SIPs)
3. Develop solutions for your own compensation and reward issues and challenges for your sales employees based upon practical case studies and interactive course discussions
Managing Pay for Employees
Course OverviewA fundamental part of being a manager is to manage the grades and basic salaries and bonuses of all employees, and these skills are often taken for granted.
The course will touch on all areas of managing pay for employees, covering all aspects of compensation, including grade structures, salary structures and payscales, allowances, pay reviews, and bonus and incentive schemes.
Course Content• Managing jobs and grades• Setting goals and objectives, and understanding KRAs and
KPIs• Understanding the role of Job Evaluations (JEs)• Managing pay and compensation• The four main ingredients for managing compensation• Understanding a pay strategy and pay philosophy• Managing performance and linking pay with performance via
merit-pay• What motivates an employee?• Managing the three pillars of OCD – Objectives,
Competencies, Development• Conducting and managing the annual pay review process• Managing bonuses and incentives• Types of variable pay schemes and current best practice in
variable pay management• Importance of build-up and then pay-out
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for all Line Managers and Supervisors who manage the pay of their employees, and is suitable for all levels of Line Managers ranging from VP/Director down to Manager/Supervisor. This course is suitable for all managers and professionals in all functions and across all departments who have a role to play in managing the compensation packages and bonuses for the employees within an organisation.
This course is also designed for anyone in the Human Resources function responsible for the compensation packages of employees in any department.
Benefits of Attending 1. Attract, retain, motivate and incentivise all categories of your
employees by implementing effective compensation and reward systems
2. Understand grading structures, basic salary levels, bonuses, and rewards, to be able to manage your employees effectively
3. Discover practical steps for implementing a range of advanced compensation techniques including methods of market pay benchmarking, managing basic salary and compa-ratios, and managing bonuses and incentives
CO
MP
EN
SA
TIO
N &
BE
NE
FIT
S
120 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Responsibilities of the Board & RemCo on Managing Pay
Course OverviewThe aim of this interactive seminar is to enable delegates to get a clear understanding of the responsibilities for Board Members and Remuneration Committee Members, and for CEOs and Senior Management when it comes to issues relating to Remuneration.
This seminar will examine in detail the five main areas that the RemCo must scrutinise each year, and will help delegates understand the technical issues that need to be approved, and the pitfalls that need to be avoided. This workshop will give practical guidance to enable delegates to implement their own plans, and achieve better business results through a more effective approach to managing remuneration, including the key five concepts that should be approved each year.
Course Content• Understanding and defining a pay strategy• Understanding pay benchmarking and approving the pay
scales, allowances and benefits• Managing and approving the “Annual Pay Review” and Pay-
for-Performance (P4P)• Managing and approving bonuses and Short-Term Incentive
Plans (STIPs)• Managing and approving Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIPs)
Who Should AttendThis interactive workshop is specifically designed for Chairmen, Board Directors, members of the Remuneration Committee (RemCo), Company Owners, Institutional Shareholders, CEOs , C-Suite Members, Senior Management (HR, Audit, Finance, Compliance and Risk), and all Governance Professionals who are involved with and contributing to the approval of policies and practices relating to Pay, Compensation and Remuneration.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understanding and defining a pay strategy2. Understanding pay benchmarking, and approving pay scales,
allowances and benefits3. Managing and approving the “annual pay review” and
Pay-for-Performance (P4P)4. Managing and approving bonuses and Short-Term Incentive
Plans (STIPs)5. Managing and approving Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIPs)
HRLEARNING & DEVELOPMENT
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
123
Table of Contents
ATD Train the Trainer .........................................................................................................................................................................................124
Certificate in Employee Training & Development ......................................................................................................................................124
Certificate in Learning & Development Coordination .............................................................................................................................125
Certificate in Learning & Development Management ..............................................................................................................................125
Consulting Skills Certificate .............................................................................................................................................................................126
Corporate Coaching Certificate .......................................................................................................................................................................126
Designing Learning Certificate .......................................................................................................................................................................127
Expert CoachTM Program ....................................................................................................................................................................................127
Improving Human Performance Certificate ................................................................................................................................................128
Learning Needs Assessment Certificate .......................................................................................................................................................128
Master TrainerTM Program .................................................................................................................................................................................129
Measuring Return on Investment of Training .............................................................................................................................................129
Preparing for the Certified Professional in Learning & Performance (CPLP) Exam .......................................................................130
Preparing for the Associate Professional in Talent Development (APTD) Exam ...........................................................................130
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
124 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
ATD Train the Trainer
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewGain a practical, how-to overview of the entire training function. Through modelling of the best practices and latest techniques in training delivery, discover the 4Ps of training: Purpose & Assessment, Planning & Preparation, Presentation & Facilitation, and Performance & Evaluation. New trainers will gain a strong foundation in critical training skills and seasoned trainers will be introduced to new approaches for delivering powerful training.
The ATD Train the Trainer content is practical and grounded in the real world, not just academic theory. This program focuses on what happens before, during, and after you deliver training, and what to do if training is not the right solution. With input from ATD›s Competency Study, we identified the competencies required by the most successful practitioners. The Training Certificate Program is aligned with the Training Delivery Area of Expertise in the ATD Competency Model.
Course Content• Opening• Using a training cycle• Purpose and assessment• Planning and preparation• Adult learning principles• Instructional design• Preparing materials, the environment, and yourself• Presentation and facilitation• The four dimensions of training• Preferences for learning• Establishing a positive learning environment• Performance and Evaluation
Who Should AttendThis program is ideal for new trainers or experienced trainers who have not had formal education in training. It is also for those trainers who need a refresher to improve their classroom techniques and methods to transfer learning to work situations.
ATD Education programs are designed primarily for learning professionals – trainers, instructional designers, and organisational development practitioners – but also greatly benefit anyone within an organization who is responsible for developing others, from managers to human resources specialists.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the basics of adult learning theory and how to
prepare for, and facilitate, a training program2. Gain a foundation in conducting a needs assessment,
developing learning objectives, and evaluating the impact of your training initiatives
3. Learn and apply effective training techniques for managing participants, engaging a variety of learning styles, creating an effective positive learning environment, and managing classroom challenges
Certificate in Employee Training & Development
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewEmployee development serves as a crucial component of Human Resource development, a key functional area within the HR body of knowledge. This course provides Human Resource professionals with the knowledge, tools, and resources needed to develop, implement, and evaluate effective employee development programmes. It also helps delegates understand and explain the relationship between organisational culture, strategic vision, and employee development.
The course describes the scope of employee development and its relation with the talent management function. Through this course, delegates will learn how to create a culture that is dedicated to organisational learning and tie their career development strategy to organisational needs. This course will also enable delegates to employ various employee development activities and utilise the ADDIE Model for effective training and development. Through the content and activities, this course focuses on enabling delegates to prepare potential leaders.
Course Content• Understanding your organisation and its relationship to
employee development• Assessing organisational needs• Connecting culture, employee development, and engagement• Learning methodologies• Development activities• Career development• Leadership development
Who Should AttendMid-level HR professionals who:• Are generalists or senior specialists• Typically have three to seven years of HR experience• Manage projects or programmes• Hold a formal title such as, but not limited to, HR Manager,
Generalist or Senior Specialist
Benefits of Attending1. Describe the scope and trends in employee development
and assess the employee development needs in your organisation
2. Describe how your career development strategy links to your organisational needs
3. Apply employee development activities to support development and effective learning methodologies for employee training
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
125Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Learning & Development Coordination
Course OverviewThis course provides the foundation knowledge and skills required to be an effective training coordinator. It introduces delegates to the role of personal and organisation effectiveness, the importance of building relationships and creating a customer-focused function. It also focuses on the need to make sure that the training and development initiatives put in place deliver results and have clear value to the organisation.
The purpose of this four-day programme is to give you the foundation to your current or future role as a Learning and Development Coordinator. Just as with any other profession, there is knowledge that must be based on sound theory, there are skills we need to master and there are behaviours that usefully underpin the work that we do.
Through this programme, participants will identify that knowledge, work on the skills and develop the behaviours that will make them effective.
Course Content• Personal and organisational learning• Core competencies• Performance exploration conversations• Impact of the 70:20:10 model on our work• Tools to support learning needs analysis• Collecting information• Experiential learning• Managing a learning solution• Course administration including: booking venues, course
materials, and attendance
Who Should AttendThis programme has been specifically designed to provide clarity to the learning coordinator’s role. It is appropriate for newly appointed learning professionals, from all industries, and all those wishing to extend and update their knowledge of change management:• Training Officers/Coordinators• Newly appointed Learning Managers• Learning Consultants and Advisors• Personnel and HR Officers/Coordinators
Benefits of Attending1. Recognise the key concepts of both personal and
organisational learning to deliver performance improvements2. Analyse and advise operational managers on how learning
solutions will improve their departmental performance3. Identify the key activities of the learning professional as an
agent of change4. Develop an action plan to develop yourself as a learning
professional5. Analyse learning needs, plan learning solutions, organise
delivery, and control the learning budget
Certificate in Learning & Development Management
Course OverviewIn this workshop, you will work with like-minded people striving to make the learning professional relevant to their organisation. We will link learning to measurable performance improvements and broaden the department offerings beyond formal classroom training. We know that change projects typically fail, not because of the technical planning but because the issues have not been fully understood or the solution has not been accepted universally by people affected by or effecting the change.
Our learning activities are demanding change from the participants so the same rules apply. We therefore need a consulting process that truly analyses the change that is requested to identify the root cause of performance issues, gains buy-in from the stakeholders and provides learning opportunities that are attractive to the learners.
We will use one of the fully integrated models to ensure our activities are aligned with our business needs, that we have success measures in place, to have clarity as to critical knowledge, skills and behaviours required in the workplace and careful design of learning programs that attract learners and sit comfortably within the organisational culture.
Accordingly, the Learning team needs to have a good knowledge of the business and its changing needs, a range of consulting and influencing skills and a good understanding of how, why, where and when people learn best. This program will help you to develop in your role as a learning professional and ensure you have the capability to make positive change in your organisation.
Course Content• Culture and context• Getting the process right• Delivering change through effective relationships• Learning needs analysis• Solution design and delivery• Blended learning• Learning evaluation
Who Should AttendWith a minimum of two years’ experience required in the Learning function, this programme extends the learning away from the coordination role into a consulting role supporting business managers to make positive change.
Benefits of Attending 1. Explore why change programs fail and why a team approach
is required for success2. Use the new Kirkpatrick model to define performance
change, set out learning needs and setting measurement criteria, based on the Return on Expectations model
3. Recognise whether all stakeholders are aligned with the change and what needs to be done to minimise disruption
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
126 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Consulting Skills Certificate
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewAchieving success as a business partner in your organization requires strong consulting skills and relationship building. Through ATD’s practical 5-D Consulting model, learn effective internal consulting skills that will enable you to help your clients achieve their desired outcomes, establish goals, and manage expectations. Guide clients through an instructional design or organisational development project: help them overcome obstacles and resistance, and build your credibility to influence decision-making.
Collaborating in small groups, you’ll follow a case study from start to finish, apply skills to consulting scenarios, solve problems, role-play meetings, try out checklists, and make decisions just as consultants do every day. You’ll leave the program knowing your areas of strength and need, and will have the opportunity to create a personal development plan to become a better consultant.
Course Content• Consulting skills for Training• Assess your consulting competencies• Analysing and framing your competencies• Predict your future: your personal mastery plan• Comparing consulting models• Your consulting credibility• Reaching agreement on expectations• Fundamental design features of feedback• Designing and implementing• Team approach to designing the improvement• Tactics for consultants: coaching clients• Working successfully with external consultants• Continual improvement process
Who Should Attend This program is for professionals who are new to an internal consulting role or want to prepare to assume this role in the future. Experienced learning and development professionals and external consultants who want to sharpen their consulting skills will also benefit. ATD Education programs are designed primarily for learning professionals—trainers, instructional designers, and organisational development practitioners—but also greatly benefit anyone within an organization who is responsible for developing others, from managers to human resources specialists.
Benefits of Attending1. Enhance your consulting skills with tools and techniques and
move from “order taker” to true business partner2. Apply strategies for success, including working across
organisational boundaries, providing feedback to senior leaders, and gaining buy-in
3. Evaluate your skills and identify your developmental needs as a consultant
Corporate Coaching Certificate
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewImprove your clients’ ability to set goals and achieve satisfying results by helping them identify and take advantage of their natural strengths. Learn a model that outlines a coaching process to be used with individuals, teams, or an entire organization, and practice foundational coaching competencies through role plays, group exercises, and case studies.
This three-day course demonstrates the functions of a successful WLP in the role of coach, including using an interactive process to help clients develop more rapidly and produce more satisfying results, and improving others’ ability to set goals, take actions, make better decisions, and make full use of their natural strengths.
This course also covers collecting data, establishing action plans, measuring and tracking results, and planning and managing the coaching program, to meet the specific needs of learning professionals.
Course Content• The Workplace Learning and Performance Professional as
Coach• Building the Foundation• Co-Creating the Partnership• Collecting and Feeding Back Data• Designing and Taking Action• Measuring and Tracking Results• Planning and Managing the Coaching Program
Who Should AttendThe Corporate Coaching Certificate Program is for learning and performance professionals who want to develop successful coaching competencies and skills for use with individuals, teams, or an entire organization. Practitioners new to coaching or those who want to enhance and validate their current coaching skill set will benefit most from attending this program.
Benefits of Attending1. Practice coaching competencies and apply them to coaching
conversations with individuals, teams, or throughout an organization
2. Promote an open, flexible, and confident coaching relationship with clients and establish mutual respect and trust in a safe, supportive environment
3. Demonstrate active listening, ask powerful questions, and use effective dialogue and feedback techniques to provide maximum benefit to clients
4. Design actions and opportunities for on-going learning that will most effectively lead to coaching results
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
127Email: [email protected]
Designing Learning Certificate
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewDiscover all of the tools necessary to develop powerful, bottom-line focused training. Using a human performance improvement approach to instructional design, you will learn best practices for conducting a needs assessment, job/task analysis, and course design and development using templates exclusive to ATD. Leave with a structured step-by-step process that can be immediately applied to the development of your own training programs.
Developed for delegates new to instructional design or for those who want to gain a comprehensive skill set, this is the complete course for designing outcome-based training. The program content is based on key knowledge and actions defined by the ATD Competency Model Area of Expertise for Instructional Design. You will leave knowing how to design a complete program that aligns with your business goals, including participant guides, instructor guides, and other materials. In addition, you will have an opportunity to work on the design and development of your own training program throughout the course.
Course Content• Training needs assessment• Data collection techniques• How people learn• Learning objectives• Selecting learning methods and media• Course and lesson outlines• Basic lesson ingredients• How to create participant and facilitator guides and visual
aids• How to create valid practice exercises, tests, and measures• Implementation• Evaluation
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for practitioners new to the field of instructional system design, or those wanting to apply the latest best practice to their course designs. Participation in the ATD Training Certificate Program is not a prerequisite.
ATD Education programs are designed primarily for learning professionals—trainers, instructional designers, and organisational development practitioners—but also greatly benefit anyone within an organization who is responsible for developing others, from managers to human resources specialists.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain a strong foundation in the needs analysis process to
ensure your training initiatives are aligned with organization goals
2. Develop engaging instructional events that take human memory and learning processes into account
3. Create participant guides, facilitator guides, and supporting materials using templates provided on the course
Expert CoachTM Program
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewThe Expert Coach™ Program covers the key competences of coaching, along with coaching ethics, benefits, dialogue tools, and the business case for coaching. In addition, this program explores professional branding as a coach and coaching across cultures. Grounded in theory and focused on practice and application, this program will help you master your professional capacity for coaching.
This unique, assessment-based program enables you to master the skills required for effective coaching with the guidance of expert facilitators. You’ll benefit from multiple opportunities to practice coaching and receive individualized feedback to reinforce your learning, and gain a toolkit of resources to use immediately back on the job. Proving your ability will earn you the respected title of Expert Coach.
Course Content• Coaching concepts and principles• The coaching scorecard• The client relationship• Creating client buy-in• Importance of ethics• Intentional listening• Powerful questions and talking straight• Data sorting and collecting• Action planning• Measurement and success• Building your brand• Cultural considerations• Transitioning learning into action
Who Should AttendThree years or more experience with coaching or the ATD Coaching Certificate program is highly recommended. Keep in mind the Expert Coach Program is a unique and robust assessment-based program. If you want to strengthen your ability in coaching, but are not interested in committing to the Expert Coach assessment component, the capstone coaching sessions, or the timeframe, then please consider the Coaching Certificate Program instead.
Benefits of Attending1. Connect with a cohort of learning professionals2. Gain access to ATD’s comprehensive guide to coaching3. Receive the industry-recognized certificate, Expert Coach4. Experience multiple practice and feedback opportunities5. Share five recorded coaching conversations and receive
individualized feedback and analysis for your final project6. Take home a robust participant guide with tools, resources,
and templates to use back on the job
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
128 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Improving Human Performance Certificate
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewLearn the three primary principles that underlie Human Performance Improvement (HPI). Understand how contributors from such disciplines as behaviorism, management sciences, organization development, and systems theory have created a systematic approach to solving organisational problems. See how the HPI model unites these principles under a common process, and jumpstart your move to a performance improvement mind-set today.
During the course, experience what it feels like to do performance consulting, see what it takes to manage the change that accompanies solutions, and determine whether you have the core skills it takes to be a performance consultant.
Course Content• The HPI mind-set • Assessing human performance • Where do I go from here• The HPI process • Analysis vs. Evaluation• Models for Analysing human performance
Who Should AttendThe course is designed for seasoned learning professionals in both the private and public sectors of training, workshop learning, human resources, and organization development who are ready to move beyond traditional methods for improving performance.
ATD Education programs are designed primarily for learning professionals—trainers, instructional designers, and organisational development practitioners—but will also greatly benefit anyone within an organization who is responsible for developing others, from managers to human resources specialists.
Benefits of AttendingAt The End Of This Course You Will Be Able To:1. Describe the three principles that underlie Human
Performance Improvement (HPI)2. Explain the relationship between the steps in the HPI process3. Apply analysis models to determine performance gaps and
their root causes4. Describe approaches to evaluate the impact of solutions5. Outline a strategy for addressing the root causes of
performance gaps
Learning Needs Assessment Certificate
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewWhen working on learning and development projects, many immediately race to create course materials and roll out initiatives without upfront analysis of what is driving the need or how to ensure results. They often operate in an “order taker” mode, relying on information from the requestor about content, learner needs, the duration of training, and project completion deadlines. In this highly interactive course, you will learn a systematic approach for conducting your own assessment of the individual and organisational performance needs that drive requests for learning and development solutions.
This three-day instructor-led program helps you to see the importance of conducting a needs assessment at the start of every learning project. We focus on the need to “slow down so you can move fast” to design and deliver effective learning strategies that achieve results.
Course Content• Certificate program introduction• Needs assessment overview• Organisational needs• Performance needs• Performer needs• Potential solutions• Findings and recommendations• Individual interviews, work observations, group interviews,
and surveys• Potential challenges and solutions• Alternatives to formal needs assessment• Building credibility and collaboration
Who Should AttendThis program is for professionals who want to gain a foundational understanding of conducting a needs assessment for training, organisational development, and other organisational projects involving people and processes.
ATD Education programs are designed primarily for Learning Professionals—Trainers, Instructional Designers, and Organisational Development Practitioners—but also greatly benefit anyone within an organization who is responsible for developing others, from Managers to Human Resources Specialists.
Benefits of Attending 1. Align learning solutions with business outcomes to
maximize impact2. Acquire new tools for your talent development toolbox3. Increase your professional competence and confidence to
ensure you are a valued partner to your organization
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
129Email: [email protected]
Master TrainerTM Program
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewThis unique assessment-based certificate program has expert facilitators working closely with you to help you master all aspects of training delivery. With this program, you will identify areas where you excel, and where you have opportunities for growth. You will benefit from collaborative and concrete training, and then be invited to assess your skills and knowledge.
Proving your ability will earn you the respected title of ATD Master Trainer. Become part of this exclusive group today. Be properly prepared as the role of the trainer evolves and more is demanded of your talent and time.
The ATD Master Trainer Program is a unique assessment-based certificate offering that covers the entire process of delivering training, including assessment, preparation, creating a positive learning environment, facilitating learning, and evaluating learning. Grounded in theory and focused on practice and application, this program will develop your professional capacity in this area of expertise.
Course Content• Purpose and assessment• Planning and preparation• Presentation and facilitation• Performance and evaluation• ATD Master Trainer Program Knowledge Test• ATD Master Trainer Program Skill Demonstration
Who Should AttendATD Education programs are designed primarily for learning professionals – trainers, instructional designers, and organisational development practitioners – but also greatly benefit anyone within an organization who is responsible for developing others, from managers to human resources specialists.
ATD strongly recommends participants have at least one to two years of exposure or experience with presenting or training.
Benefits of Attending 1. Industry-recognized certificate—ATD Master Trainer™ 2. Connection to a cohort of learning professionals 3. A complete learning prioritization inventory tracking your
professional growth in delivering training 4. Access to the ATD comprehensive guide to delivering
training 5. Experience with 3-4 practice deliveries 6. A video of your final training delivery with individualized
feedback and analysis 7. A robust participant guide, with tools, resources, and
templates to use back on the job
Measuring Return on Investment of Training
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewIn this certificate program developed by Jack Phillips, you will build the skills needed to develop and deliver effective Return On Investment (ROI) evaluations for learning and performance, organisational development, human resources, technology, change, and quality solutions.
The program emphasizes the Phillips ROI Methodology and participants learn to apply the ROI Process Model – a results-based method for developing application impact objectives, developing data collection plans, collecting various types of hard and soft data, isolating the effects of the program, converting data to monetary values, tabulating appropriate program costs, calculating return-on-investment, and identifying intangible benefits.
Bring in a real-time project to maximize transfer of learning and build your skills with an example relevant to your professional responsibilities.
Course Content• Overview of the ROI model and process• Evaluation planning• The four major categories of hard data• Major categories of soft data• Developing objectives of the solution• Developing evaluation plans and baseline data• Data collection• Collect data during solution implementation• Methods of collecting follow-up data• Improving the response rate for questionnaires• Data analysis• Isolating the effects of the solution• Capturing the costs of the solution• Reporting• Implementation issues• Cost-saving approaches to ROI
Who Should AttendThis program is for anyone in an organization who manages a training function or anyone responsible for determining the impact of learning and change interventions. The program teaches the skills of research and measurement that are necessary to effectively conduct impact analysis studies. This program can be beneficial even for those who have a strong research and measurement background.
Benefits of Attending 1. Deliver effective Return On Investment (ROI) evaluations for
learning and performance2. Use appropriate methods to isolate the effects of programs,
and convert data to monetary values3. Tabulate appropriate program costs and calculate the ROI4. Identify the drivers for ROI accountability and develop an
evaluation plan for one of your own programs
LEA
RN
ING
& D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
130 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Preparing for the Certified Professional in Learning & Performance (CPLP) Exam
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewThis two-day workshop is designed to help participants plan and execute their personal study plan for the CPLP Exam using the ATD Learning System as the primary study tool. During the workshop, participants use the Learning System and a variety of interactive and reflective exercises to determine which of the 10 Areas of Expertise (AOEs) they need to focus on to create their own personal study plan. Participants also review the requirements for the Skills Application Exam (SAE) component of the certification process.
Each course group will have access to an online community for their course and will be enrolled in an ongoing community after the course ends.
Course Content• CPLP Certification, Key Concepts and CPLP Resources• Global mindset• Performance improvement• Business and performance analysis• Instructional design• Learning technologies• Mobile and mobile activity• Gamification• Training delivery• Presentation techniques and tools job aid• Putting your study plan together• Evaluating learning impact• Coaching• Knowledge management• Business process analysis tools and techniques activity• Managing learning programs and integrated talent
management• Change management• Skills Application Exam (SAE)
Who Should AttendTo be eligible and willing to pursue the CPLP certification, professionals must have at least five years of full-time related work experience in the talent development profession or equivalent.
Benefits of Attending1. Create your personalized study plan to better prepare
yourself for the cplp knowledge-based exam and the skills application exam (SAE)
2. Define the core concepts for each AOE in the ATD Competency Model and ATD Learning System (ALS)
3. Refine a personalized study plan, by identifying appropriate resources, to ensure thorough knowledge of each Areas of Expertise (AOE)
4. Apply test-taking strategies for the knowledge exam5. Prepare for the Skills Application Exam (SAE)
Preparing for the Associate Professional in Talent Development (APTD) Exam
Certificate Partner: ATD
Course OverviewThe purpose of this two-day intensive program is to teach you about the content that is covered in the APTD exam and to jump start your studying. In this program, you will take an in-depth approach to the three-primary exam Area of Expertise (AOE), while using the APTD Learning System as your primary study tool.
This interactive workshop includes engaging and reflective exercises to help you identify your knowledge gaps, and create a plan to maximize your preparation time.
Ongoing SupportWe will also explore post-workshop study tips and strategies to help provide you with additional focus and support. Each course group will have access to an online community for their course and will be enrolled in an ongoing community after the course ends.
Course Content• Developing your APTD study schedule and plan• Instructional design • Training delivery• Facilitate informal learning and build learning communities• Facilitation and presentation tools and techniques• Learning technologies• Assessing technology for development• Existing and emerging learning technologies and support
systems• Existing and emerging talent management software
solutions• Existing and emerging technologies that enable knowledge
management• Evaluating learning impact• Analysis methods
Who Should AttendThe Associate Professional in Talent Development (APTD) is a new certification for talent development professionals who are in the early part of their careers or whose professional roles and aspirations are focused on a few areas of expertise. The competencies included in the APTD are the basics of talent development that professionals can use every day, no matter the level within an organization or company.
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the APTD certification timeline and requirements for
completion2. Define the core concepts for each Area of Expertise (AOE) in
the APTD Learning System3. Create a personalized study plan by identifying knowledge
gaps based on content presented for each AOE4. Apply test-taking strategies for the program exam
HRTALENT MANAGEMENT & RECRUITMENT
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
133
Table of Contents
Best Practice Recruitment .................................................................................................................................................................................134
Certificate in Career Development Planning ..............................................................................................................................................134
Certificate in Designing & Leading Induction Programmes ..................................................................................................................135
Certificate in Employee Engagement ...........................................................................................................................................................135
Certificate in Managing Pay & Incentives for the Sales Force ..............................................................................................................136
Certificate in Nationalisation Strategies .....................................................................................................................................................136
Certificate in Performance Management & Performance Appraisals ................................................................................................137
Certificate in Resource Management, Recruitment & Talent Planning .............................................................................................137
Certificate in Succession Planning & Career Development ...................................................................................................................138
Certificate in Talent Acquisition & Succession Planning ......................................................................................................................138
Competency Based Interview & Selection for Hiring Managers ...........................................................................................................139
Diversity & Inclusion Workshop ......................................................................................................................................................................139
Dynamic Interviewing, Recruitment & Appraisal Techniques .............................................................................................................140
Employee Relations .............................................................................................................................................................................................140
Employee Relations Toolkit ............................................................................................................................................................................... 141
Job Analysis & Descriptions, Job Evaluation & Grades ........................................................................................................................... 141
Professional Certificate in Interviewing Skills ..........................................................................................................................................142
Recruitment, Selection & Retention Programme .......................................................................................................................................142
Talent Management: The Key to Organisational Success .....................................................................................................................143
The A – Z of Competency Frameworks .........................................................................................................................................................143
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
134 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Best Practice Recruitment
Course OverviewThe war for talent has never been more important. Hiring the right people is difficult and recruitment mistakes are costly. Learn how to find, attract, and build high-performance teams that will help your company achieve its goals.
Course Content• Alternatives to filling your position – do you really need to
hire? • Practical disciplines when hiring• The candidate’s agenda• Creating internal buy-in• Why you need to get the right people• The importance of creating a recruitment plan• The rules of attraction • Understanding the hiring process• Creating a brilliant brief for yourself and your target• Effective advertising• Social media• Using LinkedIn• Effective headhunting and search• Working with recruiters• Sourcing from alternatives• How to quickly assess against the competencies of the brief• Using psychometric tests• The interview process• Other assessment techniques• Managing the offer process and resignation
Who Should AttendThe course is primarily designed for line managers and HR professionals who wish to find new tools to recruit and retain the people their organisation need to move forward.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand how to recruit efficiently – gain a 360-degree
approach to hiring 2. Learn the rules of attraction – make your business one that
people wish to join3. Understand the process of recruitment – learn the critical
steps to take to ensure a uniform, professional process4. Practice interviewing and assessing correctly – from the
simple interview to full assessment tools and technology that will reduce the risks of failure
Certificate in Career Development Planning
Course OverviewIntroducing a smart career development programme into an organisation can fulfil a variety of functions – the most important of which is to improve the performance of the organisation, which is, of course, a factor of individual performance.
Implementation of the programme encourages staff to make themselves more marketable in the long term, and increases their contribution to the organisation. Succession planning takes career development one step further by preparing those with potential to fill vacancies in key positions, reducing disruption when there are planned and unplanned vacancies.
At this course delegates will discover how to align their organisation’s career development strategy with organisational capabilities.
Course Content• Context for career management and succession planning in
the Middle East• The framework• The basics of career development and career management• Promoting a development culture• Career development: tools and methodologies• Identifying areas for development• Closing the gap: The Individual Career Development Plan
(ICDP)• Integration with talent management• Integration with succession planning• Communicating a career development programme• The development plan• Options for development• Identifying targeted positions
Who Should Attend• HR Directors/Managers/Officers/Specialists• Career Development Analysts/Officers/Specialists/
Coordinators• Organisational Development and Training Managers• Management Development Officers• Career and Succession Planning Managers/Specialists• Quality and Development Managers• Personnel and Administration Managers• Localisation Managers
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop a highly motivated workforce that is involved
in active career development and succession planning initiatives
2. Discover how to identify targeted positions for succession planning
3. Learn how to evaluate alternative approaches and plan carefully to ensure successful implementation
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
135Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Designing & Leading Induction Programmes
Course OverviewThis course will help you get ahead of the market and your competitors.You will learn how to follow recruits through an effective process prior to joining productive integration as part of an effective workforce.
The course will be conducted in a fully professional and supportive atmosphere through workshops and presentations, designed to help you produce your tailored induction programme.
Days 1,2 and 3 will cover the content of effective Induction/On-boarding. Day 4 is a tutored workshop to help you to design your own programme. Delegates are encouraged to bring to the course any existing programmes or pre-joining information from their own organisations.
The Workshop will allow delegates to extend their current programmes or to build a programme from start-up to take away ideas for effective induction to apply in the workplace.
Course Content • Do you have an employer brand?• Current market reputation & corporate culture• Attitude towards Induction• How long does Induction really last?• First eye to eye contact – Interview• Acceptance and offers• Arrival – Briefings• Legal requirements and policies• Performance management• Different joiners• Professionals new to your organization• Building ‘Competitive Advantage’• Workshop – Building your tailored Induction Programme
Who Should Attend• Those with responsibility for the design of Induction and
Onboarding Programmes• Any Line Manager wishing to progress Induction• Specialist HR or ER staff
Benefits of Attending1. Understand what happens prior to staff joining2. Know the approach to making your first impression3. Learn how to build content for an effective induction
programme4. Allocate tasks for, and generate employee engagement5. Build your programme tailored to your organisational needs
Certificate in Employee Engagement
Course OverviewEmployee Engagement is generally seen as a state of being, that brings together concepts of work effort, motivation, organisational commitment and job satisfaction. In simple terms it is about employees ‘going the extra mile’, and feeling valued with passion for work.
While reward can play a role there are a number of other actions that will help employees to be happier, healthier and more fulfilled at work, and as a consequence they will deliver improved business performance. Engaged employees will be stronger advocates of their organisations and help protect the employer from the reputational risks associated with poor service levels or product quality.
This course will provide knowledge, guidelines, templates and case studies to help you develop an engaged workforce and contribute to improved business performance.
Course Content• Employee Engagement in the Middle East• The importance of culture and values, and building an
employer brand• Assessing what employees’ views are• Building the business case for an engagement programme• Building an employee engagement strategy• The role of executives and managers in Engagement• Engaging key stakeholders• Implementing an Engagement programme• Recruit for Engagement• Reward and recognition for Engagement• Learning and development, and Engagement
Who Should Attend• Heads of HR: HR Managers, HR Directors, Vice Presidents• CEOs, General Managers, Managing Directors and• Executive Directors• Compensation and Benefits Managers• Learning and Development Managers
Benefits of Attending 1. Explore Employee Engagement (EE) and its challenges in the
Middle East2. Understand how EE contributes to financial performance3. Build the business case for EE, and develop and implement
an EE strategy4. Convince key stakeholders and gain their buy-in to ensure
successful implementation5. Show how recruitment, reward, and learning and
development can help drive your EE programme
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
136 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Managing Pay & Incentives for the Sales Force
Course OverviewWith many markets in the region aiming to invigorate and motivate their sales force, and gearing up for continued business growth, many employers are facing a challenge of aligning compensation and benefit practices for their sales employees with business and revenue strategies.
The aim of this course is to enable you to get a better understanding of the latest and most effective best practice approaches for managing the pay and incentives for all employees in the sales department. Topics like how to adjust the basic salary payscales (downwards) and the on-target incentive (upwards) and consequently the on-target total cash earnings (upwards), and designing and implementing SIPs (sales incentive plans), will be covered.
Course Content• The golden triangle of reward management – jobs, people
and performance, and pay markets• Pay for sales employees• The four ingredients for managing pay and designing
compensation• Defining a pay strategy and pay philosophy• Benchmarking on “total cash package” and on each
component – salary, bonus, allowances, etc.• Knowing when a sales employee is over-paid or under-paid• Sales Incentive Schemes (SIPs), short-term incentive plans
(STIPs), and bonuses• Setting performance targets – the “build-up” stage• Expressing SIPs as a “percentage commission” scheme
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Line Managers who manage employees involved in sales and selling, including Sales Directors and Sales Managers, and professionals in the commercial or sales functions who have a role to play in managing the compensation packages and Sales Incentive Plans (SIPs) for the sales force within your organisation. This course is also designed for anyone in the Human Resources function responsible for the compensation packages of employees in the sales department, including both HR Generalists and Compensation and Benefits (C&B) Specialists.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your sales and revenue performance and
effectiveness of your sales force by implementing effective compensation and reward systems that attract, retain, motivate and incentivise your sales staff
2. Discover practical steps for implementing a range of advanced compensation techniques including method of market pay benchmarking, managing basic salary and compa-ratios, and tools for designing and managing Sales Incentive Plans (SIPs)
3. Develop solutions for your own compensation and reward issues and challenges for your sales employees based upon practical case studies and interactive course discussions
Certificate in Nationalisation Strategies
Course OverviewThe aim of this course is to enable you to get a better understanding of the latest best practice approaches for managing Nationalisation, and give practical guidance to enable you to implement your own plans for Nationalisation, and achieve better results in your programmes for Nationalisation.
You will gain an in-depth understanding of the core factors that determine the success or failure of Nationalisation programmes. You will come away with a practical action plan that you can deploy within your own organisation, driving results and providing a better return on investment for your Nationals.
Course Content• Situation on Nationalisation in the GCC countries and
differences across the GCC• Trends in public sector versus private sector, and relevant
laws in the GCC• Attraction and recruitment of nationals• Planning career development for Nationals• Reward and employment terms for Nationals• Retention of Nationals• Motivation and performance management of Nationals• Managing daily working life for Nationals• Managing displacements – redundancies of Non-Nationals
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for anyone and everyone who is involved in any way with either “Nationalisation” or “Localisation” in any of the six GCC countries, including UAE (Emiratisation), KSA (Saudisation), Qatar (Qatarisation), Oman (Omanisation), Bahrain (Bahrainisation) and Kuwait (Kuwaitisation). Whilst this course is primarily designed for HR Business Partners, Learning And Development (L&D) Specialists and Compensation And Benefits (C&B) Specialists, it is also suitable for all professionals in the HR function, and indeed from any other functions, if they are actively involved in managing the issues of “Nationalisation”.
Benefits of Attending1. Deliver on your company’s Localisation goals and enhance
your policies for Nationalisation2. Develop solutions for your Nationalisation policies and
practices3. Attract, reward, motivate and retain Nationals through
effective Nationalisation programmes4. Understand key elements of a successful Nationalisation
programme, and common failure factors that hinder it5. Distinguish between the myths and reality in recruitment and
retention of Nationals in the public and private sectors6. Define step-by-step practical plans for achieving
Nationalisation goals, and evaluate your own programmes
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
137Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Performance Management & Performance Appraisals
Course OverviewPerformance ManagementAfter this course you will be able to establish and manage a performance culture, determine Key Results Areas (KRAs), set objectives and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), and establish the right competencies and behaviours for all the roles in your organisation. You will design and define the right performance management system to support your organisation’s goals and business objectives, and encourage the development of each individual employee.
Performance AppraisalIndividual performance appraisals help you manage the performance of each employee in your organisation. However, unless you clearly link a performance appraisal to corporate goals and see it as part of the responsibilities of an effective manager, it can be nothing more than a tick-box paper exercise.
Course Content• Performance Management• (Including Objectives [KRAs, KPIs] and Competencies
[Behaviours])• What is performance management?• Creating a performance culture• Performance based on objectives and goals• Performance Appraisal• (Including Appraisal Forms, Rating Systems and Pay-For-
Performance)• Performance appraisal cycle and planning• Preparing for an appraisal discussion• Key skills in performance appraisal
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for everyone who requires an appreciation or an in-depth knowledge of managing performance and implementing a performance appraisal system underpinned by objectives and competencies as part of an overall performance management approach. This includes HR generalists at all levels of their careers, as well as specialists who focus on performance and compensation and wish to develop their skills in performance management and appraisal.
Benefits of Attending 1. Support business effectiveness by implementing a
best-practice performance management system and performance appraisal process
2. Understand the three critical components of an effective performance management system – setting objectives, measuring competencies and planning development
3. Increase overall business and individual employee performance by developing clear and SMART objectives which communicate to your employees what is expected of them
Certificate in Resource Management, Recruitment & Talent Planning
Course OverviewOrganisational success depends on attracting the right level and mix of skills to meet the ever changing business needs. Talent management starts with planning for and recruiting the right sort of people, with the right skills at the right time. This course will give you the knowledge and skills to ensure the business is able to plan for and attract the best employees in an efficient and cost effective manner.
This course will take you through an effective process for resource management. It will give you experience in recruitment to make sure you select the best people and it will show you how to manage that talent once they have joined the company, from induction to succession planning.
Course Content• Organisation design and resourcing• Strategic importance of resourcing, recruitment and talent
planning• Developing a resource framework and methodology• Recruitment and becoming an Employer of Choice• Utilising employee branding• The recruitment process and the role of HR and managers• Job descriptions, job analysis and establishing the package• Recruitment interview techniques and exercises• Using head hunters, agencies, job boards and social media• Use of online recruitment and developing an online
recruitment strategy• Utilising your company website and social media channels in
recruitment and branding• Completing the recruitment process, references,
employment contracts, administration etc.• Moving from induction to ‘onboarding’• Effective management of the probation period• From induction to ‘onboarding’, how to make an impact on
your new employees• Develop a talent management strategy and framework
Who Should AttendThis course is for you if you are in an HR support role, or looking to become involved in recruitment, selection and resourcing talent.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the factors that affect your organisation’s
resourcing, recruitment and talent management systems and processes
2. Learn strategies to attract talent3. Identify appropriate resourcing and recruitment methods4. Experience carrying out interviews for specific roles5. Understand the importance of effective inductions and how
to move to ‘onboarding’6. Use social media to improve recruitment and on-boarding
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
138 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Succession Planning & Career Development
Course OverviewDevelop an amazing place of work to become an organisation of choice – attract, develop and retain talent whilst safeguarding business continuity. Succession planning has been identified as only done by 7% of the top 500 companies worldwide.
This course will equip you with the knowledge, skillset and tools and techniques for you to implement effective succession planning and career development ensure business continuity while motivating and retaining your talent rather than losing them to your competitors.
Course Content• Write an effective succession plan policy• Identify the impact on HR and organisational processes• Create a comprehensive plan of HR capabilities and values• Identify and analyse current levels of individual competence• Implement a talent development plan that improves and
retains staff with potential• Identify and strengthen the key attributes of the next
generation of leaders• Plan and implement a cost-efficient succession plan• Improve performance management procedures• Produce monitoring data and reports to track staff
development• Recognise talent and match it to your organisational needs• Better engage staff and inspire them to perform and develop• Create a culture that nurtures talent from the outset• Recognise and overcome barriers to development
Who Should AttendThis course has been specifically designed for all leadership and management professionals with an interest in ensuring business continuity and improving performance, motivation and loyalty of employees. It is an essential course for new entrants to the HR and people space, department heads, directors, senior managers and section heads. HR professionals, People Development Officers and Career Development Specialists will also benefit from the outcomes of this course. Benefits of Attending 1. Understand why only 7% of the world’s top organisations
have a credible plan in place to develop their top talent2. Develop an effective process to build a talent management
programme, a succession plan for your organisation’s future3. Create a great place to work through a culture of growth and
development4. Ensure business continuity by planning succession into key
organisational positions and preparing people to step up to leadership roles
5. Attract and retain the top talent you need to meet your organisation’s current and future objectives without spending vast financial resources
6. Build a unique Employer Value Proposition (EVP)
Certificate in Talent Acquisition & Succession Planning
Certificate Partner: SHRM
Course OverviewA highly productive workforce is critical to an organisation’s success. This course provides human resource professionals the concepts and information to be able to develop a talent acquisition strategy that will ultimately attract qualified employees who have the key skills necessary to support the organisation in achieving its goals.
This interactive course forms a framework within which HR professionals can create, develop and implement an in-depth succession plan according to their organisation’s current and future needs.Delegates will also learn how monitoring, developing and retaining critical talent creates a positive impact on the bottom line.
Course Content• Understanding your organisation• Workforce planning• Employment branding• Recruiting• Sourcing and targeting• Interviewing• Evaluation and selection• Onboarding and retention• Metrics• Understanding the organisation and the succession planning
relationship• Developing and implementing a succession plan
Who Should Attend• Mid to senior-level HR professionals with three to 14 years of
HR experience• HR professionals who need a greater understanding of the
drivers of business performance• HR professionals who want to communicate with business
leaders around financial metrics• HR professionals who support business leaders• HR managers, Directors and Vice Presidents responsible for
working with business leaders
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the importance of a talent acquisition strategy and
where it fits into the overall HR and business strategies2. Recognise the importance and need for workforce planning3. Appreciate the importance of organisational culture and its
impact on talent acquisition4. Develop and implement a talent acquisition strategy5. Define succession planning and ensure that your succession
plans align with and support the broader organisational strategy, goals and objectives
6. Identify and retain critical organisational competencies
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
139Email: [email protected]
Competency Based Interview & Selection for Hiring Managers
Course OverviewEffective hiring begins with identifying the qualities of individuals most likely to succeed in the organisation and by defining the results that you require from the role. Competency-based recruitment provides a roadmap and a clear guide to finding the right candidates for your roles. Used by some of the world’s greatest organisations, competency-based recruitment will revolutionise the way you hire. This course will explore how you can take the risk out of hiring, by adopting the idea that past behaviour is a brilliant indicator of future performance.
Course Content• Talent and global talent trends• Adopting a “talent culture”• Getting recruitment right• The recruitment process• The common mistakes in hiring• Competency frameworks• Organisational behaviours• Creating a brilliant brief and job description with
competencies at the core• Getting the right competencies into the brief• Working with hiring managers and the competency
framework• Creating great advertising using competencies• Selection tools • Competency based interviewing and psychometric testing• Interview structure
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for anyone in a position to hire great people. It is designed for middle to senior management and HR/recruitment teams. Some job titles that will benefit from attending include: • Line Leaders and Managers• Team Leaders• HR Recruitment• HR Administration• Recruitment Consultants• Talent Acquisition• Human Resource Managers/Directors
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the qualities and characteristics of individuals most
likely to succeed in your organisation2. Put together a brilliant job description that is relevant,
succinct and a blueprint to hire great people3. Develop a competency framework that will provide a clear
guide to finding the right people4. Identify and verify that the candidates have the right
competencies5. Use competency-based interviewing to design a faultless
interview structure and become an expert interviewer
Diversity & Inclusion Workshop
Course OverviewThe importance placed on workplace diversity and inclusion partly results from the recognition that improved diversity can contribute to an increase in organisational performance and, thus, the differentiation it can provide in competitive markets.
If we truly wish to work in more inclusive teams, with a diverse cross-section of gender and social strata, then we need to take concerted and aligned action. In doing so, we must not only accept collective responsibility, but also individual responsibility for our actions, and acknowledge how and why we unconsciously pass judgement within the workplace.
This brand-new course will provide you with an understanding of concepts, as well as more tangible tools, that you can use within your workforce to increase awareness and create a more balanced working environment for your employees and colleagues.
Course Content• Inequality• “Othering”• Perception • Embracing diversity in the workplace • Organisational culture • Talent acquisition and retention • Inclusive leadership• Building inclusive teams • Implementing solutions • Self-management and coaching
Who Should AttendThis course is primarily designed for people who are responsible for driving a diversity and inclusion agenda for their organisation. This may include, but is not limited to, the following:• Human Resource Professionals• Business Owners• Managers• Supervisors• Any other individual who plays a contributing role within the
culture of their organisation
Benefits of Attending 1. Explore what inequality and unconscious bias look like within
a multicultural workplace2. Learn how to become an inclusive leader and drive change
within the workplace3. Recognise and understand our personal unconscious bias4. Discover how ignoring unconscious bias can negatively
affect productivity and happiness within the Middle Eastern workplace
5. Identify and explore practical, easy-to-implement strategies to support a more balanced workplace
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
140 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Dynamic Interviewing, Recruitment & Appraisal Techniques
Course OverviewBy 2020, employers will need to adjust to the unprecedented challenge of having five generations of employees working together: employees with vastly different interests and life experiences from varied regional and ethnic backgrounds.
Recruiting, developing and motivating such diverse employees will become crucial to your organisation’s success and will depend on the quality of its human resources department.
This course will review all the desirable attributes, qualities and styles to be successful at screening, interviewing, evaluating applicants and employees. You will learn principles and frameworks, dos and don’ts, and explore best practice examples from large organisations. You will have the opportunity to build a screening, interviewing and evaluating portfolio through the various practical workshops that will be undertaken during the course.
Course Content• Attracting top performers• The hidden costs• Profiling the employee of the future• Develop a recruitment plan • Screening• Preparing for the interview • Meeting the applicant• Guidelines on asking difficult questions • Sharing information with the candidate • Ending the interview professionally • Conducting background checks for final candidates • The interview arena• Red flags – discriminatory questions• Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)• Keeping your top performers• Performance appraisals and reviewing performance on the
job• Preparing for the performance discussion
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for HR practitioners and line managers who wish to develop their interviewing skills for staff selection and appraisal, including HR Managers and Directors, HR Officers, Department Heads, Section Heads, Team Leaders and Supervisors.
Benefits of Attending 1. Focus on the critical steps in selection and performance
management interviews to ensure you get the best possible outcome for the organisation
2. Help your employees maximise their job performance to improve team and organisational outcomes
3. Increase the likelihood of higher job satisfaction and reduce turnover rates by making sure you hire the right employee for the job
Employee Relations
Course OverviewLife in the world of work is constantly on the move. To succeed you must move with it or better still, ahead of it. This course will show you how you can win by employing your staff well. You will examine the latest ideas and thinking to equip you for ‘Best Practice ER’.
ER cannot be just about employees. It is the perceptions of employee and employer, of their mutual obligations.
ER covers the employee’s life with you from before he or she is recruited until long after they have left you. Today, right now, you have a reputation! What is that reputation saying about your organisation? Your best recruiters are your employees – BUT – and it is a big but, only if you treat them well. Are they engaged? Are they partners in what you are trying to achieve?
Course Content• Corporate culture and its impact upon ER• Designing supportive ER policies and procedures• Impact of stress upon ER• Impact of managing Human Resource Key Result Areas
(KRAs)• The line managers’ role in ER – we are all HR managers!• Changing perceptions – staff as a revenue centre not a cost
centre• Impact of staff on the bottom-line• Defining competency to use individuals to greatest effect• Securing profit and increased efficiency through innovation• Opening channels for employees’ ideas• Assessing and using the intellectual capital of an
organisation• Motivating staff and managing performance
Who Should AttendThis course is important for all managers with responsibility for staff who wish to understand the latest developments in the field of Employee Relations (ER). Whilst ER is an integral part of HR, this course is not just for HR staff. The importance of high quality ER has a direct impact upon levels of service, profit, standards, business ethics, corporate social responsibility and corporate governance and ER is a topic that should be widely understood throughout each organisation.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your profits2. Create working partnerships3. Engage your employees4. Win line manager support5. Make full use of your Intellectual Capital6. Cut your recruitment costs7. Become an ‘Employer of Choice’8. Retain those who make a positive contribution
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
141Email: [email protected]
Employee Relations Toolkit
Course OverviewThe course will embrace the complete employee experience from initial attraction until after leaving. Employee Relations (ER) does not stand alone. ER must apply to both employee and employer. ER is about mutual obligations in the workplace and it all begins with communication.
Delegates are encouraged to bring their own organisational ER difficulties to the course which can be shared and discussed.
Course Content• Communication• Employer/employee contract• Recruitment• Performance and talent management• Sensitive topics• Employee engagement and inclusion• Health and well-being• Building a plan• Introduction to helpful sources
Who Should AttendThis course is aimed at all managers with responsibility for staff who wish to understand the latest developments in the field of Employee Relations (ER). The importance of high quality ER has a direct impact upon levels of service, profit, standards, business ethics, corporate social responsibility and Corporate Governance. ER needs to be widely understood by all managers and supervisors.
Benefits of Attending1. Improve your reputation and establish a quality employer
brand to become an ‘Employer of Choice’(EoC)2. Significantly reduce your recruitment costs and have
potential employees knock at your door3. Improve productivity and profitability through better
employee relations
Job Analysis & Descriptions, Job Evaluation & Grades
Certificate Partner: ILM/CPD UKCredits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewEstablishing and managing a framework for job analysis, understanding all the roles in an organisation and describing them through job profiles or job descriptions is a component of the HR role. Another is to have a suitable grade and salary structure that supports the needs of the organisation.
This course will provide you with key job analysis tools and provide a detailed familiarisation with job evaluation, including an introduction to the most commonly used best practice approaches.
Course Content• Understanding the main components of job analysis• Establishing a job analysis framework• Using job analysis to understand job roles and
accountabilities• Step-by-step guide to developing job descriptions• Linking job analysis to performance management and
competency libraries• How to communicate results of job analysis to employees• Using job profiles in other areas of HR• The role of job evaluations• Commonly used best practice proprietary systems of job
evaluation in the GCC• Overview of commonly used best-practice proprietary
systems of job evaluations in the GCC
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for everyone who requires an appreciation or an in-depth knowledge of writing job profiles and job descriptions, and/or an understanding of how to implement a job evaluation scheme and develop grade structures. This includes staff in all areas of human resources as well as specialists who focus on compensation and benefits, and reward. Managers from HR, finance, administration and line managers interested in job design and job evaluation and grading will also benefit.
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your business performance and employee
effectiveness by developing clear job profiles, job descriptions and key accountability statements that communicate clearly what is expected of employees and effectively underpin your performance management system
2. Align your grade structures to your organisational objectives and HR strategy, by learning how to implement an effective job evaluation and grading system
3. Discover practical steps which will help you build your new system effectively, taking into consideration the different approaches available and your own organisation’s aims
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
142 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Professional Certificate in Interviewing Skills
Certificate Partner: ILM/CPD UKCredits: 18 CPDs
Course OverviewHiring the right people is difficult and recruitment mistakes are costly. This course shows you how to find, hire and retain the very best.
You will learn the correct way to interview to ensure that you hire the right people, confirm their suitability and leave a great impression of your business.
Course Content• Avoiding mistakes and understanding your end-goals
Ŭ Understanding the hiring process Ŭ The common mistakes interviewers make and how to
avoid them Ŭ The three outcomes of interviewing Ŭ Preparing and planning
• Preparing for interviews Ŭ Setting the scene Ŭ Choosing the right environment Ŭ Respecting the nerves
• The interview itself Ŭ Asking the right questions Ŭ Getting candidates to talk Ŭ Listening skills
• Different types of interviews Ŭ Panel interviews Ŭ Hiring using personality tests Ŭ Using assessment centres Ŭ Close the interview meeting professionally
Who Should AttendThe course is primarily designed for line managers and HR professionals from all sectors and disciplines who wish to learn how to professionally interview.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand how to interview effectively and efficiently2. Learn to ask the right questions to ensure you hire the right
people3. Develop the correct structure and agenda for successful
interviews4. Adopt successful interviewing and assessment procedures
– from the simple interview to full assessment tools and technology that will reduce the risks of failure
Recruitment, Selection & Retention Programme
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThe ILM Endorsed Recruitment, Selection and Retention Programme, has been specifically designed to help you attract, recruit, retain and manage the talent that you need to fulfil your strategic plans.
The programme will address current challenges in recruitment, placement, and retention management. Learn the latest thinking and approaches to pressing issues you are facing and return to your office equipped with the tools you need to implement successful talent management strategies.
Course Content• Aligning our people requirements to business strategy• Attraction and search• Advertising the position• Recruitment and selection – get the right fit• Identifying your requirements – job descriptions and person
specifications• Conducting the interview• Undertaking references• Placement• Retention – keeping our top performers and their knowledge• Identifying attrition rates• Long-term retention strategies• Employee engagement• Proving our success
Who Should AttendThis programme is designed for professionals involved in attracting, recruiting and retaining employees including:• HR Directors/Managers/Officers/Practitioners/Consultants• Senior Personnel Officers• Recruitment and Selection Managers• Recruitment Officers• Training and Development Managers• Line Managers• Executive Directors• Managing Directors• Heads of Departments• Operations Managers
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the importance of retaining staff for the long-
term and getting maximum value from them2. Discover how to achieve best value for money through
adopting precise selection measures, careful placement procedures and by constructing exciting retention initiatives
3. Explore current industry best practice in recruitment, retention and development
4. Develop the key skills that will make you an Employer of Choice (EoC) and win the war for talent
5. Win the necessary support to develop superior recruitment and retention development programmes
TALE
NT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
& R
EC
RU
ITM
EN
T
143Email: [email protected]
Talent Management: The Key to Organisational Success
Course OverviewTalent Management is an organisation’s commitment to recruit, hire, retain, and develop the most talented and superior employees available in the job market. It is rooted in the organisation’s strategy to show where the organisation is headed and how it should architect a workforce for that destination.
This course will approach Talent Management from a strategic vantage point enabling delegates to walk away with the skills needed to become true “workforce architects”.
Course Content• Business acumen and making your business case• Talent leader as human capital consultant• The complexity of change within your organisation and your
industry• Transition from administrator to strategic contributor• Developing a framework and language of HR• The HR leader’s role as an organisational architect• Line management’s role in creating and owning HR strategy• Creating a human and organisational strategy• Strategic Workforce Planning (SWP)• Performance Management (PM), Organisational
development, Employee Relations (ER) and Learning and Development (L&D) through a strategic lens
• The role of talent analytics/metrics in strategic HR• Design the structure of your new HR organisation• Assess and upgrade your HR talent• The future of HR in this new age of strategy
Who Should AttendThis course is designed primarily for those HR executives, and mid to senior-level HR practitioners who desire to enhance their skillset from transactional to strategic. The course is a high-level strategic approach to Human Resources and the organisation.
Benefits of Attending1. Adopt a strategic approach to address the link between
organisational strategy and Talent Management2. Create a world-class talent pool by keeping your key talent
from preying competitors3. Build a business case using enhanced business acumen to
address talent issues4. Develop a succession planning model to manage
organisational risk5. Redesign performance management systems to identify and
nurture high performing employees
The A – Z of Competency Frameworks
Course OverviewHigh-performing organisations recognise that their success depends on the attributes of their talent. These attributes are described as competencies – the various individual skills, abilities, motivators and experience that provide clarity around performance expectations and personal characteristics for employees to successfully perform in their role.
When organisations use a competency-based model to recruit, develop, and promote talent, they consciously align their vision, mission, values and strategic goals to achieving organisational performance.
This training course is designed to equip you with the knowledge, practical skills, understanding and models to be able to effectively design, build and implement a competency framework linked to your talent management system.
Course Content• Introduction to competency and framework models• The consequences of not defining competencies • Preparing a competency framework model• Designing a competency framework model• Creating key behavioural indicators • Competency frameworks in practice
Who Should AttendThis course will benefit a wide range of human resource, management, and training and development professionals who wish to establish a competency-based approach to performance management. The course is also targeted at personnel from the performance and development division, and anyone responsible for managing talent in an organisation and is a strategic partner in the future of Human Resource systems.
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the fundamental components and benefits of an
effective competency framework 2. Acquire the knowledge and skills needed to develop a
robust competency framework from the data analysis to implementation phase
3. Define competencies that outline performance expectations and are aligned with your organisation’s strategic goals
Information Technology
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
147
Table of Contents
Advanced Electronic Document & Records Management (EDRM) .......................................................................................................148
Building Strategic IT Capability .......................................................................................................................................................................148
Business-Driven Strategic IT Planning .........................................................................................................................................................149
Certificate in Business-Aligned IT Strategy ...............................................................................................................................................149
Certified Digital Transformation Practitioner ...........................................................................................................................................150
Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA®) Exam Preparation Course ....................................................................................150
Cloud Computing Foundation Certificate Examination with Business Simulations .................................................................. 151
COBIT 5 ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 151
Cyber Security Certification Bootcamp .........................................................................................................................................................152
Developing a Successful Web Portal Strategy .............................................................................................................................................152
Enterprise Application Integration .................................................................................................................................................................153
Enterprise Architecture in Practice ..............................................................................................................................................................153
Enterprise Content Management ...................................................................................................................................................................154
Essential IT Management ..................................................................................................................................................................................154
Future Technologies Bootcamp .......................................................................................................................................................................155
Implementing Information Management Solutions Using SharePoint 2010 ....................................................................................155
Information Security Management ................................................................................................................................................................156
IT Leadership .........................................................................................................................................................................................................156
IT Management Masterclass .............................................................................................................................................................................157
IT Project Management ......................................................................................................................................................................................157
ITIL® V3 Foundation Certificate .......................................................................................................................................................................158
Management Information Systems (MIS) ....................................................................................................................................................158
Professional Certificate in Business Continuity / Professional Certificate in IT Disaster Recovery ........................................159
Professional Certificate in Electronic Document & Records Management (EDRM) ......................................................................159
Service Level Agreements & IT Contracts .....................................................................................................................................................160
Strategic IT Manager ...........................................................................................................................................................................................160
Strategically Leading Digitisation .................................................................................................................................................................. 161
Systems Design & Analysis ............................................................................................................................................................................... 161
The IT Scorecard ...................................................................................................................................................................................................162
Transforming your IT Division .........................................................................................................................................................................162
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
148 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Advanced Electronic Document & Records Management (EDRM)
Course OverviewMany organisations have embarked on implementing EDRM systems, with varying degrees of success. The Advanced Electronic Document & Records Management (EDRM) course is a must for anyone who has a basic understanding of document and records management and who needs to gain a deeper understanding of some of the techniques and steps involved in designing, implementing and running a document and records management solution, to meet defined business objectives.
This course will provide an in-depth analysis of the key issues and challenges facing those responsible for records and information management in the current business environment. Real-world case studies will be used to illustrate key points for delivering a successful EDRM project which can generate significant business benefits and cost savings.
Course Content• Review of EDRM components, technology, and functionality• Real-world examples showing benefits achieved• Information classification and the capture models for
different types of information• Creating new information electronically• Learn how to safeguard your business from external threats• Learn how to address the challenges of getting users to
change• Learn how to work out potential benefits• User training: the all-important training, re-training, and
refresher-training
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for: those who are responsible for managing documents and records; those involved in planning, developing and implementing an EDRM solution; and those wishing to learn more about how to plan, implement and operate a document and records management solution. In addition, anyone wishing to increase their level of understanding and expertise in document and records management will greatly benefit from this course.
This course will also be valuable for:• Records, Information, Knowledge, Document, Archive,
Information Security, Operations, and Compliance Managers• Administrators and Departmental Managers responsible for
EDRM and EDRM systems• Librarians
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the legal environment and responsibilities that
surround records management2. Use the “Designing and Implementing Recordkeeping
Systems” (DIRKS) methodology in accordance with ISO 15489 (records management standard)
3. Determine how to identify measurable benefits of EDRM and map these to actual project deliverables
4. Learn how the various technology components of an EDRM system interact to provide an overall business solution
Building Strategic IT Capability
Course OverviewThe operating environment in the 2010s is relentless and fast paced, with a very high rate of change caused by external factors such as organisational environmental pressures, technological advances, legal/compliance challenges, and demographic impacts.
This high value-add course will provide you with a strategic approach to using IT as an integrated business capability, using the ITR4TM model to determine the roles that will provide your organisation with a competitive edge, by increasing agility, controlling costs, reducing risk, improving stakeholder satisfaction, and ultimately delivering valuable benefits to your organisation, by managing change proactively.
You will also learn how to adopt a systemic and systematic approach to planning the strategic alignment of IT with your business mission, and connecting the strategic and operational plans, to ensure a ‘joined up’ approach that delivers what your organisation needs to succeed.
Course ContentThe Strategic IT Environment• Governance• Organisational IT maturity
Strategic Management• Strategic planning• Managing environmental turbulence using emergent
strategies• Identifying and managing strategic IT initiatives
Developing the Right Business Architecture• Assessing the business requirements• Realising benefits from IT/IS projects
Strengthening the Organisation• Innovation in strategic IT management• Developing information security strategies• Crisis management
Who Should AttendThis course is primarily for executives/managers within the IT function who need to strengthen their strategic planning and management capabilities. It will also benefit:• IT professionals seeking to broaden their knowledge and
prepare for a management role• Business managers/executives wishing to know more about
strategic IT management and the benefits it delivers
Benefits of Attending1. Integrate IT activities into your strategic business plan,
increasing value delivered2. Use the ITR4TM model to balance the four classic roles of
your IT department and provide your organisation with the IT capability it needs
3. Identify your organisation’s level of IT maturity and assess how to develop it to the optimum level
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
149Email: [email protected]
Business-Driven Strategic IT Planning
Course OverviewThe IT function is subject to pressure from new technology as well as business volatility. These pressures demand better information technology management and planning.
Strategic IT planning helps ensure your organisation’s technology plans are consistent or aligned with its business plans. If effective, strategic IT planning can ensure delivery of IT services that balance cost and efficiency while enabling the business units to meet the competitive demands of the marketplace.
The course offers an approach to plan the fusion of IT with other strategic resources to achieve and sustain leadership. It includes a number of key tasks such as aligning IT with the direction of the business, understanding the role of IT in the business, and implementing a reliable methodology for developing the IT plan. Strategic IT planning is an effective management tool that will help you gain a greater understanding of your organisation’s IT capabilities and define its course for the future.
Course Content• Introduction – the evolving role of IT strategy• Strategy setting in business• Strategic planning management and methodology• Aligning business and IT• Establishing IT strategic direction• Determining business needs• IT goals and objectives• Establishing the IT future• Building the strategic plan
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for CIOs, IT Directors and Senior IT Executives, Corporate and IT Planners, and Senior Business Executives/Strategists who have responsibilities in implementing IT initiatives in their organisation. IT Managers, IT Executives and other senior professionals responsible for strategic IT planning in an organisation will certainly benefit.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the strategic IT planning framework and
formalise and document the IT master plan2. Learn how to progress from business and organisation
analysis to identification of IT opportunities3. Plan the fusion of IT with other strategic resources to
achieve and sustain leadership
Certificate in Business-Aligned IT Strategy
Course OverviewSerious challenges impact our organisations placing a high demand on the business. Information Technology provides the potential to cope with these challenges and further helps to utilise them to your advantage; thereby strengthening your company’s external position. However, a shared agenda by the business and the IT disciplines is essential to cope with these challenges, leading to demands placed on senior managers from both domains.
The main objective of this course is to help both the business and IT departments co-create a shared business improvement agenda. This course will help you understand how a sustainable, strong and agile organisation can only rise on the basis of agreed internal standards, using a shared architectural vision. The course will teach you how to jointly develop such a vision, help you create ownership of the vision, and to get it implemented, combining short-term achievements with longer-term aims; thereby reinforcing and leveraging the unique strengths of your organisation.
Course Content• Successful strategy development • Business governance and IT governance • Business process architecture• Scrutinising the business strategy• Understanding the true nature of IT and IT projects• Overseeing the IT market • Deriving the strategic requirements for IT• Determining your future architecture• Formulating the decision rules for IT• Strategy for IT as an internal supplier• Formulating the organisational requirements for IT• Consolidating conclusions from the gap• Deriving the multi-year strategy implementation roadmap• Organising the IT strategy development project
Who Should AttendFor IT Managers and IT specialists committed to developing a joint business-IT blueprint to improve the strategic contribution of IT (such as CIOs, IT Directors, Heads of CIO Offices, Managers of IT Policy and Architecture, and Enterprise Architects).
Also for Senior Business Managers aiming to take responsibility for business innovation, while using IT as an engine for change. This includes COOs, CFOs, Division Managers, Business Unit Managers, Department Managers, Strategy Managers, and Corporate Strategists.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand what drives true business innovation leadership
and create a joint agenda between IT and business disciplines, for IT-driven business innovation
2. Transform implicit long-term business visions into shared, tangible plans
3. Leverage specialists’ efforts when planning and executing business innovation to maximise their value-add
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
150 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certified Digital Transformation Practitioner
Certificate Partner: CXO Transform
Course OverviewDigital transformation is the mechanism to move to the next level of the corporate evolution, by leveraging the new emerging digital technologies and identifying new digital business models. This ultimately creates new values of products/services, prices, customer experiences and platforms.
Every organisation must adopt the digital transformation to create the market disruption otherwise it will be disrupted by others and, ultimately, might be put out of business.
This pioneering course which will enable you to understand how to create a new digital business model to offer new business values that disrupt the market.
Course Content• The concept of digital transformation• Digital change and digital transformation, and impact on
businesses• New values and new digital business models• The guiding principles of the THRIVE approach• The principal of transformation: why and how to transform• The holistic approach to digital transformation and business
models• Understanding how organisations need to respond• Applying the innovative approach of digital transformation• Applying the value approach of digital transformation• Applying the enterprise approach of digital transformation• The transformation roadmap
Who Should AttendThe education, awareness, skillset and mindset of an organisation’s digital transformation should reach each and every single employee in the company. With this in mind, this programme is primarily designed for Chief Transformation Officers (CTOs), Chief Digital Officers (CDOs), Chief Digital Information Officers (CDIOs), Chief Experience Officers (CXOs), and Chief Information Officers (CIOs) to provide them with the knowledge and tools to implement and manage the transformation across the entire business.
Additionally, Executives, Directors, Managers, and senior level professionals involved in digital transformation and those who are keen to enhance their understanding of the topic will find great value in this course.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the true concept of digital transformation with
all related new emerging digital technologies and the impact on organisations in the digital era
2. Discover the guiding principles of the THRIVE approach to undertake the digital transformation
3. Explore and analyse all new possible digital business models and platforms, with reference to existing examples from a range of industries
4. Learn the transformation roadmap and its detailed 10 phases, including strategy planning and execution
Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA®) Exam Preparation Course
Course OverviewThis course will help you to succeed in the CISA® exam. The course will adhere to ISACA’s content area listing as outlined below.
It will assist your preparation when using ISACA’s CISA Review Manual and Question Database or other learning material through class-room discussions, exercises and thorough review of the exam content.
Course Content• Introduction to the exam, content, survival tips• The IS audit process• Governance and management of IT • IS acquisition, development and maintenance • IS operations, maintenance and support • Protection of information assets
Who Should Attend• Information Systems (IS) auditors, experienced IS-oriented
internal and external auditors, and IS audit/audit/IS risk service experts aiming to demonstrate professionalism by earning the gold standard certification in IS auditing
• IT experts and management involved in IS assurance functions
• Newly appointed IS audit professionals with an IT background
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the requirements for achieving the CISA®
designation2. Review key assurance aspects of IT governance, operation
and security 3. Prepare for the CISA® exam with the right approach and
information
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
151Email: [email protected]
Cloud Computing Foundation Certificate Examination with Business Simulations Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 11 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course provides a balanced approach to learning the business perspectives, the technical perspectives, and adopting, operating and governing the cloud. These concepts are strengthened throughout the course by assignments based on a fictitious company, “PureNRG”.
The Cloud Computing Foundation Certificate Examination with Business Simulations course introduces good practices for the cloud domain, and will enable you to pass the associated foundation exam to achieve the Cloud-Ready Professional® (CRP) certification.
Course ContentThis course contains seven graduated modules:• Module 2 introduces the basic definitions and concepts of
cloud computing• Module 3 discusses the opportunities and challenges that
cloud computing brings to the organisation• Module 4 will explain how techniques apply to each of the
cloud service models• Module 5 contains suggestions for adopting the cloud• The remaining two modules cover operating and governing
cloud computing
Who Should AttendThis course is aimed at IT professionals at different levels and from various organisations, including:• IT support staff• IT Consultants• Specialists (IT, security, infrastructure, services, systems,
test, and others)• Business Process Owners• IT Developers• Service Providers• System Integrators• IT middle management
Benefits of Attending 1. Demonstrate and apply the characteristic of cloud
computing leading to business value2. Identify the organisational capabilities that are relevant for
realising cloud benefits3. Successfully manage the impact and changes of cloud
computing on IT service management
COBIT 5
Course OverviewKnowledge of Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies (COBIT) is critical to management and IT practitioners. The COBIT 5 framework established in 2012, is the foundation for better and aligned IT governance. As security, fairness, and transparency become key to good management, governance needs to move from boardrooms to every corner of the enterprise.
Information is all pervasive and IT is a custodian. The business’s role in IT governance is critical to ensuring the business achieves its goals. COBIT helps to identify and map business goals to IT processes and goals.
Course Content• Overview of COBIT• Five principles of COBIT• Seven enablers of COBIT 5• Systematic governance and management through
interconnected enablers• COBIT 5 enabler dimensions• Implementation guidance• COBIT 5 process capability model and its alignment to ISO
15504
Who Should AttendThis course is essentially meant for IT Managers, technical heads, service delivery and support staff, and Managers responsible for ensuring governance within IT strategic planning and execution. This course will add value to Business Managers who are directly responsible for IT services to run their business.
Benefits of Attending1. Improve the planning, executing, monitoring of IT2. Address the concerns faced by organisations3. Align strategic IT with business4. Monitor IT performance from a business perspective5. Understand IT governance issues and allow the business to
derive value from COBIT 5
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
152 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Cyber Security Certification Bootcamp
Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewSecuring your organisation from those who wish to harm or steal from your business has never been more critical. As the Internet evolves and reaches into more and more of our everyday lives, there are more opportunities for criminals and others to invade our organisations and wreak havoc.
This course provides an intensive, interactive exploration of the potential dangers lurking in the connected world and the methods to protect your organisation from those dangers.
Course Content• Surveying the cyber threat landscape• Security concepts and the security policy• Moving from policy to protection• Security architectures that will prevent or protect• Verifying the protection• Future-proofing the organisation
Who Should Attend• Cyber Security Engineers, Specialists, Analysts, Architects,
Officers, Managers, or Directors• Information (Technology) Security or Business Security:
Personnel, Officers, Engineers, Specialists, Analysts, Architects, Executives, Associates, Consultants, Managers, or Directors
• Systems Administrators, Network Architects or Engineers, (Forensics) Investigators, Auditors, Strategists, Systems Engineers or Integrators, and Technology Evangelists
• Software Developers, Project Managers, General Managers and others involved in the creation, maintenance, or enforcement of the organisational cyber security policy, practices and procedures
• Anyone who needs to understand the implications of cyber security on their technology and overall business operations
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the cyber threats your organisation faces and the
countermeasures against those threats2. Prepare and maintain an effective security policy for your
organisation3. Perform security assessments and audits (using methods
such as penetration testing) of the organisation’s processes, technologies, communications and perimeters to determine the vulnerabilities
4. Review the latest threats (including ransomware) and what your organisation can do to fight them
5. Design security architectures that will protect your organisation and prevent cyber attacks
Developing a Successful Web Portal Strategy
Course OverviewThis course will provide insight into the online business, social networking, collaboration, portal technology and content management for implementing your business strategy on the web. You will be introduced to the concepts of solution conceptualisation and implementation using proven methods that can be used within your organisation to define and launch your strategic e-business and collaboration portals.
The course will provide you with an in-depth overview of essential market assessment methods, technology and associated business management and IT processes.
Course Content• Portal strategy• Business case• Portal framework• Portal lifecycle• Portal technology and components• Portal content management• Programme management• Hosting operations and services• Technology change and risk management• Customer service• Logistics and order fulfilment• Portal performance and marketing• Portal governance process and policies• Regulatory compliance, issues and challenges
Who Should AttendManagers and executives in government and corporate organisations, who need to develop a high competency in portal solutions, development and content management tools, processes and governance.
Non-IT professionals, across all industry sectors associated with e-business, collaboration and content management initiatives and business transformation projects in management capacities.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain insight into your business, web, portals and content
management for implementing your internet channel strategy and unique customer experience
2. Build online brands and implement a successful business strategy and enhance overall customer experience and loyalty
3. Define government to citizen services (e-governance) portal architecture and implementation
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
153Email: [email protected]
Enterprise Application Integration
Course OverviewEnterprise Application Integration (EAI) is the unrestricted sharing of data and business processes among any connected application or data sources in the enterprise. During this course, the different integration approaches, architectures, methods and tools for achieving the degree of business and application integration for competitive business execution will be explained.
The relationship of various integration strategies is presented and an EAI methodology is defined with supporting methods for major EAI steps. Exercises performed at the end of key sections and product demonstrations will provide a head start in framing an effective EAI solution or evaluating your current efforts.
Course Content• Introduction and overview • Enterprise Business Integration (EBI) approach• The enterprise application integration approach• Developing integration strategies• Enterprise segregation – A new issue• Architecture driven integration requirements• The integration project• Data integration techniques• The service oriented architecture approach to integration• Process, logic and workflow integration using the portal
concept • Tool selection and the integration approach
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for IT professionals and supervisors who are responsible for integrating IT, business applications and content.
It will benefit all professionals responsible for business processes and planning, business process analysis, IT projects, IT operations, applications, networks, information systems, business systems, IT architecture, IT infrastructure and IT strategy.
Benefits of Attending 1. Successfully address the challenges of Enterprise
Application Integration (EAI) to generate new business opportunities
2. Integrate mission critical applications to achieve a flexible enterprise
3. Present different integration approaches, architectures, methods and tools to achieve competitive application integration
Enterprise Architecture in Practice
Course OverviewEnterprise Architecture (EA) is the foundation for business support, development, and change (through the management of the business, information, applications, and technology architectures); with its overall object to achieve business efficiency and agility.
This programme doesn’t try to reinvent the idea of business architecture or introduce new notations, but instead it takes tried and tested methods, techniques, tools and the wealth of experience from practitioners from many fields and presents this myriad of information in an informative and practical way. In addition, it attempts to show how an EA practice can be woven into the very fabric of an organisation and that it should not be executed in isolation to other parts of the organisation.
Course Content• Managing complexity• Business environment• The core components of an Enterprise Architecture• An Enterprise Architecture lifecycle• Enterprise Architecture development• Architecture levels, principles, governance, and stakeholders• Business transformation and readiness• Architecture capabilities• Enterprise Architecture and enterprise planning• Initiating an architecture cycle• Business design principles• Business process and methods• Establishing an Enterprise Architecture practice• Architecture frameworks• Reference models; architecture tools, meta-models and
standards
Who Should AttendThis course is open to all professionals, but it particularly welcomes those who:• Are curious about EA and would like to embark on a career in
EA and business architecture• Are part of an architecture practice that is struggling to gain
traction and/or are looking to gain improvements • Are involved in investment and change within their
organisation• Recognise that there is a link between investment decisions
and business architecture• Are involved in the innovation of new products, services or
business propositions• Need a greater appreciation of business architecture
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand what Enterprise Architecture (EA) is, how
it functions, where it should sit in the business, and the architecture development cycle
2. Learn strategies for developing a governance framework (including the development of principles)
3. Be able to contribute effectively to conversations and decisions relating to Enterprise Architecture and the wider business
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
154 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Enterprise Content Management
Course Overview This course provides a more detailed understanding and experience of the major deliverables when implementing an Enterprise Content Management (ECM) solution.
This course takes you through the typical stages of identifying the requirements for, designing and executing an ECM strategy. Course Content• Setting the scene for an ECM solution • Elements of ECM • Examining ECM processes • Designing and implementing an ECM system • Information modelling • Developing a classification scheme • Metadata, tagging and keywords • Design and configuration • ECM governance • Information governance • ISO 9001 document control
Who Should Attend• This course is for: those who are responsible for ECM; those
involved in planning, developing and implementing an ECM solution; and those wishing to learn more about how to plan, implement and operate an ECM solution
• Anyone wishing to increase their level of understanding and expertise in ECM will also benefit from this course
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain the essential skills for designing ECM solutions 2. Identify different components that comprise an ECM solution 3. Achieve the confidence to address your own organisation’s
ECM needs with specific techniques
Essential IT Management
Course OverviewToday, IT management is under considerable pressure to perform. That performance has many facets; not the least which are to deliver services, control costs and protect the IT assets of the enterprise.
The focus in this course is on understanding what has been changing in IT, what the current thinking is and what might happen in the near future that requires attention of today’s IT Managers.
Course Content• IT management today• Management roles in IT• Managing the IT staff• Managing user support• Managing operations• Managing IT infrastructure• IT and its role with the web• Project management• Managing IT change• IT security• IT performance management
Who Should AttendIT Managers, Supervisors, Systems Analysts, Development Managers, business systems teams, and those who want to know what challenges and opportunities IT faces today.
Benefits of Attending 1. Examine ways to measure IT performance and identify the
correct tools for IT performance management2. Develop IT plans which are linked to your organisation’s
business objectives3. Understand how to manage IT change and how to
implement positive IT change into your organisation
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
155Email: [email protected]
Future Technologies Bootcamp
Course OverviewTechnologies are changing our lifestyle and the way we live, communicate, move and do business.
Moreover, the new emerging digital technologies are going to fully transform life and businesses, and it is crucial to be prepared with updated knowledge, skills and mindsets. No matter the industry sector, all organisations must undoubtedly take the initiative of digital transformation empowered by emerging digital technologies before the disruption drives them away from business and behind their competitors.
By attending this unmissable and invigorating bootcamp, attendees will gain key insight into new and future technological trends which are and will continue to shape global business and modern society.
Course Content• Gartner Hype Cycle for Emerging Technologies• Data science• Machine learning• Deep learning• Data analytics• Artificial Intelligence (AI)• Big data• Cloud Computing• 3G, 4G, 5G• Digital twin• Cybersecurity• Internet of Things (IoT)• Smart cities• Blockchain technology (and its impact on technology and
business directions)
Who Should AttendThis bootcamp is a must-attend, hands-on learning opportunity for those who are looking to learn about the emerging and future technological trends which are, and will continue to, shape global businesses and modern society. The bootcamp will greatly benefit the following professionals (among other job titles):• Technology enthusiasts• IT, digital and technology staff, managers and directors• Business managers, directors and owners• C-level executives (including Chief Information Officers, Chief
Technology Officers, Chief Executive Officers, etc.)• Government officials
Additionally, this course has been designed for professionals with interest and passion in technology and its impact on the world.
Benefits of Attending 1. Explore the value of using Big Data technologies, 5G, Cloud
Computing and Cybersecurity2. Explore Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Internet of Things (IoT),
and their impact on business and social life3. Establish a thorough understanding of how Blockchain is
changing the world and its applications in various industries
Implementing Information Management Solutions Using SharePoint 2010
Course OverviewSharePoint 2010 is being widely adopted as the user platform of choice for many organisations. It has established itself as the corporate information vehicle for a wide range of desktop user services, including collaboration, web publishing and information sharing. With SharePoint 2007, Microsoft incorporated records management capabilities for the first time. Microsoft has developed this capability further in SharePoint 2010. Organisations are now beginning to adopt these features to provide their corporate Electronic Document and Records Management (EDRM) solutions. Developing a solid and sustainable information management capability within SharePoint requires careful planning, design and implementation. This course helps guide you through the document and records management features within SharePoint and presents a 12-step method to undertaking information architecture and design.
Course Content• An understanding of the corporate information management
system requirements and options• An overview of Microsoft SharePoint 2007 and 2010• An assessment of the capability of SharePoint to meet
information management requirements• A description of the various versions of SharePoint and a key
comparison of the features• An explanation of Microsoft SharePoint and its record
management capability; what it does and what it does not do• Guidelines for implementing a solution and the key stages to
consider
Who Should Attend• Records and Information Managers who need to know
more about Microsoft SharePoint 2010 to develop records management strategies and systems
• Business and Information Analysts who need to understand how to design solutions using Microsoft SharePoint 2010
• SharePoint Designers/Programmers who need to understand more about information and records management
• ICT Managers who need to implement effective information storage strategies for their Microsoft SharePoint 2010 systems
Benefits of Attending 1. Create more efficient storage structures, avoiding duplication
and thus reducing storage costs2. Increase accessibility of information, enabling staff to be
more productive3. Apply effective lifecycle management, deleting redundant
information both reducing storage costs and improving information searches
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
156 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Information Security Management
Course OverviewThis course encompasses all new developments in the field with focus on threats and risks, compliance and regulations, security frameworks, architecture, effective policies and effective integration of standards and metrics.
Course Content• Cyber threat landscape• Strategic information security response• Security policy• Risk management• Strategic access management• Strategic authentication management• Strategic data integrity management• Strategic availability management• Application lifecycle management• Controls and technology – Working together• Business continuity planning• Incident management and response• Information security strategic management summary
Who Should Attend• Software Developers, Project Managers and others
involved with creating and/or maintaining the information environment for an organisation
• Business and IT Managers and executives who need to understand the implications of security on their technology operations
• Anyone involved in the creation of, maintenance of, or enforcement of the organisational information security policy, practices and procedures
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand information security needs and learn about risk
management essentials2. Recognise standards and best practices in information
security management3. Upgrade and enhance your existing IT security policies,
standards, procedures and guidelines for competitive advantage
4. Manage business continuity as an essential element of information security
5. Identify controls to manage security and be able to measure security management effectiveness
IT Leadership
Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 20 PDUs
Course OverviewIn the current business world, companies are striving for business excellence and even customer excellence. This means that their IT service has to support – and often even fuel – the required transformations of the business.
While today’s world is creating serious challenges for our organisations, Information Technology gives us the potential to cope with these challenges and even to utilise them to our advantage while strengthening our company’s external position on the market. However, this requires a shared agenda by the business and the IT disciplines in our organisations, while placing strong demands on the leadership of senior managers from both domains.
The main objective of this course is to help you understand the requirements of IT leadership, as well as assess and develop your competencies accordingly. It will help you understand how a sustainable, strong and agile organisation is achievable with proper co-operation from the employees.
This course will teach you how to shape behaviour in a way that such co-operation is achieved; hence leveraging the unique strengths of your organisation and contributing to its innovation and actual transformation.
Course Content• The fundamentals• Strategic IT leadership• Leading alignment through the info value chain• Multifaceted IT leadership• Executing IT leadership
Who Should Attend• CIOs, IT Directors, IT Managers, Heads of CIO Office, Strategy
Managers, Managers of IT Policy and Architecture, Enterprise Architects, IT Planners
• Members of the IT Management Team, Systems Development Managers, Managers of Projects, Operations Managers, Infrastructure Managers, Relationship Managers
• Programme Managers, Change Managers, Transformation Managers, Project Managers
• Any other Senior Executives carrying responsibility for orchestrating people’s actions in the delivery of IT and in the creation of business value out of IT
Benefits of Attending 1. Discover how to get your team to embark on a common goal
of creating value from IT2. Acquire the skills to assume leadership of people and
processes throughout the company, to maximise IT value3. Learn how to guide senior management in IT and in the
business towards delivering value of the IT function4. Develop the ability to communicate in an effective manner as
an IT leader
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
157Email: [email protected]
IT Management Masterclass
Course OverviewThe focus of this course is to understand the IT service management approach and to provide IT Managers and IT professionals with the tools and insight needed to fully understand and benefit from emerging technologies from an IT management point of view.
Course Content• Introduction – IT management over time• Management roles in IT• IT management principles• Lifecycle approach of IT services• Service strategy• Service design• Transition• Operation• Cloud computing essentials• Planning and operating• Managing cloud IT
Who Should AttendIT Managers, Supervisors, Business Systems Teams, Systems Analysts, Development Professionals and Managers who want to know what IT faces today.
Benefits of Attending 1. Explain the techniques of IT management and leadership to
govern, manage and control information technology2. Refresh your knowledge of state of the art technology in IT
infrastructures like virtualisation of infrastructures, virtual desktops, Bring Your Own Device (BYOD), corporate app-store and Cloud Computing
3. Understand the key role of the lifecycle principle in IT services based on ITIL 2011
IT Project Management
Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course will enable delegates to take control of scheduling, budgeting and resource allocation. Participants will also explore how to avoid common pitfalls that side-track IT projects. Maximum opportunities will be given to inject their own examples and issues into the course and continually relate the material to their own organisation.
Course Content• The Project management background• The Project Manager and project team assembly• Project leadership, motivation and people skills• Project initialisation process• Project planning process• Project execution process• Project monitoring and controlling processes• Project case studies
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for managers and executives who are directly involved in planning and implementing IT projects or setting up a Project Management Office and those requiring an advance set of IT tools to assist in cost estimation, cost tracking, procurement, contracting, risk assessment and management, quality control and scope verification.
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain a comprehensive understanding of the key processes
of IT project management2. Have a ready set of working templates, forms and checklists
relevant for use in projects3. Create standard project management documentation and
communications, status, resource and budget plans
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
158 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
ITIL® V3 Foundation Certificate
Course OverviewTo be the best IT service provider, you will need to continually strive to:• Improve the quality of your services• Align your service offerings to exactly match your company’s
or customer’s needs• Reduce, or at least maintain, operating costs
The ITIL® (Information Technology Infrastructure Library) framework provides a comprehensive, consistent and coherent set of best practices for IT service management processes, which help us to achieve these objectives, resulting in the achievement of business effectiveness and efficiency.
ITIL® is now the worldwide standard for managing IT service provision, and is fast transforming organisations into ‘best-in-class’ status. ITIL® does not suggest a completely new way of working; it simply provides a framework in which to place existing methods and activities in structured context. The emphasis that is placed on the relationships between the processes ensures that we have effective and efficient communication and co-operation between all areas of the service provider, as well as the business.
Course Content• Best practice in service management• The service lifecycle approach to service management• Service strategy• Service design• Service transition• Service operation• Continual service improvement
Who Should AttendThis course is primarily designed for:• Individuals who require a basic understanding of the ITIL®
framework and wish to know how it may be used to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organisation
• IT professionals such as Service Desk, Technical Support staff, First/Second Line Management, Developers, Analysts and Operational staff
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the ITIL® disciplines, and how they relate to each
other, enabling more effective and efficient delivery of IT services
2. Contribute to the design and implementation of improved methods of working, thus enhancing the efficiency of your operation
3. Learn the importance of close-working relationships, generating increased effectiveness and quality of service provision
4. Recognise how a close collaboration between IT and the overall business leads to customer and provider alignment
5. Achieve a professionally recognised qualification within the IT industry
Management Information Systems (MIS)
Course OverviewDigitising an enterprise is a core approach to designing effective and efficient solutions to business problems. The key idea for digitising the enterprise is systems and systems thinking. A system is an integrated set of elements that accomplish defined objectives. A digitised enterprise is not the same as a digital enterprise. The digitised enterprise is one that extensively uses digitised processes to solve business problems. A digital enterprise is a web based enterprise.
System thinking has driven the understanding of business for many years. At the core of systems thinking is creating a boundary around a number of components of something and then understanding how the components influence and relate to each other. There is no better example of systems than the structure of a typical business. Adding the feedback idea to systems, we get a dynamic and adaptive view of a business; a key need in responding to changes in the environment around the business.
Course Content• MIS – Past and future• Systems theory and practice• Types of systems• Enterprise analysis – Structure and strategy• Business analysis – What should the system do?• Preparing for the business information system• Types of operational systems for digitising your primary
processes• Business performance and reporting systems• Digitised leverage for management• Delivering the solutions• Managing systems• Information economics• Leading the digitising change
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Business Managers and Directors, Business Analysts, IT Heads and Directors, Process Analysts, Systems Analysts, Supervisors, Business Systems Managers, and Managers who want to know how to adapt to today’s changing business environment.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand what a modern, digitised company can look like
and achieve2. Develop the skills to analyse and pitch the potential for your
own company3. Gain from the habits of the most aggressively digitised
companies in the world
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
159Email: [email protected]
Professional Certificate in Business Continuity / Professional Certificate in IT Disaster Recovery
Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewBusiness disruption is increasingly becoming part of an organisation as more of its operations depend on computers and software. The threats are not only external such as natural disasters, pandemics, fire or security breaches, but also internal, such as computer hardware or software failures. The damage could cripple an organisation, suspend operational business processes and disrupt business flows. The result is not only financial loss but also damage to the organisation’s reputation as a reliable provider or business partner.
Business continuity management and disaster recovery are key issues for all industry sectors and are recognised as an integral part of good operational management practice. This course provides an interactive exploration of both business continuity management and IT disaster recovery planning; from risk assessment through to post incident activities.
Course ContentCourse One: Professional Certificate in Business Continuity • Introduction and objectives• Business continuity programme• Risk assessment and management• Business impact analysis• Document business continuity requirements• Business continuity plan• Responding to incidents• Incident response
Course Two: Professional Certificate in IT Disaster Recovery • Why disaster recovery planning?• Disaster recovery considerations• Disaster recovery plans• Test the disaster recovery plan• Responding to the disaster• Getting back to normal
Who Should AttendThese courses are developed for:• Professionals responsible for business continuity and
disaster recovery• Managers, executives and anyone else responsible for the
continued operation of the business regardless of disruption• Personnel in operations, audit, compliance, information
technology, security, risk management, and customer support who may be affected by a business disruption or technical emergency
Benefits of Attending 1. Perform business impact analysis to identify business value
and priorities2. Coordinate risk responses to incidents3. Assess advanced members to reduce risk for the business4. Write, review, and test an effective business continuity plan5. Explore the latest disaster recovery technologies
Professional Certificate in Electronic Document & Records Management (EDRM)
Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewBoth public and private sector organisations need to be aware of the value of the information or knowledge that they hold and its potential. As a result, Records Administrators and Information Managers are faced with more complex systems and processes than ever before. This course provides an introduction to the essentials of EDRM and the required lessons to develop a strategy with implementable techniques and solutions.
This will include covering governance standards such as:• BS 10008 – standard for legal admissibility• ISO 15489 – records management standard• ISO 9001 – quality management standard• MoReq2 – European standard for electronic records
management• DoD – standard for electronic records management• ISO 27001 – information security standard
Course Content• EDRM – what is it, why you need it, and what benefits it can
deliver• Document lifecycle, business processes and document flow• Document capture and capture models; shared folders• Classification and retrieval• Extracting and using document content• Document imaging vs. document management• Interfacing and interoperability• Access and control; audit trails; reports• Word templates vs. eForms• Designing and deploying electronic forms• Document distribution – routing vs. workflow• Workflow and business process modelling• Technology options for EDRMS
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for those involved in information, document or records management and technology, including:• Information Security or Technology Managers• Records/Document Managers• Information Managers• Operations Managers• Compliance Officers/Managers• Knowledge Managers• Business Development Managers • Office Managers and Administrators• Librarians
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn the fundamental concepts, components, legal
obligations and international standards for electronic document and records management systems (EDRMS)
2. Discover how to build a classification structure and implement a records retention schedule
3. Develop an EDRM strategy and avoid pitfalls commonly associated with EDRM, whilst maximising your ROI
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
160 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Service Level Agreements & IT Contracts
Course OverviewA formal Service Level Agreement (SLA) between the user and the provider of the computing service is one of the keystones of today’s IT and telecommunications management. SLAs are as appropriate to in-house computing, communications, development and support activities as they are to commercial or facilities management operations. By embracing the business case of the user, SLAs can help to justify the company’s overall computing requirements, ease capacity planning, justify resources and establish the case for security and disaster recovery planning.
The course starts with a step-by-step guide to helping you design and carry out effective service level agreements in your organisation. Subsequently, the second part will enhance your understanding of IT contracts. This is a unique session covering the pragmatic, contractual, tendering and negotiating aspects of buying IT and computing goods and services.
Course Content• The SLA format and structure• Organisation and legalities• Creating and agreeing an SLA• Deciding on external sourcing• Tendering, response and supplier evaluation• Tactics and behaviour in negotiation• Dealing with providers’ strategies and charging practices• The implementation project – The mechanics• The implementation project – Managing the change
Who Should AttendThis innovative course has been specially designed for:• Those responsible for IT, computing centre management,
data centres, systems management, computer services, operations, communications, network, user support, sales and services management, MIS, information centres, contract management and administration, technical support, help desk and service desk management
• All users and customers of IT and telecommunications services wishing to optimise the value of services they receive from their service providers, hi-tech service vendors, software vendors, hardware vendors, and/or application integrators
• IT Managers new to purchasing and negotiating IT services • Purchasing, Sales and Marketing Managers/Supervisors and
staff taking up such appointments for the first time• The course will also benefit those who have had little
formal training in purchasing and negotiation who wish to consolidate their experience
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the strategic value of SLAs and their role in the
internal and external supply chain2. Learn how to implement an SLA project and explore the
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) required in service measurement
3. Design an SLA format for immediate use in your organisation and discover how to ensure vendor supply services exactly match your needs
Strategic IT Manager
Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 14 PDUs
Course OverviewInformation Technology (IT) has become the core of any business in any industry, and therefore strategy of the business/enterprise should be essentially powered by IT and digital technologies.
With the evolvement of technologies, business models have rapidly changed and transformed. IT strategy is no longer a supportive department as it was considered in the past but the core of the business and the driver behind the business model. Consequently, the enterprise business strategy must be built at the same time with the IT/digital strategy, whilst considering the values the IT and the business models offer to the business, customers and employees with the best competitive advantage. This course will help IT leaders to build and manage their strategic IT plans successfully in the digital economy. Delegates will be introduced to the structures of Enterprise Architecture Management (EAM) and gain guidelines for adopting their own enterprise architecture; whilst leveraging the new digital transformation strategy with new business models enabled by digital technologies (such as Big Data Analytics, Cloud Computing, Artificial Intelligence and Blockchain).
Course Content• Introduction of strategy and IT• Digital transformation• Enterprise Architecture Management (EAM) governance• IT landscape management• Technical standardisation
Who Should Attend• This course has been developed for IT/IS Managers wishing
to develop a rounded perspective on how they can become a more integrated part of their organisation’s strategic planning and execution efforts
• It is also suitable for Managers and professionals in other functions who wish to deepen their understanding of IT/IS management and how it can increase business performance
• People who have attended this course include IT/IS Managers, Vice Presidents, Senior Managers, Programme/Project Managers, Finance Managers and HR Managers
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand business, enterprise, and IT/digital strategies
and their impact on an organisation2. Explore digital transformation and digital technologies, the
disruption created, and the critical needs of transformation3. Define the enterprise architecture framework with best
practice4. Learn about the IT landscape management, its constituents,
organisational change and transformation, and technical standardisation
5. Leverage enterprise architecture management governance and data governance in the digital economy era
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
161Email: [email protected]
Strategically Leading Digitisation
Course OverviewYou might be tempted to think that digitisation is primarily important for the new ‘brickless’, or virtual, companies which solely produce and sell information, and that it’s not so relevant for a traditional business. In fact, large parts of most traditional businesses can, and should be, digitised. The digitised enterprise is one that uses digitised processes to run and manage its business wherever feasible. Routine tasks become automated and use human skills only where these bring unique added value – e.g. to improve, innovate, do creative work, relate to clients, improvise in situations which cannot be foreseen, etc.
The best digitised enterprises will combine digitised components and human activities. The art of doing this is to make sure that each part does what it is best at and that all work together in an effective manner. Process re- engineering through digitisation is the approach to make this all happen.
Course Content• MIS – Past and future• Systems theory and practice• Types of organisational systems• Information systems, types, examples, trends• Business-specific application systems for digitising your
primary processes• The impact of scalable infrastructure and generic application
systems• The impact on your company’s environment by accelerating
innovation• The process of innovating through digitisation• Enterprise analysis – Structure and strategy• Business analysis – What should our system do?• Business intelligence – Digitised leverage for management• Acquiring the system solutions and services• Implementing the system• Managing the system• Information economics• Managing human resistance during digitisation
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Business Managers and Directors, Business Analysts, IT Heads and Directors, CIOs, Process Analysts, Systems Analysts, Supervisors, Business Change Experts, Strategists, business systems teams, and managers who want to know how to utilise modern technology and systems thinking for becoming adaptive to today’s changing business environment.
Benefits of Attending1. Analyse your company’s digitisation potential and the value
that digitisation will create for your organisation2. Understand expectations across the business/IT functions,
and that of the CIO, CTO and the CFO3. Learn how cost-cutting must be combined with modernising
your company for survival
Systems Design & Analysis
Course OverviewSystems analysis is the discipline that transforms business requirements into technical specifications. The System Analyst is the centre of the technical implementation of the solution to business problems. The System Analyst determines how the business solution will be implemented, designing the data and processes that turn the business requirements into a functioning system in production. The System Analyst has a solid technical background and an understanding of the business environment and organisation’s needs.
This highly interactive course helps the System Analyst embrace the technological solutions and relate those solutions to the business requirements. The course presents a variety of analytical and design methods. Delegates will learn the concept and application of each method through exercises and workshops built around a single case study. Delegates will also be introduced to the syntax and format of various diagramming and modelling techniques used to further analyse and design the technical solution.
Course Content• Modelling approaches• Analysis and design considerations• Data modelling concepts• Analysis with data models• Analysis considerations• Process modelling concepts• Data flow diagrams• Behaviour modelling concepts• Use case modelling• Designing with use cases
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for software professionals who lead, manage, execute or control the development of software systems. It will be of immense value to: System Analysts/Officers; Software/Systems Engineers; IT Managers/Specialists; IT Infrastructure Managers/Specialists; IT, Network, and Computer Engineers; IT Solutions Developers; Programmers/Programmer Analysts; Web Developers; Product Managers; Project Managers; Business Analysts; and Team Leaders.
Benefits of Attending 1. Choose and apply the appropriate analysis and modelling
techniques to business and technical problems2. Read and prepare a data model, such as the entity
relationship model or the class diagram3. Identify which process model, either Unified Modelling
Language (UML) or non-UML, is suitable to the problem to be analysed
4. Create and analyse behaviour models such as use cases5. Apply analysis and design techniques to various forms of
software development lifecycles such as linear, iterative and agile
INFO
RM
AT
ION
TE
CH
NO
LOG
Y
162 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
The IT Scorecard
Course OverviewThe adoption of the Balanced Scorecard (BSC) is credited with a revolutionary improvement in business mission achievement. Learn how the IT BSC can demonstrate business-IT alignment and support delivery of corporate strategy.
Course Content• The Balanced Scorecard – Aligning IT with corporate
strategy• Who is using the BSC and why?• The IT balanced scorecard• Why IT is different – Adjusting the BSC for IT• Developing the ICT BSC• IT Balanced Scorecard value metrics• Steps to successful ICT BSC development and
implementation• Cascaded BSC for IT activities• Middle East case studies• BSC reporting• Balanced Scorecard software• Making BSC stick
Who Should Attend• Board/Executive members responsible for ICT• CIOs, MIS, IT, ICT and Computer Service Managers• ICT Operations, Infrastructure, Applications and Customer
Service Managers• ICT Project Managers• Systems Managers• Corporate Strategists• Finance Managers• Auditors
Benefits of Attending 1. Meet governance requirements2. Address increasingly important IT governance needs and
improve business-IT alignment 3. Learn to drive better value from ICT by linking ICT budget to
strategic achievement4. Discover how the ICT BSC can improve productivity,
efficiency and effectiveness
Transforming your IT Division
Course OverviewBusiness Managers are usually not too satisfied about IT performance or about IT transparency. Too often, this leads to adverse reactions such as improperly managed outsourcing actions. These may seem to reduce cost and improve delivery at first sight, but can easily worsen the situation (e.g. damage business flexibility and time to market), while only delivering sub-optimal cost benefits.
Today’s businesses require a more practical, more effective and more aligned IT-improvement. IT itself needs to transform!
This course offers a proven approach by replacing the traditional IT process views with a new paradigm. You will be able to achieve a drastic re-alignment of your IT operations and the business will start to appreciate IT as a strategic partner, instead of just a support and a cost.
This course involves:• Analysing your current position vis-à-vis your internal clients• Collecting the most relevant facts on your performance• Defining improvement requirements, with maximum effect• Selecting best practices, from the confusingly available
variety: COBIT, ITIL, PMP, PRINCE2, CMMI, Scrum, etc.• Planning practical, structural improvements• Achieving quick wins for immediate improvement of your
relationship with the business• Influencing your internal clients (and your boss) to take up
their own role in creating value-add
Course Content• Introductions and activity on your own IT organisation• Understanding your challenges• The information value chain for maximum business value• Assessment and strategy formulation• Organising IT governance• Defining and communicating your IT services• Designing your IT process architecture• Improving your IT processes• Re-designing organisational structure for your IT department• Organising relationship management• Managing the transformation• Developing an action plan• Evaluation
Who Should Attend• CFOs, CIOs and IT Directors, IT Strategists and IT
Governance Consultants• Newly appointed CIOs and IT Managers• Managers of IT Relationship Management, Managers of
Service Management, Change/Transformation Managers and Programme Managers of IT Improvement Programmes
Benefits of Attending1. Reposition your IT department by improving its impact on,
and appreciation by, the business2. Understand what it takes for real IT leadership3. Propagate a self-steering IT organisation, to allow you more
time devoted to strategy development
Leadership & Management
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
165
Table of Contents
7 Habits for Managers® ......................................................................................................................................................................................166
Action Centred Leadership ................................................................................................................................................................................166
Advanced Business Communications ...........................................................................................................................................................167
Advanced Presentations & Public Speaking ................................................................................................................................................167
Certificate in Leadership Effectiveness for Managers ...........................................................................................................................168
Emotional Intelligence Masterclass ...............................................................................................................................................................168
Employee Engagement for Managers & Leaders ......................................................................................................................................169
Employee Performance Management Using KPIs .....................................................................................................................................169
Financial & Strategic Leadership ..................................................................................................................................................................170
First Line Management Skills .........................................................................................................................................................................170
From Technical Professional to Manager & Leader ................................................................................................................................... 171
Function Leadership ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 171
High Performance Leadership for New Managers ....................................................................................................................................172
Influencing & Persuasion Skills ......................................................................................................................................................................172
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors .............................................................................................................................................173
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Internal Audit Leadership .......................................................................................173
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Organisational Leadership.......................................................................................174
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Ethical Leadership ......................................................................................................174
Leadership in Action .........................................................................................................................................................................................175
Leadership Skills for the Public Sector ........................................................................................................................................................175
Management Skills for Middle Managers ..................................................................................................................................................176
Management Skills for New Managers ......................................................................................................................................................176
People Management Skills ...............................................................................................................................................................................177
Performance Development ...............................................................................................................................................................................177
Self Leadership .....................................................................................................................................................................................................178
Strategic Direction & Leadership ...................................................................................................................................................................178
Strategic Leadership ...........................................................................................................................................................................................179
Strategic People & Business Leadership ......................................................................................................................................................179
Supervisory Skills ................................................................................................................................................................................................180
Team Leadership ..................................................................................................................................................................................................180
Team Leading ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 181
Women’s Leadership Development Programme......................................................................................................................................... 181
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
166 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
7 Habits for Managers®
Certificate Partner: FranklinCovey Middle East
Course OverviewSuccessfully leading a team takes a unique and different set of skills than those of an individual contributor. It’s hard to be a good boss! Many Leaders and Managers have been promoted due to their individual competence, but struggle when it comes to leading and managing people. When Managers fail, it is usually because they were unable to achieve important results.
That failure typically stems from two causes:• They manage others before managing themselves• They manage people instead of letting them manage
themselves against shared expectations
The 7 Habits for Managers® course equips Team Leaders to address these basic issues and improve how they achieve sustainable results through and with others. This solution distinctly focuses on who a Manager IS, not just what they DO. Its uniqueness is the lens of the 7 Habits framework – and the way it applies new mindsets, skills, and tools towards becoming a great Leader who can consistently deliver results.
Course Content• Introduction• Managing yourself• Habit 1: Be proactive®
• Habit 2: Begin with the end in mind®
• Habit 3: Put first things first®
• Leading others• Habit 4: Think win-win®
• Habit 5: Seek first to understand, then to be understood®
• Habit 6: Synergise®
• Unleashing potential• Habit 7: Sharpen the saw®
• Conclusion
Who Should AttendWhether Leaders have been in their roles for some time, are brand new, or are emerging Leaders, this programme will enable them to effectively lead and manage their teams.
Benefits of Attending 1. Achieve extraordinary results by consistently executing
their R & I (resourcefulness and initiative) to break through barriers
2. Develop an “outcome-oriented” mindset in every activity they engage in – projects, meetings, presentations, contributions, etc.
3. Eliminate energy and time-wasting tendencies by focusing and executing on the team’s Wildly Important Goals with a weekly planning cadence
4. Lead teams that are motivated to perform superbly through a shared expectation and accountability process
5. Create an atmosphere of candid and helpful give-and-take by taking the time to fully understand issues and giving candid and accurate feedback
6. Demonstrate innovative problem solving by seeking out differences and new and better alternatives
7. Tap into the highest and best contribution of everyone on a team by unleashing the total strength, passion, capability, and spirit of each individual
Action Centred Leadership
Course OverviewMany leadership training courses focus on teaching the ‘process of leading’ and often, therefore, fail to deliver; why? Because Leaders can’t be trained, what we must acknowledge is that anyone – no matter their role, status, education, charisma, or any other personal characteristics – can show leadership. Therefore, we must focus on developing leadership competencies if we wish to grow great Leaders.
This is the beauty of the Action Centred Leadership (ACL) development programme: it is designed to help support the development of leadership capabilities; not train Leaders.
The ACL programme, while acknowledging that in any human endeavour there is an overall aim – the vision or the idea, which means a result or a task must be delivered – people won’t engage in an endeavour that has no meaningful purpose. The programme also acknowledges that the result needs to be achieved through people; for great Leaders, that means two things: build a team and develop the individual.
Course Content• The development of Action Centred Leadership• Exploring our current understanding of leadership• Contrasting the roles of Leader and Manager• Considering the impact of the qualities approach to
understanding leadership• Considering the impact of the functional approach to
understanding leadership• Exploring the contribution of team members• The fundamental approach of Action Centred Leadership:
Taking best practice from the qualities – the situational and functional approach
• The functions of leadership – Coaching• The functions of leadership – Feedback• The functions of leadership – Improvement• Job design and how that helps to motivate people at work• The decision-making process of an effective Leader• How effective Leaders engage with their people and become
a role model• Putting it all together• Knowledge and skills transfer to the workplace
Who Should AttendEveryone whose role requires him or her to take responsibility for achieving a result through a team of people. This includes: Senior Executives, Middle Managers, First Line Managers, Team Leaders, Supervisors, Superintendents and Functional Managers, at all levels in all sectors.
Benefits of Attending 1. Outline an analysis of your personal strengths and areas for
development2. Demonstrate an ability to recognise the needs of a situation
and the leadership actions that can lead to success3. Demonstrate an ability to deploy leadership techniques that
enable individuals to contribute fully to delivering the team’s task
4. Apply the course teachings immediately and effectively in the workplace
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
167Email: [email protected]
Advanced Business Communications
Course OverviewThe skills used by professionals who attend this course can be used in every business situation you can think of. Use the advanced communication skills that specialists employ and increase your chances of success in all of your business interactions.
In the Advanced Business Communications Masterclass, you will develop your skill set and the ability to shift from ‘unconscious competence’ to ‘conscious excellence’ whenever you need a result.
Course Content• Breaking down the myths of communication• Conversation encouragers• Communication/conversation rules• Social rules• Learning the core skills used by great communicators• Listening – The first part of great communication• The power of language and effective questioning – The
second part of great communication• Preparation and planning• Communications Clinic – Your challenges diagnosed and
treated
Who Should AttendThis advanced skills development masterclass is designed for people who want to dramatically improve their workplace communication, taking it to a level they didn’t know existed. It will benefit everyone involved in negotiations, interviewing, managing staff and selling. The core communication skills that you will learn can be applied in any situation.
Benefits of Attending1. Increase your interpersonal effectiveness in every business
situation by using advanced communication skills that build trust and rapport
2. Deepen your understanding of your customers’ needs and achieve improved business results by discovering powerful listening and language skills which uncover people’s underlying values and beliefs
3. Get the results you want every time you negotiate, interview, manage staff or sell, through deep understanding of the other party’s needs
4. Increase employee engagement by improving your communication skills and learn how to deal effectively with the full range of staff management situations – both formal and informal
Advanced Presentations & Public Speaking
Course OverviewAs a professional in your field, you have excellent ideas and plans. However, their success is often dependent on how well you can communicate them to others to get their commitment. It isn’t ‘what you say’ but ‘the way in which you say it’ which makes people respond to you.
This course will provide with the cutting-edge that you need to enhance your skills and bring out your talents for presenting so you are able to build a strong profile and get a favourable response from your audience.
Course Content• Lifting our personal barriers to success • Communication at its best – Main principles, tools and
techniques• Managing content• Managing the presentation media • Designing and building the presentation session – Structure• Managing yourself – The presenter• Managing the audience• Handling objections and questions constructively and
confidently
Who Should Attend• Sales and Marketing Managers – for engaging the
customers and wider external audience• Finance Managers – communicating results, tough
decisions, proposals and processes• Operations Managers/Business Unit Managers – for
strategy and better ways to succeed• All Managers to convince internally and externally for
business growth and agreement to action
Benefits of Attending 1. Captivate people and generate positive responses from them2. Understand your own communication strengths, and
enhance them using tools and techniques for stronger communication
3. Unleash the natural power of your voice and expressions to manage objections and questions reassuringly and confidently
4. Structure and design presentations to gain comfort, confidence and efficiency in your communication
5. Identify your improvement areas and work on them to overcome your challenges
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
168 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Leadership Effectiveness for Managers
Course OverviewThe course will focus on supervision and management skills – from self-management to recruitment, performance management, effective communication, the basics of project management and finance, building effective teams, strategic customer service and conflict resolution. It is a course dedicated to building a solid foundation for your development and equipping you with tools and techniques to supervise and manage your team effectively and thus contributing to your organisation’s goals.
Course Content• Knowing yourself• Managerial leadership• Recruitment, selection and retention• Emotional Intelligence• Effective communication – Is it just ‘common sense’?• Performance management• Building effective high performance teams• Introduction to project management• Introduction to financial management • Managing in a customer-centric organisation• Problem-solving and decision-making• Change management• Conflict resolution• Action planning
Who Should AttendLine Managers, Supervisors, Team Leaders, Project Leaders, Shift Leaders, Trainee Managers, Assistant Managers and any Executives without formal management training will benefit from this course.
Benefits of Attending 1. Recognise, harness, direct and develop your skills to
successfully establish the groundwork for you to take on future middle and senior management roles
2. Learn about yourself, how you interact with and manage others, and gain a broad perspective of the imperatives of your organisation
3. Discover how to step up to the next challenge in a positive, proactive way
Emotional Intelligence Masterclass
Course OverviewTop performers are distinguished by a unique characteristic; they can maintain emotional balance, even in incredibly stressful situations. This allows them to constantly rise above challenges, achieve results, and manage complex situations, especially under pressure.
Still, many professionals are unaware of the stress building up because of constant and growing challenges. These individuals are often highly talented, experienced and knowledgeable, but as they rise higher in their careers, their stress levels and emotional drain also rise, eventually affecting their work, decision-making, creativity, productivity and relationship with others. In this course, award-winning Master Trainer and Master Hypnotherapist Basem Al Attar will help you take responsibility for your emotional wellbeing, will balance your stress levels, and will empower you to influence others positively so you and your team can perform at your best.
It’s this combination of self-management and positive social influence – or Emotional Intelligence – that allows you to develop and grow into an effective, trusted and influential leader and that’s why Emotional Intelligence is one of the most important skills required for personal and professional success.
Course Content• Understanding emotions• Developing Emotional Intelligence• Learning to relax• Lifestyle Changes that will help balance your life and remove
unwanted stress• State management skills• Social Intelligence and adopting diverse perceptions• Developing an inspiring vision for the future
Who Should AttendThis essential course will be of value to all professionals aiming to maximise their performance and utilise their talents through the effective management of their emotional wellbeing. Furthermore, those working in challenging or stressful environments will develop the skills required to optimise their performance, while maintaining a positive outlook and collaborative relationships. Managers and Team Leaders are especially required to master Emotional Intelligence to ensure homogeneity and productivity among their team members, and are advised to attend this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the impact of emotions on our behaviour and
decisions2. Recognise disabling beliefs and negative emotions that may
hold you back3. Develop a more positive and practical approach to problem-
solving4. Learn to handle stressful confrontations and challenges5. Inspire trust, respect and cooperation to achieve results
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
169Email: [email protected]
Employee Engagement for Managers & Leaders
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewMany organisations in the UAE are becoming mindful of performance and are implementing KPIs and monitoring and measuring performance to get ahead of the competition coming into the region. However, it is important that Managers and Leaders have the motivational and coaching skills to engage the workforce in such a way that can make the day job meaningful and purposeful for the employees.
This course provides a full understanding of employee engagement theory and practice, and focuses on how to launch projects and programmes throughout your business to bring about a change in behaviours. We will look extensively at coaching as a change management intervention and how to have regular performance discussions that enable individuals to achieve their goals and deliver results.
Managers and Leaders are also responsible for implementing change in an emotionally intelligent way so that people feel both supported and challenged to think and behave in a new way. This course provides the skills to go away and create employee engagement initiatives across your organisation, as well a framework for coaching conversations, so that you can become an agent of change and inspire new ways of working.
We will also look at how to sustain change and how Leaders can monitor, measure and ensure that change is embedded long term within your organisation.
Course Content• Introduction to performance management • Managing and motivating through change• What is employee engagement?• Performance management strategy for teams and
individuals • High impact 1-2-1 • Coaching: Make it a habit!• Coaching as a change management intervention • Engaging across departments to influence culture • Talent management • Sustaining engagement strategies • Review
Who Should AttendThis course is for Managers and Leaders working in an organisation that is going through change and for those who want to inspire their workforce. This course is also ideal for all members of the HR profession who are looking to implement engagement techniques.
Benefits of Attending 1. Successfully implement performance management tools to
get results 2. Conduct regular performance discussions to influence
behaviours 3. Understand employee engagement theory and case studies 4. Coach with Emotional Intelligence
Employee Performance Management Using KPIs
Course OverviewThis intensive training programme will provide both managers and employees with the knowledge, skills and best practice techniques for developing, deploying and managing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and setting targets at the employee’s level.
Participants will gain a comprehensive overview and technical background of the KPI mechanism and tools, specifying the types of employee KPIs and their various uses in measuring the progress achieved on individual objectives. You will learn to recognise good and meaningful KPIs and how to maintain a balanced measurement approach across cost, quality and timeliness or other strategic core categories.
You will have the opportunity to practise using tools for monitoring KPI thresholds throughout the performance year: actual vs. planned, including final interpretation of employees’ end-of-year performance appraisal ratings.
Course Content• Organisational strategic context• Employee performance management context• Setting SMART objectives for employees• Developing KPIs• Types of KPIs• Documenting KPIs• Setting employee targets• Target setting sources and approach• Setting employee targets
Who Should Attend• Line Managers, regardless of their field of expertise,
interested in measuring employee performance by using KPIs will find great value in having a structured approach to the implementation of a KPI mechanism, as well as best practice in the field
• HR professionals, such as HR Consultants, HR Managers or HR Associates will have exposure to a rigorous approach of developing, deploying and managing KPIs for individual performance management
• Corporate professionals from Strategic Planning, Quality Assurance and Business Process Improvement disciplines (who are involved in such a project) will gain the knowledge required in order to understand the steps to be followed in the implementation process of their projects
• Entrepreneurs, analysts and professionals from any field, interested in measuring employee performance, will acquire the knowledge needed to understand how productivity is impacted when appropriate measurement methods are used and how that could help them improve the employee engagement levels within their companies
Benefits of Attending1. Analyse strategic organisational alignment for goals
cascading2. Apply best practice techniques in developing KPIs3. Apply KPI thresholds in employee performance reviews
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
170 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Financial & Strategic Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewIn an ever-changing world, the ability to think and act strategically is an essential skill for every Manager. This course will not only provide the key tools to shape the way leaders in the business think, but to ensure that strategic action plans are based on sound financial plans and commercially viable proposals.
The course will start with one day on strategy – defining strategy, examining various tools to apply to strategic thinking and addressing the leadership challenge in formulating and implementing strategic plans. The following two days will focus on the financial aspects of the business – linking back to the strategic part of the course.
The course will examine how businesses are funded and some of the financial KPIs that need to be incorporated into the Balanced Scorecard to ensure the successful implementation of the strategic plans. The final day will pull the two streams together and will also revisit the global macro-economic environment in which businesses are operating and the challenges that this provides.
Course Content• Organisational direction• Planning direction• The challenges of execution• Why do so many organisations fail?• Keeping up-to-date• Revising strategies in a fast-moving world• Financial management• Strategy management – An overview of strategy planning
and execution• Financial management• Setting targets for strategic financial aspects of the business• Aligning strategy and budgeting• Investment evaluation
Who Should AttendThe programme is designed for Managers who recognise the need to strengthen their strategic management skills in terms of:• Developing and implementing successful business
strategies• Aligning financial strategy within overall business strategy
Benefits of Attending 1. Ensure that your goals are strategically aligned with your
organisation2. Investigate the financial challenges rapid growth or strategic
change can have on your business, spot the warning signs, and take appropriate action
3. Become familiar with the options for funding strategic plans, and manage the risk profile of strategic change
4. Present strategic plans to gain financial acceptance, including project appraisal techniques and cash flow forecasting
First Line Management Skills
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThe ILM Endorsed First Line Management Skills course gives Junior Managers the communication and motivational skills to help improve operational efficiency. It includes three highly informative and practical modules:
Recruitment and selection – you will learn how to identify and review current staffing levels and the importance of the various components of a job description and person specification; the entire recruitment and selection process will be examined
Personal development as a First Line Manager– this part of the course will equip you with those skills and the mindset necessary to get the job done
Developing individuals and teams – in this part of the course, you will further develop your business and management skills, and at the same time send a clear signal to your management that you are someone who has the skills that they need in the organisation.
Course Content• The hidden costs• Develop a recruitment plan; screening • Preparing for the interview; meeting the applicant• Past behaviour is a predictor of future behaviour• Guidelines on asking difficult questions• Sharing information with the candidate• Ending the interview professionally• Conducting background checks for final candidates• The interview arena• Making the decision• Knowing yourself• Emotional Intelligence• Effective communication – Is it just ‘common sense’?• Conflict resolution• Managerial leadership• Performance management• Building effective high performance teams• Problem-solving, decision-making, and change management
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Supervisors and First Line Managers, to support the development of their skills in maintaining and developing the effectiveness and efficiency of the operations for which they are responsible, by motivating and developing the people who work in the team or department; fostering effective communication and developing a sense of team/corporate identity.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn the skills and processes to ensure you select the
right person, for the right job at the right time with the right competencies
2. Develop your leadership style, manage the performance of others and build highly effective teams while managing change
3. Learn the impact of high Emotional Intelligence and how to use it to increase your supervisory effectiveness
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
171Email: [email protected]
From Technical Professional to Manager & Leader
Course OverviewThe security and profitability of your business will depend on long-term relationships reinforced by customer confidence in the ability of managers and leaders in the supply chain. This requires flexibility, focus, empathy, encouragement and a well-balanced attitude. It also requires good business awareness, creative thinking styles, problem solving skills, emotional intelligence and cultural understanding to guide both yourself and others towards success. This master class is for technical professionals who want to enhance: their market awareness; their personal and business focus; and their strategic, leadership, and management skills – to achieve recognition and then transition towards high performance management and leadership levels in their business area.
Course Content• Develop a positive mindset and the emotional strength to
win!• Don’t just think about it – Do it!• Developing professional assertiveness• Communicating effectively• Managing relationships with your customers• Resolve conflict• Focus on inspirational leadership and evolution• Strategy; planning; monitoring and implementation• Leading and managing people and human resources• Negotiation skillsets and delegation formats• Teamwork, agreements and tactics to employ for success• A culture change – Business focus is essential
Who Should AttendThis unique, interactive and comprehensive executive management master class has been designed with all technical professionals, sales professionals, strategists and business analysts in mind. Those, in fact, who want to recognise and achieve their full potential as managers and leaders and then support their company in the most efficient and effective way possible will greatly benefit from this course. Attendees may include:• Technical personnel (such as Science, Technology,
Engineering, and Mathematics professionals)• IT professionals• Health and Safety professionals• Logistics and Operations professionals• Quality Technicians and Inspectors• Risk professionals• Finance professionals• Professionals working in Utilities, Manufacturing, Oil and
Gas, and Energy sectors
Benefits of Attending1. Focus on inspirational leadership, people management, and
human resource development2. Gain enthusiasm, a positive mindset, and emotional strength
to strive for that next role as a Manager3. Grasp planning tools, and balance strategy and tactics4. Learn how to manage relationships and resolve conflict
Function Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewDelegates will focus on developing functional and team leadership skills including: thinking skills, planning, people development, and quality management.
Course Content• Developing customer focus• Identify the end user for each project• Learn to clarify what your customer expectations are• Discuss the universal success formula• System thinking, conceptual and analytical thinking• Innovation, creativity and problem-solving• Strategic planning
Who Should AttendIf you currently lead others or are expected to do so in the foreseeable future, this course is for you. Experienced Managers will find this a great opportunity to expand on their current style of leadership and explore solutions to challenging situations, while upcoming Managers or those with recent advancement to a management position will go through comprehensive training on skills and knowledge required to lead others effectively.
Benefits of Attending1. Review your job purpose, KPIs and the projects you are
currently working on2. Explore creative thinking techniques, practise thinking
outside the box and develop solutions for current challenges3. Learn how you can gain support for innovative solutions
within your organisation
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
172 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
High Performance Leadership for New Managers
Course OverviewThe course will give you the opportunity to reflect on your role as a Manager in a structured way and develop your leadership skills and capabilities.
During the course, you will identify your own leadership style and potential areas for development. You will explore your own ability to be an effective leader and address the question “What do effective leaders do?”.
This course is a comprehensive immersion in the fundamentals of leadership. You will gain a thorough understanding of what is required to motivate and lead your team successfully and clear structures and tools to enable you to do this. You will leave with techniques to lead your team, and yourself, for optimum results and the motivation to put your learning into practice immediately.
Course Content• Setting your leadership goals• Leadership versus management• Effective communication• Developing a high performing team• Motivation and engagement• Strategic thinking skills• Leading for change and innovation• Performance management• Coaching for results• Getting the right people• Linking team goals to organisational goals• Managing resources strategically• Leading for change and continuous improvement• Problem-solving and decision-making• Performance management• Effective communication• Team management profile• Personal action planning
Who Should AttendThis course will be a great investment for anyone seeking to achieve leadership best practice and understand “What do great leaders do?”. The course is ideal for those looking for a comprehensive overview of the latest theory and best practice in world-class leadership development.
Benefits of Attending1. Appreciate the essentials of leadership and develop high
performing leadership skills2. Develop a clear understanding of the latest trends, theories
and issues in leadership development3. Explore and apply best practice in management and
leadership and adopt the secrets of a world-class Manager4. Think more strategically and be able to manage change
effectively5. Prepare yourself for a successful leadership role and achieve
your leadership goals
Influencing & Persuasion Skills
Course OverviewPersuasiveness is one of the most important skills and when applied correctly, can be of an extreme advantage in every aspect of life; be it a matter of business or even a social issue. In this course, you will review the research conducted by experts on influencing and persuasion and learn how to use their work to improve your persuasive powers to become better negotiators within the workforce. You will have the opportunity to practise creating a positive first impression, and discuss essential techniques used to persuade your colleagues, your clients and even your boss.
Empowered with high-impact negotiation skills, this course will enable you to immediately put your newly-improved persuasive techniques to practice upon returning to work. This practical and interactive workshop will send you home full of ideas to try and the confidence to succeed.
Course Content• Establishing credibility• Elevator pitch• Communicating and persuading using the right media• World experts in persuasion and influence• Cialdini’s Six Laws of Influence and Persuasion• Knowing yourself – Persuading others• Creative thinking• Persuasive presentations• Selling yourself – Elevator pitch
Who Should AttendThis course is targeted at a broad audience who wishes to improve personal powers of influence and persuasion. It is ideal for all Managers, newly-appointed Team Leaders or Supervisors and Senior Managers who have operational responsibility for a defined area of activity. This course is applicable for organisations from any sector: service, commercial, industrial, manufacturing or hospitality.
Benefits of Attending1. Apply the six key rules of persuasion effectively when dealing
with teams, departments, clients and all the people you interact with
2. Adopt persuasion techniques used by world experts to suit your needs
3. Raise performance levels within your team/organisation4. Influence your boss/senior management with your improved
communication style and non-verbal communication skills5. Advocate persuasive messages when using the correct
media: face-to-face, telephone or email
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
173Email: [email protected]
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors
Course OverviewLeadership Excellence for Internal Auditors, is a set of three independent courses which cover the full range of skills required by Internal Auditors to deliver high-quality and effective assurance to modern organisations.
This programme will drive success by developing confidence and credibility in three key areas of leadership:• Internal Audit Leadership • Organisational Leadership, and• Ethical LeadershipAs these are key areas of the Qualification in Internal Audit (QIAL) examination, these courses are structured to help prepare those who wish to appear for the Qualification in Internal Audit Leadership (QIAL) examinations.
These interactive courses will be delivered through a mix of theory and practical sessions and the exercises and feedback will assist delegates in reinforcing their learning skills and confidence in answering case study questions in the QIAL exams.
Course ContentPlease note that these courses cover the full range of skills required by internal audit leaders to deliver high-quality and effective assurance in their organisations.
The benefits from this programme are transferable and will enhance leadership skills, abilities and competencies to enable improved value add to the organisations, whether, or not, the attendees intend to sit the QIAL exams.
Who Should Attend• Chief Audit Executives• Heads of Internal Audit• Directors of Internal Audit, Senior Audit Managers, Senior
Internal Auditors• Internal Auditors
Benefits of Attending 1. Demonstrate skills, competencies and abilities as an internal
audit leader to maximise the value-add to your organisation2. Enhance your impact by ensuring an effectively resourced
team that delivers the correct level of assurance to stakeholders
3. Understand the role of the modern internal audit leader in adopting both, assurance and consultancy services to improve organisational performance
4. Gain an in-depth understanding of how governance, risk, control, strategy and ethical approaches in your organisation can provide the opportunity to improve your organisation’s bottom line
5. Develop and improve your ability to apply your learning to addressing practical case study situations to the benefit of your organisation’s performance
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Internal Audit Leadership
Course OverviewLeadership Excellence for Internal Auditors – Internal Audit Leadership, is one of the set of three independent courses which cover the full range of skills required by Internal Auditors to deliver high-quality and effective assurance to modern organisations.
This programme will drive success by developing confidence and credibility in Internal Audit Leadership.
As Internal Audit Leadership is a key area of the Qualification in Internal Audit (QIAL) examination, this course is structured to help prepare those who wish to appear for the Qualification in Internal Audit Leadership (QIAL) examinations.
This interactive course will be delivered through a mix of theory and practical sessions and the exercises and feedback will assist delegates in reinforcing their learning skills and confidence in answering case study questions in the QIAL exam.
Course Content• Strategic and risk-based Internal Audit (IA) planning• Sourcing the plan• IA relations• Effective engagement with key stakeholders• Quality assurance and improvement program • Benchmarking of the internal audit function• Independence and objectivity of the internal audit activity• IA talent management• The International Professional Practices Framework (IPPF)• Communication skills, exam practice and feedback
Who Should Attend• Chief Audit Executives• Heads of Internal Audit• Directors of Internal Audit, Senior Audit Managers, Senior
Internal Auditors• Internal Auditors
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop and implement strategic, risk-based audit plans and
quality assurance programs2. Demonstrate skills, competencies and abilities as an internal
audit leader to maximise the value-add to your organisation3. Maximise your impact to ensure your team is resourced
effectively to deliver the correct level of assurance to their senior stakeholders
4. Manage your team with independence and objectivity of the Internal Audit function
5. Develop and improve your ability to apply your learning to addressing practical case study situations to the benefit of your organisation’s performance
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
174 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Organisational Leadership
Course OverviewLeadership Excellence for Internal Auditors – Organisational Leadership, is one of the set of three independent courses which cover the full range of skills required by Internal Auditors to deliver high-quality and effective assurance to modern organisations.
This programme will drive success by developing confidence and credibility in Organisational Leadership.
As Organisational Leadership is a key area of the Qualification in Internal Audit (QIAL) examination, this course is structured to help prepare those who wish to appear for the Qualification in Internal Audit Leadership (QIAL) examinations.
This interactive course will be delivered through a mix of theory and practical sessions and the exercises and feedback will assist delegates in reinforcing their learning skills and confidence in answering case study questions in the QIAL exam.
Course Content• Governance frameworks• Risk frameworks• Quality frameworks• Role of Strategy• Supporting the organisation’s strategic approach• Applying business acumen• Organisational culture• Challenges of organisational culture• Assurance mapping• The International Professional Practices Framework (IPPF)• Communication skills, exam practice and feedback
Who Should Attend• Chief Audit Executives• Heads of Internal Audit• Directors of Internal Audit, Senior Audit Managers, Senior
Internal Auditors• Internal Auditors
Benefits of Attending 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of governance,
risk and quality frameworks with skills, competencies and abilities as an internal audit leader
2. Implement a strategic approach to the Internal Audit function aligned with the organisation’s objectives
3. Offer solutions to improve areas of inconstancies and challenges faced, to deliver the correct level of assurance and improve the organisation’s bottom line
4. Develop and improve your ability to apply your learning to addressing practical case study situations to the benefit of your organisation’s performance
Leadership Excellence for Internal Auditors - Ethical Leadership
Course OverviewLeadership Excellence for Internal Auditors – Ethical Leadership, is one of the set of three independent courses which cover the full range of skills required by Internal Auditors to deliver high-quality and effective assurance to modern organisations.
This programme will drive success by developing confidence and credibility in Ethical Leadership.
As Ethical Leadership is a key area of the Qualification in Internal Audit (QIAL) examination, this course is structured to help prepare those who wish to appear for the Qualification in Internal Audit Leadership (QIAL) examinations.
This interactive course will be delivered through a mix of theory and practical sessions and the exercises and feedback will assist delegates in reinforcing their learning skills and confidence in answering case study questions in the QIAL exam.
Course Content• Business ethics and values• Business ethics, risks and fraud• Business ethics codes and monitoring systems• Legislation and regulation• Developing organisational goals• Strategies for long-term organisational sustainability• The International Professional Practices framework (IPPF)• Communication skills and exam practice
Who Should Attend• Chief Audit Executives• Heads of Internal Audit• Directors of Internal Audit, Senior Audit Managers, Senior
Internal Auditors• Internal Auditors
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop and implement a strategic, and ethical risk-based
audit plans and quality assurance programs for long-term organisational sustainability
2. Maximise your impact to ensure your team is resourced effectively to deliver ethical levels of assurance to their senior stakeholders
3. Demonstrate skills, competencies and abilities as an internal audit leader to maximise the value-add to your organisation
4. Effectively monitor and manage the Internal Audit function meeting all compliance, legislation and regulatory standards
5. Develop and improve your ability to apply your learning to addressing practical case study situations to the benefit of your organisation’s performance
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
175Email: [email protected]
Leadership in Action
Course OverviewLeadership is one of the most researched and written about topics in the business world. However:• How do you transfer the wealth of knowledge out there into
practical step-by-step actions that yield results?• How do you motivate and inspire your team?• How do you achieve clarity and focus on the critical issues
that may have long-term impact?• How do you make difficult decisions that strike a balance
between human relations and pragmatism?• How do you change an organisation’s culture and develop
new standards of performance?
Using a hands-on, practice-based approach, this course provides you with the tools, techniques and skills required to enable your knowledge and experience as a Leader to successfully work for you and your organisation.
Course Content• Leadership self-evaluation• Developing strategy• Employee engagement• Developing persuasion and influence• Resolving conflict and handling objections• Managing performance
Who Should AttendIf you are a company Director, Manager, or Team Leader who is responsible for managing others and achieving organisational results, you will find this training extremely beneficial. Seasoned Managers and first-time Leaders will gain insights and find an opportunity to practise the skills and tools required to lead their organisation, while fostering a healthy work environment and relationship with their peers.
Benefits of Attending 1. Situational leadership: discover your natural leadership style
and develop alternative styles for different situations2. Personality theory: motivate and inspire individuals in your
team and utilise their talents3. The Five-Finger Plan: practise a simple yet powerful planning
technique that clarifies your goals and underlines your team’s objectives
4. Strategic planning: develop a vision for your organisation by investigating and evaluating your true strengths and opportunities
Leadership Skills for the Public Sector
Course OverviewEffective leadership can help government organisations make the critical transition from intention to implementation, potential to performance, and policy to practice. This is a new and unique course combining all elements of public leadership and the necessary skills needed to lead the public service organisations of the future.
Course Content• Organisational leadership • Understanding public leadership• Understanding the public leadership environment• Strengthening leadership in government organisations• Developing New Public Leadership (NPL)• The service-leadership profit chain in public organisations• Building public service leadership capacity• Leaders in the public service – Today and tomorrow• Creating tomorrow’s government leaders• The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) • The public sector Change Leaders
Who Should AttendPeople who can benefit from this course are, but not limited to: Chief Executive Officers, Directors, Deputies, Vice Presidents, General Managers, Branch Chiefs, Strategic Planners, Senior Executives, Human Resources Directors and Managers, Project Managers, Programme Managers, Performance Managers, Finance Directors and Managers, and Chiefs of Staff.
Benefits of Attending 1. Equip yourself with all necessary tools to develop leadership
traits and skills that are needed to lead the change and overcome the challenges of the new world order
2. Build greater public service leadership by learning more about your served customers and their changing needs, while committing a high level of services that respect the social values and the community
3. Acquire understanding of the role of public leaders in the MDGs and how to meet those goals
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
176 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Management Skills for Middle Managers
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis advanced programme maintains the balance between business strategy, people development, financial frameworks and operational needs. It will motivate you to raise the activity level in the organisation and generate the enthusiasm and the attitude necessary to successfully complete its mission.
During this advanced course, you will discover the importance of being proactive, flexible and focused, but with a sense of urgency, to develop a well-balanced approach to business. You will have a chance to create your own action plan to improve your operational performance immediately. The course maintains a balance between the important areas of business strategy, people development, financial frameworks and operational needs.
Course Content• Business strategy to activity management• Business accounting• Planning and organising• Influencing and communicating• Problem-solving and decision-making• Team building and leadership development skills• Developing a leadership charter• Coaching, counselling and evaluating people• Action planning and personal development
Who Should AttendThis course is for Executives, Middle Managers, Managers and Team Leaders who want to improve their own management performance and help create a successful high performance operation. It will greatly aid the progress of Managers who need to understand the bigger picture and gain additional skills in leadership, strategy, finance, marketing and people management.
Benefits of Attending1. Think strategically: be results-focused and accept the
responsibilities that come with management and leadership roles
2. Use financial statements and parameters to evaluate business strength
3. Focus on key strategic control areas in business and finance
Management Skills for New Managers
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewAs a Manager and Leader, you face a wide variety of challenging responsibilities:• Do you have the right management style for the results you
are trying to achieve?• Do you have effective communication on skills to influence
and motivate your staff?• Are you able to manage change successfully?
This course will provide you with the tools and techniques to manage effectively and assertively. You will go through essential management development case studies and exercises while keeping you involved and engaged.
Moreover, you will identify key areas where you may need improvement and develop an approach to strengthen your skills base so that you can:• Effectively manage• Secure team commitment and maximise results• Successfully balance your time and priorities• Achieve the criteria for the ‘excellent Manager’
Course Content• The values matrix• Using McKinsey’s 7S Framework to describe and understand
strategy• Management vs. leadership• How to make the change from team member to Team
Leader• Managing your time, priorities, and work-life balance• Managing pressure to prevent stress and change within
teams• What makes a great team?• The stages of team development• Facilitating problem-solving in teams• How to manage and motivate ‘Generation Y’ and ‘Generation
X’ • How to assess and enhance the performance of your people• A strategy for positive discipline• The Manager as a coach• The power of delegation• The Strength Deployment Inventory (SDI)• Intelligence Quotient (IQ) vs. Emotional Quotient (EQ)
Who Should AttendManagers, Team Leaders and Supervisors. This course has been specifically designed for those Managers responsible for staff teams and will provide you with the key management skills you need to secure commitment and obtain superior performance from the people you manage.
Benefits of Attending1. Use the Strength Deployment Inventory (SDI) to understand
behavioural motivations and improve interpersonal communication
2. Understand how to promote change in your department or organisation using Lewin’s change management model
3. Study the key approaches to coaching, delegation, and positive discipline to enhance poor performance and ambition within your team
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
177Email: [email protected]
People Management Skills
Course OverviewThis in-depth workshop experience is geared to both the newly-appointed Manager/Supervisor and also to those individuals who are already in a management role and want to review and enhance their skills and knowledge. This learning opportunity is aimed at building, or rebuilding, the foundations for your managerial career by helping hone the concepts and skills you need in order to effectively manage yourself and others.
Course Content• Evaluate current and future requirements of your work role• The role of a Manager/Team Leader/Supervisor• How to communicate like a professional – personal
influence skills, assertiveness and the management of emotions
• Recruitment, selection and retention• Building effective high-performance teams• Managing diversity• Emotional Intelligence• Performance management • Change management• Conflict resolution
Who Should Attend• Team Leaders and Supervisors who are preparing for
advancement• Staff who are preparing for management/leadership
responsibilities• Managers who wish to strengthen and update their
management and business skills• Line Managers• Project Leaders• Shift Leaders• Assistant Managers• Any Executives without formal management training
Benefits of Attending1. Increase your business effectiveness by updating and
upgrading your business and management skills2. Improve your communication skills to ensure that you
are maximising your impact and are able to influence and persuade appropriately in the business context
3. Enhance your understanding of your own strengths and learn how to build on them for continued success
Performance Development
Course OverviewThe course covers, in a practice-based approach, all the tools and techniques Managers need to improve their team’s performance. More than half the course duration is dedicated to practice, role-play and simulation of performance development meetings.
Delegates will learn to develop the performance of their people and increase motivation levels, by understanding and mastering coaching, feedback, counselling and many other performance development tools.
While a lot of time and practice is devoted to the annual performance review, the course also lays groundwork for performance improvement and development throughout the rest of the year, not just annual evaluation.
Course Content• Understanding performance• Measuring performance• Developing mindsets• The performance development cycle• Setting goals• Coaching for improved performance• Conducting a performance appraisal meeting• Preparing your Massive Action Plan (MAP)
Who Should AttendManagers, Supervisors, Team Leaders and potential management staff will gain the skills and understanding required to develop performance. HR Managers and training professionals will gain insights into cutting-edge people development tools and how to encourage their use in their organisations.
Benefits of Attending1. Motivate your team and develop their performance by
understanding personalities, needs and individual decision-making strategies
2. Achieve better job clarity and results through SMART goal setting and ‘Management by Objectives’
3. Use advanced coaching tools and creative rewards to influence and improve the behaviour and output of your team
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
178 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Self Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis course focuses on the development of self leadership qualities. Participants are evaluated for attitude and personal drive, and trained on essential skills and personal habits of great Leaders.
Course Content• Exploring leadership styles and concepts• Analyse your natural leadership style• Emotional Intelligence• Effective communication• Developing human relations• Learn how to help others develop themselves• Time and priority management• Drawing on the renowned Getting Things Done (GTD)
techniques, this course will change your perception of time and productivity
• Presenting effectively
Who Should AttendIf you currently lead others or are expected to do so in the foreseeable future, this course is for you. Experienced Managers will find this a great opportunity to expand on their current style of leadership and explore solutions to challenging situations, while upcoming Managers or those with recent advancement to a management position will go through comprehensive training on skills and knowledge required to lead others effectively. Benefits of Attending1. Review your career, strengths and future areas of
development2. Formulate a Personal Development Plan to include long-term
goals, ambitions and career aspirations3. Understand the Situational Leadership Model
Strategic Direction & Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewIn a world of constantly changing demands and new capabilities of satisfying them, the opportunities available to you are boundless. How you make the most of those opportunities is totally up to you.
Look around you and it will be clear that strategy can be very confusing and often it simply works because there is a high demand and buzz around it. However, when things change you may get caught out. As a result, many corporations have failed and those that succeed are strategically astute and prepared to be flexible.
Setting a strategic direction and developing leadership excellence is not just a process, framework or a model but also very much an attitude, a thinking and a self-strength.
This course gives you a highly practical and applied way to reach the heights of business and personal success. It demystifies and redefines strategy, leadership, and value in a simple revolutionary way. When you complete this course, you will be able to immediately apply all the learning practically and effectively in your business/function, and start generating immediate results.
Course Content• Strategic direction – Shifting the mindset, clarifying,
simplifying• Resetting the thinking on strategy, de-cluttering and
simplifying• Understanding the ultimate strategic goal• What works and what doesn’t• Becoming distinguished in the market – A star• Strategic business, market planning and leadership• Strategically planning for sustainable growth• Framework and process for success• Applying the framework to a real business scenario• All the way to the financials• Leading people for performance and growth• Understanding true leadership• Performance by management excellence• Generating collaboration and co-operation• Building top teams – Inspired and motivated
Who Should Attend• All Managers/Directors involved in developing or delivering
strategic objectives• Entrepreneurs/Business Owners• Heads of organisations
Benefits of Attending 1. Grasp and use strategy and strategic thinking – simply,
practically, powerfully2. Structure and plan your business, department or project for
strategic success3. Get collaboration and co-operation from people in your
business/function
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
179Email: [email protected]
Strategic Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewAlthough organisations may spend millions on developing their mission, vision, values and strategic goals, the real challenge is deploying their strategy and going from planning to execution. Employees often feel the organisation’s strategic plan is disconnected from their everyday operational work, and management is frustrated by resistance to change and the slow deployment of strategic objectives. This course will teach you to incorporate strategic thinking in your everyday management decisions and turn your strategy from blueprints to action.
First, you will be trained to understand and swiftly use multiple strategic thinking tools, including the Balanced Scorecard, PEST and SWOT analysis. You will use these tools to evaluate and formulate your own organisation’s strategy and leave with a clear, focused strategic plan that you’ve crafted for your organisation.
Next, you will anticipate and plan for dealing with resistance and creating a sense of ownership for your strategic plan. This will include analysing and developing your organisation’s culture, aligning your operations to your strategy and motivating Team Leaders to play an active role in deploying your strategy. Finally, you will explore and evaluate your employee engagement levels in real world measurable terms. You will then formulate an engagement plan that will motivate your employees, increase their sense of ownership and personal job satisfaction. The result: you will leave with a plan that you have crafted to turn your strategies into reality.
Course Content• Vision and strategy• Strategic thinking and strategic analysis• Formulating strategy• Formulating a vision of the future• Key Result Areas (KRAs)• Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)• Employee engagement• Behavioural reinforcement and reward• Facilitating change• Presenting your strategy• Dealing with resistance
Who Should AttendIf you currently lead others or are expected to do so in the foreseeable future, this course is for you. Experienced Managers will find this a great opportunity to expand on their current style of leadership and explore solutions to challenging situations, while upcoming Managers or those with recent advancement to a management position will go through comprehensive training on skills and knowledge required to lead others effectively.
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop your strategic thinking skills to gain clarity on
your organisation’s potential for growth and competitive advantage
2. Evaluate employee engagement and develop strategies for creating buy-in, ownership and job satisfaction
3. Refine your organisation’s culture to align your operational activities with your strategy
Strategic People & Business Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis course gives you a highly practical and applied way to reach the heights of business and personal success. It demystifies and redefines strategy, leadership, and value in a revolutionary and simple way – a way which is working for many large multinationals and SMEs.
When you complete this course, you will be able to immediately apply all the learning practically and effectively in your real business/function on Sunday to start generating immediate results.
The course will cover:• Visionary strategic leadership – maximising market
opportunities, and building market share and a competitive position
• Inspirational people leadership – enhancing performance, co-operation, and collaboration
• Impactful personal leadership – develop an impressive image and personality to convince, be trusted, be followed, and get the job done
Course Content• Shifting mindsets and strengthening business• Strategically planning for sustainable growth• Becoming distinguished in the market • Performance by management excellence• Generating collaboration and co-operation • Building top teams which are inspired and motivated• Speaking and presenting convincingly and confidently• Establishing a strong personal image • Managing with high personal impact
Who Should Attend• All Managers/Directors aspiring for C-level promotions• Entrepreneurs/Business Owners• Heads of organisations
Benefits of Attending1. Structure and plan your business, department or even
project for strategic success2. Build the X factor and be distinguished as a business, team
or an individual3. Grasp and use strategy and strategic thinking – simply,
practically, powerfully4. Take leadership in your market, your processes, your teams
and yourself5. Mobilise the talent in your team for top performance and be
the inspirational leader that people want to follow
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
180 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Supervisory Skills
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis course focuses on all aspects of management, from methods and processes to the softer skills of staff relations. It provides the foundation and the framework for continued learning and development and is also the perfect model for those who want to refresh their knowledge and manage more effectively.
Course Content• Understand the difference between strategic, tactical and
operational levels of management• Understand management and leadership• Ensure that your organisation and time management is as
effective as possible• Organising and managing yourself to manage others• Deal with people more effectively• Motivating your staff and teams• How to engage with your people and understand their unique
value system• Handling common problems• Quick discipline: The four E’s• Appraisals• Defining performance management• Objectives and goals• Communication and building effective work relationships• Engagement through coaching• Planning for action – How will I implement what I have
learnt?• Becoming more self-confident and effective
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Supervisors and prospective Managers who want to further their skills with new methods and tools and become an even more vital link in the management chain. It gives all new Supervisors and Managers the necessary tools and techniques to get started in management. During this challenging, motivating, stimulating and enjoyable course, you will be given the knowledge, skills and confidence needed to be able to hit the ground running as a new Supervisor or Manager.
Benefits of Attending1. Increase your management effectiveness with your team
by understanding a range of different managerial styles and knowing how and when to use them for maximum success
2. Develop the effectiveness of your team by establishing a systematic process for planning work, agreeing expectations and monitoring performance
3. Build a high performance team and extend your influence by improving your interpersonal relationships and building a culture of trust, openness and collaboration
4. 4. Use the Belbin Team Role Inventory to discover your current behavioural pattern and how to manage others in your team using the Belbin Team Roles
Team Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThe challenge of today’s Team Leader is to create a balance between fairness, friendliness and firmness. This can seem impossible unless you gain an understanding of how a successful team operates. Luckily, the Team Leadership course involves a set of skills that you can learn and practise.
In this course, we will guide you through each of those skills, making sure you implement what you have learnt in relation to your existing team. You will leave with a clear and practical action plan for improving and developing your team members’ performance. First, you will explore the dynamics involved in teamwork, from formation to productivity. You will learn the role of relationships within a team and best practice to build loyalty and commitment. You will also gain in-depth understanding of your team members’ personalities and preferences. This will help you practise smart delegation so your team members feel inspired and motivated by their work.
You will also practise evaluating team members’ performance, providing positive and accurate feedback as well as coaching those who need improvement. Since every team has diverse members, you will also practise correcting negative or destructive behaviour as well as rewarding your best team members. In a relatively short amount of time, this course will provide you with the insights, practices and techniques that the best Team Leaders use to achieve outstanding results.
Course Content• Team dynamics• Understanding personality• Motivation and persuasion• Facilitating change• SMART delegation• Developing performance• Set performance standards more accurately, identify
performance gaps and use the right tools to close these gaps
• Delegating and managing conflict• Performance appraisal
Who Should Attend• Executive Directors/Senior Managers• Department Heads• Government Officials• Financial Consultants• Bankers• Architects and Designers• College Professors• Business professionals
Benefits of Attending1. Maximise your role as a Team Leader and master the art of
successful delegation2. Understand the dynamics of building a great team and the
natural phases of team development3. Evaluate your team members’ performance objectively and
learn to improve their results through effective coaching and mentoring
LEA
DE
RSH
IP &
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
181Email: [email protected]
Team Leading Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 17 PDUs
Course OverviewThis programme focuses on the practical application of management and leadership theory and principles at the operational level within an organisation.
It includes three highly informative and practical modules:• Team Development• Team Communications• Controlling Resources
Course Content• Identify and plan learning needs to create a high
performance team• Plan and implement induction for a new team member to
maximise their performance from the outset• Train a team member to carry out a task• Describe the teambuilding process (Tuckman’s Model)• Understand the role of communication in leading a team• Demonstrate effective listening skills• How to organise and lead team briefings• Identify team strengths and opportunities for improvement• Identify, quantify and request appropriate resources needed
by a team to achieve work objectives• Apply and manage the resources used to achieve work
objectives in a cost-effective way• Anticipate, identify and prevent (or reduce) resource wastage
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Team Leaders and Managers who have been trusted with responsibility to manage corporate resources. It would also be relevant for senior staff who are preparing for higher levels of responsibility.
Benefits of Attending1. Identify, request and manage resources needed by a team to
achieve objectives2. Understand the role of communication and team briefings3. Plan and implement induction for your new team member4. Identify and plan the training needs of your team members
Women’s Leadership Development Programme
Course OverviewFemale professionals working in the Middle East often face additional challenges in comparison to those outside the region, including:• Visible barriers (e.g. lack of role models)• Hidden barriers (e.g. male professionals being unaware of
the specific challenges their female colleagues face)• Balancing the local and international cultural/social norms
Studies in the GCC have proven there is no shortage of highly talented female executives in the region, and yet the number of women in prominent or senior roles is still low. Women are often overlooked or underrated for their strengths and abilities in the workplace. Progress and results are not achieved by accident. Women need to:• Take accountability of their professional decisions to be able
to influence others• Confidently ask for what they want• Proactively map their career path to success
This programme is specifically designed to empower you to do just that! The course will equip businesswomen with the practical tools of an effective leader, whilst also raising awareness of the issues surrounding women in business and leadership.
Course Content• Women with careers• Female professionals in the Middle East• Leaders to admire• Understanding leadership• Management and leadership• Self-awareness and leading yourself• Understanding motivation• Building trust in teams• Coaching and mentoring• Managing change• Performance management• Feedback fundamentalsWho Should AttendThis course is designed for established and emerging female professionals seeking to move forward in their career and to advance and excel in a leadership role in the future. Additionally, the course is ideal if you would like to:• Accelerate your goals as a woman in leadership• Remove boundaries and increase your Social Intelligence• Become a more visible, confident, and assertive leader within
your organisation
Benefits of Attending 1. Define your expectations and goals as a leader to navigate
your career path for success2. Identify the challenges that may be holding you back as
a leader and prepare an action plan to overcome possible barriers
3. Respond assertively and confidently to challenging situations and achieve win-win results
4. Explore the fundamentals of effectively building a team to establish capabilities and develop talent
Legal
LEG
AL
185
Table of Contents
Advanced Contract Drafting for Non-Lawyers ............................................................................................................................................186
Common Law for UAE Lawyers ........................................................................................................................................................................186
Contract Drafting for Non-Lawyers ................................................................................................................................................................187
Effective Legal & Business Writing .................................................................................................................................................................187
Immigration & Labour Law in Bahrain ..........................................................................................................................................................188
Immigration & Labour Law in Saudi Arabia .................................................................................................................................................188
Labour & Employment Law in the UAE .........................................................................................................................................................189
Legal Due Diligence ..............................................................................................................................................................................................189
Litigation & Dispute Resolution in the UAE .................................................................................................................................................190
Understanding Commercial Law in Bahrain ...............................................................................................................................................190
Understanding Commercial Law in the UAE .............................................................................................................................................. 191
LEG
AL
186 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Advanced Contract Drafting for Non-Lawyers
Course OverviewThis informative course is designed for Managers who need to negotiate contracts, terms and discounts with outside suppliers of goods and services or manage contractor performance.The course will be hands-on, guiding you through a step-by-step process to understand, draft and negotiate a successful contract. You will also ensure that the interests of your organisation are well protected and strengthen your expertise to build sound contractual relationships.
Course Content• Framework for sound contractual relationships• Review, understand and negotiate effective contracts• Hands-on collective review, mark-up and correction of draft
contracts
Who Should AttendThis informative course is designed for Managers who need to negotiate contracts, terms and conditions with customers, vendors or suppliers of goods and services, or Managers who frequently enter into management, licensing or joint venture relationships. This will include Purchasing, Sales or Marketing Managers, and supervisors and staff with moderate experience in contracts, negotiation or purchasing. It will also be of benefit to those who have previously participated in Contract Drafting for Non-Lawyers and who wish to enhance their experience with an advanced-level course.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the meaning and significance of common
contract clauses2. Recognise the impact of different legal systems on contract
drafting and interpretation3. Identify essential contract clauses, terms and conditions
Common Law for UAE Lawyers
Course OverviewIn this course, you will: be introduced to the common law system; learn the key structural differences between the common law system and other legal systems (including the civil law system that prevails in continental Europe and the Arabic speaking countries); and learn about key common principles of contract law, tort law and evidence law.
Course Content• Introduction – overview of the common law• Distinguish the “common law” from other legal systems• Sources and methods of the common law• The DIFC Court• Common law principles of contract law• Common law principles of tort law• Common law principles of evidence law
Who Should AttendThis course has been specially designed for Corporate In-House Lawyers, Solicitors and Partners from law firms and legal Practices, including professionals with the following job titles:Lawyers, Senior Lawyers, Solicitors, Senior Solicitors, Attorneys, Legal Counsels and Counsellors, Advocates, Arbitrators, Notaries, Legal Advisors, Consultants, and Partners – in fields including: mergers and acquisitions, commercial law, real estate and construction law, employment law, and tax law.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn what the “common law” is and how it differs from
other legal systems2. Understand how a common law court differs from a UAE
Court3. Identify the role of the DIFC Court in the UAE legal system
LEG
AL
187Email: [email protected]
Contract Drafting for Non-Lawyers
Course OverviewAs the business world gets more complex, ensuring smooth and uninterrupted operations coupled with long-term relationships with all parties is extremely critical. Contracts are now considered vital as they not only instil high levels of confidence in the organisation one deals with, but also save the time and effort one might face in dealing with unpredictable concerns and arguments. This course will guide you through a step-by-step process to understand, draft and negotiate a successful contract, and at the same time ensure that the interests of your organisation are well-protected. You will also strengthen your expertise to build sound contractual relationships.
Course Content• General principles of contract drafting• Taking the mystery out of contracts: Specific parts of the
contract and what they mean• Focus on important clauses• Types of contracts and special considerations• Standard terms and conditions• E-commerce• Model and template contracts
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Managers who need to negotiate contracts, terms and discounts with outside suppliers of goods and services or manage contractor performance. This will include Purchasing, Sales or Marketing Managers/Supervisors and staff taking up such appointments for the first time. It will also be of benefit to those who have had little formal training in contracts, purchasing and negotiation and who wish to consolidate their experience.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the meaning and significance of common
contract clauses by identifying essential contract clauses, terms and conditions
2. Learn to establish the right framework for sound contractual relationships
3. Achieve the confidence and skills to properly review, understand and negotiate effective contracts
Effective Legal & Business Writing
Certificate Partner : PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewIn this course, delegates will learn: how to decipher legal jargon; how and when to use or avoid legal jargon in their own writing; how to recognise and better understand legal documents written by others; and how to enhance their own legal writing skills through techniques that result in clearer and more effective writing.
Course Content• Introduction to legal writing• Understanding legal writing: how non-lawyers can become
better consumers of documents written by lawyers• How non-lawyers can become better legal writers
Who Should Attend• Professionals who are responsible for drafting or editing
documents that have legal implications• People who want hands-on training in improving their skills
in drafting/editing contracts, including Contract Officers and Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Improve your understanding of the legal documents you
encounter in your workplace2. Enhance your writing confidence by using practical
techniques to improve the clarity of your legal writing3. Apply correct templates and layout guidelines to streamline
your writing process4. Learn how to structure different types of legal writing and
avoid common errors5. Improve your internal and external communication abilities
LEG
AL
188 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Immigration & Labour Law in Bahrain
Course OverviewImmigration & Labour Law in Bahrain is an intensive course which will provide delegates with solid knowledge of immigration and labour laws in Bahrain, including recent updates to the laws, regulatory trends, and issues that often arise in the employment context.
Professionals who are new to the region, including those in a Human Resources role, will also learn the implications of the 2012 Bahrain labour law on recruitment, development and allocation of human capital in their respective companies.
Course Content• Overview of Bahrain labour regulations• Employee mobility• Lawful termination• Employment disputes
Who Should AttendThis course will be highly beneficial for those who have had minimal formal training in labour law in the Kingdom of Bahrain and offshore entities and for those who wish to consolidate their experience in the region. In addition, professionals who have recently transferred to this region and wish to establish or expand their presence in Bahrain will benefit from the course, including:• Administrative Managers• HR/Recruitment Managers• Training/Talent Managers• Immigration/Benefits Managers• Company Secretaries• Paralegals/Legal Executives• Lawyers (in-house and private practice)
Benefits of Attending1. Gain an overview of the Kingdom of Bahrain labour laws, and
recent updates, through comparative analysis2. Understand employee mobility rights and how they can
affect your business3. Manage lawful termination of the employment relationship4. Successfully protect against employment claims and avoid
pitfalls when disputes arise
Immigration & Labour Law in Saudi Arabia
Course OverviewThis course will provide delegates with a solid knowledge of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia’s (KSA’s) labour law and an employer’s obligation towards employees. By attending the course, delegates will learn the framework for employing and terminating employees as well as the potential liability arising out of termination.
Course Content• Introduction to employment law• Recruitment and sponsorship• The employment relationship and employment contracts• Pay and working time• Grievances and disciplinary procedures• Post-termination issues• Health and safety• Current trends and developments
Who Should AttendThis course will be highly beneficial for those who have had minimal formal training in labour law and wish to consolidate their experience in Saudi Arabia, as well as professionals who have recently transferred to this region, including:• Administrative Managers• HR/Recruitment Managers• Training/Talent Managers• Immigration/Benefits Managers• Company Secretaries• Paralegals/Legal Executives• Lawyers (in-house and private practice)
Benefits of Attending1. Gain an overview of KSA’s labour and employment laws2. Understand recruitment, sponsorship, working times, and
disciplinary and benefits frameworks utilised in KSA3. Implement employment contracts in your organisation which
adhere to KSA laws4. Manage and fulfil the requirements to hire KSA nationals5. Learn the process for lawful termination of employment
LEG
AL
189Email: [email protected]
Labour & Employment Law in the UAE
Course OverviewThis course will provide a recap of UAE labour laws for attendees to gain a better understanding of current practices in the region. It will also offer an update on the regulatory trends and an insight into how to address issues that often arise in the employment context in the new economic landscape.
Course Content• Overview and review of key statutory enactments and the
sponsorship system of the UAE labour law• Who is covered by the labour law? Who is not covered?• Employment contracts• Recruitment• Special issues for cross-border employees• Emiratisation and the recruitment of host country national
employees• Handling employee benefit issues during a merger/
acquisition• Identifying other restructuring benefits• Employee benefits during the term of employment• Holding employee passports• Health and safety obligations• Employee resignation• Termination• Notice periods and garden leave• Employee entitlements upon termination• Employment disputes• The Ministry of Labour process• Labour and employment disputes in the local courts• Protecting employer data and confidential information• Interplay between employment status and visa status for
terminated employees
Who Should AttendThis course has been developed for all HR professionals within the UAE industry sectors. It would also be highly beneficial for those working as Company Secretaries or legal heads that have had minimal formal training in labour law and wish to consolidate their experience in the region, as well as Lawyers (in-house and private practice) who have recently transferred to the UAE.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand key principles of the labour laws of the UAE and
the regulatory and enforcement trends at the Ministry of Labour
2. Manage the legal requirements organisations must fulfil in relation to salaries, end of service gratuity, and other benefits
3. Comprehend employment disputes and the dispute resolution process from the Ministry of Labour through the local courts
4. Adhere to the labour law when recruiting, and learn how to handle downsizing and redundancies
5. Identify the special considerations involving terminations/redundancies of senior professionals, including severance pay and protecting confidential company data
Legal Due Diligence
Course OverviewThis course will help you understand the concepts and practices of due diligence: the art of evaluating a purchase or potential borrower so that you can get what you pay for. Due diligence is critical for a whole range of business transactions including:• Acquiring companies• Granting loans• Entering into franchises and other long-term commercial
relationships
The course will discuss the role and relationship of due diligence to financial crises that affected markets throughout the world. The course will also introduce you to terminology and techniques for due diligence, and will help you understand, identify and evaluate risk.
Course Content• Introduction to due diligence• Mergers and acquisitions (M&A) and other transactions as
contracts• How is due diligence related to the underlying transaction?• The role of representations and warranties• The dynamic relationship between due diligence and the
representations and warranties section• Recognising and classifying problems identified during due
diligence• “What if” scenarios• Special due diligence scenarios
Who Should AttendThis course is designed primarily for Managers and Supervisors responsible for evaluating potential merger/ acquisition transactions, lending decisions and investment transactions.
It will also benefit Lawyers, Paralegals and other professionals interested in learning how to perform due diligence tasks.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the purpose and goals of due diligence2. Understand the relationship of the due diligence phase to the
underlying transaction3. Recognise common pitfalls that signal risk or unreliable
information4. Learn how to effectively review documents5. Recognise special challenges arising in developing countries
LEG
AL
190 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Litigation & Dispute Resolution in the UAE
Course OverviewThe global economic meltdown has dramatically increased the number of disputes in the region. If the laws and procedures that govern disputes are unclear and unpredictable, it can be quite a complicated situation to deal with.
Informa’s Litigation and Dispute Resolution in the UAE course will equip you with appropriate solutions to handle corporate disputes. It will provide the right techniques that you would need in your work place and will guide you through a process to understand the full range of legal issues related to disputes. Having mapped the course content directly to the stated course objectives, we are confident that you will leave this course with comprehensive insights and a balanced perspective.
Course Content• The role and purpose of a formal dispute resolution process• Practical exercises in dispute resolution• Dispute resolution concepts in the UAE and elsewhere• Important litigation concepts in the UAE legal system• Important concepts in the Anglo-American legal system• Introduction to arbitration• Introduction to conciliation and mediation• Other dispute resolution concepts
Who Should AttendThis course will highly benefit professionals working in the real estate, project management, construction, trading, supply chain and logistics sectors with the responsibility for their organisations’ exposure under disputes. While this may includeIn-House Counsel and Legal Advisors, it also includes SeniorManagers and decision makers responsible for the practical and operational management of contractual relationships and the disputes that may arise from them. It will also be useful to those who negotiate contracts, terms and discounts with outside suppliers of goods and services or manage contractor performance.
Benefits of Attending1. Develop strategies for resolving disputes without resorting to
costly litigation2. Explore the technical details of dispute resolution and
advanced negotiation3. Understand the international and regional legal structures for
dispute resolution
Understanding Commercial Law in Bahrain
Course OverviewThis course would be highly beneficial for Business Owners and Managers in the Kingdom of Bahrain and offshore entities seeking to establish or expand their presence in Bahrain.
The course will help you successfully protect your business ventures through proper corporate structuring and legal advice.
Course Content• Overview of the legal system in Bahrain – rule of law, basic
themes, major legal concepts• Major legislation and treaties• Constitution of 2002• The Bahrain court system• Principles of contract law• Principles of employment law• Principles of property law• Doing business in Bahrain: structuring, company formation,
commercial agency
Who Should AttendThis course is for Business Owners and Managers in theKingdom of Bahrain and offshore entities seeking to establish or expand their presence in Bahrain. Corporate Executives andIn-House Counsel should view this course as an opportunity to understand the structuring ideas to increase efficiency of operations, while decreasing costs and liability risks.
Benefits of Attending1. Explore the Bahrain legal system in relation to commercial
endeavours, labour law and property2. Understand key concepts in forming contracts and doing
business in Bahrain3. Manage employment of citizens and expatriates to build
your business
LEG
AL
191Email: [email protected]
Understanding Commercial Law in the UAE
Course OverviewWorking within the legal department of a company can be very challenging in the current economic climate. The Understanding Commercial Law in the UAE course will help you understand the laws that affect your business.
This course will help you to better equip yourself in handling unforeseen situations that could arise within your workplace. The Course Director will guide you through a step-by-step discussion of the UAE legal system to understand a wide range of legal topics relating to commercial law.
Course Content• The legal system in the United Arab Emirates• Major federal statutes in the United Arab Emirates• Overview of legal concepts• Background• Different views on contracts• What makes a good contract?• Key contract issues• Translation: advantages and disadvantages• The UAE labour law• Employment contracts• Verifying status and credentials: background checks• Interplay between employment status and visa status• Special issues for foreign countries: interplay between local
law and home-country law• Special issues for cross-border employees• Employee benefits during the term of employment• Health and safety obligations• Employee resignation and termination• Employee entitlements upon termination• Protecting employer data and confidential information• Property ownership: the elements of the right of ownership• Evolution of property law in the UAE• Formation under the Companies Law• Formation in the various free zones
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for those working within legal departments. It would also be highly beneficial for those working as Company Secretaries, Legal Heads of government offices and medium to large businesses who have had minimal formal training in commercial law and wish to consolidate their experience in the region. In addition, it would also benefit In-House Counsel and Lawyers who recently have been transferred to the UAE.
Benefits of Attending1. Explore the similarities and differences between the UAE
legal system and other legal systems2. Comprehend key concepts in UAE company and contract
law3. Gain an overview of property and labour law in the UAE
Marketing, Sales & Communications
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
195
Table of Contents
Certificate in Corporate Communications ..................................................................................................................................................196
Certificate in Crisis Management & Communications ............................................................................................................................196
Certificate in Digital Marketing .......................................................................................................................................................................197
Certificate in Key Account Management .....................................................................................................................................................197
Certificate in Marketing Planning .................................................................................................................................................................198
Certificate in Measuring, Monitoring & Improving the Customer Experience .................................................................................198
Certificate in Public Relations Practice .......................................................................................................................................................199
Certificate in Reputation Management ........................................................................................................................................................199
Certificate in Strategic Internal Communications .................................................................................................................................200
Certificate in Strategic Marketing ................................................................................................................................................................200
Certified Brand Manager® .................................................................................................................................................................................201
Certified Innovation Leader® (CIL®) ................................................................................................................................................................201
Certified Product Manager® .............................................................................................................................................................................202
Certified Product Marketing Manager® .......................................................................................................................................................202
Channel Management ........................................................................................................................................................................................203
Commercial Negotiation ..................................................................................................................................................................................203
Customer Service Excellence with Social Media ......................................................................................................................................204
Developing & Implementing a Social Media Strategy ............................................................................................................................204
Developing & Managing Marketing Teams .................................................................................................................................................205
Digital Marketing for the Board ......................................................................................................................................................................205
Effective Marketing Executive ........................................................................................................................................................................206
Facebook & Instagram Marketing Masterclass..........................................................................................................................................206
Helping Clients Succeed ...................................................................................................................................................................................207
ILM Endorsed Customer Service Manager .................................................................................................................................................207
ILM Endorsed Sales Management Programme ........................................................................................................................................208
Marketing Masterclass .....................................................................................................................................................................................208
Market Research, Evaluation & Analysis ....................................................................................................................................................209
Measuring ROI for Social Media .....................................................................................................................................................................209
Planning & Running Successful PR Campaigns .........................................................................................................................................210
Sales Management ..............................................................................................................................................................................................210
Sales Territory Mapping .................................................................................................................................................................................... 211
Social Media Marketing Masterclass ............................................................................................................................................................. 211
Successful Product Launching & Brand Positioning ...............................................................................................................................212
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
196 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Corporate Communications
Course OverviewUsing a range of highly interactive workshops, case studies and exercises, this course will help you articulate the business case for building an effective Corporate Communications function, so that it becomes integral to the success of your organisation.
It will focus on developing the competencies needed to formulate and deliver a cohesive Corporate Communications strategy and plan, to protect and enhance your organisation’s brand and reputation.
It will help you to understand and account for the needs of all of your stakeholders, both internal and external.
It will introduce you to best practice case studies from across a range of industries, while providing you with tried and tested tools, techniques and templates that will help you to make a positive impact on the way your organisation is perceived.
Through practical exercises and working in teams, you will also learn how to assess your organisation’s current capabilities and future needs for corporate communications.
Course Content• The business case for corporate communications• Building the foundations of an effective corporate
communications function• Developing your corporate communications strategy• Turning strategy into action – building your corporate
communications plan• Managing difficult messages• Your role as a trusted advisor to the business
Who Should Attend• This is an intermediate/advanced course designed for
executives, senior managers and middle managers interested in improving the way their organisation communicates, both internally and externally.
• It will appeal to communications professionals and practitioners currently working in a Corporate Communications department and who want to improve their contribution to the success of the business, or to those tasked with setting up a new Communications function.
• Equally, this course would benefit professionals in other disciplines, including HR, PR, CSR and Marketing, who recognise the role of Corporate Communications in engaging with customers, employees and the wider community.
Benefits of Attending1. Set up an effective Corporate Communications function
(including internal communications, media relations and external communications), to ensure it adds value to your organisation
2. Identify, map and meet your stakeholders’ needs for Corporate Communications
3. Conduct a Communications Audit to capture current capabilities and future needs
Certificate in Crisis Management & Communications
Course OverviewThis course focuses on preventing and/or minimising reputational damage caused from a crisis by providing you with a complete understanding of the levels of crises, the potential damage to the organisation, how to develop a crisis communication action plan, with all the templates provided.
You will have the opportunity to participate in a number of workshops; view DVDs, review case studies and start completing your crisis communication action plan for your organisation.After attending this course, you will have the knowledge to structure your communication crisis nerve centre and set it up. You will be able to identify all the front-liners in your organisation and brief them on how to effectively play their role.
This course will also provide the know-how on developing different levels of messaging to send out over a variety of channels, for the duration of a crisis, as well as, an understanding of how to do a post-crisis review. Subsequent communication that may be needed to reduce or restore reputational damage will also be provided.
Course Content• Definition and levels of a crisis• Guiding principles for crisis communication• Understand the roles and responsibilities of the crisis
communication team• Crisis Communication Action Steps• Review video, web and teleconferencing guidelines• Communication Messaging• Prepare for media interviews and/or press conferences• Develop a prioritisation matrix for the relevant stakeholders• Understand online and social media guidelines
Who Should Attend• This course is aimed at all industries and is a must attend for
all in communications – Corporate communication directors, communication managers and all communication team members
• It would also be beneficial for the Human Resource Managers and Directors to attend this programme to understand what is addressed during a crisis and the role that HR is required to play by providing relevant and immediate information on employees that may be affected
• Crises sometimes affect the premises, or the various locations that an organisation is situated in. For this reason it is beneficial for the key members of the security team to attend the course to understand the type of information required for communication – Heads and Managers of security teams.
Benefits of Attending1. Increase your knowledge and develop your skills to
anticipate, prepare, analyse, manage and respond to a crisis.2. Identify stakeholders and establish a matrix3. Be able to review post-crises communication and determine
an effective way forward
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
197Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Digital Marketing
Course OverviewThis practical course covers key aspects of digital marketing, showing you how to integrate and reach customers, grow revenues and will help you to understand how to maximise online strategies and the performance of your online marketing investments.
It will also provide you with insights on how digital marketing is approached from both, a client and an agency perspective.
Course Content • Digital display advertising and remarketing• Keyword research• Search engine optimisation basic and advanced concepts• Pay per click advertising• Mobile marketing SoMoLo, web and apps• Website analytics• Digital marketing strategy and planning
Who Should Attend• This course is suitable for a variety of professions and
for all levels of marketing and business experience. It is designed for those with the responsibility of developing or implementing an organisation’s online marketing strategy, such as:
• Senior management• Marketing and business development managers• Marketing executives• Small business owners• IT managers• Anyone who would like to pursue a career in digital
marketing
Benefits of Attending 1. Incorporate digital marketing as a vital component of your
marketing strategy and your business goals2. Drive new visitor traffic to your website and improve
conversion rates3. Create and manage online advertising and marketing
campaigns4. Effectively develop targeted PPC and mobile marketing
campaigns5. Measure and analyse visitor traffic to your website for
optimised customer retention
Certificate in Key Account Management
Course OverviewThis internationally recognised course, endorsed by the UK based ISMM, provides delegates with the strategies and skills needed to ensure that key account relationships are nurtured into highly valued partnerships.
Delegates will use best practice principles to complete the individual assessments, account audits and account plans needed to maximise opportunities and to protect your key accounts from competitor attack.
Course Content• Determining the fundamentals of key account management• Understanding key account relationships• Profiling effective key account managers• Developing a key account strategy• Key account strategies – retention• Key account strategies – acquisition• Key account strategies – growth• Account planning tools• Practical planning session• Relationship based communication• Planning to influence• Managing customer expectations
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for:• Existing account managers• Directors and managers responsible for introducing or
implementing key account strategies• Senior sales staff and sales staff being trained to take on a
key account management role• Customer focused managers from other departments who
have responsibility for interfacing with customers as part of an account management team
Benefits of Attending1. Develop winning key account strategies and explore the
concepts behind the Key Account Matrix2. Recognise the stages of a key account relationship3. Complete business relationship audits for your own
accounts and develop strategic key account plans4. Develop acquisition, growth and retention strategies5. Explore buyers’ roles and motivation within decision making
units6. Examine the advanced communication skills needed to build
lasting relationships
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
198 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Marketing Planning
Course OverviewMarketing planning is central to the business planning process and crucially important to all senior management. In fact marketing planning is too important to be left to the marketing department and the strategic planning, product development, finance, sales and manufacturing/operations management should be involved.
This course provides the tools and techniques and a chance to practice your Marketing Planning and the decisions you make more powerful. You will realise the importance of marketing in getting the organisation to understand and recognise the vital elements needed to produce an effective and powerful marketing strategy while implementing the resulting plans.
The key outcome is to use the marketing planning process to become a more profitable organisation that is better equipped to deal with the competitive environment that we are working in.
Course Content• Reviewing the marketing contribution to a business plan• Emerging Middle East marketing trends and styles• Situation audit – Analysing the status quo• Principles of designing an Integrated Strategic Plan• Market segmentation• Situation analysis• How to carry out a practical analysis of competition• How to define your target audience• Portfolio management• Effective marketing communications• Activities from strategies: developing strong tactics• Digital and social media strategy• Measuring success
Who Should Attend• As marketing planning is central to the business planning
process this course is suitable for all senior management, not just those involved in marketing and sales.
• Experienced managers, from a marketing or non-marketing background, involved with their business planning and strategy development and/or who have authority to develop and implement marketing plans and strategy will benefit from this course.
• E.g. Finance Directors, Operations Directors, who need an insight into linking marketing strategies to financials.
Benefits of Attending1. Challenge your current thinking and approach to Marketing
Planning2. Apply fresh thinking to reflect the benefits of Marketing
Planning on the whole business3. Grow your business by reacting to market changes, threats
and opportunities4. Increase profitability and market share
Certificate in Measuring, Monitoring & Improving the Customer Experience
Course OverviewEvery business assumed that the keys to success were the highest quality product, the best value for money, and the best customer service. Now all we hear about is providing the best “customer experience.” This course will undoubtedly help you improve the capability of your processes and of your employees to deliver superior customer service.
With a strong focus on developing strategies for delivering superior customer service, the course content leads on closing the gap between customer expectations of service and their perceptions of that experience. A prime benefit of attending this training involves designing, developing and deploying customer feedback systems, including survey questionnaires, a customer satisfaction index and the net promoter score and using customer complaints to turn customers from detractors to promoters.
Course Content• The business case• Developing a customer-centric view• Measuring and monitoring the quality of process outputs• Measuring and monitoring the capability of the
transformation process• Measuring and monitoring outcomes• Using gap analysis to identify improvement priorities• Measuring and monitoring customer satisfaction• Analysing and interpreting the results of a customer survey• Complaints and complaint management• Developing insights into the drivers of customer satisfaction
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for you if you work in customer services, customer relations, marketing, sales, service quality, client relations, collections, operations, complaints handling and customer support roles in both the manufacturing and the service sectors.
Benefits of Attending 1. Explain how to develop customer-centric culture based on a
comprehensive understanding of customer expectations2. Describe an approach for influencing and positioning
customer expectations3. Demonstrate an ability to analyse the gap between customer
expectations and customer experience4. Outline a strategy for closing the gaps between customer
expectations and customer experience5. Explain how to motivate employees to deliver superior
customer service6. Outline a strategy for obtaining regular customer feedback
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
199Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Public Relations Practice
Course OverviewThis course will touch on the latest trends and techniques used today in the public relations industry while highlighting the shifts in the practice. Throughout the four days sessions you will learn the “how to”, “when” and “what” constitute a successful public relations campaign.
The applications of influence in communications and public relations will be explained along with focus group centred exercises and case studies based on the instructor’s own experience with world leaders amidst conflict.
Digital strategies and current best practice in social media will be discussed and studied.
You will have an opportunity to use practical tools such as crafting key messaging around the “diamond” technique and the art of listening to persuade and influence.
Course Content• The power of communications today – trends and statistics• Social media monitoring tools and benefits• Principles of communications• Essential elements for a successful public relations program• Key elements of a public relations campaign• Understanding and managing risk – crisis communications• Essential skills to manage public relations plans energy and
personality• Presentation skills – best practice
Who Should Attend• Executives who wish to sharpen their public speaking skills• Managers that need to get a fresh outlook on latest trends
in PR• Mid-Management Staff who are tasked with handling
content and promotional collateral for company social media platforms
• Executives in charge of decision-making and crisis communications planning for their organisations
Benefits of Attending1. Understand and utilise the latest trends in social media
practices2. Enhance and sharpen your skills in crafting and
implementing successful strategic communications plans3. Prepare, assess, craft and manage winning crisis
communications and relevant Public Relations (PR) campaigns
4. Learn the power of non-verbal communications and active listening
5. Apply persuasion and influence through PR techniques6. Understand, analyse and devise the essential concepts of PR
in order to successfully train future practitioners
Certificate in Reputation Management
Course OverviewCertificate in Reputation Management will touch on how to understand, control and manage the reputation of a brand, individual or company. Throughout the three-day course we will work on techniques to enhance and sharpen your skills in crafting and implementing successful strategic communications plans to protect the reputation of individuals or entities, while learning how to create compelling, quality content, how to monitor, prepare and create rapid response to any negative information online and offline.
Exercises, focus groups and videos will be explained and shared based on the instructor’s own experience with world leaders and VIPs to better prepare, assess, craft and manage winning strategic communication and relevant reputation management campaigns.
You will have an opportunity to use practical tools such as crafting key messaging and the art of monitoring and quick reaction responses to protect, persuade and influence.
Course Content• The power of communications today• Principles of reputation management• Mainstream and social media monitoring tools and benefits• Essential elements for a successful reputation management
campaign• Key steps to creating compelling content• Understanding and managing risk for your reputation/brand
– crisis communications• Top skills to manage reputation campaigns
Who Should Attend• Executives who wish to protect their or their company’s
reputation• Managers/lawyers that need to get a fresh outlook on
reputation management• Mid-management staff who are tasked to handle content
and promotional collateral for company social media platforms
• Executives in charge of decision making and crisis communications planning for their organisations
Benefits of Attending1. Understand and successfully manage the reputation of a
brand, individual or company2. Craft and implement successful strategic communications
plans to protect the reputation of individuals or entities3. Create compelling, quality content online and offline4. Monitor, prepare and create rapid response to any negative
information online5. Prepare, assess, craft and manage winning crisis
communications and relevant reputation management campaigns
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
200 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Strategic Internal Communications
Course OverviewThe Certificate in Strategic Internal Communications course will cover important internal communications challenges you face and give you the critical solutions and best practice examples that can assist you in the future. It will provide you with the basis to apply this information within your business environment to achieve the results you need.
The course will also guide you in designing a streamlined and effective internal communications strategy for your organisation and teach you how to improve organisational performance through an understanding of key topics.
Course Content• An introduction to strategy• The strategic environment• Strategic analysis – a communications perspective• Strategy implementation• Formulating strategic action plans• Determine what you want to communicate• Establish your target audience• Formulate the best means of reaching your audience• Evaluate if your messages are reaching your audience• Review proven methods to identify your internal Customers• Understand your role as an internal consultant within your
organisation• Overcoming common problems and critical success factors• Questioning and listening for best results• Attitude, communications and awareness surveys to identify
your communications objectives• Assessing the effectiveness of internal communications• Utilise specific assessing skills and support systems
required to carry out your strategy effectively• Develop and enter into Service Level Agreements (SLAs) with
your internal customers to support strategy execution• Methods to improve the perception of your department• Developing a communications framework and an internal
communications strategic plan
Who Should AttendThis cutting edge course is created for professionals interested in maximising internal communications in their companies. From Department Heads and HR Directors to Internal Communications Managers and PR Managers, this course is for everyone interested in engaging their employees and creating an ambassadorial workforce.
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn how to identify critical criteria that assist you in
formulating a successful internal communications strategy2. Acquire the necessary tools and techniques to assess your
current internal communications processes3. Tailor your messages to ensure they get noticed by your
target groups4. Adopt effective methods to continuously improve your
communications strategy
Certificate in Strategic Marketing
Course OverviewThis course provides the tools and techniques and a chance to practice to make your strategic marketing planning and the decisions you make more powerful.
You will see examples from a range of industries internationally and have the chance to practice some key techniques on case examples presented in the workshop. The sessions cover all the elements of marketing; from customer and brand understanding via objective and strategy development through to managing implementation and evaluation.
Course Content• Strategic marketing• Market assessment• Strategy management• Understanding customers• The power of the Brand• Product and market development strategy• Digital and social media strategy• Activation implementation• Judging and measuring strategies
Who Should AttendThis course has been designed specifically for executives, senior managers, managers and team leaders who want to improve their management and business performance. It is aimed at anyone responsible for producing strategic marketing plans together with their marketing teams from different marketing levels and specialisms.
Directors and other senior personnel responsible for overall strategy and an organisation’s future performance and growth would also benefit from this course, for the marketing and customer orientation it offers.
It is particularly useful for:• Managers who are about to move out of a specialist role into
a broader general management role• Managers or department heads with cross-functional
responsibilities who need to develop a customer focus• Managers who are looking to develop and broaden their
general marketing skills
It is suitable for all those involved in marketing strategy, planning and its implementation, but also those in areas of sales and finance who want to gain an understanding of the role of marketing. It is intended to help give you more control over your own organisation’s marketplace performance and future success.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand best practice approaches to Strategic Marketing
Planning, their benefits and risks, and gain from examples from a range of industries
2. Apply leading edge techniques to improve your Marketing Strategy and better achieve your objectives in your markets
3. Develop the ability to influence the marketing agenda and know how to make it happen
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
201Email: [email protected]
Certified Brand Manager®
Certificate Partner: AIPMM
Course OverviewCertified Brand Manager covers the roles and responsibilities of brand management, the key organisational interfaces, and the use of the classical marketing “Ps” to strengthen your brand. You will explore the different levels of your brand (e.g., elements, attributes, personality and core values), and how each plays an important role in developing and maintaining strong relationships with your customers.
The course will provide insights into achieving the ultimate payoff by maximising brand equity and brand value. The exam at the end of the course will help you meet all the prerequisites to become a “Certified Brand Manager®”.
Course Content• Benefits of the brand to the brand-holder and the customer• Trends in the relationship between customers and brands• How brand management fits into the company • The key organisational interfaces• The components of the brand identity • Core values • Brand personality, attributes and elements• Positioning your brand• Uses of social media in strengthening brands and reinforcing
brand identity• Measuring and optimizing brand equity• Developing and maintaining the brand
Who Should Attend• Brand Managers and those responsible for managing the
function• Marketing Managers• Product Managers, Product Marketing Managers and others
responsible for marketing products• Business Managers and others wanting to become more
knowledgeable about the role of their brand
Benefits of Attending 1. Increase your effectiveness as a brand manager and receive
the industry certification, “Certified Brand Manager” from AIPMM
2. Strengthen your brand to develop and maintain deeper, longer lasting relationships with your customers
3. Position your brand to make it relevant, distinct and engaging for your target customers
Certified Innovation Leader® (CIL®)
Certificate Partner: AIPMM
Course OverviewLearn the skills, strategies, and techniques to give yourself and your product a competitive advantage. With this AIPMM accredited certification, you will walk away with a toolbox of best practices and proven methodologies that will help you establish and then lead a culture of innovation for your company. You will craft a workable real-time process to build new, effective revenue streams.
You will re-learn the entire product life cycle from the perspective of innovation; from goods and services early ideation to the retirement of past innovations. The entire learning process is designed to prepare you to take the Certified Innovation Leader exam.
This AIPMM ProdBOK® Approved training also prepares candidates for the Certified Innovation Leader (CIL®) exam.
Course ContentThe AIPMM Innovation Body of Knowledge explored in this workshop includes:• •Innovation Strategic Alignment• Ideation Management• Business Case Development• Knowledge Creation• Project Planning• Innovation Development• Innovation Qualification• Product Launch
Who Should AttendInnovation crosses the entire enterprise and is designed for a wide range of departments such as:• Product Management Teams: Product Managers, Product
Marketing Managers, Brand Managers, Marketing Managers• Product Development Teams: Project Managers, Program
Managers, Technology Managers, Business Analysts, Design Engineers, Application Developers
• Technology/Infrastructure Teams: IT/Project professionals, Enterprise-wide information specialists, Solution Architects
• Also, well-suited for experienced cross-functional managers who want to understand proven methodologies for defining and implementing an innovation process within their organizations.
Benefits of Attending 1. Transform new knowledge about your field into creative
ideas for products or processes to give your business an edge over competitors
2. Purposefully create an innovation culture in your business and employees through management skills and tools
3. Harness innovative ideas to design value-added products that are successful in any marketplace
4. Maintain operational effectiveness throughout each stage of the innovation process
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
202 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certified Product Manager®
Certificate Partner: AIPMM
Course OverviewProduct management refers to the function that champions new products throughout the front end of the product lifecycle – from inception to launch.
In this course, we will discuss “best practice” in product management that you can apply to improve your efficiency and effectiveness as a product manager. We also will review the typical roles and responsibilities of product management as well as key organisational interfaces. The course will be highly interactive and will include numerous exercises that reinforce the key points.
In addition to providing valuable training, the course will help prepare you to take the exam to become a “Certified Product Manager®”, a professional credential that is recognised worldwide.
Course Content• The product lifecycle and product management• Understanding goods and services• Key product decisions• Product line and product mix• Market segmentation• Product positioning• Strategic planning and portfolio management• The product lifecycle: inception through launch• Preparing for the launch• The extended value chain• Product management tools
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for anyone involved in the product management function: working with internal resources to ensure successful product/service definition, design, development and launch. These people may have responsibility for goods and/or services, in any industry, and include:• Product Managers and Product Specialists• Senior Product Managers and Product Line Managers• Solutions Managers and Segment Managers• Others who work closely with the product management
function including Product Marketing Managers, Product Development Managers and Business Analysts
Benefits of Attending1. Understand best practice in product management and how
you can apply them to be more effective2. Develop a robust strategy for your products and product
lines, to increase market share and fight off competition3. Design products that match target customer needs and
desires, both functional and emotional, to ensure maximum market penetration
4. Manage the front end (idea, concept, development, test, launch) of the product lifecycle more effectively to produce better outcomes in the marketplace
5. Gain an important professional credential by taking the exam to become an AIPMM Certified Product Manager®
Certified Product Marketing Manager®
Certificate Partner: AIPMM
Course OverviewProduct marketing refers to the function of ensuring the success of the product in the marketplace. It starts with a successful launch and continues as the product moves through its lifecycle.
In this course, we will review the typical roles and responsibilities of product marketing, as well as the key organisational interfaces. We discuss “best practice” that you can apply to improve your efficiency and effectiveness as a product marketing manager. You will also learn tools and techniques you can begin applying immediately. The course will be highly interactive and will include numerous exercises that reinforce the key points.
In addition to providing valuable training, the course will help prepare you to take the exam to become a “CertifiedProduct Marketing Manager®”, a professional credential that is recognised worldwide.
Course Content• Overview of the product and product lifecycle management• The product lifecycle• Branding• Product/market expansion• Competitive strategy• Customer buying behaviour• Overview of the marketing mix• Pricing• Promotion (communicating with the target customer• Integrated marketing communications• International considerations• Managing the marketing process• Place (distribution)
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for anyone involved in the product marketing function, working with internal and external resources to launch the product and ensure its success in the marketplace. These people may have responsibility for goods and/or services, in any industry, and include:• Product Marketing Managers• Product Managers and Product Specialists• Marketing Managers and Marketing Coordinators• Solutions Managers and Segment Managers• Business Development Executives• Others who work closely with the product marketing function
or who are otherwise responsible for marketing products
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand best practice in product marketing and how to
apply it in your organisation2. Manage the commercialisation phase (launch, growth,
maturity, decline) of the product lifecycle more effectively to produce better outcomes in the marketplace
3. Gain an important professional credential by taking the exam to become an AIPMM Certified Product Marketing Manager®
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
203Email: [email protected]
Channel Management
Course OverviewEvery organisation requires a clear strategy for developing, aligning channel marketing objectives of its respective category and brands within each of the channels that it operates in with the correct knowledge of its channels, insight into consumer and shopper research, together with a channel vision for the Point of Purchase (POP) to develop the best strategies for developing its overall presence in the retail trade.
This course will provide delegates with the strategies and essential skills required to select the best channels/outlet types to drive overall category development.
Course Content• Demand management and insight platforms• Key channel drivers• Roles and importance of channels• Route-to-market• Channel definition process and segmentation • Channel attractiveness• Consumer/shopper – definitions and understanding the
differences• Consumer/shopper insights• Channel prioritisation and varying investment levels• Channel attractiveness = channel strategies• Conducting a 3D swot analysis• Smart objectives
Who Should AttendAlthough predominantly focused and orientated towards the FMCG trade, the programme would be applicable to operational personnel within other industries that trade across different retail channels. i.e. Telecoms, electronic accessories, small electrical appliance and white goods suppliers etc.
Sales and Marketing personnel, Activation Managers, Sales Capability Managers and personnel, Go-to-Market Managers, Route-to-Market personnel, Senior Merchandising Managers, Managers that are members of a channel segmentation or Route-to-market project team.
Benefits of Attending 1. Drive organisational growth through effective Channel
Management2. Apply the Channel Definition process, based on the
‘Consumer Activity Clustering’ model3. Develop channel specific promotional strategies and
evaluate them4. Work with the 14-step Channel Planning Process tool5. Establish Channel-specific action plans6. Learn how to use the Channel Management toolkits
Commercial Negotiation
Course OverviewThe art of negotiation is to aim for a win-win outcome. This course covers the three-phase model, establishing and using trading currencies, fall back options and your settlement range, signalling and proposing, gaining commitment and tactical team roles.
Course Content• Definition of negotiation and the 3 Stage Model• Negotiating styles and characteristics of effective
negotiators• 4 levels of communication• Verbal behavioural analysis –Ttheory and practical exercises• Advanced questioning techniques• 10 key negotiating lessons• Combating power ploys, tactics and establishing rapport• Proposing planning guide/making the first offer• Using, recognising and rewarding signalling behaviours to
move forward• Dealing with objections and pricing issues• Movement and concessions checklist• Negotiating across cultural boundaries – the SPECIES model• Using creative thinking to get to win-win• Paired negation
Who Should Attend• Business Development Managers• Senior executives/Entrepreneurs• Sales Managers/Sales Negotiators/Key Account Managers• Sales/Marketing Consultants/ Marketing Managers • Channel Managers / Buyers, purchasing staff• HR Staff/Recruiters• Government Officials
Benefits of Attending1. Gain an understanding of the communications skills,
characteristics and behaviours used worldwide by the most successful negotiators
2. Practice the key planning elements including determining both parties trading currencies, setting tactical roles, setting objectives, setting your settlement range, setting backstops, and identifying common ground
3. Understand and gain hands on experience of when and how to use, proposing, signalling, “if – then” trading and gaining commitment
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
204 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Customer Service Excellence with Social Media
Course OverviewIncreasingly, customers are giving feedback, reviews and voicing their frustrations online. This can lead to a range of new and challenging circumstances in which to deal with customer service. This course will help you to identify and engage with your customers online using social media in a risk managed way.
You will learn how to use social media effectively, making best use of the wide range of tools available. This will include use of social media monitoring tools to fully understand your audience, as well as social customer service tools to manage workflow and engagement.
Course Content• Social media and customer service in perspective• The key social channels in perspective• Using social media monitoring tools• Challenges of social customer service• Social media measurement approach• Social measurement ratios• Analytics and customer service• Social media and customer service management tools• Social customer service – policy and process• Workshop – building your social media customer service
plan
Who Should AttendThe course is designed for anyone with responsibility for customer service or digital marketing within an organisation. It will also be highly relevant for those with responsibility for an overall customer satisfaction as well as those involved in PR and brand management.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand how social media can be used for customer
service and use the key social channels effectively2. Use social media monitoring tools to manage feedback as
well as social customer service management tools3. Monitor, engage and delight your customers using social
media
Developing & Implementing a Social Media Strategy
Course OverviewThe course will share the marketing strategies that will help your business grow dramatically using social media. You will explore selling to the new generation of online buyers and the importance of aligning your content, social media and online technology to your sales and marketing strategy.
Learn new ways to promote and brand your business online using social media. You will use new, low-cost strategies for boosting your business with the minimum of effort and at the minimum of risk. Learn the power of the big four: YouTube, LinkedIn, Facebook and Twitter, and where and how they fit into your marketing strategy.
Assess your website and discover how to own the first page of Google for your chosen phrase. The course also includes practical video strategies where you will be involved in creating videos and getting instant views from YouTube.
Course Content• Your online strategy• Search engines • Google• Your website• Blogs• YouTube• Videos• Success with videos on YouTube• Audio-video communication• LinkedIn• Twitter• Facebook• Other social media
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for anyone involved in marketing or responsible for the online strategy for their business. It is particularly relevant to entrepreneurs and small business owners who want to build their brand and online presence.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to dominate the first page of Google and
understand the power of article marketing2. Apply business strategies using blogs, Facebook, Twitter
and LinkedIn3. Understand how and where to use video marketing4. Understand mobile media and its marketing strategies in
business
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
205Email: [email protected]
Developing & Managing Marketing Teams
Course OverviewThis course provides insight into the online business, social networking, collaboration, portal technology and content management for implementing your business strategy on the web.
Course Content• Business plan• Essential elements of portals• Web value chain versus traditional commerce value chain• Branding• Virtual communities• Requirements• Defining and designing your portal• Researching customers• Running marketing campaigns and tracking performance• Architecture• Governance
Who Should AttendThis course has been designed for managers and executives in government and corporates who need to acquire a high competency in portal solutions, development and content management tools, processes and governance. It is also relevant for web and IT professionals associated with e-business, collaboration and content management initiatives.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain insights into your business, web, portals and content
management to implement your internet channel strategy and provide a unique customer experience
2. Explore global best practice for creating web portals and managing your brand identity
3. Build online brands and implement a successful strategy to enhance overall customer experience and loyalty
Digital Marketing for the Board
Course OverviewThis training has been designed to help understand how to plan, budget and manage a comprehensive digital marketing strategy for your organisation. This two-day theoretical and practical digital marketing course covers key aspects of digital marketing, with a highlight on using digital marketing strategies to reach more customers, promote revenue growth, increase market share and measure ROI.
This course will help you to understand how to maximise ROI through online strategies. It will also provide you with insights as to how digital is approached from both a client and an agency perspective. You will benefit from real life examples and case studies based on global and regional online marketing practices. At the end of this course, you will understand the various channels and activities required to prepare, implement and manage a comprehensive digital marketing plan for your organisation.
Course Content• Digital Marketing Mix• Website Analytics• Digital Marketing Strategy and Planning• Digital Display Advertising, Search Engine Optimisation
(SEO), Pay Per Click Advertising• Social Media• Mobile Marketing and SoMoLo, Video Marketing• Remarketing and advanced strategies• Create an effective digital marketing team• Chose and manage agencies• Action plans
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for Board Members, CEOs, CMOs and COOs, senior managers from all levels of marketing, business owners.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the value and importance of digital marketing
and why it is a vital component of your business strategy plan
2. Learn from practical real-life examples how digital marketing can help significantly grow your business, domestically and internationally
3. Get an overview of every Digital Marketing strategy, with pro and cons of each digital channel
4. Create and effectively manage a team, capable of launching display, search marketing, online advertising and digital marketing campaigns
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
206 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Effective Marketing Executive
Course OverviewThis course focuses on those areas of marketing which all marketing personnel should understand. It introduces the major marketing tools and the role of marketing within the wider organisation.
Course Content• What is the role of marketing?• The marketing mix• Market analysis – situation audit• Market intelligence• Market segmentation• Positioning• Market analysis• Marketing communications• Maximising the use of agencies• Selection of marcoms• Implementing pricing policies• Managing customer relationships• Marketing planning
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for those who are in support positions in marketing or who are just starting in their marketing careers. It is also useful for anyone who wishes to develop a better understanding of the marketing process and for those who interact with the marketing department.
Benefits of Attending 1. Boost business performance by ensuring that your
marketing role and activities contribute to corporate objectives
2. Ensure that your marketing messages are consistent and aligned by developing and implementing an integrated communications strategy
3. Assist in delivering superior service by effectively managing customer relationships and improving customer care to gain loyalty and to retain customers
Facebook & Instagram Marketing Masterclass
Course OverviewThis deep-dive course provides a clear understanding of how to use Facebook and Instagram as tools to maximise engagement and drive business results.
Whether you are a relative newcomer to social or a seasoned pro, you will take away actionable steps to drive business growth by leveraging the power of the platforms – Facebook and Instagram.
Course Content• State of Facebook in the region• Platform basics• Facebook pages• Facebook content best practice• Facebook advertising• Direct response best practice• Facebook targeting• Facebook measurement• Instagram marketing
Who Should Attend• Advertising Agency Executives • Digital Marketing Executives/Managers• Media Planners and Buyers • Ecommerce Marketers• Community Managers• Small-Business Owners
Benefits of Attending 1. Build a go-to marketing community using best practice of
managing brand pages and reach new customers using Facebook’s targeting options effectively
2. Monitor brand performance and gain marketing intelligence through the insights dashboard
3. Capture your audience’s attention in the newsfeed by using the power of content
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
207Email: [email protected]
Helping Clients Succeed
Certificate Partner: FranklinCovey Middle East
Course OverviewOver the past 15 years, FranklinCovey has worked with thousands of sales teams all over the world, and studied what the top performing sales professionals do as a matter of habit.
Designed to help sales teams consciously replicate these best practices in order to achieve superior results.
Recognised globally as one of the ‘Top 20’ sales trainings, this award winning methodology provides comprehensive training on the entire sales cycle, from prospecting new clients to closing the deal, in three days.
Course Content• Acquire new and effective ways to prospecting• Transform the sales funnel• Qualifying opportunities• Identify client needs • Enable decisions• Offer solutions to generate shorter sales cycles• Increased client satisfaction and more wins• Closing the Sale
Who Should AttendThis intensive programme is designed to help all sales professionals seeking cut-throat practice to master the mindsets, skillsets and toolsets for a significant, measurable, and sustained performance improvement.
Benefits of Attending1. Acquire new and effective ways to fill your pipeline2. Identify client needs and offer solutions to generate shorter
sales cycles, increased client satisfaction and more wins3. Design and deliver efficient presentations to help clients to
make quick decisions
ILM Endorsed Customer Service Manager
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis course addresses the process of designing and implementing a customer service system as a major competitive tool. It deals with determining the service expectations of different customer groups and developing a service strategy around their needs. It will address the importance of client relationships, how to write standards and how to develop top quality customer service teams.
Social media is revolutionising customer service. Customers are now controlling the conversation around customer service! Social media outlets have given customers big megaphones to voice their admiration and frustrations of service experiences.
In addition to the ever-popular and critical inclusions in this course, we are now exploring how to ‘connect the dots’ with service delivery, and how to bring some of the ethos of social media inside the value chain.
Course Content• Customer service in a global economy• Establishing service packages for each of your key customer
groups• How to determine the degree of need/solution complexity for
your clients• Measuring client satisfaction• Determining desired clients of choice• Social media and its impact on customer service• The service triangle and customer focus• Developing service strategies• Creating a culture of customer service excellence• Developing top quality customer service teams• Coaching staff for improved customer service performance• Gain specific input on initiatives that worked in organisations• Finding positive solutions to customer complaints• Service – an attitude, an art and a process
Who Should AttendThis course is specifically designed for all employees who are actively involved with providing customer service excellence, and those employees who are charged with setting up the strategies that support the corporate customer service initiatives in their organisations.
Benefits of Attending 1. Identify your customers, what they expect and the sources
of customer power, and use this information to develop and target your customer service strategy effectively
2. Create quality service standards to benchmark your provision of products and services and use customer feedback to improve your service
3. Develop positive solutions to customer complaints and transform your most challenging customers into champions by recognising their personality types, what they value and their needs
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
208 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
ILM Endorsed Sales Management Programme
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewOver four days the course includes seminar modules, proactive workshops, case studies, video interviews, role plays and the opportunity to discuss examples from other companies in case study formats. The course maintains the balance between customers, sales, business and operational needs.
Course Content• Know your business – identify and satisfy its needs• Understanding the role of sales professionals• Implement a sales programme – competitive advantage,
features and benefits• Building customer confidence for success• Managing relationships with your customer• Resolve any conflict to gain a win-win advantage• Business planning for high performance sales organisations• Setting challenging and realistic targets• Handling the workload• Strategy planning and implementation• Leading and managing people• Economic value of a customer focused organisation• The four pillars of negotiation wisdom• Team building and development focus• Role of salesman as consultant• Action planning and personal development
Who Should AttendThe course focus is on sales professionals and their need to ensure that their teams perform to maximum efficiency. However, other personnel within the company, who are involved in developing and improving sales and the relationship with customers and whose actions can influence the customer’s decisions will also benefit from this course.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand your business clearly and identify the salesman’s
contribution to the bottom line2. Identify the competitive advantages, features and benefits in
your sales programme3. Learn how to build customer confidence for success through
a strong dialogue4. Manage relationships with your customers, resolving any
conflict towards win-win situations5. Set challenging and realistic targets, remembering that it all
starts with the customer6. Absorb best practice negotiation skill sets and strategies for
sales management7. Lead team building and development with innovation and
creativity
Marketing Masterclass
Course OverviewThis course will cover both the theory and the practice of marketing, equipping delegates with the skills and knowledge to be able to contribute effectively to the marketing initiatives in their organisation. The course will cover the roles and responsibilities of brand management and the use of the marketing mix to strengthen brands. Using latest and best practice, delegates will learn how to grow and defend your market position and maximise investment return.
You will learn how to be fully effective and efficient in all aspects of marketing. This is the most comprehensive coverage of the marketing function that can be provided.
Course Content• Marketing organisation• The product lifecycle • Marketing strategy• Marketing planning• Customer understanding• Brands and brand building• Innovation and new product development (npd)• Pricing strategies and customer driven marketing strategies• Brand communication• Measurement• Marketing effectiveness and analysis
Who Should AttendThis intermediate level workshop is aimed at individuals who are familiar with, or are working in, the marketing function; as well as anyone who needs to be aware of the principles of marketing.
This training is also a useful course for anyone who wishes to develop a better understanding of the marketing process and for those who interact with the marketing department and would like a better grasp of all that is involved in the marketing process.
The course will also benefit individuals who manage businesses and need to review their marketing strategy or decide on and implement key tactics and marketing activity.
Benefits of Attending1. Maximise your marketing performance and create a
marketing plan for your organisation2. Apply techniques to segment your marketplace and identify
your key target audience3. Create clear and measurable objectives and tools to
measure and refine results4. Use best practice methods to maximise the effectiveness of
marketing mix and establish a competitive advantage5. Strengthen your brand for deeper, longer lasting relationships
with your customers6. Understand best practice in product management and apply
it in your organisation
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
209Email: [email protected]
Market Research, Evaluation & Analysis
Course OverviewThis course covers the basics of market research and introduces several advanced techniques to gain real and in-depth insight to help make better business decisions. Explaining how to write a good brief and choose the best agency, it doesn’t stop there, it helps you see how observations from research get crafted into insights and how this can then be measured simply via NPS along a customer experience map.
The course is very practical, and rich in case studies and real-life examples that should serve as inspiration for you to go back to your day job complete with new skills, reference templates and inspirational stories to drive your business forward.
Course Content• The need for research to answer business questions • Qualitative & Quantitative Research• The changing relationship between consumers brands and
companies• Big data models and how they work • Influencer research• The principles of design thinking and dynamic insight • Selecting the Right Agency• Measurement and Evaluation• Customer Experience Framework • Net Promoter Score (NPS) • Writing a Market Research Brief
Who Should AttendMarket Research applies across all categories (Service and Product – category and country agnostic) and across a diverse range of job titles, not just limiting the learning for Marketing Professionals.This Intermediate to Advanced level course is well-suited for, and will benefit:• Market Research Professionals such as Associates,
Managers and Senior Managers• Sales Professionals• Business Leaders such as Entrepreneurs, Business Analysts
and Business Development Managers, Business Modelling Managers and Statisticians
• Agency Account Managers and Account Planners
Benefits of Attending1. Meet your business needs by using advanced and new
research methods such as Behavioural economics, Heuristics, Emotional resonance, Influencer research, Semiotics and Design Thinking
2. Build your Research and insight around the core business motivator – the customer experience and purchase funnel
3. Construct a great Market Research Brief/Insight Brief 4. Apply your learning to create an agency selection criterion to
meet your brief and choose the best partner
Measuring ROI for Social Media
Course OverviewIn this course, we will address all of your needs, from your social media strategy and goal setting, to identifying which metrics you should be tracking and monitoring. You should leave this course with a clear understanding of social media ROI and a Measurement Framework for your social media activities.
This comprehensive course explains how to plan and set appropriate social media objectives, track and measure the effectiveness of activities and apply learning to improve overall corporate performance. The course will cover all of the primary social media channels, including Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and YouTube, and will include practical exercises and topical case studies.
Course Content• Application of best practice management – Acquisition and
engagement• Social media planning• How to set appropriate social media objectives and targets• Setting up monitoring and crisis management systems• Choosing the most appropriate social media monitoring
tools for your organisation• Using and measuring campaign hash-tags• Understanding social media reach, engagement and impact
metrics• How to measure success on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram,
YouTube and other social media platforms• How to use Google Analytics• Social media planning and measurement implications• Creating a social media dashboard• Influence and influencers• How to package and present social media results to senior
management• How to identify and leverage insights from social media
analysis to aid future decision making and investments
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for: • Social Media Managers and Directors• Marketing Managers and Directors• PR/Communication Managers and Directors• Social Media Executives• Senior managers who need to get on top of social media
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to align social media measurement with
corporate objectives2. Understand how to measure success in all of the primary
social media channels3. Gain practical, hands-on experience of a range of monitoring
and measurement tools4. Benefit from analysing current best practice in social media
and measurement5. Develop a social media framework for your own organisation
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
210 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Planning & Running Successful PR Campaigns
Course OverviewThis course will guide you through all the essential factors in planning and running public relations programmes that will win the maximum corporate and marketing success.
Course Content• Campaign aims and objectives• Policies and strategies• Audiences and messages• Performance measures• The issues audit• Crises and crisis management• Supporting and engaging management• Public relations resources• Communications activities• Feedback and fine-tuning• Media relations• Media management
Who Should AttendThis course is designed specifically for middle to senior level public relations professionals who wish to further develop their PR and communications skills including PR directors and managers, corporate communications managers and directors of government relations and government affairs.
Benefits of Attending 1. Discover the essential steps to take your organisation’s
public relations to the highest performance levels2. Understand the key factors that will make your public
relations build reputation and business success, especially when budgets are tight
3. Double the impact of your public relations activities on your organisation’s reputation, its relationships, goodwill and performance
Sales Management
Course OverviewBy the end of the course, you will have the confidence to take on one of the most demanding of management roles: Structure and lead successful sales teams
Course Content• The foundations of modern sales management• Understanding and adapting your management style• Transactional and transformational leadership• Measuring and managing high impact sales activities• The 8 habits of failed sales managers• Creating high performance sales teams• Setting motivational sales targets and high impact sales• Role based compensation and commission schemes• Running productive sales meetings• Accurate sales forecasting• 7 stages of effective delegation• The key principals of motivating individuals and teams• Using field accompaniment to improve performance• Taking corrective action• Conducting effective counselling and appraisal• Team & individual development• The GROW model of coaching• Recruiting and keeping top performers
Who Should Attend• Sales Managers/Directors/Team Leaders• Marketing Managers / Directors• Key Account Managers/Sales Negotiators/Telesales
Managers/Supervisor• Business Development Managers• Sales/Marketing Consultants/Channel Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Understand how to recruit, motivate and manage your sales
team in today’s challenging environment2. Learn how to tailor reward and incentive packages to
maximise profitability and meet corporate objectives3. Explore a range of sales management tools including sales
forecasting, CRM and PRM strategies
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
211Email: [email protected]
Sales Territory Mapping
Course OverviewMapping and establishing effective and efficient territory routes is a multi-functional process requiring a structured and disciplined approach. Therefore, this course has been designed in a modular format covering each element of the subject.
The course is packed with action-orientated modules which have specific outputs and are immediately applicable and transferable in the work situation. Each day’s learning will consist of lectures, presentations, a case study, and group discussions followed by group or individual exercises and workshops.
Course Content• Understanding market-driven distribution systems• Mapping and setting up territories, routes and route books • Analysing routes and applying standards • Improving route efficiencies• Use of technology in ensuring effective and efficient territory
routes• The conducting of Every Dealer Survey (EDS)• The ‘cleaning’ of the customer data base• The conducting of a time and motion study• Identifying non-value add activities• Ensuring route plan compliance• Monitoring and evaluating performance with Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs) • Ensuring skills capability of personnel
Who Should AttendThis course is predominantly focused and orientated towards the FMCG trade. It would also be relevant for sales and distribution operational personnel from other industries that trade across different retail channels such as Sales Supervisors and Managers, Route-to-Market/Go-to-Market personnel, Distribution and Routing Managers, Activation Managers, Sales Capability Managers and personnel, managers that are members of a channel segmentation or Route-to-market project team
Benefits of Attending 1. Establish and manage a set of territory sales/distribution
routes that are efficient and effective2. Build market-driven sales and distribution systems3. Use Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and standards to
improve performance and minimise expenses4. Identify and solve routing problems, affecting improvement
in overall sales and distribution route performance
Social Media Marketing Masterclass
Course OverviewThis course is designed to bring you up to date with what’s happening in the world of social media, get you up to speed with the tools and platforms available and allow you to communicate effectively with your target audience, on the channel of their choice in their favourite form of media.
Using a combination of case studies, workshop sessions, knowledge share and group discussions, this course provides an interactive approach to knowledge transfer and will allow you to tailor the topics to your organisations requirements.
Course Content• Social Media landscape and strategy• Fundamental marketing shift (Socialnomics) • Holistic digital marketing approach• Social Media health check - workshop session• How do various channels fit into the equation?• Twitter, YouTube and Google+• Facebook, Instagram and Snapchat• LinkedIn and Social Media management tools• Exploring your LinkedIn content creation strategy• Online Reputation Management (ORM)
Who Should AttendThis course is aimed at those that classify themselves as intermediate to advanced social media managers/users in the professional sense. The course will not go through how to setup any accounts. It is assumed that delegates attending the course are looking to build upon an existing knowledge of their knowledge of Social Media Marketing.
This course is suitable for Marketing Managers, Communications Specialists, PR Executives, Managers and Consultants, and anyone interested in learning how to make sure social media works for their organisation rather than a drain on resources.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand how important the social media landscape is
to your organisation now and in the future – the difference between ROI and COI
2. Establish your content creation strategy to ensure social media is driving the business in a unified direction with holistic marketing activity
3. Identify your customer personas and which platform they want to hear from you on
4. Explore the idea that social media is no longer a free advertising platform – A deep dive into social media advertising
5. Evaluate tools and technology to successfully manage and optimise your social media marketing process
MA
RK
ET
ING
, SA
LES
& C
OM
MU
NIC
AT
ION
S
212 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Successful Product Launching & Brand Positioning
Course OverviewThis highly interactive four-day course will help you overcome these issues via the application of proven product launch and brand management techniques to your organisation.
The four days are structured around a Successful Product Launching and Brand Positioning Canvas. The Canvas takes you, step-by-step, through the process of successful product launch and brand positioning using a range of practical and easy to apply best practice tools.
Each session is based on expert Course Director’s input, application of content to your organisation and facilitated group discussion. Case material from a broad range of industries are explored and evaluated to share best practice. This approach helps you obtain new and novel insights based on other industries you may not have previously encountered, and whose principles can be applied to your organisation.
Course Content• The product launch marketing and brand positioning canvas• Identifying critical success factors• Profiling your target customer• Developing focus: clarifying your value proposition• An introduction to insight• Product and new product development: definition and scope• Strategic product marketing models and insight generation
– exploration, application, analysis and evaluation• Understanding innovation in your organisation• Applying creativity techniques that drive innovation in your
organisation• Strategic product branding – defining your products brand,
brand enablers, and building a holistic brand experience• Product marketing strategy – segmentation, targeting and
positioning• Launching your product to market• Identifying critical success factors
Who Should AttendProduct launch and brand positioning are strategic management activities. This course is suited to “C” level marketing executives, senior marketing executives or senior marketing managers who play an active role in product launch and brand strategy. It is not suitable for entry level or junior marketers or those with no marketing experience. The course is equally applicable to those who market “tangible” goods, deliver services or even manage places or destinations.
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the factors which are critical to product launch and
brand positioning success at your organisation2. Learn how to launch products that customers don’t know
they currently need3. Understand why brands positioned around strong feelings
win in today’s markets4. Ensure your brand engages in meaningful conversations with
customers using social media and mobile to drive product launch success and support desired brand positioning
Procurement & Supply
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
215
Table of Contents
APICS – Certified Supply Chain Professional (CSCP) Exam Preparation ..........................................................................................216
APICS – Principles of Inventory Management ...........................................................................................................................................216
Best Practice in Warehouse Operations & Management ........................................................................................................................217
Best Practice Procurement ................................................................................................................................................................................217
Certificate in Finance for Procurement Professionals .............................................................................................................................218
Certificate in Inventory Management, Demand Planning & Forecasting .........................................................................................218
Certificate in Risk Management & Supply Chain Vulnerability ...........................................................................................................219
Chartered Institute of Procurement & Supply (CIPS) – Diploma in Procurement & Supply Exam Preparation ....................219
Unit 1 – Contexts of Procurement & Supply ..................................................................................................................................220
Unit 2 – Business Needs in Procurement & Supply ...................................................................................................................220
Unit 3 – Sourcing in Procurement & Supply ..................................................................................................................................221
Unit 4 – Negotiating & Contracting in Procurement & Supply ................................................................................................221
Unit 5 – Managing Contracts & Relationships in Procurement & Supply .......................................................................... 222
Global Supply Chain Leadership Programme ............................................................................................................................................222
Materials Management & Inventory Planning ........................................................................................................................................... 223
Measuring & Managing Suppliers’ Performance ....................................................................................................................................... 223
Optimising Supplier Performance & Relationships ................................................................................................................................224
Road Fleet Management ....................................................................................................................................................................................224
Tender Preparation & Evaluation .................................................................................................................................................................... 225
The Effective Buyer ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 225
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
216 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
APICS – Certified Supply Chain Professional (CSCP) Exam Preparation
Course OverviewUnderstanding and implementing the latest best practice and trends is the key to success in global supply chain management. The APICS Certified Supply Chain Professional (CSCP) programme is the first and only supply chain certification that encompasses the end-to-end global supply chain. APICS CSCP certification holders are equipped with the skills to effectively manage global supply chain activities that involve suppliers, plants, distributors and customers located around the world.
By attending this course, you will expand your supply chain knowledge and prepare yourself for the APICS Certified Supply Chain Professional (CSCP) certification exam.
Course ContentModule One: Supply Chain Design • Accounting and financial reporting information, strategic
analysis tools, and economic considerations• Designing the supply chain and fulfilment strategies and
products • Understanding electronic business considerations,
technology applications and implementation tools Module Two: Supply Chain Planning And Execution • Demand management, forecasting and prioritisation • Planning and scheduling, and Sales and Operations Planning
(S&OP) • Managing, planning, and controlling inventory • Monetary, regulatory and trade conditions • Supplier Relationship Management (SRM) and Customer
Relationship Management (CRM) • Managing reverse logistics and waste Module Three: Supply Chain Improvement And Best Practices • International standards, accreditations and certifications
for import/export, intellectual property, licensing, tax, accounting, labour laws, quality, environment, social, and safety
• Corporate social responsibility for sustainability, UN global compact, and GRI initiatives
• Identifying, assessing, classifying and responding to risks • Supply chain metrics for continuous improvement and
change management
Who Should Attend• Supply Chain Managers• Project Managers• Supply Chain Analyst• Logistics Managers• Business Analyst• Consultants
Benefits of Attending1. Remain current with supply chain trends and developments
and strategically streamline operations while bringing new ideas to your workplace
2. Increase your professional credibility and influence as a supply chain expert
3. Prepare yourself for the APICS Certified Supply Chain Professional (CSCP) certification exam
APICS – Principles of Inventory Management
Course OverviewManaging inventories is a very important task. Failure to effectively manage inventories can result in excess costs that drag down company profitability. This course will focus on the purpose and function of inventory and inventory replenishment management.
The emphasis will be on improving your company’s inventory management, demand planning, forecasting, and S&OP methods and processes will have an immediate impact on your company.
Course Content• Operations management foundations• Fundamentals of inventory management• Purpose and function of inventory• Inventory replenishment management• Inventory replenishment techniques and inventory
performance• Lean inventory – theory and practice• Fundamentals of purchasing• Sourcing strategies• Purchase order management and performance
measurement
Who Should Attend• Supply Chain/Procurement/Logistics/Warehousing/Store
Managers• Materials/Inventory/Stock Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Fundamentals of Inventory Management: Recognise the role
of inventory management, basic inventory flows, classes of inventory, and overview of the inventory planning process
2. Purpose and Function of Inventory: Define the purpose and functions of inventory, inventory management challenges, costing and valuation, and obsolete and excess inventory management
3. Inventory Replenishment Management: Practice basic ordering techniques such as the Economic Order Quantity (EOQ), lot sizing rules, concept of stock replenishment, measuring demand uncertainty, order point concepts, and understand the role of safety stock
4. Inventory Replenishment Techniques and Inventory Performance: Understand concepts of ordering with supplier lead time uncertainty, the Time Phased Order Point (TPOP), replenishment by class, ABC classification, inventory accuracy, physical inventory and cycle counting
5. Lean Inventory Theory and Practice: Explore the lean philosophy, inventory waste elimination strategies, lean inventory practice techniques, quality management, and continuous improvement
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
217Email: [email protected]
Best Practice in Warehouse Operations & Management
Course OverviewThis interactive course will help you capitalise on the economic recovery by critically reviewing all of the key elements within your warehousing and logistics operations. You will get a complete checklist of ‘what needs to be done and how to select the right solutions for your business’ by taking a holistic view of your operations along with interactive group involvement.
Course Content• Developing your logistics strategy• The role of the warehouse • What is its function and how cost efficient is it?• Steps to create a productive warehouse layout and improve
product flows• Materials handling equipment options to maximise efficiency
within the warehouse• What to look for in a Warehouse Management System
(WMS)?• Radio-frequency identification (RFID), bar-coding and voice
activated systems• Storage options – Traditional vs. new technology• Processes for monitoring and reporting performance within
warehouse operations• Rapidly identifying areas for improvement and cost reduction • Is outsourcing an option for you? • How to develop a ‘needs specification document’ in the
growth phase?• Develop cost reduction strategies to optimise your
operations • Accurately determine your operations and costs using
industry benchmarking• Managing change in the supply chain
Who Should Attend• Logistics Managers• Warehouse Managers • Supply Chain Managers• Strategic Planning Managers• Inventory Managers, Project Managers and others who
would like a practical overview of logistics operations• Business Development Managers• Other experienced managers or supervisors looking for a
fresh perspective and ways to reduce supply chain costs
Benefits of Attending 1. Value the supply chain as an integrated whole and be part of
the new breed of logistics professionals2. Identify the tools and techniques to reduce costs throughout
your operations, and prepare a complete operating budget for your warehouse
3. Maximise the opportunities offered by new warehousing technologies, and review materials handling and storage equipment solutions
Best Practice Procurement
Course OverviewThis course will provide delegates with low cost solutions for excellence in procurement. Delegates will be able to implement world world-class procurement strategies into their organisations whilst mastering price management techniques, and using best practice negotiation and supplier relationship management strategies.
Course Content• The evolution of procurement• Best practice procurement• Assessing your organisation against best practice• Strategic sourcing and transactional sourcing• The strategic sourcing process• The Cigar Box case study• Category management• The seller’s view of price• The top ten price management tools and techniques• The price management business simulation• Is negotiating in the souk the same as negotiating with
suppliers?• What win-win really looks and feels like• Negotiating with different cultures• Outsourcing• Information systems
Who Should AttendThis course is aimed at managers and staff working in procurement, or those who have responsibility for the procurement function. It will benefit staff at all levels, from Buyers to Purchasing Managers and Directors.
Benefits of Attending 1. Maximise benefits achieved from procurement by using best
practice procurement strategies and information systems that work for you
2. Play a strategic role in best practice sourcing and category management by displaying a critical understanding of the procurement function
3. Get the results you want by negotiating powerfully with suppliers, agents and distributors from different regions
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
218 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Finance for Procurement Professionals
Course OverviewThis course is designed to underline the importance of finance and how it impacts upon supply chains. By nature, it helps enhance the role of supply chain and procurement activities within an organisation.
It is essential that all managers develop high levels of professionalism and increase their knowledge base of finance and how it impacts upon competitive advantage.
With reference to finance, it is no longer acceptable to hide behind the finance department. As restructuring is leading to separation of both supply and financial activities, it is a prerequisite that professionals can successfully contribute to cross-functional teams and be considered as a knowledgeable and essential partner.
Course Content• Financial Management Tools• Financial And Non-Financial Factors In Decision-Making• Sources Of Finance Available For Business And Major• Capital Acquisitions And Projects• Effective Capital Purchasing Plans• Financial Risk In Procurement
Who Should Attend• Supply Chain Managers• Procurement Managers• Senior Buyers• Contract Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the scope, methodology and language of the
finance function2. Use financial tools to help you make appropriate buying
decisions3. Select and apply appropriate figures for different purposes,
such as appraisal of suppliers, capital projects and decision-making
4. Present yourself and your decisions more credibly to your colleagues
Certificate in Inventory Management, Demand Planning & Forecasting
Course OverviewThis course is designed to enable delegates to undertake a proactive approach to improving forecasting and avoiding errors. On completion of this workshop, delegates will be able to appraise a variety of tools and techniques to forecast with greater accuracy and recommend ways of planning and managing inventory to gain improvements in efficiency leading to more effective business processes.
Course Content• Approaches for managing inventory levels• Dependent and independent demand • Stock segmentation approaches • Dealing with highly volatile and relatively stable items• Commonly available software packages and tools to
consider • The evolution of supply chain management• Sales and Operations Planning (S&OP) processes• Determining what level of maturity your organisation
possesses • Obstacles to demand planning• Replenishment• Forecasting myths, mistakes, dos, don’ts and design errors• Alternative approaches to forecasting• Statistical tools and software packages• Consensus forecasting• Intelligent use of business analytics
Who Should AttendSupply Chain Managers, Planning and Forecasting Managers, Inventory Managers and anyone wishing to enhance their understanding of the techniques to mitigate the negative impact of poor planning and inventory management on their enterprise.
Benefits of Attending1. Ensure effective stock management to save time and cut
costs, and increase employee efficiency and customer satisfaction
2. Convert data into actionable plans to ensure accurate, detailed and timely demand planning and forecasting
3. Overcome challenges in organisational forecasting using latest forecasting methods
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
219Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Risk Management & Supply Chain Vulnerability
Course OverviewRisk in supply chains has attracted attention in recent years. Factors such as supplier reduction, closer relationships and the development of lean or agile supply chains have increased dependency within the supply network. The considerable management of supply chain risk and vulnerability is an increasing requirement and discipline for contemporary businesses.
This course helps you appraise tools and techniques to establish the level of risk in supply chains and recommend ways of avoiding, mitigating or managing them.
Course Content• The main risks in supply chains that impact CSR and
sustainability standards• Eliminating corruption and fraud in supply chains• How effective project management can mitigate risks in
supply chains• The use of contractual remedies for managing risks in
supply chains• Using outsourced third parties in risk management in supply
chains• The role of insurance for protection against risks • Contingency plans to overcome risks• Probability and impact assessments to manage risks• Developing a risk assessment and a risk register to mitigate
supply chain risks
Who Should Attend• Supply Chain Managers/Procurement Managers• Risk Managers• Senior Buyers• Contract Managers• Supplier/Vendor Relationship Managers• Project Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Understand supply risk and its impact on sustainable
business 2. Undertake supply chain risk analysis and apply risk
management tools3. Appraise tools and techniques to establish the level of risk in
supply chains 4. Recommend ways of avoiding, mitigating or managing
supply chain risks
Chartered Institute of Procurement & Supply (CIPS) – Diploma in Procurement & Supply Exam Preparation
Course OverviewOn completion of this series of five units, students will have received assistance to gain their Diploma. This is a highly intensive training to prepare you to pass all five compulsory units of the Diploma in Procurement and Supply.
Course ContentUnit 1 – Contexts of Procurement & SupplyUnit 2 – Business Needs in Procurement & SupplyUnit 3 – Sourcing in Procurement & supplyUnit 4 – Negotiating and Contracting in Procurement & SupplyUnit 5 – Managing Contracts & Relationships in Procurement & Supply
Who Should Attend Procurement and supply chain professionals who would like to significantly increase their credibility through their working knowledge of various aspects of the supply chain will benefit from attending the five units and attempting the CIPS exam for the Diploma.
Benefits of Attending1. Plan, prepare and carry out effective negotiations and assess
their effectiveness2. Apply a range of contractual terms and tenders with a
strong understanding of how they affect direct and indirect expenditure
3. Use techniques to manage relationships and understand how to exploit opportunities to maximise the effectiveness of the supply chain
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
220 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Unit 1 – Contexts of Procurement & Supply
Certificate Partner: CIPS
Course OverviewThis course will help you understand the added value that can be achieved through procurement and supply chain management. You will explore the stages of sourcing processes and appreciate the main aspects of organisational infrastructure that shape the scope of a procurement or supply chain function.
Course Content• Explain the categories of spend that an organisation may
purchase • Analyse the different sources of added value in procurement
and supply• Compare the concepts of procurement and supply chain
management• Differentiate the stakeholders that a procurement or supply
chain function may have• Explain the main aspects of sourcing processes• Analyse the main stages of a sourcing process• Explain how electronic systems can be used at different
stages of the sourcing process• Analyse the relationship between achieving compliance with
processes and the achievement of outcomes• Explain the main aspects of corporate governance of a
procurement or supply chain function• Analyse the impact of organisational policies and procedures
on procurement • Compare the different structures of a procurement or supply
chain function• Explain the common IT systems that can be used by a
procurement or supply chain function• Identify different economic and industrial sectors• Analyse the impact of the public sector on procurement or
supply chain roles• Analyse the impact of the private sector on procurement or
supply chain roles • Analyse the impact of the not for profit or third sector on
procurement or supply chain roles
Who Should AttendProcurement and supply chain professionals who would like to understand the scope of procurement or supply chain functions will benefit from attending.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the added value that can be achieved through
procurement and supply chain management2. Explore the stages of sourcing processes in creating added
value outcomes that can be achieved with suppliers3. Appreciate the main aspects of organisational infrastructure
that shape the scope of a procurement or supply chain function
4. Understand the need for compliance with requirements when undertaking procurement activities in different sectors
5. Offer advice and guidance to main stakeholders on the application of the sourcing process
Unit 2 – Business Needs in Procurement & Supply
Certificate Partner: CIPS
Course OverviewThis course will help you devise a business case for requirements to be sourced from external suppliers. You will understand the fundamentals of specifications and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) that are included in contractual arrangements made with suppliers.
You will appreciate the main implications of outsourced work or outsourced services for procurement, and adopt practices that help achieve value for money solutions in procurement.
Course Content• Analyse how business needs influence procurement
decisions • Explain how costs and prices can be estimated for
procurement activities• Explain the criteria that can be applied in the creation of a
business case• Explain the operation of financial budgets for the control of
procurements• Assess different types of specifications used in
procurements of products or services • Explain the content of specifications for procurements • Develop examples of KPIs in contractual agreements• Explain sources of contractual terms for contracts that are
created with external organisations• Interpret examples of contractual terms typically
incorporated into contracts that are created with external organisations
• Assess the main types of pricing arrangements in commercial agreements
• Differentiate outsourcing from other types of procurement • Assess how outsourcing can impact procurement • Develop a plan for procuring outsourced work or services
Who Should AttendProcurement and supply chain professionals who would like to adopt practices that help achieve value for money solutions in procurement will benefit from attending.
Benefits of Attending1. Devise a business case for requirements to be sourced from
external suppliers2. Understand the fundamentals of specifications and KPIs
that are included in contractual arrangements made with suppliers
3. Explore the main clauses that are included in formal contracts
4. Appreciate the main implications of outsourced work or outsourced services for procurement
5. Adopt practices that help achieve value for money solutions in procurement
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
221Email: [email protected]
Unit 3 – Sourcing in Procurement & Supply
Certificate Partner: CIPS
Course OverviewIn this course, you will understand the main options for sourcing of requirements from suppliers and develop a plan for sourcing goods or services from external suppliers. You will learn how to assess the financial stability of potential suppliers and adopt the main processes that can be applied to the sourcing of requirements from external suppliers.
Course Content• Explain the sourcing process in relation to procurement • Compare the main approaches to the sourcing of
requirements from suppliers • Develop selection and award criteria that can be commonly
applied when sourcing requirements from external suppliers• Explain the main consequences on supply chains when
sourcing requirements from suppliers• Choose appropriate selection criteria to inform the
identification of appropriate external suppliers in the sourcing plan
• Choose a balance of commercial and technical award criteria in the sourcing plan
• Produce a plan for the sourcing of goods or services from external suppliers
• Identify the main sources of information on potential suppliers’ financial performance
• Calculate measures of liquidity, profitability, gearing and investment from relevant financial data on potential suppliers
• Evaluate the financial performance of potential suppliers using relevant financial data
• Assess commonly used sources of information on market data that can impact on the sourcing of requirements from external suppliers
• Explain the main processes used for obtaining quotations and tenders
• Evaluate the criteria that can be commonly applied to the assessment of quotations or tenders
• Explain how electronic systems can be used to help the sourcing of requirements from external suppliers
• Analyse the main legislative, regulatory and organisational requirements when sourcing in the not for profit, private and public sectors, and from international suppliers
Who Should AttendProcurement and supply chain professionals who would like to understand compliance issues when sourcing from suppliers will benefit from attending.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the main options for sourcing of requirements
from suppliers2. Assess the financial stability of potential suppliers3. Understand compliance issues when sourcing from
suppliers
Unit 4 – Negotiating & Contracting in Procurement & Supply
Certificate Partner: CIPS
Course OverviewUnderstand the legal issues that relate to the formation of contracts. Adopt the main approaches in the negotiation of commercial agreements with external organisations. Prepare for negotiations with external organisations. Understand how commercial negotiations should be undertaken. Recognise the use of legal terms that should regulate commercial agreements.
Course Content• Explain the documentation that can comprise a commercial
agreement for the supply of goods or services• Assess the legal issues that relate to the creation of
commercial agreements with customers or suppliers • Explain the main types of contractual agreements made
between customers and suppliers• Analyse the application of commercial negotiations in the
work of procurement and supply• Compare the types of approaches that can be pursued in
commercial negotiations • Explain how the balance of power in commercial
negotiations can affect outcomes • Analyse the different types of relationships that impact on
commercial negotiations • Evaluate costs and prices in commercial negotiations• Explain the economic factors that impact on commercial
negotiations• Explain the main variables that can be used in a commercial
negotiation• Analyse the resources required for a negotiation • Explain the stages of a commercial negotiation • Evaluate the main methods that can influence the
achievement of desired outcomes• Evaluate the main communication skills that help achieve
desired outcomes • Explain how to analyse the process and outcomes of the
negotiations to inform future practice
Who Should AttendProcurement and supply chain professionals who would like to recognise the use of legal terms that should regulate commercial agreements will benefit from attending.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the legal issues that relate to the formation of
contracts2. Adopt the main approaches in the negotiation of commercial
agreements with external organisations3. Understand how commercial negotiations should be
undertaken and prepare for negotiations with external organisations
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
222 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Unit 5 – Managing Contracts & Relationships in Procurement & Supply
Certificate Partner: CIPS
Course OverviewThis course will give you an understanding of the dynamics of relationships in supply chains. You will appreciate the legal aspects relating to the performance of contracts, and explore the main approaches to achieve the management of contracts.
Course Content• Classify types of commercial relationships in supply chains• Apply portfolio analysis techniques to assess relationships in
supply chains • Classify the competitive forces that impact on relationships
in supply chains• Evaluate the elements of a legally binding agreement• Compare implied and express terms that affect performance
issues• Explain the recourses for non-performances in contracts• Analyse the sources of added value that can be achieved
through supply chain relationships• Explain the main approaches to conflict resolution in
commercial contracts • Assess the main types of contractual risk • Interpret financial, technical and performance data relating
to the performance of contracts • Compare contract management and supplier relationship
management• Explain the main techniques for supplier relationship
management• Explain the main techniques for supplier development• Explain the main responsibilities of a contract manager• Discuss techniques for relationship improvement Who Should AttendProcurement and supply chain professionals who would like to adopt the main approaches and techniques to achieve the management of contracts and suppliers will benefit from attending.
Benefits of Attending1. Apply methods to improve supplier performance2. Recognise the need for a structured approach when dealing
with performance and relationship issues3. Understand the dynamics of relationships in supply chains4. Understand the legal aspects relating to the performance of
contracts
Global Supply Chain Leadership Programme
Course OverviewThis programme is aimed at middle managers and heads of departments who are responsible for supply chain and logistics management. The programme provides an overview of the key issues and drivers involved when viewing supply chains from a logistics/demand point of view. It examines what logistics and supply chain management are fundamentally about.
Throughout the programme, the rules for effective supply chain management are identified and discussed along with relevant case studies and best practice guidelines. It is designed to address the key strategic considerations for the application and implementation of integrated supply chain management practices.
Course Content• Understanding supply chain and logistics management• Key aspects of supply chain management• The benefits of adopting a supply chain strategy• Impacts to the supplier/customer relationships• Implementing a logistics/supply chain management
approach
Who Should AttendThis course has been specifically designed for Procurement, Supply Chain, Logistics, and Materials Managers and Directors who wish to broaden and update their skills and knowledge. It is also beneficial for procurement and supply chain personnel seeking supply chain integration or who need to understand the impact of supply chain decisions upon their company’s performance.
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain in-depth knowledge of effective logistics and supply
chain management practices and use them to improve your own operations
2. Explore the key aspects of supply chain management and discover the opportunities for improving efficiency and effectiveness
3. Use supply chain analysis and examination of current operations to adopt a suitable supply chain strategy
4. Create competitive advantage and eliminate internal and external barriers to adopt a more flexible supply chain
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
223Email: [email protected]
Materials Management & Inventory Planning
Course OverviewJust keeping pace is a constant battle in the fast-moving profession of inventory and materials management planning. Managers and supervisors must understand all of the key elements of the planning process, set the appropriate objectives and standards, and then utilise a very broad range of skills to achieve a profitable outcome for their organisations.
Their knowledge base needs to cover many aspects of the supply chain, logistics, purchasing, inventory and warehouse management, as all of them impact the bottom line and overall supply chain performance. This training has been designed to cover the most important aspects of inventory and materials management planning.
This intensive course is for those who want to understand and implement the essential tools for planning of material and controlling inventory in the supply chain. Delegates will be able to evaluate the procedures and make changes to the methods of improving customer service whilst achieving reductions in inventory, eliminate wasteful costs, avoid internal problems that limit performance and obtain added value for money.
Course Content• The supply chain • The supply chain definitions, history and key aspects • Inventory and purchasing• Managing supplier contract and performance• Relationships and material flows in the chain • Overview and evolution of material planning • Forecasting and stock control • Stock coding • Stock recording • Benchmarking operations• Warehouse planning and systems• Products and stock • Inventory costs and service • Improvements – Model for planning inventory • Managing people, resources, and health and safety
Who Should AttendThis course is for those who are new to managing inventory, non-inventory staff who need to gain an awareness of the issues and key drivers of stock control operations.
Inventory, Stock, Supply Chain, Logistics, Warehouse, and Distribution Supervisors/Officers and Owners, and directors of companies who hold stock and inventory will also benefit from this course.
Benefits of Attending 1. Introduce and discuss the key elements of integrated
inventory and materials management planning2. Identify and manage your best customers and suppliers3. Manage supplier performance and set appropriate customer
service standards
Measuring & Managing Suppliers’ Performance
Course OverviewPoor performance by a supplier or contractor can have disastrous effects on an organisation. Manufacturing organisations may have to delay delivery to their customers; poor quality goods or services may have a negative effect on an organisation’s efficiency and effectiveness; as services are outsourced the effects of poor supplier performance can include loss of reputation, additional costs, and may even threaten the existence of a company. This course is designed to address the key practical considerations for applying effective supplier and contract management practices.
You will address the key strategic considerations for applying and implementing integrated procurement and supply chain management practices. This will incorporate the use of the latest business process models and their relationship with segmentation and demand planning. At the end of the course you will be able to develop your own integrated supplier management strategy using the latest tools and techniques.
Course Content• World-class procurement and supply chain management
(SCM)• Diagnosing process capability• Developing a procurement and SCM strategy• Forecasting and planning• Considerations for logistics and distribution• Supplier partnering• The value chain model• Lead times• Inventory decisions• Category management• Aligning procurement and SCM with suppliers• Procurement business management• Strategic sourcing• Exploring price and cost• Managing resources• Develop your own strategic roadmap • Developing a negotiation strategy
Who Should Attend• Procurement practitioners and others who are involved in
managing suppliers and contractors• Managers and staff from other functions who work closely
with suppliers or who are heavily reliant on suppliers’ performance
• Legal staff who are responsible for drafting contracts with suppliers and who need to include deliverables, outcomes and obligations in the contracts
Benefits of Attending1. Recognise the most commonly made supplier management
mistakes and learn how they can be avoided2. Develop a focused approach to creating and implementing
supplier management strategies3. Learn how to classify suppliers as key, strategic or preferred
suppliers and what the requirements are for managing them
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
224 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Optimising Supplier Performance & Relationships
Course OverviewAs our reliance on external supply arrangements has increased and the commercial environment has become more complex, effective supplier performance management has become critical to the delivery of organisational objectives. This course is designed to provide you with a range of practical tools and techniques for developing, implementing, managing and continually improving effective supplier performance management practices for your organisation. As you seek to drive further value from your commercial supply arrangements to achieve your own competitiveness and efficiency goals, this course will give you the opportunity to learn about and share best practice and develop your understanding of process and skills gaps.
Course Content• Quality assurance approach to your procurement lifecycle• Risk and opportunity management• Best practice supplier performance and contract
management• Supplier due diligence as a key risk management process• Negotiation stance• KPIs and incentives used to motivate performance• Use of technology• Monitoring and auditing • Supplier performance reviews• Managing exit and transition arrangements• Supply problem solving techniques to support root cause
analysis• Understanding the commercial value levers
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for those involved in developing, implementing, managing or improving supplier contracts, relationships and performance. This could include: • Those involved in sourcing and procurement who want
further insight into contract management• Contract managers or supplier managers seeking to perfect
their supplier performance results• Service users reliant on, and may have involvement in, the
performance of suppliers and/or contracts• Line managers responsible for developing supplier
performance processes and driving value for their organisation
• Supplier personnel (internal sales/operations staff) responsible for delivering goods and/or services to customers, to learn more about what customers need
Benefits of Attending1. Assess your supplier performance processes and results
against best practice, and develop action plans for improvement
2. Understand the supplier relationship lifecycle and how getting things right pre-contract award will maximise the potential for success post-contract award
3. Apply performance measurement techniques and overcome the challenges of implementation
Road Fleet Management
Course OverviewPublic and private-sector organisations of many types and sizes operate fleets of vehicles and motorised equipment to fulfil their missions. Whether to meet the mobility needs of employees or customers; facilitate the delivery of goods and materials; underpin law enforcement or national defence missions; or support manufacturing, construction, utility, public works, or other services, fleet management is a vital but often underappreciated area for many organisations.
This course will give you the body of knowledge necessary to improve your current fleet planning, maintenance and management thinking. It will provide you with comprehensive and detailed information, coupled with an opportunity to discuss common challenges with your peer group of fleet management professionals.
Course Content• Reality check – Internal• How do we manage road fleet today?• What qualifications are required for doing the job and how
does that match up to reality?• What are the training needs and how do you establish them?• How does IT support contribute to road fleet management?• Reality check – External• Legal requirements of load, equipment and people• Government rules and policies on fuel, traffic, borders,
equipment, labour law and others• HSSE as a national initiative• Possibilities today and tomorrow• Fleet management systems• Vehicle tracking systems• Qualifying and training people• Planning as a tool
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for professionals within transport companies, warehousing providers, companies with transport needs as well as freight forwarders. This will be highly beneficial for:• Logistics Managers• Transport Managers• Supervisors and Dispatchers• Planners and Route Managers• Outsourcing Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Examine the link between and the role of transport in your
company’s operations and activities 2. Identify and understand key performance indicators
essential to making your road fleet operations a success 3. Manage, recall and apply effective initiatives for
improvement of work-based applications
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
225Email: [email protected]
Tender Preparation & Evaluation
Course OverviewIn today’s business environment the drive to obtain value and cut costs is overwhelming. Many organisations believe that tendering is the key to achieving this. This is partly led by government guidelines in the public sector, and policy in the private sector. Inevitably, the process is not always fully understood by those charged with the duty to implement it.
If the tender is incorrectly prepared or executed, it will lead to buying the wrong goods or services and therefore creating high levels of risk and additional costs. This course is designed to develop the necessary understanding and skills to gain the advantages of tendering and avoid the pitfalls.
Course Content• An overview of the processes and procedures• Understanding procurement and purchasing• Strategic tools and how they impact on tendering• Definitions: bid, tender, quote, RFPs, RFIs, RFQs, RFTs• Planning the tender• The importance of specification• Using terms of contract• Designing evaluation methods• Selecting the best method• Supplier sourcing and appraisal• Methods of sourcing• What and how to appraise• Tender procedures and evaluation• Best practice for tendering procedures
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Managers, Coordinators, Supervisors, Engineers, Assistants, Officers and Administrators responsible for tenders, contracts, procurement, purchasing, supply, projects/project management, planning, operations, construction, and technical support. It will be invaluable to salespeople wishing to understand the buyer’s mindset.
Benefits of Attending 1. Equip yourself with the tools to assess procurement
objectives for the tender process, and successfully predict future risks or conflicts
2. Learn the skills to ensure robust governance throughout the tender process, and combat potential probity issues while guaranteeing a high response rate
3. Confidently construct a bid and tender evaluation process that will ensure the selection of the best and most salient offer for the good of your organisation
4. Diagnose which particular approach to the market will be the right one to achieve your procurement objectives, and draft the appropriate documents to ensure a successful outcome
The Effective Buyer
Course OverviewThe role of the buyer has become more important to organisations as the need to manage expenditure has grown in importance. Both private and public sector organisations need to be able to ensure that purchasing staff and others responsible for spending company money are following practices which are effective and which demonstrate value for money.
This course will provide delegates with practical examples of developing the right strategies for procurement so that they effectively reduce costs and increase quality. Delegates will develop an insight into measuring and improving their purchasing performance.
Course Content• Becoming an effective buyer• The role of the buyer• Influencing the specification• Finding and assessing suppliers• Price management tools• Cost reduction tools• Managing supplier quality and lead time performance• Alternative approaches to negotiation• The characteristics of successful negotiators• Planning for negotiations with suppliers• A negotiation simulation• Reviewing the negotiation simulation• Using the negotiation software tool provided• The most commonly made negotiating mistakes
Who Should Attend• Buyers• Assistant Buyers and others in procurement who can
potentially have an impact on purchasing performance• Staff outside of purchasing who are responsible for
managing suppliers, contracts or outsourced arrangements
Benefits of Attending 1. Become a capable negotiator equipped with a repertoire of
tools and approaches2. Appreciate the difference between being an administrative
buyer and an effective buyer3. Understand the scope and application of the full range of
tools and approaches to guarantee best value for money in the buying process
PR
OC
UR
EM
EN
T &
SU
PP
LY
226 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Professional Development
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
229
Table of Contents
Advanced Business Communications ..........................................................................................................................................................230
Business Writing for Administrative Professionals .................................................................................................................................230
Certified Administration Manager (CAM) ....................................................................................................................................................231
Certified Executive Secretary ...........................................................................................................................................................................231
Effective Business Writing ...............................................................................................................................................................................232
Effective Legal & Business Writing ................................................................................................................................................................232
Emotional Intelligence Masterclass .............................................................................................................................................................. 233
Employee Engagement for Managers & Leaders ....................................................................................................................................... 233
Function Leadership ...........................................................................................................................................................................................234
Influencing & Persuasion Skills ......................................................................................................................................................................234
International Business Etiquette & Protocol ............................................................................................................................................... 235
Leadership Skills for the Public Sector ....................................................................................................................................................... 235
Management Skills for Administrative Professionals ............................................................................................................................ 236
Office Manager .....................................................................................................................................................................................................236
People Management Skills ...............................................................................................................................................................................237
Powerful Business Presentations ................................................................................................................................................................... 237
Professional Certificate in Negotiation Skills ............................................................................................................................................ 238
Project EssentialsTM for the Unofficial Project Manager ......................................................................................................................... 238
Project Management for Administrative Professionals..........................................................................................................................239
Project Management for Non-Project Managers .......................................................................................................................................239
Public Speaking Masterclass ...........................................................................................................................................................................240
Report Writing.......................................................................................................................................................................................................240
Self Leadership ......................................................................................................................................................................................................241
Soft Skills Masterclass ........................................................................................................................................................................................241
Solving Problems & Making Decisions .........................................................................................................................................................242
Strategic Business Acumen .............................................................................................................................................................................242
Team Leading ........................................................................................................................................................................................................243
Technical Report Writing Workshop .............................................................................................................................................................243
The 5 Choices® .....................................................................................................................................................................................................244
The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People® ....................................................................................................................................................244
The Science of Storytelling .............................................................................................................................................................................245
Women’s Leadership Development Programme........................................................................................................................................245
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
230 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Advanced Business Communications
Course OverviewThe skills used by professionals who attend this course can be used in every business situation you can think of. Use the advanced communication skills that specialists employ and increase your chances of success in all of your business interactions.
In the Advanced Business Communications Masterclass, you will develop your skill set and the ability to shift from ‘unconscious competence’ to ‘conscious excellence’ whenever you need a result.
Course Content• Breaking down the myths of communication• Conversation encouragers• Communication/conversation rules• Social rules• Learning the core skills used by great communicators• Listening – The first part of great communication• The power of language and effective questioning – The
second part of great communication• Preparation and planning• Communications Clinic – Your challenges diagnosed and
treated
Who Should AttendThis advanced skills development masterclass is designed for people who want to dramatically improve their workplace communication, taking it to a level they didn’t know existed. It will benefit everyone involved in negotiations, interviewing, managing staff and selling. The core communication skills that you will learn can be applied in any situation.
Benefits of Attending1. Increase your interpersonal effectiveness in every business
situation by using advanced communication skills that build trust and rapport
2. Deepen your understanding of your customers’ needs and achieve improved business results by discovering powerful listening and language skills which uncover people’s underlying values and beliefs
3. Get the results you want every time you negotiate, interview, manage staff or sell, through deep understanding of the other party’s needs
4. Increase employee engagement by improving your communication skills and learn how to deal effectively with the full range of staff management situations – both formal and informal
Business Writing for Administrative Professionals
Course OverviewThis course will help administrative professionals develop their writing skills and learn how to write more effectively. They will discover how to structure effective emails and letters, and there will be a session on writing tasks such as writing agendas and minutes for meetings.
Course Content• The ABC of good business writing• Barriers to good writing• Writing for your reader• Writing in plain English• Using plural forms effectively• How to structure your sentences• Paragraphs• Punctuation• The clarity index• Using the correct tense• Style and tone• Structuring the message logically• Guidelines and templates for business e-mails• Producing business letters• Email etiquette• Researching information and gathering material for reports• Logical sequencing of information• Planning an informative report• Planning a persuasive report• Writing job descriptions• Writing short training sessions for new staff• Preparing a PowerPoint presentation for your Manager• Producing agendas and minutes of meetings• Writing project management reports• Layout• Proofreading
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for administrative professionals (Executive Assistants, Personal Assistants, Administrators, etc.) who would like to refine their writing skills and acquire a portfolio of techniques to enhance their professional written communication in a variety of formats and business situations.
Benefits of Attending 1. Improve the readability of your documents by using clear
and concise vocabulary, simple sentences, logical flow of thought, dynamic layouts and proofreading
2. Ensure your writing meets the needs of your audience by clarifying your brief before you start to write
3. Produce documents quickly by using standard templates
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
231Email: [email protected]
Certified Administration Manager (CAM) Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewThe science of Administrative Management (AM) provides a powerful tool with which to understand organisations and to create effective environments to process information.
This practical, interactive course is designed to increase your understanding of the role of the professional Administrator in your organisation. You will examine, through theory and practical examples, the different structures that organisations adopt and how these affect the systems, procedures, culture and the people who work in organisations. Using group workshops and activities, you will exchange knowledge with other delegates and your Course Leader to improve your understanding of your role as a professional Administrator in support of your organisation’s aims and objectives.
Course Content• Understanding your organisation• Managing in administrative environments• Leadership in organisations• Key management theories and how these have shaped the
modern organisation• Systems view of the organisation• Working with people; working in teams• Dealing with change• Information, knowledge, and time management• Professionalism, communication and the administrative
professional• Improving administrative practice• Creativity and innovation
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for anyone with an administrative role in an organisation, or anyone responsible for the processing of information. It is also highly recommended for those with – or wishing to achieve – higher management and board responsibilities in developing strategies to achieve organisational success through the application of Administrative Management techniques:• Administrators, Administrative Assistants, and Senior
Assistant Co-ordinators• Department/Office Administrators, Co-ordinators, Managers,
and Supervisors• Personal Assistants and Secretaries• Management/Executive Secretaries and Assistants• HR and Finance professionals
Benefits of Attending1. Develop your ability to understand organisations, and apply
fundamental Administrative Management techniques to improve strategic capabilities
2. Learn how to influence those around you through understanding motivation, teams and people
3. Reflect on your own administrative practices and contribute to improving the performance of systems and resources, using powerful development frameworks
4. Maximise your own personal development, and equip yourself for promotion and further study options
Certified Executive Secretary
Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 30 CPDs
Course OverviewThis course focuses on equipping you with the necessary professional skills required to do your job effectively – contributing to your own, your boss’s and your organisation’s success. During this course, you will work through a series of discussions, demonstrations and case studies that will enhance your learning experience and show in detail how to optimise your ‘best practice’ PA management skills.
Course Content• The role of the Executive Secretary/PA• Leadership and office management• Communicating for results• Interpersonal relations and motivation• Effective presentation skills• Managing work, change, and conflict• Problem-solving and decision-making in the modern office• Effective selection and recruitment techniques
Who Should AttendThe course is suitable for administrative professionals in all industries who lend secretarial support or manage an office environment, including:• Office Managers and Administrators• Personal Assistants• Executive PAs• Senior Office Administrators and Secretaries• Management/Executive Secretaries and Assistants• Department Co-ordinators• Project Managers and Secretaries
Benefits of Attending1. Discover practical tools and techniques that will help you
manage your workload and relationships more successfully and improve productivity
2. Explore strategies to reduce conflict and learn to deal effectively with difficult situations and people
3. Provide a high level of administrative support by enhancing your ability to manage change, plan and coordinate workflow, and build an effective team
4. Understand how Emotional Intelligence underlies our self-awareness, empathy, leadership and resilience
5. ‘Do more with less’ – adopt continuous change and effectively collaborate to transform and optimise individual and team performance
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
232 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Effective Business Writing
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewMany professionals spend up to three hours each day trying to express themselves in writing only to produce reports, memos and other correspondence that have little impact. The success of your business relies on getting your message across to your audience – whether they are your customers or the people who work for you.
This course will help you to develop your skills further and learn how to write more effectively. The first part of the course will help you structure successful emails and letters that you will find valuable and useful in your professional life. The course then moves into tackling more advanced report writing skills. This is your best opportunity to develop your writing skills and make sure that your message is getting through accurately, clearly and simply.
With interesting case studies to practise on, you will find the ideas and inspiration to raise your written communication to the next level.
Course Content• The ABC of good business writing• Your barriers to good writing• Writing for your reader• How to structure your sentences• Paragraphs and punctuation• The clarity index• Style and tone• Using the correct tense• Structuring your message logically• Producing business letters• Email etiquette• Researching information and gathering material for reports• Logical sequencing of information• Planning a persuasive report – A suggested template• Technical writing• The different types of technical reports• How to write business cases, agendas for meetings, and
minutes of meetings• How to present financial reports• Project management reports• Proofreading
Who Should AttendThis cutting-edge training course has been tailor-made for Managers and staff who would like to develop their writing skills and learn new techniques.
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn how to get your audience involved and interested2. Use grammar effectively and simply for quick access to your
messages3. Structure your writing logically using mind maps to create
flow4. Strip away the clutter and concentrate on what really
matters
Effective Legal & Business Writing
Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewMany employees and managers encounter a wide variety of legal documents in their work. Legal documents include contracts, legal advice and legal opinions that are prepared by Attorneys or Government Regulators, but can also also include email, letters and other correspondence that may be written by Attorneys or non-Lawyers. Employees and managers must be able to recognise the different types of legal writing and their purposes and understand how to interpret what these legal documents say. In addition, many employees are responsible for drafting or editing documents that have legal implications.
In this course, delegates will learn how to decipher legal jargon, how and when to use or avoid legal jargon in their own writing, how to recognise and better understand legal documents written by others, and how to enhance their legal writing skills through techniques that result in clearer and more effective writing.
Course Content• Introduction to legal writing• Distinguish legal writing from other writing styles• Distinguish between and identify the goals of different legal
writing formats• When to use “legalese” and when to use so-called plain
English• Effective legal writing in the Middle East• Special considerations in a multi-cultural environment• Identify and understand commonly used legal terms and
phrases• How to “sound like a Lawyer” – and the risks of doing so• Understanding legal writing: How non-Lawyers can become
better consumers of documents written by Lawyers• Introduction to the legal method• General principles for how to review a contract• General principles for how to review laws, regulations, cases
and court judgments• How non-Lawyers can become better legal writers• The importance of structure and organisation• Techniques for clearer and more effective writing• Understanding how to use templates and forms, and the
limits of cutting and pasting• Guidelines and techniques for the bilingual writer• Meta-information• Proofreading
Who Should Attend• Professionals who are responsible for drafting or editing
documents that have legal implications• People who want hands-on training to improve their skills for
drafting and editing contracts
Benefits of Attending1. Improve your understanding of the legal documents you
encounter in your workplace2. Enhance your writing confidence by using practical
techniques to improve the clarity of your legal writing3. Improve your internal and external communication abilities
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
233Email: [email protected]
Emotional Intelligence Masterclass
Course OverviewTop performers are distinguished by a unique characteristic; they can maintain emotional balance, even in incredibly stressful situations. This allows them to constantly rise above challenges, achieve results, and manage complex situations, especially under pressure.
Still, many professionals are unaware of the stress building up because of constant and growing challenges. These individuals are often highly talented, experienced and knowledgeable, but as they rise higher in their careers, their stress levels and emotional drain also rise, eventually affecting their work, decision-making, creativity, productivity and relationship with others. In this course, award-winning Master Trainer and Master Hypnotherapist Basem Al Attar will help you take responsibility for your emotional wellbeing, will balance your stress levels, and will empower you to influence others positively so you and your team can perform at your best.
It’s this combination of self-management and positive social influence – or Emotional Intelligence – that allows you to develop and grow into an effective, trusted and influential leader and that’s why Emotional Intelligence is one of the most important skills required for personal and professional success.
Course Content• Understanding emotions• Developing Emotional Intelligence• Learning to relax• Lifestyle Changes that will help balance your life and remove
unwanted stress• State management skills• Social Intelligence and adopting diverse perceptions• Developing an inspiring vision for the future
Who Should AttendThis essential course will be of value to all professionals aiming to maximise their performance and utilise their talents through the effective management of their emotional wellbeing. Furthermore, those working in challenging or stressful environments will develop the skills required to optimise their performance, while maintaining a positive outlook and collaborative relationships. Managers and Team Leaders are especially required to master Emotional Intelligence to ensure homogeneity and productivity among their team members, and are advised to attend this course..
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the impact of emotions on our behaviour and
decisions2. Recognise disabling beliefs and negative emotions that may
hold you back3. Learn to handle stressful confrontations and challenges4. Inspire trust, respect and cooperation to achieve results
Employee Engagement for Managers & Leaders Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewMany organisations in the UAE are becoming mindful of performance and are implementing KPIs and monitoring and measuring performance to get ahead of the competition coming into the region. However, it is important that Managers and Leaders have the motivational and coaching skills to engage the workforce in such a way that can make the day job meaningful and purposeful for the employees.This course provides a full understanding of employee engagement theory and practice, and focuses on how to launch projects and programmes throughout your business to bring about a change in behaviours. We will look extensively at coaching as a change management intervention and how to have regular performance discussions that enable individuals to achieve their goals and deliver results.
Managers and Leaders are also responsible for implementing change in an emotionally intelligent way so that people feel both supported and challenged to think and behave in a new way. This course provides the skills to go away and create employee engagement initiatives across your organisation, as well a framework for coaching conversations, so that you can become an agent of change and inspire new ways of working.
We will also look at how to sustain change and how Leaders can monitor, measure and ensure that change is embedded long term within your organisation.
Course Content• Introduction to performance management • Managing and motivating through change• What is employee engagement?• Performance management strategy for teams and
individuals • High impact 1-2-1 • Coaching: Make it a habit!• Coaching as a change management intervention • Engaging across departments to influence culture • Talent management • Sustaining engagement strategies • Review
Who Should AttendThis course is for Managers and Leaders working in an organisation that is going through change and for those who want to inspire their workforce. This course is also ideal for all members of the HR profession who are looking to implement engagement techniques.
Benefits of Attending 1. Successfully implement performance management tools to
get results 2. Understand employee engagement theory and case studies 3. Coach with Emotional Intelligence
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
234 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Function Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewDelegates will focus on developing functional and team leadership skills including: thinking skills, planning, people development, and quality management.
Course Content• Developing customer focus• Identify the end user for each project• Learn to clarify what your customer expectations are• Discuss the universal success formula• System thinking, conceptual and analytical thinking• Innovation, creativity and problem-solving• Strategic planning
Who Should AttendIf you currently lead others or are expected to do so in the foreseeable future, this course is for you. Experienced Managers will find this a great opportunity to expand on their current style of leadership and explore solutions to challenging situations, while upcoming Managers or those with recent advancement to a management position will go through comprehensive training on skills and knowledge required to lead others effectively.
Benefits of Attending1. Review your job purpose, KPIs and the projects you are
currently working on2. Explore creative thinking techniques, practise thinking
outside the box and develop solutions for current challenges3. Learn how you can gain support for innovative solutions
within your organisation
Influencing & Persuasion Skills
Course OverviewPersuasiveness is one of the most important skills and when applied correctly, can be of an extreme advantage in every aspect of life; be it a matter of business or even a social issue. In this course, you will review the research conducted by experts on influencing and persuasion and learn how to use their work to improve your persuasive powers to become better negotiators within the workforce. You will have the opportunity to practise creating a positive first impression, and discuss essential techniques used to persuade your colleagues, your clients and even your boss.
Empowered with high-impact negotiation skills, this course will enable you to immediately put your newly-improved persuasive techniques to practice upon returning to work. This practical and interactive workshop will send you home full of ideas to try and the confidence to succeed.
Course Content• Establishing credibility• Elevator pitch• Communicating and persuading using the right media• World experts in persuasion and influence• Cialdini’s Six Laws of Influence and Persuasion• Knowing yourself – Persuading others• Creative thinking• Persuasive presentations• Selling yourself – Elevator pitch
Who Should AttendThis course is targeted at a broad audience who wishes to improve personal powers of influence and persuasion. It is ideal for all Managers, newly-appointed Team Leaders or Supervisors and Senior Managers who have operational responsibility for a defined area of activity. This course is applicable for organisations from any sector: service, commercial, industrial, manufacturing or hospitality.
Benefits of Attending1. Apply the six key rules of persuasion effectively when dealing
with teams, departments, clients and all the people you interact with
2. Adopt persuasion techniques used by world experts to suit your needs
3. Raise performance levels within your team/organisation4. Influence your boss/senior management with your improved
communication style and non-verbal communication skills5. Advocate persuasive messages when using the correct
media: face-to-face, telephone or email
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
235Email: [email protected]
International Business Etiquette & Protocol
Course OverviewAs global business continues to expand and bring everyone closer, the critical element of a successful business outcome may be the appreciation and respect for regional, country, and cultural differences (known as cultural diversity), and requires good inter-cultural communication.
Organisations, associations, individuals, colleges and universities call upon International Business Etiquette & Protocol to add the polish that builds profits and to develop the skills that build lasting business relationships.
Course Content• Etiquette • Manners• The art of communication• Strategies for you• Etiquette in the office• Business entertainment• Manners that sell• Etiquette for leaders• International protocol
Who Should Attend• New hires • Sales professionals and customer service representatives• Leaders and Managers• Seasoned professionals and Senior Managers• Inter-generational workforces
Benefits of Attending 1. Acquire impressive international business etiquette and
manners needed for your international travels and overseas assignments
2. Build effective cross-cultural communication skills and master the techniques necessary to attract more customers to outclass the competition
3. Gain knowledge of diplomatic norms, etiquette and protocol related to the various forms of interaction to cover a wide range of international business relations and business entertainment
Leadership Skills for the Public Sector
Course OverviewEffective leadership can help government organisations make the critical transition from intention to implementation, potential to performance, and policy to practice. This is a new and unique course combining all elements of public leadership and the necessary skills needed to lead the public service organisations of the future.
Course Content• Organisational leadership • Understanding public leadership• Understanding the public leadership environment• Strengthening leadership in government organisations• Developing New Public Leadership (NPL)• The service-leadership profit chain in public organisations• Building public service leadership capacity• Leaders in the public service – Today and tomorrow• Creating tomorrow’s government leaders• The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) • The public sector Change Leaders
Who Should AttendPeople who can benefit from this course are, but not limited to: Chief Executive Officers, Directors, Deputies, Vice Presidents, General Managers, Branch Chiefs, Strategic Planners, Senior Executives, Human Resources Directors and Managers, Project Managers, Programme Managers, Performance Managers, Finance Directors and Managers, and Chiefs of Staff.
Benefits of Attending 1. Equip yourself with all necessary tools to develop leadership
traits and skills that are needed to lead the change and overcome the challenges of the new world order
2. Build greater public service leadership by learning more about your served customers and their changing needs, while committing a high level of services that respect the social values and the community
3. Acquire understanding of the role of public leaders in the MDGs and how to meet those goals
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
236 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Management Skills for Administrative Professionals
Course OverviewThe role of the Administrative Manager can sometimes be overlooked by senior leaders as being integral to the organisation achieving its strategic goals and objectives. The reality is that the Administrative Manager role has a hugely important part to play in any organisation, with their teams providing essential services to both internal and external customers alike. On this course, you will gain the practical skills and enhanced awareness which are needed when moving into a more senior role with managerial or supervisory responsibilities.
These skills and self-awareness will ultimately help you accomplish your business objectives. You will also be better equipped to understand your team and the dynamics within it, and to also support your staff with their individual development and career goals.
Course Content• What it means to be a Manager• Management styles• Communication and Emotional Intelligence (EI)• Managing your time• People manager vs. project manager• Personal branding – Projection vs. perception• Introduction to team dynamics• Building trust and respect• Making time for your team• Team motivation and challenging conversations• The importance of performance management• Performance improvement planning and talent identification• The successful coach• Presenting with impact• Understanding and managing change• Taking ownership for continued professional development
for you and your team
Who Should AttendThis intermediate-level course is for administrative professionals who will be moving into more senior, supervisory, or management roles, as well as experienced or senior administrative professionals, including:• Administrative Assistants, Coordinators, Managers, and
Officers• Office Assistants, Administrators, Managers and Supervisors• Project/Team/Department Assistants, Coordinators, Officers,
and Leaders• Personal Assistants and Secretaries • Executive/Management Secretaries, Assistants, and PAs
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the responsibilities and challenges you will face
in your role and gain the knowledge, skills and techniques to deal with them confidently
2. Develop the communication skills that are key to building trust and lasting professional relationships
3. Recognise your own management style and learn how to adapt it to influence others effectively and credibly
Office Manager
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewAs the world of business is infinitely complex, the rules change from day-to-day, and all professionals must be prepared for those changes.
This learning event is aimed at building, or re-building, the foundations for your managerial career by helping hone the concepts and skills you need to effectively manage yourself and others.
Course Content• Introduction – The fundamentals of office management• Office leadership• Managing change in the office• Office communication, personal influence skills and
assertiveness• Managing the performance of others as an Office Manager• Creating high-performance teams• Emotional Intelligence (EI)• Managing work priorities/time management• Resolving conflict in the modern office• Summary, review and action planning
Who Should AttendWhether you are a new Office Manager searching for ways to enhance your skills and knowledge, an administrative professional with office management responsibilities, a small Business Owner looking to expand your office management capabilities, or a seasoned Office Manager looking for a thorough refresher, this course is a perfect overview of the essential tools, strategies and techniques you can use as soon as you return to the office.
Benefits of Attending1. Learn how to think as a Manager – from planning and
controlling to guiding and leading2. Gain an understanding of why one’s “Emotional Quotient”
(EQ) is a greater factor of success in today’s workplace than one’s “Intellectual Quotient” (IQ)
3. Boost communication skills, especially the ability to listen, mediate conflicts, express assertion and deal with all types of personalities in the workplace
4. Appreciate the importance of positive working relationships within the office environment and gain skills to enhance those relationships
5. Master a wealth of techniques for handling diverse requirements in a fast-paced office environment
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
237Email: [email protected]
People Management Skills
Course OverviewThis in-depth workshop experience is geared to both the newly-appointed Manager/Supervisor and also to those individuals who are already in a management role and want to review and enhance their skills and knowledge. This learning opportunity is aimed at building, or rebuilding, the foundations for your managerial career by helping hone the concepts and skills you need in order to effectively manage yourself and others.
Course Content• Evaluate current and future requirements of your work role• The role of a Manager/Team Leader/Supervisor• How to communicate like a professional – personal
influence skills, assertiveness and the management of emotions
• Recruitment, selection and retention• Building effective high-performance teams• Managing diversity• Emotional Intelligence• Performance management • Change management• Conflict resolution
Who Should Attend• Team Leaders and Supervisors who are preparing for
advancement• Staff who are preparing for management/leadership
responsibilities• Managers who wish to strengthen and update their
management and business skills• Line Managers• Project Leaders• Shift Leaders• Assistant Managers• Any Executives without formal management training
Benefits of Attending1. Increase your business effectiveness by updating and
upgrading your business and management skills2. Improve your communication skills to ensure that you
are maximising your impact and are able to influence and persuade appropriately in the business context
3. Enhance your understanding of your own strengths and learn how to build on them for continued success
Powerful Business Presentations
Course OverviewSales and effective presentations are the life-blood of any successful company. You need to make sure that your offline strategy can generate as much buzz in front of a live (and often difficult to please) audience as your online advertising does to a prospective client. You must also create a life-changing experience with fascinating content and an effective call-to-action.
Presenting powerful presentations to both large and small audiences gives you a showcase for sharing your vision, influencing others and gaining support for your ideas. This transformational course is designed to allow you to deliver effective presentations to suit every audience and industry. You will also learn how to deliver presentations in real-time settings with the ability to react and adapt to new data and end with a call-to-action which will monetise and justify the audience’s time.
Attendees will learn how to deliver incredible presentations to audiences and make the experience so memorable that audiences will want to follow up with meetings, orders, partnerships and other ROI activities. This course is perfect for any professional who needs to make internal presentations, as well as those who represent (and sell) their organisations in external meetings – both offline and online.
Course Content• Setting objectives• Understanding the processes• Public speaking mastery• Content generation• Sales presentations• Extra presentation notes• Checklist of skills• Presentations and feedback• Moving forward
Who Should AttendAll professionals looking to enhance their presentation development and delivery will find tremendous value in attending this course. This includes, but is not limited to, the following:• Professionals working in competitive roles (such as Sales,
Marketing, Finance, etc.)• Not-for-profit and non-profit organisations• Those who are responsible for professional development
within their team or organisation• Entrepreneurs and small-to-medium enterprise (SME)
owners
Benefits of Attending1. Enhance your influence in front of professional audiences,
engaging them completely from the beginning until the end of your presentation
2. Create your own credible, personalised presenting style3. Learn the most proven successful ways to use all the
presentation tools available to drive change and acceptance
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
238 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Professional Certificate in Negotiation Skills Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewNegotiation is an essential skill for today’s business executive. Effective negotiation requires a combination of tactics and psychology while remaining clear about your objective.
Professional Certificate in Negotiation Skills is a highly practical and interactive programme consisting of intensive learning which builds on participants’ existing experience.
This course will provide you with a set of practical skills and tools to help you become a highly effective negotiator who delivers improved results for your organisation, whilst creating superior business relationships and remaining true to your principles.
Course Content• Introduction to the PACE performance framework• Managing attitude, mindset, and emotions`• Planning and managing negotiations• Personalities and behavioural styles• Effective conversations• Tactical negotiation approaches: Win-win vs. hardball• Agile negotiations – Using Agile/Scrum approaches• Redlines and Best Alternatives to a Negotiated Agreement
(BATNA)• Dealing with difficult people• Multi-party negotiations• High conflict situations• How to walk away with integrity• Action planning
Who Should AttendThis course will greatly benefit professionals at all levels and productively enhance their negotiation skills with customers, colleagues, partners, suppliers, and other parties.
Experienced Business Managers and Commercial Negotiators will also be able to develop their negotiation skills in complex negotiations.
Benefits of Attending1. Conduct highly effective conversations that uncover
the maximum opportunity for a win-win outcome to negotiations
2. “Read” other people and identify how they prefer to receive information and make decisions
3. Deliver information in the most effective manner, using ethical procedures
4. Manage and plan a complex, high-level negotiation and how to work in a team
Project EssentialsTM for the Unofficial Project Manager Certificate Partner: FranklinCovey Middle East
Course OverviewPeople + Process = Success
Project management isn’t just about managing logistics and hoping the project team is ready to play to win. The skills of “informal authority” are more important than ever before, so team members are inspired to contribute to project success!
Today’s knowledge workers have quietly slipped into the role of the unofficial project manager. Stakeholders, scope creep, a lack of formal training, and an absence of processes all combine to raise the probability of project failure costing organisations time, money, and employee morale.
This course will help participants consistently complete projects successfully by teaching them to implement a disciplined process to execute projects and to master informal authority.
Course Content• Foundation• Initiate• Plan• Execute• Monitor and control• Close and commitments
Who Should AttendThis innovative course has been specifically designed for professionals across all industry sectors working as Supervisors of small projects or team members providing administrative support or specialised procedure support.
This includes professionals working in Administrative, Event, Marketing, Operational, and Technical roles, such as Assistants, Coordinators, Executives, PAs/Secretaries, Analysts, Supervisors, and Project Administrators.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand that consistent project success depends on
processes and people2. Implement four foundational behaviours that inspire their
team members to execute with excellence3. Identify a project’s stakeholders4. Establish clear and measurable project outcomes5. Create a well-defined project scope statement6. Identify, assess, and manage project risks7. Create a realistic and well-defined project schedule8. Hold team members accountable to project plans9. Conduct consistent team-accountability sessions10. Create a clear communication plan around their project that
includes regular project status reports and project changes11. Reward and recognise the contributions of project team
members 12. Formally close a project by documenting lessons learned
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
239Email: [email protected]
Project Management for Administrative Professionals
Course OverviewThe tools and techniques associated with project management will give you the confidence you need to get the job done – on time and on budget.
During this highly practical course, you will learn scheduling, budgeting and planning skills that will take your project successfully from conception to completion.
Whether it’s purchasing office equipment, planning a meeting or special event, or creating a presentation, the skills that you will gain by attending this course will ensure that you are equipped to take on the challenges of your role.
Course Content• Understanding the basic principles of project management• The five key stages of a project• The key players in project management and their roles• Identifying the essentials for project success• Effective time management• Setting clear objectives to meet your business needs• Listing and grouping your activities• Committing your resources• Understanding project costing• Creating a commitment matrix• Project management tools• Managing information flow• How to develop trust and build rapport at the beginning of
the project• Creating flow within the project team• Active problem-solving in project management• Resolving conflict and difficult situations• Negotiating and influencing• Running review meetings• How to write project documentation• Developing and presenting the project
Who Should AttendThis course is for all admin professionals who want to gain new techniques to help them in their role. It is also a necessity for all Assistants working in Project Management teams and those new to the Project Management function.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the five stages of project management, and the
role of project management in your organisation2. Identify how to maximise the administrative support you
provide3. Manage multiple priorities and conflicting demands4. Introduce systems and documentation to effectively manage
projects5. Monitor and send updates on project performance, and
present updates with confidence
Project Management for Non-Project Managers
Course OverviewThis course goes over the key concepts of project management in a gentle and fun way. It walks you through all the key steps: from when the project is first initiated or requested, to how it is planned, executed, monitored and then finally delivered and closed.
Course Content• The project organisation and you • Initiating the project• Planning your project scope, schedule and budget• Developing your project communications, quality and risk
plans• Implementing your project• Closing the project
Who Should AttendThis innovative course has been specifically designed for professionals across all industry sectors working as Supervisors of small projects or team members providing administrative support or specialised procedure support.
This includes Event Managers, Coordinators, Marketing Executives, Administrative Professionals, Supervisors, Assistants, Project Administrators, Systems Analysts or Technical Coordinators.
Benefits of Attending1. Develop project planning and execution skills 2. Effectively understand how project management works for
you and your role3. Learn how to monitor and control your projects for success
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
240 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Public Speaking Masterclass
Course OverviewPresenting to large audiences provides a great platform to share your vision, influence others and gain support for your ideas. This course will provide an exclusive opportunity for senior professionals who need to deliver presentations to large, high-level audiences the chance to engage in simulated public speaking scenarios, such as conferences, panels and one-to-one discussions in front of a live audience, annual meetings, and media events.
Speaking in front of a high-powered audience can seem intimidating, but confidence is essential for success. Accordingly, the Course Director uses Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFTs) and Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP), as well as breathing and visualisation, to help presenters eliminate unconscious roadblocks to public speaking.
In order for course attendees to prepare for public speaking engagements, such as media interviews and recorded speeches, exercises are video recorded and then reviewed for feedback. At the end of the course, you will receive all your video presentations, which will serve as a reference for how much you’ve developed and an inspiration for your future presentations.
Course Content• Getting rid of fear; special speaking situations• Planning your presentation; preparing for presenting• Delivering your presentation; powerful presenting language• Self-evaluation
Who Should AttendC-level Executives, Organisational Change Leaders, and Senior Managers will find this course extremely valuable to broaden their influence and persuasion.
Public Relations and Media Officers responsible for presenting about their organisation via different mediums will also benefit from the practical and varied preparation to respond to press conferences, Q&As, and other situations where they must present on their feet.
Additionally, Marketing and Sales Executives who are responsible for crafting their organisation’s brand and message will leave with guidelines and ideas that they can share with others in their organisation.
Benefits of Attending1. Grow your confidence and feel comfortable presenting to
large-scale audiences of high seniority2. Gain support for your vision and persuade others to put your
ideas into action3. Discover a simple yet powerful presentation formula that
keeps your audience focused and engaged4. Use powerful language patterns that move people to action
and increase the influence and persuasion of your message5. Develop your unique presenting style using your own
personality, natural traits and talents
Report Writing
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewBeing a good writer involves being clear on exactly what you want to achieve and understanding your audience so you can make your communication memorable, and mastering the technology to get your message across. You will learn how to write more effectively and build documents that do exactly what you need them to do.
You will also build more sophisticated writing skills to achieve your strategic business objectives. During the course, we will cover the writing process, writing for specific purposes and audiences, writing with clarity and precision, editing so that your report meets the needs of your reader, and controlling for quality. You job as a writer is to understand how to target the key messages your readers will relate to, and to make your writing as clear and easy as possible to understand.
Course Content• What does it take to be a great communicator?• The writing process – Stages and timing• Understanding your audience• Developing key messages and staying on message• Report sections and section key messages• Style and tone in reports• Keeping your brand in focus• Drafting and editing• Proofreading• Making your finished document look good• Publishing your finished document• Putting it all into practice• Setting your action plans for the future
Who Should AttendThis advanced writing course is designed for writers with a good command of English and will help you develop from an everyday writer into a strategic writer. It is an ideal course for:• Managers responsible for high level reports, plans and
proposals• Individuals moving into more senior roles
Benefits of Attending 1. Get the right message across to your reader in a way that is
clear and memorable2. Create a truly professional impression with your reports by
preparing and managing the writing process effectively3. Address your audience appropriately by changing your
content and tone for different purposes and readers
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
241Email: [email protected]
Self Leadership
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis course focuses on the development of self leadership qualities. Participants are evaluated for attitude and personal drive, and trained on essential skills and personal habits of great Leaders.
Course Content• Exploring leadership styles and concepts• Analyse your natural leadership style• Emotional Intelligence• Effective communication• Developing human relations• Learn how to help others develop themselves• Time and priority management• Drawing on the renowned Getting Things Done (GTD)
techniques, this course will change your perception of time and productivity
• Presenting effectively
Who Should AttendIf you currently lead others or are expected to do so in the foreseeable future, this course is for you. Experienced Managers will find this a great opportunity to expand on their current style of leadership and explore solutions to challenging situations, while upcoming Managers or those with recent advancement to a management position will go through comprehensive training on skills and knowledge required to lead others effectively. Benefits of Attending1. Review your career, strengths and future areas of
development2. Formulate a Personal Development Plan to include long-term
goals, ambitions and career aspirations3. Understand the Situational Leadership Model
Soft Skills Masterclass
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThe Soft Skills Masterclass is an investment in you as a leader or future leader and it has been designed specifically for professionals in the Middle East. It provides a comprehensive and experiential dive into important interpersonal skills such as assertiveness, emotional intelligence, influencing skills, communication skills and managing teams. The purpose of this course is to improve your confidence so that you can return to your role with practical tools and techniques to apply each day so that you become outstanding in your role.
The first half of the training will focus on building your character and providing you with the skills to improve your personal impact at work. The second stage is about giving you tools to build lasting relationships and empower your colleagues through coaching and team building.
Course Content• Communicating with impact to a diverse audience• Dynamic presentations, assertiveness and magic meetings• Managing people, time and relationships• Coaching, influencing and delivering proposals• Leading a team with emotional intelligence and action
planning
Who Should AttendThis programme is suitable for anyone working in a business environment wishing to build their own character and improve personal impact in working relationships.
Benefits of Attending1. Gain all the communication and organisational skills required
to work in a fast-paced corporate environment so that you stand out in your organisation
2. Develop your self-awareness, confidence and ability to raise your own profile and become a high-performer
3. Understand the necessity of planning and time management, coping with pressure and demonstrating high levels of emotional intelligence in challenging situations
4. Apply key tools and methodologies to cope with relationship dynamics and the impact of change
5. Discover how to lead, motivate and inspire a team to deliver optimum results
6. Experience a structure for proposal delivery for selling ideas and influencing upwards
7. Learn strategies for demonstrating excellence from leading professionals
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
242 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Solving Problems & Making Decisions
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewPresented in modules, this course maintains the balance between problem solving, analytical skills, decision making and operational issues. It is informative, searching and includes several highly interactive case studies and workshops for all the participants. In addition, there is the opportunity to learn, discuss and present in case study format how other companies have been successful and identify through a series of video interviews how business leaders present their high performance leadership.
This advanced course will motivate delegates to raise their own personal level of skills and understanding. It will generate the enthusiasm and the attitude to successfully utilise some new techniques and to advance and develop the competencies and success of the organisation. Each participant will receive a unique and comprehensive workbook providing detailed notes from the course together with case studies and other reference materials.
Course Content• Problem solving in the business process• Creative and critical thinking and the right mindset• Step-by-step guidelines for problem solving• Extensive framework of analysis techniques• Identifying and assessing key decision areas• Analysis in problem solving• Impact of solutions and performance issues• Action planning and personal development
Who Should AttendThis highly interactive and case study-driven course is ideal for Middle Managers, Supervisors, Specialists, Engineers, and Administrators who want to enhance their business awareness, their personal focus and business skills. In aspiring to manage problem solving, analytical skills and decision making issues, they will find the key to success.
This unique, interactive and comprehensive management course is designed for those who want to recognise and achieve their full professional potential and support their organisation in the most efficient and effective way possible.
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain the practical ability to manage and complete problem
solving tasks2. Understand how to identify the issues surrounding problems
and decisions3. Complete practical workshops on problem solving and
decision making in business and learn from actual case studies how other companies approach business problems
4. Experiment with an extensive framework of analysis techniques
5. Use a bespoke step-by-step guideline for solving problems and making decisions
Strategic Business Acumen
Course Overview“Business acumen.” A term commonly used within the modern business environment. But what does it truly mean and how can you develop it?
Those who want to recognise and achieve their full potential as professionals and then support their company in the most efficient and effective way possible, whilst finding answers to some of their own professional problems, will greatly benefit from this course.
The programme will provide you with the skills and insights to develop your business acumen, by developing your leadership, strategy and organisational capabilities, whilst extending your broader view on commercial issues. In addition, you will learn the importance of flexibility, focus, empathy, encouragement and a well-balanced approach to working in the modern business context. You will leave this course on the path to creating smart people and people-smart strategies.
Course Content• What is business acumen and why is it important?• From business awareness to strong business acumen• Strategy planning and strategic thinking towards project
implementation• Setting challenging and realistic targets• Focus on inspirational leadership and evolution• Leading and managing people and human resources• Leadership beyond command and control• Linking finance parameters with business planning• Organisation performance improvement• Commercial thinking for problems and decision-making• Economic value of a customer-focused organisation
Who Should Attend• Directors, Senior and Middle Managers, Section Heads,
Strategists and Analysts who have high levels of capability and accountability in the organisation and wish to strengthen and focus their business acumen
• Fast-tracked leaders with growing responsibility, who wish to strengthen their business acumen, strategic thinking and decision-making skills
• Managers of a functional area who are preparing for advancement into positions where a business-wide perspective is required
• New and talented Managers who have recently entered into leadership positions and want to increase their range of expertise and experience with broader industry exposure
Benefits of Attending1. Play an extended and strategic role in leading your
management team by enhancing your business intelligence and organisational skills
2. Be the positive force in developing yourself, your people, your company and its future towards commercial success
3. Maintain a strong awareness of finance, marketing, your business environment and the wider economy, in order to adapt to changes in the market and remain ahead of the competition
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
243Email: [email protected]
Team Leading Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 17 PDUs
Course OverviewThis programme focuses on the practical application of management and leadership theory and principles at the operational level within an organisation.
It includes three highly informative and practical modules:• Team Development• Team Communications• Controlling Resources
Course Content• Identify and plan learning needs to create a high
performance team• Plan and implement induction for a new team member to
maximise their performance from the outset• Train a team member to carry out a task• Describe the teambuilding process (Tuckman’s Model)• Understand the role of communication in leading a team• Demonstrate effective listening skills• How to organise and lead team briefings• Identify team strengths and opportunities for improvement• Identify, quantify and request appropriate resources needed
by a team to achieve work objectives• Apply and manage the resources used to achieve work
objectives in a cost-effective way• Anticipate, identify and prevent (or reduce) resource wastage
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Team Leaders and Managers who have been trusted with responsibility to manage corporate resources. It would also be relevant for senior staff who are preparing for higher levels of responsibility.
Benefits of Attending1. Identify, request and manage resources needed by a team to
achieve objectives2. Understand the role of communication and team briefings3. Plan and implement induction for your new team member4. Identify and plan the training needs of your team members
Technical Report Writing Workshop
Course OverviewFor many, writing a good report may turn out to be an even more difficult task than conducting the technical assignment itself. This may be especially true for most Technicians, Engineers, Scientists and similar professionals.
This course will lead delegates to effectively write reports that reflect the outcome from their technical assignments. We shall look into building a structured approach into our reports, without the undue stress this may bring. We attempt to mitigate the risk of breaking the communication link through poor reporting.
Course Content• Communication and process waste – What is the link?• Introduction to technical report writing – The goal: your
audience• Basic writing skills• Developing the report• Layouts and formats – Make it flow!• Generating the report• Value and quality – Not quantity• Who should read my report?• Following up and further action• Presenting the report• Let’s hear you present the case
Who Should AttendThis course is suitable for professionals from both the industrial as well as the services sectors. Technical personnel (such as Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics professionals) will benefit from this course, as they regularly need to write reports to provide and communicate the results of their research, lab activities, assignments, field tests and other exercises. Such reports may need to be distributed to various personnel who are not necessarily experts in the topic.
Attendees may include both anticipated authors as well as reviewers and readers of such reports, including:• Technicians and Engineers• Lab Officers/Technicians/Managers• R&D Technicians/Scientists• Technical Supervisors and Managers• Maintenance Technicians and Engineers• IT Specialists• Quality Technicians and Inspectors
Additionally, delegates from non-technical backgrounds will also find this to be an incredibly valuable training opportunity.
Benefits of Attending1. Structure and compose sound technical reports that convey
your message to your intended audience2. Communicate effectively through the use of graphical
means, avoiding ambiguity in interpretation of complex statements
3. Express the outcome of your research, analysis or findings in a clear manner – present concluding statements in written and spoken presentations
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
244 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
The 5 Choices®
Certificate Partner: FranklinCovey Middle East
Course OverviewThe barrage of information coming at us from multiple sources (e.g. texts, email, tweets, blogs, and alerts), coupled with the demands of our careers, are overwhelming and distracting. The sheer volume of information threatens our ability to think clearly and make wise decisions about what’s important. If we react to these stimuli without clear discernment, we fail to accomplish the goals that matter most in our professional and personal lives.
FranklinCovey’s 5 Choices to Extraordinary Productivity® solution inspires participants to apply a process that will dramatically increase their ability to achieve life’s most important outcomes. Supported by science and years of experience, this solution not only produces a measurable increase in productivity, but also provides a renewed sense of engagement and accomplishment. The content can be delivered online via a virtual classroom or in a traditional classroom setting.
Course Content• Act on the important; don’t react to the urgent• Go for extraordinary; don’t settle for ordinary• Schedule the big rocks; don’t sort gravel• Rule your technology; don’t let it rule you• Fuel your fire; don’t burn out• Plan and closing
Who Should AttendThis self-development course is suitable for everyone as it develops productivity at three levels: the individual, the team and the organisation.
Benefits of Attending1. Articulate the language and methodology of “discerning”
important from less important2. Structure what extraordinary looks like in their current, most
important roles3. Implement weekly and daily Q2 planning processes to
identify, schedule, and execute on high-impact priorities4. Explore how to manage appointments, tasks, contacts,
notes, and documents5. Apply demonstrated Outlook® or Lotus Notes® “Master
Moves” and planning systems to align your technology6. Understand the impact of brain health and the 5 Energy
Drivers on day-to-day performance7. Put together a process for implementing the 5 Choices
The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People® Certificate Partner: FranklinCovey Middle East
Course OverviewRenowned as the world’s premier personal leadership development offering, the new 7 Habits of Highly Effective People Signature Edition 4.0 aligns timeless principles of effectiveness with modern technology and practices.
No matter how competent a person is, they will not have sustained and lasting success unless they are able to effectively lead themselves, influence, engage and collaborate with others and continuously improve and renew their capabilities. These elements are at the heart of personal, team and organisational effectiveness.
Course Content• Paradigms and principles of effectiveness• Habit 1: Be proactive®
• Habit 2: Begin with the end in mind®
• Habit 3: Put first things first®
• Private victory® to public victory®
• Habit 4: Think win-win®
• Habit 5: Seek first to understand, then to be understood®
• Habit 6: Synergise®
• Habit 7: Sharpen the saw®
• Living the 7 habits
Who Should AttendThis leadership and self-development course is suitable for everyone as it develops leadership effectiveness at three levels: the individual, the team and the organisation.
Benefits of Attending1. Increases trust and teamwork and strengthens relationships
at all levels2. Brings projects to completion and unites teams and
organisations under a shared vision, mission and purpose3. Promotes getting the most important things done first and
encourages direct effectiveness4. Encourages conflict resolution and helps individuals seek
mutual benefit, increasing group momentum5. Ensures greater “buy-in” from team members and leverages
the diversity of individuals to increase levels of success6. Helps people understand problems, resulting in targeted
solutions; and promotes better communications, leading to successful problem solving
7. Promotes continuous improvements and safeguards against “burn-out” and subsequent non-productivity
8. Reduces turnover rates through an increase in the ability of employees to see the “big picture” and commit to the organisation’s strategy and vision
9. Heightens ability to cope with change
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
245Email: [email protected]
The Science of Storytelling
Course OverviewStorytelling is an age-old art which has become a key skill in the modern world. In today’s world, stories have evolved to a variety of mediums; moving from the fireplace and verbal delivery of yesteryear to the digital screens of movies, vlogs, memos, social updates and so much more.
With all the noise evading our daily lives – whether at the workplace or in our homes – we cannot afford to not make our ideas stick in the minds of our listeners and drive the future forward. However, driving the future forward means connecting with our internal and external clients at the deepest of levels.
The deeper the connection, the stronger the result. Storytelling bridges the gap between the mission, vision and objectives of the company/department and the team or individual that is responsible for its implementation. With storytelling, you can shift beliefs, engineer the culture, engage employees, drive performance, and cure inefficiency and fear within an organisation and in the market.
Course Content• Fundamentals• Present your story• Dealing with delivery• Neurotransmitters – “the secret sauce”• How stories stick• “The secret culprit”• Psycholinguists• Inspire us• Lessons from NAC• Stories to inspire• Stories to simulate action• Be ready for the unexpected• Getting a guaranteed result
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for any individual who is specifically required to communicate effectively to a person or group of people within any organisation or public setting. Key positions that will deeply benefit from this workshop are Entrepreneurs, C-Suite Executives, Heads of Departments, Project Managers, in addition to professionals involved in Marketing, Communications, Sales, PR, Customer Service, and HR.
Benefits of Attending1. Connect with your clients and employees like never before by
syncing with their deepest emotions2. Lead more powerfully by forging stronger relationships
through the power of stories3. Drive people to action and move them towards the objectives
you want as a company or individual4. Excite and delight your target market or audience with
content that finds its way into their permanent memories5. Keep them wanting more – build a hunger and thirst for your
brand or mission
Women’s Leadership Development Programme
Course OverviewFemale professionals working in the Middle East often face additional challenges in comparison to those outside the region, including:• Visible barriers (e.g. lack of role models)• Hidden barriers (e.g. male professionals being unaware of
the specific challenges their female colleagues face)• Balancing the local and international cultural/social norms
Studies in the GCC have proven there is no shortage of highly talented female executives in the region, and yet the number of women in prominent or senior roles is still low. Women are often overlooked or underrated for their strengths and abilities in the workplace. Progress and results are not achieved by accident. Women need to:• Take accountability of their professional decisions to be able
to influence others• Confidently ask for what they want• Proactively map their career path to success
This programme is specifically designed to empower you to do just that! The course will equip businesswomen with the practical tools of an effective leader, whilst also raising awareness of the issues surrounding women in business and leadership.
Course Content• Women with careers• Female professionals in the Middle East• Leaders to admire• Understanding leadership• Management and leadership• Self-awareness and leading yourself• Communication essentials• Assertiveness skills and self-confidence• Understanding motivation• Building trust in teams
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for established and emerging female professionals seeking to move forward in their career and to advance and excel in a leadership role in the future.
Additionally, the course is ideal if you would like to:• Accelerate your goals as a woman in leadership• Remove boundaries and increase your Social Intelligence• Develop your skills as a coach and mentor to your team
members• Become a more visible, confident, and assertive leader within
your organisation
Benefits of Attending 1. Define your expectations and goals as a leader to navigate
your career path for success2. Respond assertively and confidently to challenging
situations and achieve win-win results3. Explore the fundamentals of effectively building a team to
establish capabilities and develop talent
PR
OFE
SSIO
NA
L D
EV
ELO
PM
EN
T
246 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Project Management
Email: [email protected]
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
249
Table of Contents
Associate’s & Master’s Certificate in Project Management .................................................................................................................... 250
Managing Projects .................................................................................................................................................................................. 250
Quality for Project Managers ...............................................................................................................................................................251
Scheduling & Cost Control ....................................................................................................................................................................251
Project Leadership, Management & Communications ............................................................................................................... 252
Contract Management Principles & Practices .............................................................................................................................. 252
Project Risk Management .................................................................................................................................................................... 253
Project Management Applications ................................................................................................................................................... 253
Negotiation for Project Managers ..................................................................................................................................................... 254
Auditing of Projects & Contracts .....................................................................................................................................................................254
Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®) ............................................................................................................................. 255
Dispute Management in Projects ................................................................................................................................................................... 255
Earned Value Management .............................................................................................................................................................................. 256
Effective Project Coordinator ........................................................................................................................................................................... 256
Event Safety & Security Management ........................................................................................................................................................... 257
Executive Certificate in Festival & Event Management .......................................................................................................................... 257
Financial Budgeting & Monitoring for Projects ......................................................................................................................................... 258
IT Project Management ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 258
Key Project Management Principles ............................................................................................................................................................. 259
Managing & Leading Project Managers ........................................................................................................................................................ 259
Managing Complex Projects ............................................................................................................................................................................260
Managing Programmes .....................................................................................................................................................................................260
PMI – Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP)® Exam Preparation .....................................................................................................261
PMP® Exam Preparation .....................................................................................................................................................................................261
Programme Management Professional (PgMP) ........................................................................................................................................262
Project & Risk Management for Events ........................................................................................................................................................262
Project Feasibility Studies ................................................................................................................................................................................263
Project Leadership & Stakeholder Communication ................................................................................................................................. 263
Project Management for Non-Project Managers .......................................................................................................................................264
Project Portfolio Management (PPM) ............................................................................................................................................................264
Project Quality & Risk Management .............................................................................................................................................................. 265
Regaining Control of Projects .......................................................................................................................................................................... 265
Risk Management Professional (PMI-RMP®) ..............................................................................................................................................266
Strategic Project Management ........................................................................................................................................................................266
The Project Management Office ....................................................................................................................................................................267
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
250 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Associate’s & Master’s Certificate in Project Management
Programme OverviewThis programme is comprised of several courses which will enable delegates to efficiently implement projects. Delegates will gain a solid understanding of project management methods, tools and techniques to manage each stage of the project life cycle, work within organisational and cost constraints, set goals tied directly to stakeholder needs, get the most from their project management team and utilise state-of-the-art project management tools to get work done on time and within budget.
Courses• Managing Projects• Quality for Project Managers• Scheduling and Cost Control• Project Leadership, Management and Communications• Contract Management Principles and Practices• Project Risk Management• Project Management Applications• Negotiation for Project Managers
Who Should AttendThis programme is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Master fundamental project management skills, concepts
and techniques, and lead and motivate teams to set realistic, measurable objectives to ensure positive results
2. Apply project quality management tools and techniques to “real world” project management situations
3. Deliver projects on time, on spec, on budget
Managing Projects
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewAs the flagship course in the ESI/GW Master’s Certificate in Project Management, this course opens the door to more efficient project implementation. Delegates will gain a solid understanding of project management methods with this comprehensive introductory course.
This course provides the foundation, techniques and tools to manage each stage of the project life cycle, work within organisational and cost constraints, set goals tied directly to stakeholder needs, get the most from their project management team and utilise state-of-the-art project management tools to get work done on time and within budget.
Course Content• Introduction to project management• Why use project management?• The project life cycle• Project Manager responsibilities• Project initiation• Needs assessment• Building SMART objectives• Project planning• Schedule, cost, risk, and procurement planning• Responsibility matrix• Project implementation• Developing the project team• Managing risk and change• Project closeout• Administrative and contractual closure
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Master fundamental project management skills, concepts
and techniques to set realistic, measurable objectives and ensure positive results
2. Link project goals and objectives to clear, compelling stakeholder needs
3. Estimate project costs and schedules using simple, proven techniques
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
251Email: [email protected]
Quality for Project Managers
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course applies quality principles to project management itself, as well as to the products and services resulting from projects. It brings to the forefront the essentials of project quality management and its vital link to business success, with a focus on the tools and essentials of effective quality management that work for your organisation, regardless of your industry.
The course prepares the Project Manager to be a positive force in using project quality management to help ensure project and business success.
Course Content• Managing project quality• What is quality?• The three processes of project quality management• Planning project quality• What is Quality Planning (QP)?• QP inputs, tools and techniques• Project quality requirements• Assuring project quality• Developing Quality Assurance (QA) activities• Investigating QA capabilities including gap analysis,
flowchart, and SWOT analysis• Controlling project quality• Basic quality control toolkit, e.g. histograms, cause-and-
effect diagrams, check sheets• Putting project quality to work
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Integrate project quality management into the entire project
life cycle 2. Plan effectively for project quality management, and assess
and improve your organisation’s current quality capabilities to ensure that projects will meet specified quality standards
3. Ensure customer satisfaction by monitoring results using project quality control tools
Scheduling & Cost Control
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewDevelop effective measures for scheduling and controlling projects as you put the tools of project management to work. In this course, you’ll focus on managing the constraints you face in any project: limits on time, human resources, materials, budget and specifications. Discover proven ways to work within your identified constraints without letting predefined limits curtail creativity or innovation.
You will gain hands-on experience, practising your skills in building project requirements and the work breakdown structure. You’ll learn a sound, logical framework for scheduling and controlling project activities.
You’ll also master techniques for estimating, forecasting, budgeting, monitoring, controlling, analysing and reporting costs and interpreting the meaning of earned-value data.
Course Content• Essential background• Estimating• Scheduling• The baseline• Managing change within the project• Evaluation and forecasting• The exit strategy
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Use the work breakdown structure to develop a network
diagram2. Calculate schedules using PERT/CPM3. Predict costs and work time using specific levels and
estimate types, and plan for contingencies and anticipate variations
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
252 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Project Leadership, Management & Communications
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewThis is an interactive course designed to provide a solid foundation in key leadership competencies and to provide you with the opportunity for a truly transformational leadership experience.
As a participant, you will complete a self-assessment of your leadership skills, then master the basics of these leadership competencies: setting direction, aligning people, motivating and inspiring, leading teams, communicating, building relationships, facilitating ethical conduct, negotiating, and leading change.
Course Content• Leadership and management• Assess your leadership competencies and developmental
needs• Articulate your leadership vision• Leading effective teams• The stages of team development• Evaluate team progress and coach team members as
necessary• Building relationships• Identify your motivational patterns using the Strength
Deployment Inventory (SDI®)• How individual differences affect your ability to lead• Ethics and leadership• Negotiating conflict• Major sources of conflict on project teams• Power bases used in typical organisations• Leading change• Developing a change management plan
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Lead project teams through more effective communication
and create a Leadership Development Plan to implement when you return to work
2. Describe predictable change stages and identify appropriate leadership strategies for each stage
3. Utilise a powerful four-stage collaborative negotiation process
Contract Management Principles & Practices
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewGain an overview of all phases of contracting, from requirements development to closeout. See how incentives can be used to improve contract results. This course explores these vital issues from the Project Manager's perspective, highlighting your roles and responsibilities to give you greater influence over how work is performed.
You will also discuss actions that can be taken to help ensure that contractors or subcontractors perform as required under the contract.
Course Content• Understand the contract management process• Teamwork – roles and responsibilities• Concepts and principles of contract law• Contracting methods• Developing contract pricing agreements• Pre-award phase• Award phase• Contract administration
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Identify contract components and understand the process
from start to finish2. Select the right contract type for your project and decipher
contract ‘legalese’3. Negotiate favourable terms and make revisions to the
contract and apply the “10 rules of contract interpretation” in project disputes
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
253Email: [email protected]
Project Risk Management
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewIn this course, you will work through the proactive approach to threat and opportunity – based on a clear understanding of the powerful nature of both qualitative and quantitative approaches to risk management.
You will also examine threat and opportunity from both a top-down and bottom-up perspective, using TwentyEighty Strategy Execution’s proven eight-step risk management process. Using effective tools, including TwentyEighty Strategy Execution’s highly regarded risk assessment model, you will learn how to evaluate and respond to risk at the project and task levels.
Course Content• The basic foundations of project risk management• Elements and factors of risk• Components of risk management• Risk management planning and identifying risks• Analysis fundamentals• Probability and impact• Presenting risk• Analysing and prioritising risk • Determining risk tolerances• Risk based financial tools and techniques• Expected-value analysis• Planning for risk• Acceptance, avoidance, and mitigation of risk• Execution, evaluation and update
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Use a practical, eight-step process to manage project risk2. Identify threats and opportunities and weigh their relative
value in your project3. Make risk and opportunity integral components of your next
project plan
Project Management Applications
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewWatch basic concepts come to life in this course: a comprehensive synthesis of core project management principles designed to reinforce skills learned throughout the core curriculum. Build on your new competencies and test your skills as you work in teams to complete an extensive, realistic project case study.
You will propose, plan and execute a full-scale project under typical organisational constraints. Follow your project through the life cycle, resolving issues of performance, scheduling and control as you address questions of leadership and management.
Course Content• Team building• Project assignment• Pre-proposal analysis and planning• Analysing the market• Building the team and reviewing roles• Proposal kick-off and preparation• Evaluating the requirement, and evaluating bid contracts• Writing the winning proposal• Post-award planning• Negotiation/agreement• Four steps of pre-negotiation preparation• Implementation• Measuring performance• Managing risk and uncertainty• Closeout
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending 1. Select the level of staffing, resources and management
support required for a project2. Assign tasks based on work breakdown structure3. Estimate time and costs and present a project plan to team
members and stakeholders
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
254 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Negotiation for Project Managers
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewNegotiation is an invaluable skill for any Project Manager. Not only do you negotiate agreements with vendors and contractors, but you must effectively negotiate with stakeholders, customers and team members throughout the life of a project. This highly interactive experience covers the dynamics, processes and techniques of internal and external negotiation situations faced by Project Managers. Short on lecture and long on practice, this course provides you with the opportunity to experience one-on-one negotiations.
Course Content• Negotiation in the project environment• Natural tendencies in negotiation• Developing the Best Alternative to Negotiated Agreement
(BATNA)• The two major schools of negotiation: competitive and
collaborative• Competitive negotiation• Understanding and developing your negotiation style• Collaborative negotiation: creating win–win by exploring
differences• Negotiating within the team• Negotiating between teams• Preparing to negotiate your project• Dealing with conflict in negotiations• Breakthrough strategies to get past “no”• Maintaining and building your new skills
Who Should AttendThis course is ideal for Project Leaders, Project Team Members, Project Assistants, new Project Managers, professionals from other areas who work with Project Managers or anyone seeking career development in project management.
Benefits of Attending1. Develop an efficient and effective methodology for preparing
and conducting a negotiation2. Explore negotiation in the context of project management3. Identify your negotiating competencies to improve your
strengths and minimise weaknesses4. Better manage yourself, your emotions, and your relationship
with the other party in order to obtain sound agreements5. Increase knowledge and skills for complex and difficult
negotiation situations
Auditing of Projects & Contracts
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewThis training course is designed to be interactive and to give delegates the opportunity to discuss their particular issues in an open atmosphere. The course includes exercises, discussions and case studies to reinforce the messages.
Course Content• Understanding project risk• What is risk?• The Top 10 mistakes in project management• The major project risks• The 10 golden rules of project risk management• The risk based audit approach• Risk identification and evaluation• What is project audit?• Risk and project audit• The project Risk Based Audit (RBA) approach• Auditing contracts• The contract management framework• Auditing of procurement• Auditing joint ventures (JVs) and partnership contracts• Audit of major projects• The business perspective• The project in progress• Cost control and accounting• Handover and post audit• Audit of other projects• IT projects• Auditing outsourced IT contracts• Auditing Business Continuity Management (BCM)
Who Should Attend• Heads of Audit, Audit Managers and Senior Auditors• Project Managers and Programme Managers• Auditors responsible for undertaking project audits
assignments• Other professionals who need to understand the risks
impacting complex projects• Managers and Directors of business functions – to aid their
knowledge of a risk based audit approach to projects
Benefits of Attending 1. Apply the concepts and practical application of a risk based
approach to project review2. Identify, mitigate and control project risks effectively3. Separate the key risks from the lesser threats and manage
the priorities4. Sell the benefits of proactive risk based audit of key projects5. Audit major projects including JVs with confidence6. Deliver proven techniques to ensure that more projects meet
their agreed objectives
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
255Email: [email protected]
Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®)
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThe Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), 5th edition identifies 10 areas of knowledge in which all Project Managers must be competent. This course covers all 10 areas and acts as basic preparation for the Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®) certification exam.
While many of the CAPM® exam preparation courses concentrate on tips and techniques to answer exam questions, this course does not do so. The course builds a solid mental process of project management in the mind of delegates, by covering the requirements in chronological order for Scope, Time and Cost knowledge areas, then by knowledge area approach for the other seven areas. This enables delegates to become better Project Managers and reason out correct answers during the exam.
Course Content• Introduction to project management• Organisation structures in regards to project management• The guide to the Project Management Body Of Knowledge
(PMBOK®)• Project management and product lifecycles• Role of project management in overall organisational
effectiveness• Project initiation• Project planning• Project time planning• Project quality planning• Project risk planning• Project procurement planning• Integrating project plans• The project baseline• Project execution• Project monitoring and control• Overall integration and ethics
Who Should Attend• Project Managers, Project Planners/Schedulers, Cost
Engineers, Quality Assurance/Quality Control Professionals, Event Managers and Coordinators, Procurement Officers, and anyone who is a beginner in the project world will benefit from this course and its credential
• New project practitioners who have not accumulated 1500 hours of experience (or one year) can simply take this course to be equipped with everything they need to know to pass the exam
Benefits of Attending1. Develop complete familiarity with the structure of the
PMBOK® Guide, and PMI’s project management best practice2. Apply processes, tools and techniques that increase
probability of project success3. Pave the road for becoming a Certified Associate in Project
Management (CAPM®), one of the most sought after certifications in the world
Dispute Management in Projects
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course focuses on the key relationship and communications skills needed to manage disputes in project expectations and succeed in conflict situations. You will learn how to create and sustain commitment and mutual trust by using influence rather than authority to achieve project and business goals.
Course Content• Managing expectations• The Project Manager's relationships• Expectation management• Stakeholders and scope change management• Relationship strategies in project management• Analysis of the Project Manager's authority and responsibility• Identifying areas of strengths and weaknesses• Networking for results: leveraging from sponsors and key
stakeholders• Special considerations for contractors and suppliers• Leveraging from communication strengths• Application in different project situations• Dispute and conflict management• Sources of conflicts in projects• Understanding the power model• Managing disputes in projects• Effective communications for dispute and conflict
management• The principles of influence for dealing with conflicts• Dealing with conflicts• The obstacles due to resistance
Who Should AttendThis course is invaluable to Programme and Project Managers, Senior Managers, Executives, Line Managers, Project Team Members and Consultants who seek to apply potent conflict management techniques to mitigate disputes and meet expectations in a multi-functional organisational projects environment.
Benefits of Attending 1. Engage stakeholders and manage their expectations2. Proactively and reactively manage disputes and use
powerful conflict management techniques3. Develop key relationship management skills and multiple
communication techniques to build a comprehensive relationship map and establish widespread commitment
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
256 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Earned Value Management
Course OverviewThe concept of management has always required solid, precise, numerical measurement of both desired outcomes and actual progress. Obtaining such measurements has always eluded project management practitioners, due to the sheer diversity of work types on a project.
Faced with this challenge, the world’s biggest project and contract manager, the US Department of Defence, set out to leverage the huge experience of its staff to take this challenge on. Their efforts were rewarded by the introduction of Earned Value Management (EVM), which has since become the primary, logical tool for monitoring and controlling projects.
This course will help you visualise and understand the concepts behind EVM. Delegates will be introduced to the terms used in this technique, the foundation indicators, and deduce higher level, future-looking indicators.
The contents of this course also constitute an essential component in the knowledge required for project management certification.
Course Content• Project management overview• Initiation phase and outputs• Summary of planning phase and outputs• Fundamentals of estimation• Building the “S” curve• Origins of EVM• The concept of “value”• The relationship between earned project value and schedule• The relationship between earned project value and cost• EVM basic parameters• EVM level one indicators• EVM indices• Forecasting the future• Integrating multi-project results• Infrastructure required for EVM implementation
Who Should Attend• Executives and Senior Managers seeking better reporting
and improvement to project performance• Current Project Managers/Coordinators• Team Leaders and Supervisors executing project work• Financial Managers commonly interfacing with projects
Benefits of Attending 1. Apply your project management knowledge in building the
definitive framework for managing projects2. Identify the importance of each part of the framework in
managing projects3. Understand why EVM is an indispensable tool for project
monitoring and control4. Become familiar with EVM indicators and proficient with the
significance of those indicators
Effective Project Coordinator
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewProject Coordinators are an integral part of the project management world. They are the Project Managers’ right hand on large projects, or they even manage smaller projects on their own. This course is designed to provide the current and prospective Project Coordinators with the essential knowledge and tools required to fulfil their role effectively.
Whether you are new to the project management field, or an experienced practitioner, this course is designed to help you gain a better understanding of the principles of project management, combined with hands-on exercises that enforce the principles. It also introduces the tools and techniques required to enhance your effectiveness.
Course Content• Project management overview• The project management life cycle• Project planning• Project constraints• Project scope planning• Project time planning• Project Network Diagram (PND)• Estimating duration and resources• The Critical Path (CP)• Determining the schedule• Compressing the schedule• Cost planning• Introduction to risk• Creating the project baseline• The concept of value• Introduction to earned value management• Project performance reporting• Project close-out
Who Should Attend• Current Project Coordinators• Team Leaders and Supervisors interfacing with projects• Individuals interested in entering the project management
field• Functional Managers commonly interfacing with projects• Administrative Staff seeking understanding of the Project
Coordinator role
Benefits of Attending 1. Gain solid understanding of global best practice in project
management2. Apply tools and techniques needed for effective project
coordination3. Learn how to monitor, evaluate, forecast and report project
performance
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
257Email: [email protected]
Event Safety & Security Management
Certificate Partner: Edinburgh Napier University
Course OverviewOne real issue for everyone attending an academic course is to apply what they have learned to a practical situation. On this course every theoretical concept explored will then be applied through scenario-based learning. As the course is taught by a hybrid academic/practitioner, these activities have all been part of his workplace activity for the past 20 to 40 years.
This course will focus on a range of planning frameworks for an event and how these work in practice, and how the security and crowd management elements are fundamental to the success of an event.
Course Content• Introduction to risk assessment• Managing risk• The risk assessment matrix• Working in anti-social environments• Cause and effect• Negotiation• Risk communication• Issues• Audience profiling• Crowd management planning• Applying a holistic approach• Testing the planning assumptions• Partnerships• Roles and responsibilities• The plan in practice
Who Should Attend• Event Managers• Security Managers, Supervisors and Operatives• Promoters• Venue Managers• Site Managers• Health and Safety Operatives and Managers• Event Management Students and Lecturers• Crowd Management Operatives, Supervisors and Managers• Leisure Managers• Local Government Officers
Benefits of Attending 1. Formulate crowd occupancy, flow rates and exit
requirements of an event2. Identify and utilise risk assessment methodologies relevant
to your own work place environment3. Deliver effective solutions to simple and moderate problems
within challenging working contexts4. Outline and account for decisions at supervisory and
managerial levels to anti-social working environments in the event space
Executive Certificate in Festival & Event Management
Certificate Partner: Edinburgh Napier University
Course OverviewThe Executive Certificate in Festival and Event Management (ECFEM) is a three-day intensive training course designed to provide a foundation of key skills and knowledge associated with the creation and delivery of corporate (e.g. conferences and exhibitions), private (e.g. weddings) and public events (e.g. festivals, sporting events).The course contents international industry best practices in event planning, project management, marketing and PR, human resources planning and management and the conduct and evaluation of events.
The focus of the ECFEM is on developing an understanding of the theory and practice of creating and delivering various types of events. The course content is based on the result of an extensive survey of event management professionals. All students who undertake the course will receive a certificate from the Edinburgh Institute: Festivals, Events and Tourism (EIFET), Edinburgh Napier University.
Course Content• Festival and event introduction, planning and initiation• Human resource management for festivals and events• Designing and creating festival and event concepts and
experiences• Workshop: devise an HR strategy for an event; practical
implementation of project management tools• Festival and event financial and risk management, control
and evaluation• Financial management for festivals and events• Festival and event safety and security• Workshop: produce a risk management plan; examine event
budgets
Who Should AttendThis course is mainly designed for event, communication and marketing professionals who need to improve their skills and knowledge about event organisation, planning and management:• Festival Organisers• Conference/Meeting and Exhibition Planners• Public Event Officers/Coordinators and Managers• Sport Event Organiser
Also communications and marketing staff: Communication/Marketing Assistants, Coordinators and Managers that will be in charge for planning events for their company.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the theory and practice of event planning,
promotion and implementation2. Identify marketing, public relations and sponsorship
strategies that will help to optimise your events3. Develop knowledge and skills in human resources planning
and management in event organisation
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
258 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Financial Budgeting & Monitoring for Projects
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course places an emphasis on a variety of tools and techniques used for the purpose of preparing a financial budget for projects and monitoring variances over a period of time in the process.
This course begins with defining the project and the various elements involved through the Work Breakdown Structure. It provides a walkthrough of the process in developing a project plan and a milestone plan which determine the project budget.
The content expands further and delves into the complexities of formulating the project budget using the time and material system leading to the creation of a capital budget. Once the budget is determined, the course focuses on a variety of methods that could be deployed in raising project financing including the basic concepts of Angel and Venture Capital Financing, as well as aspects associated with Public Private Partnerships. The course further undertakes a walkthrough of the process involved in carrying out a basic capital investment appraisal of the project and considers basic aspects of risk and sensitivities associated with the actual project results. The course concludes with an overview on monitoring the actual financial performance of the project with reference to the Stage of Completion Method and how variances are determined and reported to senior management in the process.
Course Content• Budgeting a project• Evaluating the feasibility of a project• Deriving the cost of capital• Accounting for project risk• Financing a project• Monitoring the financial performance of a project
Who Should Attend• Financial Directors and Financial Managers• Banks, Lenders and Project Investors• Government Officials involved in PPP initiatives• Programme Directors and Project Managers• Programme Sponsors
Benefits of Attending1. Gain insight on how to appraise the attractiveness of
investments in projects2. Determine the weighted average cost of capital of a project3. Understand key forms of Public Private Partnerships in
project finance initiatives4. Learn to manage and account for financial risk of projects
IT Project Management
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThe IT Project Management course focuses on the practical approach to managing projects within your business. Projects do not operate within a vacuum and therefore need to be linked to the objectives of your business. This course therefore focuses on doing the right thing rather than just doing things right!
This is a practical based course where delegates will be encouraged to bring real life projects or plans to the course and work on improving them during the course. In addition there is a realisation that people make projects successful, not software and processes, therefore there is added emphasis on people and performance within the course.
Course Content• Project management background• Projects and strategy• The project team and people• The project charter• Initial planning• Detailed planning• Risk management• Resource allocation• Project implementation• Project close and review
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for Managers and Executives who are directly involved in planning and implementing IT projects or setting up a Project Management Office and those requiring an advance set of IT tools to assist in cost estimation, cost tracking, procurement, contracting, risk assessment and management, quality control and scope verification.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand project management processes and
successfully link them to business strategy2. Use effective planning, implementation and measurement
tools to increase the likelihood of project success3. Manage tools and techniques for project management and
understand when, and when not, to use them4. Identify and control risk and issue management by
implementing simple to use techniques within the project environment
5. Create a project library and easy to understand documentation in a project life cycle
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
259Email: [email protected]
Key Project Management Principles
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course has been especially designed to not only train you in project management but to also ensure your knowledge and understanding of project management is thoroughly reinforced for effective recall and application after the training. The course has been designed and prepared in alignment with principles of project management as defined in the PMBOK® guide of the internationally respected Project Management Institute, and helps you earn PDUs from PMI.
Course Content• Project scope – requirements management• The work breakdown structure• Project cost management and project schedule
management
Who Should Attend• Project Managers• Programme Managers• Portfolio Managers• Engineers• Team Leaders• Office Managers• Designers and Architects• IT professionals• Business Planners wanting to better understand project
management• Operations Managers wanting to understand project
management• Those planning to take graduate or post-graduate
professional studies in project management and/or related fields
• Those professionals seeking to take their project management skills to the level required for effective contribution to the management of a wide range of project types
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn how projects run effectively contribute significantly to
successful achievement of business/organisational strategy2. Discover why project management is the key to releasing
innovation in your organisation3. Understand how effective project management delivers
increased corporate relevance and sustainability in any market place
Managing & Leading Project Managers
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewProgramme Managers or Line Managers of Project Managers know that they are accountable and responsible for the individual project results. Achieving these results from Project Managers requires leadership, effective communication, and relationship skills. Managers who know how to influence people, are able to make things happen. They are able to ensure the co-operation of others and maintain efficient and harmonious working relationships. This course explores key management, leadership, communication and relationship skills that will enhance the Manager's ability to succeed in effectively and efficiently managing Project Managers.
Course Content• The Manager of Project Managers’ (MPM) role• Managing in a multi-project environment• Leading and managing Project Managers• The MPM’s role in project planning and delivery• Managing relationships• Dealing with conflicts• Obstacles due to resistance
Who Should AttendThis course is particularly suitable for Managers, Programme Managers and Project Managers who wish to improve their communication and relationship skills in technical and non-technical environments. In particular, Senior Executives with business planning responsibilities, new and Functional Managers, and Systems, Technology and Research Managers will benefit from attending.
Benefits of Attending 1. Take on full accountability and responsibility for project
results2. Influence Project Managers to guarantee positive results3. Ensure the co-operation of others and maintain efficient
working relationships4. Develop strong communication and relationship skills5. Use conflict management techniques confidently, and be
able to address resistance effectively
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
260 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Managing Complex Projects
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewProject complexity is a measure of the inherent difficulty of delivering a project, which varies widely not only in the overall level of complexity but also in what drives that level. Project failures usually occur when organisations undertake projects of a much higher or different type of complexity than normal. Knowledge of a systematic understanding of project complexity is of foremost importance. Project Managers must be equipped to assess and manage complexity in projects.
Course Content• Overview of complexity in projects• How complex adaptive systems operate• Managing complexity in projects• Leadership focus in managing complexity• The assessment of project complexity• When should you evaluate project complexity?• Applying the complexity assessment questionnaire• Complex project management techniques• Complex project leadership• Approach for leading complex projects• Structuring and designing for complexity• The planning tasks• Development of systemic structures• Identify and communicate complexity• Planning for project execution• Adapting baselines to complexity• Managing and leading complexity in projects• Considerations in leading complex projects• Complexity assessment model during implementation• Types of tools for managing and leading complex projects
Who Should AttendThis course is particularly suitable for decision makers, Project Managers, Leaders, and team members who wish to acquire the most effective techniques for the management of complex projects in the solutions and project business.
Benefits of Attending 1. Manage project complexity in today’s world of uncertainties2. Measure how components of a complex system interact and
produce outcomes that are unpredictable and non-linear3. Learn industry-recognised techniques and best practice to
manage complex projects4. Practise these techniques in a workshop environment in
readiness for immediate use in your workplace
Managing Programmes
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 18 PDUs
Course OverviewOrganisations seeking to accomplish their strategic goals can best achieve their objectives by placing a strong focus on the “management of programmes”. This interactive course will explain how to position programme management in the corporate strategy and how to ensure that business benefits are fulfilled.
The key focus and the workshop format of the course will help you use techniques and tools to achieve your organisation’s strategic intents, and to internalise a solid understanding of managing multiple projects and work teams required to address the complexity of programme management.
Course Content• Strategic intents and business benefits• How organisations formulate strategic intents• Understanding the themes of programme management• Linking programmes to strategic goals• Understanding the multiple project environment• Programme planning• Foundational considerations• Stakeholder management• Programme merging of projects• Categorising projects by size and type• Using tools and templates to manage multiple project ripples• Delivering business benefits and project deliverables• Understanding the implications of different milestones and
deadlines• Prioritising projects/tasks in line with deliverables and
benefits• Close-out of individual projects and programmes• Communicate to key stakeholders• Challenges in managing multiple projects
Who Should Attend• Project Managers seeking additional techniques to manage
multiple projects• New and Functional Managers• Senior Executives with business planning responsibilities• Systems, manufacturing and operations personnel• Engineering professionals• Technology Managers• Research Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Appreciate your organisation’s strategic intents2. Analyse multiple project situations, and create master
schedules3. Assess and manage stakeholders4. Prioritise and manage resources across projects, and
prevent adverse effects between projects5. Actualise your organisation’s business benefits
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
261Email: [email protected]
PMI – Agile Certified Practitioner (PMI-ACP)® Exam Preparation
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 21 PDUs
Course OverviewGain a solid foundation of the PMI-ACP® exam and demonstrate your knowledge of and commitment to this rapidly growing approach to project management. This course is aligned with the latest PMI® guidelines and is designed to help you prepare for and pass your PMI-ACP® exam in the first attempt. The course covers Agile methodologies and tools and techniques extensively.
The course covers the seven domains in the same sequence as specified in the PMI exam content outline, including: 1. Agile Principles and Mindset2. Value-Driven Delivery3. Stakeholder Engagement4. Team Performance5. Adaptive Planning6. Problem Detection and Resolution7. Continuous Improvement
Course Content• Introducing the PMI-ACP® exam• Agile principles and mindset• Value-driven delivery• Stakeholder engagement• Team performance• Adaptive planning• Problem detection and resolution• Continuous improvement
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for project management roles globally. This certification is best suited for:• Project Managers• Project Management Professional (PMP)® credential holders• Agile team members• Associate/Assistant Managers of projects• Team Leads/Managers• Project Executives/Engineers• Software Developers• Professionals aspiring to be Project Managers
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the history of Agile, including founding, evolution,
core concepts and principles2. Gain working knowledge of the Agile principles of Scrum,
Kanban, Extreme Programming (XP) and Test-Driven Development (TDD)
3. Develop the expertise of implementing multi-iterative development models for any scale of projects
4. Deliver high velocity stories and epics5. Familiarise yourself with the PMI-ACP® certification exam
application process and acquire the knowledge, strategies, tools, tips and tricks to clear the exam along with the requisite 21 PDUs
PMP® Exam Preparation
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 35 PDUs
Course OverviewDelegates will significantly improve their chances of passing the gruelling Project Management Professional (PMP®) certification exam in the first attempt with this well-proven and successful course. As well as learning where you need to focus your study efforts, you will learn valuable practical exam techniques which will help you when you sit the exam. You will find out exactly what components of your project management background will be tested so you know where to focus your attention during the vital weeks of preparation.
Course Content• Project management process groups• Project integration management• Project scope management• Project quality management• Project time management• Project cost management• Project risk management• Project human resource management• Project procurement management• Project communications management• Professional responsibility
Who Should AttendProject management professionals from all industries including engineering and construction, IT, telecommunications, maintenance and operations, manufacturing, power, oil and gas, communications and marketing who wish to prepare for the PMP® certification exam.
Benefits of Attending 1. Review the essential project management skills and
techniques required for successful projects and how they relate to PMP® certification
2. Gain an in-depth understanding of each component of the PMP® certification examination and significantly improve your chances of passing the gruelling PMP® exam at the first attempt!
3. Develop complete familiarity with the structure of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide), its 39 processes, five process groups and nine knowledge areas, and find out exactly which components of your project management background will be tested so that you plan your study time to make the most of it
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
262 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Programme Management Professional (PgMP)
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewAn organisation’s existence is based on its capability to move towards its stated vision via selecting the correct strategies and executing them. One of the main links in that capability chain is programme management. It acts as a tie between the organisational portfolio, strategy and the project work.
This course, based on global best practice identified by PMI, will introduce delegates to the structure, components, and skills required to initiate and manage programmes. It also delineates the differences between a project management approach, and a programme management approach. Project management expert level knowledge is not required for this course, but that knowledge will help programme managers better understand challenges faced by Project Managers so as to be able to support them better.
Course Content• Programme definition• PMI approach to programme management• Strategy alignment• Pre-programme activities• Programme definition• Programme structuring• Programme closure
Who Should Attend• CEOs, SVPs, VPs and Senior Executives accountable for
organisational strategy setting and execution• Middle to Senior Managers either involved in programme
management, or are identified to progress into that role• Entrepreneurs establishing new organisations
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the meaning of a programme, and how it fits
within the organisation management structure2. Learn the different mind-set required for managing
programmes vs managing projects3. Gain a clear picture of the best models for programme
management as per PMI’s standards4. Identify programme components and lifecycle
Project & Risk Management for Events
Certificate Partner: ILM
Course OverviewThis course caters to the dynamic Middle East events management industry and is applicable to a wide range of occasions including conferences, product launches, corporate hospitality, sporting occasions, shopping festivals, exhibitions and much more; and most importantly, maintains a strong focus on the challenges that are important to you.
Course Content• Practical special event preparation• Event project management• Project management and the management system• Contracts and reporting• Financing management and follow through• Event finance• Staging and shutdown• Best practice in staging events in the Gulf
Who Should AttendIf you are an events professional working in this challenging environment or someone who occasionally organises special events, this course will keep you competitive, efficient, effective and innovative. This will include, but not be limited to:• Corporate and Independent Event Planners• Event Producers• PR and Communications Managers• Brand Managers• Sales and Marketing Managers• Project Managers• Exhibition Organisers• Festival and Public Event Organisers• Fundraising Managers• Sponsorship Managers• Tourism Authorities
Benefits of Attending 1. Apply the science of project management to an event to set
clear objectives and measure success 2. Understand and improve event finance, sponsorship and
cost control3. Take away key documents from the course that can be used
immediately for your next event
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
263Email: [email protected]
Project Feasibility Studies
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThe most important step of any new project regardless of its size, is the one you take even before you begin. In today’s business environment, feasibility studies are strategic documents prepared and executed by managers who focus on the best resource allocations and aim at consistently delivering projects on target.
At this course, you will understand how to effectively place feasibility studies within your project lifecycles and conduct consistent feasibility studies for your projects.
Course Content• Introduction to feasibility studies• Strategic importance of feasibility studies• Working with stakeholders• Perform an options analysis• Applying risk management to feasibility studies• Prepare the feasibility study• Writing the feasibility report• Business processes after writing the feasibility report
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for anyone involved with projects, business ventures or new business ideas. If you need to understand how to streamline the process of evaluating a feasibility study’s outcomes to aid towards solid decision-making, you will benefit from attending. For those who are in positions where they are required to review feasibility studies for further corporate decision-making, they will benefit from the presentation of business process methods based on agile and lean theories as additional resources together with traditional business plan modelling.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand how to effectively place feasibility studies within
your project lifecycles2. Evaluate different models for the best fit to plan and execute
feasibility studies3. Learn how to involve stakeholders in the process of your
feasibility study4. Work efficiently within a team with a focus on leadership,
engagement and ownership 5. Apply your newly acquired knowledge to outline an array of
options to conduct consistent feasibility studies for your projects
Project Leadership & Stakeholder Communication
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course has been especially designed to not only train you in project management but to also ensure your knowledge and understanding of project management is thoroughly reinforced for effective recall and application after the training. The course has been designed and prepared in alignment with principles of project management as defined in the PMBOK® guide of the internationally respected Project Management Institute, and helps you earn PDUs from PMI.
Course Content• Project human resource management – leadership• Basic leadership psychology for Project Managers• Communication in the projects environment
Who Should Attend• Project Managers• Programme Managers• Portfolio Managers• Engineers• Team Leaders• Office Managers• Designers and Architects• IT professionals• Business Planners wanting to better understand project
management• Operations Managers wanting to understand project
management• Those planning to take graduate or post-graduate
professional studies in project management and/or related fields
• Those professionals seeking to take their project management skills to the level required for effective contribution to the management of a wide range of project types
Benefits of Attending 1. Discover how important leadership and communication
are at project levels, and how they impact commercial and strategic outcomes
2. Understand that if we want ‘results, and no excuses’, we need leadership and communication, and not just luck and confidence in our Project Managers
3. Effectively manage across and down the organisation, and within your team; plus, manage upwards to deal with the issues of the modern matrix structure
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
264 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Project Management for Non-Project Managers
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course provides the groundwork for organisations’ execution teams to start applying project management methodology. It is a first step in transforming the culture in the organisation to a project management one.
The course introduces non-project management professionals to the project management discipline to be able to support project efforts in their organisation.
This course will also help interested delegates to start studying for the CAPM® examination by the Project Management Institute.
Course Content• What is a project?• Project management success factors• Responsibilities of Project Managers• PMI approach to project management• PMBOK® knowledge areas and process groups• Project management standards and governing bodies• Project initiation• Potential project sources• Project selection and charter• Planning scope, time and cost• Identifying the project scope• Identifying and allocating resources required• Creating schedules• Estimating resource costs• Planning other project areas• Quality planning• Project integration planning• HR, communications and stakeholder management planning• Project execution• Project monitoring and control
Who Should AttendThis innovative course has been specifically designed for professionals across all industry sectors working as supervisors of small projects or team members providing administrative support or specialised procedure support.
This includes Event Managers, Coordinators, Marketing Executives, Administrative Professionals, Supervisors, Assistants, Project Administrators, Systems Analysts or Technical Coordinators.
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the advantage of having a project management
methodology based on PMI best practice2. Acquire tools and techniques required for successful project
management3. Recognise the most common project pitfalls4. Use project management vocabulary
Project Portfolio Management (PPM)
Certificate Partner: PMI/CPD UKCredits: 24 CPD Points and 23.5 PDUs
Course OverviewThis highly practical seminar will provide you with the tools and knowledge to implement a Project Portfolio Management (PPM) approach within your organisation. During the course, you will have the opportunity to work on a range of interactive exercises, including building a portfolio priority sorting tool, as well as a graphic dashboard – both of which you will be able to re-use after the seminar. As well as this, you will see examples of commercial apps that automate PPM. You will also gain insights into the interactions between PPM and the Project Management Office (PMO).
Course Content• PPM – An overview• Strategy and strategic management• Roles in PPM• Portfolio steering committee• The 12-step PPM process• Defining and managing the pipeline• Categorising work and defining requirements• Developing value propositions and business cases• Selecting projects• Prioritising/balancing the portfolio• Authorising and planning work• Developing the portfolio• Reporting and portfolio dashboards
Who Should AttendAll professionals involved in working on or managing projects, programmes and portfolios in an organisation will benefit from this course. If you are a manager responsible for evaluation, selection, and termination of projects; or PMO staff responsible for initiating or streamlining portfolio management processes; or a decision maker involved in authorising projects or phases of projects, you will benefit from attending this course.
Benefits of Attending1. Articulate the key roles in portfolio management2. Explain how to setup a portfolio and choose potential
projects to charter3. Show how to categorise work in line with business
requirements4. Describe how to balance the portfolio and align with
strategic plans5. Demonstrate how to create a portfolio, using a decision
hierarchy and graphical techniques
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
265Email: [email protected]
Project Quality & Risk Management
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course has been especially designed to not only train you in project management but to also ensure your knowledge and understanding of project management is thoroughly reinforced for effective recall and application after the training. The course has been designed and prepared in alignment with principles of project management as defined in the PMBOK® guide of the internationally respected Project Management Institute, and helps you earn PDUs from PMI.
Course Content• Managing project quality• Managing project risk
Who Should Attend• Project Managers• Programme Managers• Portfolio Managers• Engineers• Team Leaders• Office Managers• Designers and Architects• IT professionals• Business Planners wanting to better understand project
management• Operations Managers wanting to understand project
management• Those planning to take graduate or post-graduate
professional studies in project management and/or related fields
• Those professionals seeking to take their project management skills to the level required for effective contribution to the management of a wide range of project types
Benefits of Attending 1. Discover how project Quality Assurance (QA) is not
just about delivery standards – it is at the very heart of stakeholder identification and management
2. Gain a thorough comprehension of why risk management is becoming the significant technical skill in advanced project management
3. Understand the theory of quality and risk management and how you can practically apply it in your organisation immediately after the course
Regaining Control of Projects
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewA large majority of projects enter criticality; however, this state is recognised too late. Furthermore, patching up a weak project is never the answer. Organisations need to declare when a project is in crisis and act rapidly using a formal and structured assessment and recovery process. This course explains in detail the project assessment and recovery process and provides the most pertinent tools and techniques to lead a project out of crisis.
Course Content• Introduction to the project assessment and recovery process• Characteristics of projects in crisis• Declaring a project in crisis• Variances – key indicators to crisis• Importance of the project assessment charter• Develop the project assessment plan• Build the project assessment planning team• Tools for assessment planning• Obtain project assessment plan approvals• Performance of the project assessment plan• Collect project information and data• Collate preliminary findings• Establishing priorities and ranking• Development of the project recovery plan• Project recovery strategies• Develop and plan for high-ranking responses• Prepare the project “Inchstone” recovery plan• Implement control processes• Implement the project recovery• Prevention guidelines• Preventing troubled and failed projects• Classic errors related to project issues
Who Should AttendThis course is particularly suitable for decision makers, Project Managers, Leaders, and Team Members who wish to acquire the most effective techniques for the assessment and recovery of projects in crisis.
Benefits of Attending1. Rapidly address projects deemed in crisis2. Conduct a formal and structured assessment and recovery
process for a project in crisis3. Assess the root causes of identified problems, develop
recommendations, and implement project recovery4. Apply key guidelines that address the causes for projects in
crisis5. Practise these techniques in a workshop environment in
readiness for immediate use in your workplace
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
266 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Risk Management Professional (PMI-RMP®)
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewThis course is designed based on the Practice Standard for Project Risk Management, issued by PMI. This standard was developed based on vast experience of professionals accountable for project risk management, and delineates the best known process for managing risks on a project.
Delegates will become familiar with the practice standard approach to project risk management, understand the processes, tools and techniques required for competency in the area.
In addition, the course familiarises the delegates with the requirements to earn the RMP® professional designation via introduction to the exam development basis, and the requirements to pass the exam.
Course Content• Introduction to risk concepts• Definition and concept of risk• Risk components• Risk impact and probability• Risk management processes• Planning risk management• Qualitative and quantitative tools and techniques for
estimation• Specialised risk analysis• Risk response strategy planning• Prioritising potential strategies• Critical success factors for the plan risk management
process• Identify and address barriers to successful project risk
management• Engaging stakeholders• Executing risk management plans• Monitoring and controlling risks
Who Should Attend• Project professionals seeking advancement in the area of
project risk management• Management staff working for departments involved with
risk management• Change agents tasked with improving organisational
performance via better risk management• Support staff involved with project and risk management
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the general concepts, and the specifics of risk as
it pertains to projects2. Recognise critical success factors for risk management3. Improve accuracy of project estimates and ability to specify
and achieve project targets4. Achieve more efficient cost estimates through leveraging
opportunities and minimising threats
Strategic Project Management
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 24 PDUs
Course OverviewOrganisations face constant social, political, economic, technological and competitive changes. Effective management of programmes/projects is recognised as a principal strategy and process to deal with the inevitable change organisations face. These changes compel organisations to resolve business issues of strategic growth and operational effectiveness by improving, re-designing or re-engineering their business models to meet company goals.
Strategic project management draws upon project management techniques, methods and tools to address areas such as realising business benefits, growth, profitability and competitive advantage. All these address the key concerns of stakeholders for the increase of shareholder value and long-term business competitiveness.
Course Content• Management of change by projects• Business drivers of change • Impacts to the organisation, infrastructure, processes and
systems • Responses to change transition• Communication about change• Projects as agents of change • Role of the Project Manager during change • Strategic planning and Project Portfolio Management (PPM) • Converting strategy into projects• The Project Managers framework• Project portfolio reporting• Stakeholder management• Establishing and managing stakeholder expectations• Stakeholder communication• Managing Project Managers • Project managing organisational challenges• Managing in a multi-project environment • Leadership skills
Who Should AttendThis course is invaluable to Senior Managers, Executives, Line Managers, Programme and Project Managers, project office staff and Consultants who seek to apply solid industry-recognised techniques for the successful management of strategic change by programmes and the realisation of business value.
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the key approaches and tools required to develop
a “management of projects strategy” to achieve corporate business goals
2. Gain knowledge of strategic project management for use in your strategic and business related positions
3. Discover practical techniques to support successful strategic project management
PR
OJE
CT
MA
NA
GE
ME
NT
267Email: [email protected]
The Project Management Office
Certificate Partner: PMICredits: 30 PDUs
Course OverviewThe Project Management Office – Successful Implementation and Operation training course focuses on WHAT to establish and HOW to implement and operate a successful Project Management Office (PMO) that will contribute to the effective management of projects and the achievement of business benefits.
The course strongly focuses on the challenges that are important to you and explores the latest best practice to improve communication, cut costs and optimise functional user involvement. You will learn how to prioritise projects, and monitor progress and budgets on a continual basis.
Course Content• Strategic planning and project portfolio management• Purpose of a PMO• Benefits of establishing a PMO• PMO functions and organisation• The PMO: promoter of project management excellence• Planning for the introduction of a PMO• Implementing the PMO roadmap• Addressing PMO challenges
Who Should AttendThe course is designed for individuals who need to know how to plan and implement an appropriate PMO within their organisation, project and programme management practitioners, Project and Portfolio Managers and individuals who need to gain an understanding of the PMO.
Benefits of Attending1. Maximise project performance and realise your business
goals – Use the latest tools to analyse, assess and implement the
2. PMO structure that best suits your organisation3. Optimise the benefits of establishing your PMO by effectively
articulating and practising the PMO implementation roadmap
4. Sustain successful PMOs across your organisation by resolving challenges and focusing on continuous improvement initiatives
Real Estate
RE
AL
EST
AT
E
271
Table of Contents
Advanced Real Estate Modelling & City Planning ..................................................................................................................................272
Certificate in Real Estate Finance for Investment & Development (REFID) ..................................................................................... 272
Certificate in Real Estate Process for Development & Investment (REPDI) ..................................................................................... 273
Construction Commissioning .........................................................................................................................................................................273
Construction Project Management ...............................................................................................................................................................274
Managing Building Services ...........................................................................................................................................................................274
Optimising Facilities Management Performance .................................................................................................................................... 275
Real Estate Cashflow & Finance Modelling ............................................................................................................................................... 275
Real Estate Investment, Leasing & Management .....................................................................................................................................276
Real Estate Marketing Masterclass ...............................................................................................................................................................276
Real Estate Valuation ........................................................................................................................................................................................277
Understanding Facilities Management ......................................................................................................................................................277
RE
AL
EST
AT
E
272 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Advanced Real Estate Modelling & City Planning
Course OverviewAll around the world, new cities and developments have sprung up, and population growth implies the need for many more. Yet major mixed-use developments are probably the most difficult, as well as the most expensive, real estate development projects in the world.
They frequently bring in governments and national development agencies, as well as the largest private sector developers. With rising populations, economic growth and the need to rejuvenate tired old cities and to build entirely new ones, the Middle East in particular has been the focus for an immense effort in city planning, development and construction.
Yet all too often the results have been catastrophic losses. This is the training course the region has been waiting for. Had this course been available a decade ago, huge losses by real estate developers could have been avoided.
Course Content• Introduction to the city planning process• EstateMaster as a planning and modelling tool• Building a new city in the Middle East• The strategic plan• Regulatory constraints• The role of design and architecture• Sustainability and green building• Transportation issues – The GIS dimension
Who Should Attend• This course will benefit Managing Directors, Chief Executives,
and other Board Members of real estate development companies who want hands-on experience to understand what their teams are delivering
• It will also be useful for Real Estate Analysts, Development Executives, Lawyers and Accountants
Benefits of Attending1. Appreciate how master developments and entire cities are
designed, planned and built2. Model a wide range of real estate financial developments in a
sophisticated risk-sensitive way3. Understand the drivers of profitability in specific types of
development, including mixed-use4. Integrate legal, environmental, financial and strategic
objectives into a single business plan5. Learn how to use EstateMaster to integrate separate
financial models into a single overall plan
Certificate in Real Estate Finance for Investment & Development (REFID) Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewThis course draws on global experience and is designed to provide you with a full background of the financial aspects of commercial and residential real estate investment and development. Important methodologies – including how to calculate returns, how they are financed, and how to successfully analyse development cashflows, leases and risk – all aimed at understanding how to invest and sell profitably will be explored within this course.
You will gain a thorough understanding of the valuation process, as well as explore the principles behind financing a project. This will include a review of the different financial instruments, how they can be used and their impact on the overall performance of the real estate project.
Course Content• Evaluating real estate cashflows• Property analytics• Commercial property: assessing income• Financial aspects of development• Financial management principles• Risks and real estate• Measuring property performance• Investment portfolio analysis• Ownership vehicles• Securitisation of real estate• Quoted Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
Who Should AttendReal estate evaluation experience is not required, but delegates are expected to possess a basic understanding of principles of real estate finance and investment such as present value. This course is designed for:• Real Estate Managers• Real Estate Planners and Developers• Property Owners and Managers• Government Officials and Regulators• Lawyers• Accountants• Valuers• Mortgage Brokers, Bankers and Lenders• Finance Managers and Analysts• Investors, Lenders, Borrowers, Valuers, Property Developers,
Financial Analysts, and Government Agents involved in real estate planning and financing decisions
Benefits of Attending1. Learn the key financial concepts, calculations and ratios
needed to analyse investment and development proposals for real estate
2. Discover the most widely-practised property income and capital valuation techniques
3. Understand the differences between real estate, corporate and project finance models and applications
4. Analyse risks for real estate development and investment, and apply them to spreadsheets and other real estate software
RE
AL
EST
AT
E
273 Email: [email protected]
Certificate in Real Estate Process for Development & Investment (REPDI)
Course OverviewIn all countries, real estate accounts for a vast proportion of non-petroleum economic activity constitutes approximately one-third of all capital assets. You simply cannot ignore it as a business opportunity. An understanding of how real estate properties are conceptualised, designed, built, managed and marketed is essential to making intelligent decisions to finance, manage, sell or buy real estate assets. And in the Gulf region, the thriving property market provides considerable opportunities for real estate development and investment – but only for those who are well-informed and make smart business decisions, which is exactly what this course is designed to help you become and achieve.
The course will address all the actual elements of real estate development, from research and planning through to development and marketing. It contains numerous case studies from the Gulf and worldwide to focus on all the key issues real estate stakeholders need to know.
Course Content• The stages of the development and investment process• Design, construction, building and business management• The land bank• Site analysis and selection for development• Highest and best use; project feasibility• Development simulations • Property and conveyancing law; the regulatory process• The contract and negotiation process• Property, operations, and facilities management• Marketing strategies• Identifying and managing risk
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for all property professionals who participate in the development process and those who finance, manage, buy or sell real estate, including:• Architects and Urban Planners• Real Estate: Analysts, Managers, Investors, Planners,
Developers, and Valuers• Property Owners and Managers• Government Officials and Regulators• Lawyers and Accountants• Mortgage Brokers, Bankers and Lenders• Investment Bankers/Managers, Venture Capitalists, and
Private Equity Specialists• Finance Managers and Analysts
Benefits of Attending1. Achieve a thorough understanding of the entire real estate
development and investment processes, as well as the roles of project stakeholders
2. Appreciate the scope of marketing and sales for real estate development and investment
3. Gain extensive knowledge of the commercial and legal issues, risks, and opportunities for the property industry
4. Develop the ability to identify and negotiate important aspects of real estate contracts
Construction Commissioning
Course OverviewAn incredibly diverse range of commercial, industrial, education, healthcare, transport, leisure and residential buildings are being constructed around the world. The one thing these buildings all have in common is that their clients need them to work correctly.
Commissioning is a quality assurance process which is used in construction to check a structure and its subsystems (such as air conditioning, fire protection, electrical, lighting, plumbing, heating, communication and security systems) to ensure the building meets the building owner’s/occupant’s expectations. It is part of project delivery and plays a crucial role, as commissioning is the 1% that impacts the other 99% of the building performance as required by the client.
This unique course will explain what commissioning is, why it is so important and how to put it into practice at each stage of a construction project – from pre-design to post-handover. On the course, delegates will be presented with best practice guidance and tools to take back to their workplaces and improve how buildings are commissioned.
Course Content• Project delivery in the 21st century built environment• The world of commissioning• A journey through the commissioning process: pre-design;
design; on-site; post-handover
Who Should AttendThis course has been developed for professionals involved in the planning, design, construction, operation and maintenance of the built environment. This includes:• Coordinators, Agents, Technicians, Engineers, Managers,
Supervisors in the following functions: Commissioning; Quality Management; Pre-construction; Construction; Building Services; Building/Premises; Estates; CAD; Site Management; Facilities Management; Maintenance; Physical Asset Management; Procurement; Contracts/Commercial; Bidding; and Project/Planning/Programme Management
• Property Developers and Owners• Cost Consultants/Estimators• (MEP) Contractors and Consultants• Architects/Design Engineers and LEED Designers
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn the seven outcomes that clients and construction
project teams should be looking to achieve2. Acknowledge the crucial role that commissioning plays in
achieving these outcomes3. Identify the eight stages of the commissioning process for a
construction project4. Understand what key activities should take place at each
stage of the commissioning process5. Discuss what documents should be used to put these
activities into practice6. Share international best practice about the commissioning
of buildings
RE
AL
EST
AT
E
274 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Construction Project Management
Certificate Partner: PMI Credits: 12 CPDs
Course OverviewIn order to satisfy the growth in demand and consistently deliver the types of project outcomes that its clients require, the construction industry needs to improve both the quantity and capability of its Project Managers.
The course presents an integrated project delivery process that starts at project inception and continues into a building’s operational life. A journey will then be taken through the different project stages to present guidance and tools that delegates can take back to their workplaces to help improve the management of their projects.
Course Content• Project delivery in the 21st century built environment• The world of projects and project management• The delivery process for a construction project• A journey through the different stages of project delivery:
– Pre-design – Design – On site – Post-handover
Who Should AttendThis course is intended for built environment professionals. Some job titles include:• Project Manager• Design Engineer/Architect/Manager• Cost Consultant/Estimator• Planner/Programmer• Maintenance Engineer• Facilities Manager/Site Supervisor/Site Engineer• Property Developer• Pre-construction Manager/Construction Manager• Estates Manager/Bid Manager/Contracts Manager• Commercial Manager/Procurement Manager/Quality
Manager
Benefits of Attending 1. Define the outcomes that all construction project teams and
clients should aim for2. Describe the characteristics of a project, project
management, the project team, the Project Manager and the project process
3. Understand the key activities that should take place at each stage of project delivery and explore the documents to be used to put these activities into practice
4. Recognise the key role that commissioning, training and asset documentation play in successful project delivery
5. Appreciate the need to provide post-handover support to client stakeholders
Managing Building Services
Course OverviewBuilding services, such as heating, air conditioning, power, lighting, water, fire protection, communication and security systems, bring a building to life, enable businesses to function and allow people to conduct their lives on a daily basis.
In addition to accounting for over 30% of the construction cost of a property, building services have a profound impact on different aspects of building performance such as end-user satisfaction, environmental impact, maintenance and utilities cost, and business continuity. In the modern built environment, the correct delivery of these building services is therefore absolutely crucial.
This award-winning course starts by explaining the different building services systems that attendees will encounter during project delivery. It then explains the key activities related to building services that teams need to get right at each project stage.
Course Content• Building services in the modern built environment• Thinking about building services in a simplified way• Different building services systems explained• The delivery process for a construction project• Successful delivery of building services
Who Should AttendThis course has been designed and developed for construction professionals, including:• Coordinators, Agents, Technicians, Engineers, Managers,
Supervisors in the following functions: Building Services; Building/Premises; Commissioning; Quality Management; Pre-construction; Construction; Estates; CAD; Site Management; Facilities Management; Maintenance; Physical Asset Management; Procurement; Contracts/Commercial; Bidding; and Project/Planning/Programme Management
• Property Developers and Owners• Cost Consultants/Estimators• (MEP) Contractors and Consultants• Architects/Design Engineers and LEED Designers
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand how crucial building services are in delivering the
seven project outcomes of construction projects2. Develop increased awareness of, and greater confidence in,
the delivery of building services in construction projects3. Identify the common elements that all mechanical and
electrical building services systems share4. Classify the fourteen categories of building services you will
come across in a construction project5. Understand what key activities relating to building services
need to take place at each project stage6. Appreciate the need to provide post-handover support to
client stakeholders7. Share international best practice about delivery of building
services
RE
AL
EST
AT
E
275 Email: [email protected]
Optimising Facilities Management Performance
Course OverviewIn today’s tough economic climate, Facilities Managers have a major role to play in ensuring that the business support environment is as efficient and cost-effective as possible. To meet increasingly demanding corporate performance targets, Facilities Managers need to focus on understanding how their operations can add value at each stage in the business cycle.
This course explores how the facilities management (FM) service can be shaped and delivered to maximise the use of assets/resources and optimise performance for the organisation, taking account of changing needs over time. Aimed at Middle and Senior Managers, the programme offers practical guidance on developing FM service strategies and building an effective delivery model and supply chain in the support services area.
Course Content• What does your business do? How does FM help it to
deliver?• Considering the FM services performance requirements• Performance improvement and commercial awareness• Corporate real estate performance improvement• FM service performance improvement• Resource planning• Setting up FM contracts• FM contract management• Reassessing value: Cutting costs without cutting
performance• Making savings• Closing the loop
Who Should AttendThis course is for professionals with prior knowledge and understanding of facilities management principles and practices who are looking to expand their knowledge of strategic planning, including:• Facilities Directors and Managers• Premises and Building Managers• Property Owners and Operators• Heads and Managers of Estates• Physical Asset Managers• Manufacturing Site/Plant Managers• Maintenance Heads and Managers• Contract Managers and Procurement professionals• Financial Planners and Managers
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the critical links between FM and core business
activities2. Develop and manage an effective FM strategy3. Appreciate the impact of changing customer and business
needs on FM operations4. Share international best practice experience
Real Estate Cashflow & Finance Modelling
Course OverviewReal estate construction or investment requires a high level of technical expertise in building and using financial models if the building is to be profitable for its builder or owner. This has not always been available, with the result being that a large percentage of real estate has been built or bought without the necessary understanding or planning to underpin decision-making. The consequence of this lack of planning has often been disastrous.
This course provides a step-by-step guide to constructing financial models for real estate development and investment in Excel. Delegates first learn the skills and techniques they will need for real estate modelling. Then, using the construction of an office tower as the working project, delegates successively build a ‘construct and sell’ (CS) and ‘buy and let’ model. Using templates, delegates cover such issues as the role of debt and equity, construction debt corkscrews, debt repayment waterfalls, debt covenants, risk modelling, and the effect of taxation and depreciation on debt and equity. The course also provides an overview of the bespoke real estate software alternatives to Excel, EstateMaster and Argus.
Course Content• Using Excel for modelling• Equity valuation• Fundamentals of real estate models• Real estate development modelling issues• Real estate investment modelling issues• Building a CS model• Building a Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) model• Argus and EstateMaster – An alternative to Excel real estate
models• @Risk® – Monte Carlo software
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for delegates who are seeking to improve their technical real estate modelling skills in Excel, including:• Bankers and Financiers involved in real estate• Directors and Business Development Executives from
corporates, equity sponsors and consultancies
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn the techniques to develop a real estate financial model
for construction and investment using Excel2. Understand Excel real estate financial models and their
automated rivals3. Be able to audit Excel real estate financial models4. Get step-by-step instruction on inputs, formulae and
techniques, to construct and manipulate a model using real estate finance principles
5. Use different valuation techniques to value any class of real estate asset using your financial model
RE
AL
EST
AT
E
276 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Real Estate Investment, Leasing & Management
Course OverviewProperty is the most important asset in the Gulf – in the world – yet the process of how to invest profitably in real estate, and how to manage it to best effect, is quite poorly understood.
This course gets to the nuts and bolts of property investing – all the practical issues of how to select and manage tenants, risks, refurbishments, voids and void decks – and also all the financial aspects such as fund management, tax issues for those countries that have tax regimes, and accounting. If you are managing real estate, either in a fund management role or in a family office or for a company, this course is designed for you.
Course Content• Real estate as an investment• Financing property purchase• Property and conveyancing law • Tenant management/property management• Advanced operations and facilities management• Occupational health and safety• Maintenance and structural preservation• Procurement and supply chain management • Property lifecycle planning• Sustainability and real estate management• Information technology • Staffing/management • Contracts and outsourcing• Financial management principles • Real estate strategy• Operational property portfolio planning/portfolio analysis
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for property companies and developers, Estate Managers, Fund and Investment Managers including Private Investors and Private Equity Specialists, Bank Lenders and Lawyers. It will also benefit non-finance professionals and Property Managers for real estate companies.
Benefits of Attending1. Develop a greater understanding of the role of property
within the overall development and investment strategy of an organisation
2. Gain detailed knowledge of the limitations and opportunities for the property industry
3. Enhance your management and organisational skills necessary for effective property management
Real Estate Marketing Masterclass
Course OverviewThis course provides an understanding of the fundamental requirements associated with the marketing and selling of all types of real estate in the UAE, including: residential, commercial, hotels, vacant land and large-scale investments.
It will outline the distinct differences in the approaches taken by brokers and other stakeholders when selling specific types of properties. General principles will be applied but investigated in-depth depending on the type of property.
Additionally, a thorough analysis of the laws and their application will be studied to educate delegates on the real estate and property laws in the UAE for both existing and off-plan properties. During the course, delegates will analyse the general requirements of sales contracts and receive feedback on the legal reasoning behind key requirements. The course also teaches delegates the fundamental terms and conditions of standard form sales contracts and focuses on up-to-date market requirements and practices.
Course Content• The laws• Marketing and selling properties off-plan and hotels/serviced
apartments• Marketing and selling shopping malls and commercial
properties• Broker and sales agreements
Who Should AttendIndividuals involved in the marketing and/or selling of real estate in the UAE will greatly benefit from attending this course. This includes, but is not limited to, the following professionals working independently or within real estate companies, property development companies, investment companies, law firms, and large companies (with in-house legal teams):• Real Estate Brokers/Managers/Agents• Real Estate Management Executives• Sales Administrators, Sales Associates/Managers• Sales and Property Consultants• Key Account Managers• Business Development Managers/Heads• Marketing Executives/Managers• Developers• Lawyers, Business or Legal Secretaries
Benefits of Attending1. Identify the key information that sellers need to be aware of
when selling off-plan properties, hotels, serviced apartments, shopping malls and other special purpose properties
2. Protect yourself – the essential contract clauses for selling off-plan properties, hotels, serviced apartments, shopping malls and other special purpose properties
3. Understand how to analyse and collate the necessary real estate information when selling property
4. Identify the sales strategy relevant to your property purpose5. Learn how to adjust your sales technique to match the
property
RE
AL
EST
AT
E
277 Email: [email protected]
Real Estate Valuation
Course OverviewThis course covers the methods and concepts of real estate valuation. In this course, you will learn to value most typical forms of real estate using a variety of techniques and methods, in the same way as a Chartered Surveyor.
The focus is on properties and market conditions in the Gulf, but with plenty of international examples, including land, properties with development potential, and different classes of property such as residential, offices, retail, hotels, and warehouses.
Course Content• Real estate as an investment class• Property performance analysis• Property in the investment portfolio• Commercial property – Assessing income• Residential property – Assessing capital value• Discounted cashflow for real estate investments• Net Operating Income (NOI)• Projecting cashflows• Creating and using a detailed Discounted Cash Flow (DCF)
model• Land prices• Alternative valuation techniques and highest and best use
analysis (HBU)• The cost approach• The sales comparison approach• Highest and best use approach• The cost of capital and the real options• Valuation in practice
Who Should AttendDelegates are expected to possess a basic understanding of real estate finance and investment principles. This course would be of interest to professionals who develop, finance, manage, buy or sell real estate, and especially:• Real Estate Investors and Analysts• Real Estate Developers• Real Estate Managers• Planning and development professionals in real estate
businesses• Mortgage Brokers• Property Owners• Finance Managers and Analysts • Bankers and lenders
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the most widely-practised property income
valuation techniques and be able to critically analyse a real estate investment proposal
2. Identify the cost of capital for real estate and confidentially implement discounted cashflow valuation frameworks
3. Be equipped to successfully negotiate terms of a real estate transaction
Understanding Facilities Management
Course OverviewThe objective of this course is to introduce new or junior employees to the principles and practices involved in facilities management and maintenance in the Middle East. It will also assist senior managers with overseas and local experience, as it will enable them to update their FM best practice methodologies, to understand current market trends, and to acknowledge the impact of UAE laws on the management and maintenance of joint owned property laws.
Delegates will learn the procedures to prepare a service charge budget. They will also familiarise themselves with government requirements and understand when joint owned property laws apply. The importance of capital expenditures and reserve fund studies will become a point of focus for attendees.
Course Content• What Is FM?• FM strategy• FM governance and interface with stakeholders• Conflict of interest• Effective risk management in FM• FM at design stage and space planning• Effective service delivery (hard, soft, and corporate services)• Introduction to hard, soft, and corporate services• Methods of service delivery• Hard FM, soft FM, and health and safety• Contract management lifecycle• Deciding whether to outsource• Procurement cycle• Effective contract management and governance• Sustainable project development and management
Who Should Attend• Facilities Managers/Co-ordinators• Operations Managers/Co-ordinators• Building Managers/Property Owners• Maintenance Engineers/Managers• Building/General Services Managers• Site Managers/Co-ordinators• LEED Designers• Architects/Design Engineers or Managers• Manufacturing Site/Plant Managers• (MEP) Contractors and Consultants• Quality Managers• Security Professionals• (Physical) Asset Managers• Fire Protection Buyers• Health and Safety Officers• Real Estate Analysts
Benefits of Attending1. Understand the pivotal role of FM in building and operations
management, customer service, and the long-term value of a property asset
2. Explore the software systems available in the marketplace for management of the facilities
3. Discover the risks and pitfalls in managing facilities, and how to minimise them and protect your company
Strategy Management
STR
AT
EG
Y M
AN
AG
EM
EN
T
281
Table of Contents
Balanced Scorecard Master Professional (BSMP) Certification Application Course ................................................................... 282
Balanced Scorecard Professional (BSP) Certification Boot Camp ....................................................................................................... 282
Certificate in KPI Selection & Management ............................................................................................................................................... 283
Certificate in Strategic Business Planning ................................................................................................................................................ 283
Certificate in Strategic Thinking & Planning ...........................................................................................................................................284
Certificate in Strategy Execution ..................................................................................................................................................................284
Key Performance Indicator Professional Certification (KPI-P) ............................................................................................................ 285
Organisation Performance Improvement ................................................................................................................................................... 285
Strategic Management Performance System (SMPS) Certification Bootcamp .............................................................................. 286
Strategic Planning for the Public Sector ......................................................................................................................................................286
The Five Day MBA ...............................................................................................................................................................................................287
STR
AT
EG
Y M
AN
AG
EM
EN
T
282 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Balanced Scorecard Master Professional (BSMP) Certification Application Course
Certificate Partner: Balanced Scorecard Institute
Course OverviewThis is a required course for Balanced Scorecard practitioners who want to achieve the highest level of certification – Master Professional Certification – from the Balanced Scorecard Institute. This course is designed for those who have already achieved the BSP certification and passed the exam. This course includes advanced Balanced Scorecard topics, mentoring from a senior Institute certifying trainer, and the development of a student practical application.
This five-day course uses the Institute’s nine-step Balanced Scorecard framework: Building and Implementing a Balanced Scorecard: Nine Steps to Success™.
Course Content• Overview of Balanced Scorecard principles• The Balanced Scorecard development process• Creating a realistic scorecard development schedule• Securing resources and getting people on-board• Developing a change management plan• Advanced scorecard development techniques• Employee motivation rewards and incentives• Managing with the Balanced Scorecard• Implementation issues• Strategic budgeting using the Balanced Scorecard
Who Should AttendThis application course is for Certified Balanced Scorecard Professionals who want to achieve the highest level of certification – Master Professional Certification – from the Balanced Scorecard Institute. This course is a way to “upgrade” their work to full BSMP certification. The programme is ideal for participants charged with building, implementing, managing, and sustaining Balanced Scorecard planning and management systems. It will benefit members of internal Balanced Scorecard teams who want to learn how to build, deploy, and sustain scorecard systems, and to help them incorporate lessons learned and best practice into a strategic management system.
Benefits of Attending 1. Comprehensive approaches to strategic planning, strategic
thinking, strategy mapping, strategic management, performance measurement and target setting, initiative prioritisation, performance information systems, and programme evaluation
2. Communications strategy development and change management aspects of the Balanced Scorecard journey
3. Select appropriate BSC software to collect and report performance information throughout your organisation
Balanced Scorecard Professional (BSP) Certification Boot Camp
Certificate Partner: Balanced Scorecard Institute
Course OverviewThe Institute’s Nine Steps to Success™, a framework, is the basis of the course, where the emphasis is on shared participant experiences, lessons learned, and best practice. Small-group exercises are used for each step in the framework to reinforce the lectures, and you are encouraged to bring your organisation’s strategic planning material to share with the class and receive instructor feedback offline as time permits.
Course Content• Building the Balanced Scorecard• Implementing the Balanced Scorecard• Getting your scorecard on track• Evaluation to assessment• Advanced strategic foundations development• Advanced objective and strategy map development• Advanced performance management – measure what
matters• Measurement definition, implementation and visualisation• Strategic initiative prioritisation and management• Advanced scorecard alignment and cascading• Managing and sustaining a Balanced Scorecard
Who Should AttendThis course is recommended for Executives, Managers, Planners and Analysts who are part of a Balanced Scorecard development team, and are seeking the best practical ideas for improving organisational performance.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the key concepts of the Balanced Scorecard, and
why it is gaining so much attention in corporate, non-profit, and governmental organisations
2. Learn a systematic, nine-step methodology for building and implementing the Balanced Scorecard, based on the performance management theory developed at Harvard University and the Institute’s international Balanced Scorecard consulting experience
3. Receive a Performance Scorecard Toolkit™ with worksheets for each step of the methodology, and a CD with course and reference material
STR
AT
EG
Y M
AN
AG
EM
EN
T
283 Email: [email protected]
Certificate in KPI Selection & Management
Course OverviewDefining, agreeing and implementing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) for managers are essential for an organisation to achieve its business strategy and objectives. Defining and then managing these KPIs is often difficult for managers to do and in particular defining KEY leading indicators that reflect the strategic performance of an organisation. The problem is that managers do not spend sufficient time thinking through their KPIs, so there are often too many, they may not be focused and as a result they often have limited impact on the business strategy.
The effectiveness of KPIs can be directly related to the care with which they are defined and implemented. The aim of this course is to make sure you understand the role and benefits of KPIs to an organisation’s success and provide you with practical experience to define your KPIs for yourself and your employees.
Course Content• Importance of performance measures• Importance of goals and objectives in driving business
performance• Types of performance measurement• The performance management cycle• Building a performance management system• Objectives and KPIs• How to develop SMART objectives• The Balance Scorecard• Utilising other measurement frameworks such as business
excellence model, TQM, OSGM etc.• Defining targets, measures and timelines for KPIs• How to manage KPIs, including formats and tools• Linking KPIs back to business objectives and strategy• Communicating goals and KPIs to employees and giving
feedback• Managing individual performance against KPIs
Who Should AttendThe course is designed for Executives, Operational Managersand Analysts from both delivery and support functions such as finance, accounting, project management, human resources, sales, marketing, logistics, quality control and improvement, strategy/planning and operations.
Benefits of Attending 1. Monitor and manage progress against objectives and
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) at a department and individual basis
2. Understand the critical role of measuring performance at a department and individual level to ensure business success
3. Appreciate the Balanced Scorecard and other models where defining and managing KPIs are critical
Certificate in Strategic Business Planning
Course OverviewThe course will provide you with the skills and insights to develop strategy and organisational issues, to understand them and to expand and capitalise on the learned skills to operate more effectively in your management teams.
You will learn the importance of flexibility, focus, empathy, encouragement and a well balanced approach. That awareness, thinking styles, problem solving skills, emotional intelligence and cultural matters are important in guiding both yourself and others towards success, creating smart people and people smart strategies.
Course Content• Strategic thinking and the right mindset • Strategic business focus and attention to detail• What is strategy?• Strategy and some of the core ideas behind it• Strategic visioning to assess the future – Analysing
scenarios• Strategy maps and their impact• Corporate value• Improving business performance• Identifying and overcoming obstacles to implementation• Developing winning business plans from strategy to
operational goals• Making it happen – Leveraging innovation• Strategic personal and group planning
Who Should AttendThis unique, interactive and comprehensive strategic management master class has been designed with Directors, Senior Executives, Senior Managers, Senior Administrators andMiddle Managers in mind. Those in fact, who want to recognise and achieve their full potential as leaders and professionals and then support the company in the most efficient and effective way possible.
Benefits of Attending 1. Develop an active role in your company’s strategy – planning
and decision-making2. Focus on key strategic control areas in guiding others to
success3. Take strategic responsibility for business development and
focus on customers4. Learn a ‘step-back’ approach to maximise profitability from
new opportunities5. Generate a complete and comprehensive case for customer
buy-in
STR
AT
EG
Y M
AN
AG
EM
EN
T
284 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Certificate in Strategic Thinking & Planning Certificate Partner: CPD UKCredits: 24 CPDs
Course OverviewThis intensive course provides a well-structured and robust toolset for executives and managers who need to participate in strategic planning and management activities.
You will gain a clear view of the contemporary strategic context, as well as see some of the management thinking that has influenced the development of strategic thinking over the past 65 years or so, giving you the ability to interpret historical strategy, as well as to analyse future options and to synthesise strategic themes and objectives.
The course also looks closely at how to develop an appropriate strategic position, including a comparison of ‘red’ and ‘blue’ ocean thinking, as well as the classic generic strategies and five forces models. The course also examines the links between creating and implementing strategies and includes techniques to increase the probability of success.
Course Content• The strategic context• The development of strategic management• Environmental turbulence and emergent strategies• Applying strategic thinking techniques• Internal analysis frameworks• External analysis frameworks• Setting strategic objectives• Making strategic choices• Developing strategic themes• Plan to implement• Engaging stakeholders• Managing risks• Executing strategy
Who Should AttendThis course is aimed at any executive, manager or professional wishing to gain a good understanding of the strategic management process from A-Z. It will also benefit people wishing to have a ‘refresher’ in MBA style strategic management. The course covers from foundation through to intermediate level, so is suitable for people with no prior experience, as well as for people who have some experience.
People who have attended this course include Chief Executives, Chief Financial Officers, Vice Presidents, Senior Managers, Programme Managers, Marketing Managers, IT Managers and HR Managers.
Benefits of Attending 1. Use the strategic management lifecycle from start to end,
improving your effectiveness as a business leader2. Recognise the impact of changing strategy on your
organisation and gain stakeholder engagement and support3. Plan for successful strategy implementation, to increase the
probability of success
Certificate in Strategy Execution
Certificate Partner: CPD UK Credits: 30 CPDs
Course Overview“Planning is relatively easy – the difficult bit is to deliver what we have planned” – this general theme is universally recognised by business management. This carefully structured course, directly addresses the underlying challenges of achieving successful strategy execution.
The programme is arranged around three main themes:• The crucial importance of having a chosen business
strategy that is clearly defined, facilitates ownership and measurement, and is cascaded/aligned throughout the organisation. Do you have a clear strategy?
• The key processes necessary to support successful strategy implementation/execution
• The key cultural/behavioural requirements to support (rather than to block) successful delivery of the chosen strategy. This is often the Number One area for improvement
Course Content• Vision and goals• Defining the strategy• Measuring and targeting strategic performance• Cascading strategy and achieving an aligned organisation• Aligning projects and financial budgets to the organisation’s
strategy• Strategy co-ordination and management: the “strategy office”• Strategy focused organisation – how good are your
organisation’s processes?• Strategy management tools• Unexpected events: managing strategy in turbulent times• Effective monitoring of strategic progress• Strategic leadership• Change management and communication• Performance culture and accountability• Managing scandals and ethical misbehaviour
Who Should AttendThis course is designed for anyone who is responsible for preparing and implementing business plans and proposals. It is ideal for people who have to propose new business ideas to people in their own company – at any level such as planning, finance, accounts, development, operations, business development, strategic planning, business process re-engineering and strategy.
Benefits of Attending 1. Understand the key components of a successful strategy
management system2. Develop an Execution Toolkit to take back to your
organisation3. Learn about the principal processes necessary to support
making your strategy work4. Find out the key cultural/behavioural factors that
require proactive management, and which frequently act as the Number One blockage to successful strategy implementation
STR
AT
EG
Y M
AN
AG
EM
EN
T
285 Email: [email protected]
Key Performance Indicator Professional Certification (KPI-P)
Certificate Partner: Balanced Scorecard Institute
Course OverviewKPI and performance measurement development is a discipline that involves articulating what an organisation is trying to accomplish and then identifying the most meaningful and useful indicators of success. Performance measures, or KPIs, are a key part of any strategic management system, as they are critical to assessing the effectiveness of strategy implementation.
Meaningful and strong KPIs provide insight into whether strategies are working, whether programmes, projects and services are on schedule, on budget, and delivered effectively.
Course Content• KPI development overview• Creating the right performance measurement culture to build
buy-in• Understanding strategic context (“Begin with the End in
Mind”)• Understanding measurement’s purpose• Mapping measurable results• Implementing measures• Interpreting signals from measures• KPI application and developing measures• Developing measures for strategy execution, operations,
projects, programs and employee performance• KPI advanced topics and delegate presentations• Creating KPI alignment by cascading objectives• KPI development application project for participant
organisations• Managing strategically with performance information
Who Should Attend• Teams or individuals with performance measurement/
management responsibility• Senior Managers or leaders who are establishing,
leading, and managing performance management and/or measurement programmes and systems
• Managers, Planners and Analysts who are part of a strategic planning and management team and are seeking the best practical ideas for improving organisational performance
• Managers, Planners, or Analysts who are involved with defining performance measures or complying with regulatory and other reporting requirements
• Budget Analysts who need performance information to formulate budgets and evaluate programmes
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn best practice techniques to more effectively and
efficiently develop, deploy and manage KPIs as part of a strategic management system
2. Understand important business drivers that ensure a successful performance measurement system implementation
3. Contribute to organisational success by measuring what matters most
Organisation Performance Improvement
Course OverviewLeaders and professionals who have responsibility for directing and managing performance are concerned about getting everyone focused on activities that really count. So a primary tool for them is a well-respected system of organisation performance management.
It is important to apply best practices so as to know why, where and how to change the level of performance. Organisational health is harmed if immature measurement and improvement procedures undermine employee engagement and obstruct the organisation’s purpose.
Through fully grounded examples and collaborative exercises you will learn the secrets of highly effective organisation performance improvement. You will also discover how to avoid the missteps that lead some organisations to performance roadblocks, or worse.
Course Content• Understand the justification and context for successfully
applying performance indicators in organisations• Design steps and creating optimal KPIs, setting meaningful
targets• The skills needed to move from KPIs to an understanding of
best possible improvement actions• Lead and review performance improvement in organisations
and find solutions to your questions
Who Should AttendThis course is intended for those who already have performance indicators in place but are finding they are not being used to their full potential.
This course is suitable for executives, managers and analysts whose work involves performance management – including Strategic performance, Sales and Marketing performance, Operations and Supply Chain performance as well as Support performance for functions such as human resources, finance, project management, quality control and planning.
Benefits of Attending 1. Revitalise your organisation’s performance improvement
journey2. Inject a solution orientation into your performance
management3. Strengthen your organisation’s ability to manage continuous
improvement
STR
AT
EG
Y M
AN
AG
EM
EN
T
286 Tel: +971 4 408 2864
Strategic Management Performance System (SMPS) Certification Bootcamp
Course OverviewThe Strategic Management Performance System (SMPS) Boot Camp is an intensive, hands-on interactive education designed for professionals to build skills in strategy formulation, implementation and evaluation and control.
The course will help you understand the vital role performance management and communications play in strategy execution and change management, whilst selecting performance measures that matter most.
Course Content• Strategic management overview and strategic assessment
– Step 1: Assess strategic position – Step 2: Design and organise an appropriate start-up
programme – Step 3: Conduct external strategic analyses – Step 4: Conduct internal strategic analyses – Step 5: Develop a strategic information system
• Strategy formulation – Step 6: SWOT analysis/OTSW evaluation – Step 7: Define the strategic direction of the organisation – Step 8: Identify and compile strategy alternatives
• Strategic planning and strategic operating planning – Step 9: Select core strategies – Step 10: Develop a comprehensive strategic plan – Step 11: Develop a strategic operating plan
• Strategy implementation and performance management – Step 12: Implement strategic operating plan – Step 13: Strategic management as an ongoing process
• Strategic thinking: Getting execution right
Who Should AttendThe course is aimed at those who currently manage or lead strategic planning and implementation and who want to take on strategy management responsibilities.
Benefits of Attending1. Develop strategic thinking competency and use tools
to assess and support your strategic and operating environment
2. Define your organisation’s strategic direction and strategic operating plan
3. Translate high level strategies into precise strategic objectives and a visual strategy deployment map to reach your vision
Strategic Planning for the Public Sector
Course OverviewStrategic planning is a powerful tool for setting priorities and making informed decisions about the future. Governments are increasingly turning to strategic planning to help them use their resources wisely in a rapidly changing environment.
This course is especially tuned to government institutions whose leadership wishes to improve and strengthen the structure and performance of the organisation. It includes a complete set of practical guidelines applicable to different countries and even within one and the same government organisation.
Course Content• About strategic planning• Strategic planning in government organisations• Government accountability framework• Preparing the path for strategic planning• Structure of the strategic plan• The financial plan• Presentation and communication• Implementing, monitoring and reviewing mechanisms• Government performance management• The Private-Public Partnerships (PPP)• Government strategies within the new world• Strategic planning and e-government• Next generation e-government
Who Should AttendThis course will bring advanced knowledge and learning in the area of strategic planning for all Strategic Planners, Strategic Decision Makers, Senior Directors, Head of Government agencies and departments, Managers, Strategic Analysts, Finance Planners and Managers, HR Managers within Government Organisations and Federal Agencies.
Benefits of Attending 1. Learn about strategic planning, its conceptual issues, the
contextual background and practical application in local governments as well the benefits and characteristics of a good strategic plan and how to make it functional and practical
2. Learn about what strategic direction should be set for the government agency or department; what outcome or performance measures would be appropriate; and how planning, budgeting and performance measures should be integrated and presented
3. Discover the concept of the Government-Private Partnerships and its convenience to the government goods and services. Discover the next generation of e-government; the transformation into smart government
STR
AT
EG
Y M
AN
AG
EM
EN
T
287 Email: [email protected]
The Five Day MBA
Course OverviewIn five days, the world as you know it, will change. The course will provide you with a language, framework and insight which will put you well ahead of others in this highly competitive environment. With this framework you will analyse world class excellence in business, apply it to real situations, your own situations and open up avenues closed to your competitors. People who have completed this programme have gone on to significant business and career success.
Learning happens with a lot of fun, practical sessions, group interactions and direct feedback and input from the expert trainer. It breaks down jargon and simplifies the techniques to be meaningful, really applicable and transformational.
Course Content• A framework for strategy development• Exploring opportunities from the business environment• Re-thinking marketing – a strategic viewpoint• Where are our present and future markets/customers• The marketing strategy• Segmentation – the driver of business success• Getting marketing to work• Finalising the business/strategic plan and implementing the
plan• The role finance plays in business and decision-making• Cash management• Case study• Market driven strategic business planning – budgets and
forecasts• Interpreting corporate accounts• Decision-making for profitability• Investments – project approach• Managing people• Handling challenging management situations• Understanding your personal leadership style, areas to build
on and to improve• Upward management
Who Should AttendThis programme has been designed specifically for executives, senior managers, managers and team leaders who want to improve their management and business performance. It is particularly suitable for:• Managers who are about to move out of a specialist role into
a broader general management role• Managers or department heads with cross-functional
responsibilities who need to develop a big picture outlook• Managers who have been identified as having potential for
general management• Managers who are looking to develop and broaden their
general management skills
Benefits of Attending 1. Shape, structure and revolutionise your strategic thinking
and planning – be it the entire corporation, a function or even a project
2. Generate business, personal growth and results beyond your own comprehension of capabilities
3. Gain all the tools needed to be a high performance manager, corporate head, leader and entrepreneur
Know more. Do more. Be more.
GET CONNECTED
informaMEA
Informa Middle East
informaMEA
informaMEA
+InformaMiddleEast
informa_mea
FOR DISCOUNTS AND INFORMATION
+971 4 408 2864
TO REGISTER
+971 4 408 2894
Informa Middle East, PO Box 9428, Dubai, UAEA
